This page has intentionally been left blank to allow for double sided printing

Tilenga Project ESIA

Jane Sladen BSc Groundwater Expert

Stuart Heather BSc, MIOA Noise Expert
Gareth Hodgkiss MSc, BSc, AMIEnvEc MIAQM Air Quality Expert
Ph.D in Sociology, MA (Sociology), BA
Dauda Waisswa Batega Sociologist
(Hons)
MSc in Energy and Environmental
Deo Okure Air Quality/Noise Expert
Management, BSc (Hons)
Mike Bains BSc, CChem, MRSC Waste Expert
Dr. Elizabeth Kyazike Ph.D. in Archaeology, BA Arts (Hons), Lead Archaeologist
Leonora O’Brien MA (Hons), MA, MCIfA, MCIL Archaeology/Cultural Heritage Expert
M.Sc. in Tropical Hydrogeology, M.Sc.
Syliver Wadamba in Watershed Management, Hydrologist Expert
B.Sc.(Hons), Diploma
MSc in Water Resources Surveys,
Robert Naguyo Geologist/Hydrogeologist Expert
Groundwater, B.Sc (Hons)
MSc. Physical Land Resources – Soil
Julius Opio Soil Expert
Science, BSc. (Hons)
Mark Westbury MSc, BSc Social/Socio Economic Expert
Laura Craggs BSc Lead GIS
MSc. Geo-information Science and
Peter Nsiimire GIS Support
Technology Diploma, BSc (Hons)
Usha Vedagiri PhD Health Expert
Nick Chisholm-Batten MA (Hons), MSc, PIEMA Ecosystem Services Expert
Karen Clifford BA(Hons), DipLA, MLA, CMLI Landscape and Visual Expert
Neil Titley MSc, BSc, PIEMA, MIES Lead ESMP and Commitment Register

May 2018
 ESIA – OVERALL TABLE OF CONTENTS

ESIA Volume I: (THIS VOLUME)

List of Abbreviations;
Glossary of Terms;
Executive Summary;
Chapter 1: Introduction;
Chapter 2: Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework
Chapter 3: ESIA Methodology
Chapter 4: Project Description and Alternatives
Chapter 5: Stakeholder Engagement

ESIA Volume II:

Chapter 6: Air Quality and Climate
Chapter 7: Noise and Vibration
Chapter 8: Geology and Soils
Chapter 9: Hydrogeology
Chapter 10: Surface Water
Chapter 11: Landscape and Visual
Chapter 12: Waste
ESIA VOLUME III:
Chapter 13: Terrestrial Vegetation
Chapter 14: Terrestrial Wildlife
Chapter 15: Aquatic Life

ESIA VOLUME IV:

Chapter 16: Social
Chapter 17: Archaeology and Cultural Heritage
Chapter 18: Health and Safety
Chapter 19: Ecosystem Services

ESIA VOLUME V:
Chapter 20: Unplanned Events
Chapter 21: Cumulative Impact Assessment
Chapter 22: Transboundary Impacts
Chapter 23: Environmental and Social Management Plan
Chapter 24: Residual Impacts and Conclusions

ESIA VOLUME VIa:

Appendix A: NEMA Approval for Scoping Report and Project
Proponents Response
Appendix B: Key Project Component Fact Sheets
Appendix C: Early Works Project Brief (PB) Executive
Summary and Enabling Infrastructure Geotechnical surveys PB
Executive Summary
Appendix D: A3 copy of key figures
Appendix E: Additional Project Description material
Appendix F: CIA VEC Summary Report
Appendix G: Stakeholder Engagement Plan and supporting
information
Appendix H: Air Quality supporting information
Appendix I: Noise and Vibration supporting information

ESIA VOLUME VIb:

Appendix J: Soils and Geology supporting information
Appendix K: Hydrogeology supporting information
Appendix L: Surface Water supporting information
Appendix M: Landscape and Visual supporting information
Appendix N: Terrestrial Vegetation supporting information
Appendix O: Terrestrial Wildlife supporting information
Appendix P: Aquatic Life supporting information
Appendix Q: Social supporting information
Appendix R: Archaeology and Cultural Heritage supporting
information
Appendix: S: Ecosystem Services supporting information
Appendix T: ESMP Mitigation Checklist
Appendix U: Draft Management Plans/Templates

Standalone document: ESIA Non-Technical Summary

This page has intentionally been left blank to allow for double sided printing
List of Abbreviations
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

2D Two Dimensional

3D Three Dimensional

AA Action Agenda

AAS Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer

ACDP Agriculture Cluster Development Project

ACODE Advocates Coalition for Development and Environment

ACOP Africa Child Online Protection

ACP African Caribbean and Pacific Countries

ADR Alternative Dispute Resolution

AEAM Adaptive Environmental Assessment and Management

AECOM AECOM Limited

AERMIC AMS/EPA Regulatory Model Improvement Committee

AEWA Agreement on the Conservation of African-Eurasian Migratory Waterbirds

AFIEGO African Institute for Energy Governance

AG EBM Albertine Graben Environmental Baseline Monitoring Report

AG EMP Albertine Graben Environmental Management Plan

AGIs Above Ground Facilities

AGODA Albertine Graben Oil and Gas Districts Association

AIDS Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome

AIR Aerospace Information Report

ALARP As Low As Reasonably Practicable

ALC Area Land Committee

AMS American Meteorological Society

AMICAAL Alliance of Mayors and Municipal Leaders’ Initiative for Community Action on Aids at the
Local Level

ANC Antenatal care

AoI Area of Influence

API American Petroleum Institute

February 2019 1
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

AQ Air Quality

AR Albertine Rift

ARDP Albertine Rift Development Project

ARI Acute Respiratory Infection

ARLPI Acholi Religious Leaders’ Peace Initiative

ART Antiretroviral therapy

ATIA Access to Information Act

AUOGS Association of Ugandan Oil and Gas Service Providers

AUTO Association of Uganda Tour Operators

AWE Air Water Earth Ltd

BAP Biodiversity Action Plan

BAT Best Available Technique

BAU Business as Usual

BCP Border Control Post

BDL Below Detection Limit

BFO Biodiversity Field Officer

BHIC Bugungu Heritage and Information Centre

BIRC Bunyoro Inter-Religious Council

BIRUDO Buliisa Initiative for Rural Development Organisation

BKK Bunyoro-Kitara Kingdom

BLAC Biodiversity and Livelihood Advisory Committee

BLFCS Buliisa Livestock Farmers Cooperative Society

BMP Biodiversity Management Plan

BMU Beach Management Unit

BOCP Blowout Contingency Plan

BP Blood Pressure

BPEO Best Practical Environmental Option

February 2019 2
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

BS Blood Slides

BTEX Benzene, Toluene, Ethylbenzene, and Xylenes

BTVET Business, Technical, Vocational Education and Training

BUCAWA Buliisa Catholic Women’s Association

BULOGA Bunyoro Local Oil and Gas Advocacy Group

BUWODA Buliisa Women’s Development Organisation

BVS Block Valve Stations

bwpd Barrels of water per day

BWR Bugungu Wildlife Reserve

C&O Commissioning and Operations

C&P-C Construction and Pre-Commissioning

CA Contract Area

CAA Civil Aviation Authority

CAO Chief Administrative Officer

CATR Corrective Action Tracking Register

CBC Complete Blood Count

CBD Convention on Biological Diversity

CBNRM Community Based Natural Resource/Forest Management

CBO Community Based Organisation

CCC Criterion Continuous Concentration

CCEDLP Community Content, Economic Development and Livelihood Plan

CCFU Cross-Cultural Foundation of Uganda

CCO Certificates of Customary Ownership

CCR Central Control Room

CCTV Closed-Circuit Television

CDO Cotton Development Organisation

CDP Community Development Plan

February 2019 3
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

CEC Cation Exchange Capacity

CECP Community Environmental Conservation Plan

CEDAW Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women

CEFAS Centre for Environment Fisheries and Aquaculture Science

CERD Convention on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination

CFC Chlorofluorocarbon

CFM Collaborative Forest Management

CFPr Chance Find Procedure

CFR Central Forest Reserve

CFU Colony Forming Units

CGCC China Gezhouba Construction Company

CGV Chief Government Valuer

CH4 Methane

CH Critical Habitat

CHA Critical Habitat Assessment

CHARM Chemical Hazard and Risk Management

CHMP Cultural Heritage Management Plan

CHP Combined Heat and Power

CHQS Critical Habitat Qualifying Species

CHSSSP Community Health, Sanitation, Safety, and Security Plan

CIA Cumulative Impact Assessment

CIDI Community Integrated Development Initiatives

CIEEM Chartered Institute for Ecology and Environmental Management

CIfA Chartered Institute for Archaeologists

CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species

CLA Communal Land Association

CLO Community Liaison Officer

February 2019 4
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

CMC Criteria Maximum Concentration

CMD Community Medicine Distributors

CMO Catchment Management Organisation

CMS Convention on Migratory Species

CNOOC China National Offshore Oil Company

CO Carbon Monoxide

CO2 Carbon Dioxide

COMAH Control of Major Accident Hazards

COS Carbonyl Sulphide

CPa Conservative Party

CP Cathodic Protection

CPF Central Processing Facility

CPUE Catch per Unit Effort

CR Critically Endangered

CRA Chemical Risk Assessment

CRC Convention on the Rights of Children

CRED Civic Response on Environment and Development

CRI Cuttings Re-injection

CRPD Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities

CS2 Carbon Disulphide

CSBI Cross Sector Biodiversity Initiative

CSCO Civil Society Coalition on Oil and Gas

CSEMP Construction Environmental and Social Management Plan

CSF Cerebrospinal fluid

CSM Conceptual Site Model

CSO Civil Society Organisation

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

February 2019 5
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

CTLO Community and Tourism Liaison Officer

CWA Community Wildlife Area

DALYs Disability-Adjusted Life Years

DCDO District Community Development Officer

DCIC Directorate of Citizenship and Immigration

DD Data Deficient

DDP District Development Plan

DEO District Environmental Officer

DFR Directorate of Fisheries Resources

DHIS2 District Health Information System 2

DHMT District Health Management Team

DHO District Health Officer

DHSV Down-Hole Safety Valve

DIRCO District Resettlement Committee

DLB District Land Board

DLG District Local Government

DLM Directorate of Land Management

DLO District Land Office

DLOs District Labour Officers

DLSP District Livelihood Support Programme

DMU Discrete Management Units

DMM/DoMM Department of Museums and Monuments

DMU Discrete Management Unit

DO Dissolved Oxygen

DP Democratic Party

DPMD District Production and Marketing Department

DPPUD Directorate of Physical Planning and Urban Development

February 2019 6
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

DRC Democratic Republic of Congo

DSA Drilling Support Area

DSIP Development Strategy and Investment Plan

DVM Dual Vertical Migration

DWC District Wildlife Committee

DWD Directorate of Water Development

DWRM Directorate of Water Resource Management

EA Exploration Area

EACOP East African Crude Oil Pipeline

EAL Environmental Assessment Level

EAR East African Rift

EARS East African Rift System

EAS East African Standard

EBA Endemic Bird Area

EBRD European Bank for Reconstruction and Development

EBS Environmental Baseline Study

EC Easement Certificate

EC Electrical Conductivity

ECAC European Civil Aviation Conference

ECG Electrocardiogram

ECO Environmental Control Officer

ECoW Ecological Clerk of Works

EDD Environmental Due Diligence

EDG Emergency Diesel Generator

EF Elevated Flare

EFA Education for All

EGF Enclosed Ground Flare

February 2019 7
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

EHA Environmental Health Area

EHD Environmental Health Division (of the Ministry of Health)

EHS Environmental Health and Safety

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EIS Environmental Impact Study

EIN Environment Information Network

EITI Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative

ELC European Landscape Convention

EMS Environmental Management System

eMTCT Elimination of HIV Transmission from Mother to Child

EN Endangered

ENVIID Environmental Impact Identification

EO Environmental Officer

EOC Equal Opportunities Commission

EOR Enhanced Oil Recovery

EPA See ‘USEPA’

EPs Equator Principles

EPSC Engineering, Procurement, Supply, Construction

ERA Environmental Risk Assessment

ERM Emergency Response Manager

ERP Emergency Response Plan

ERT Emergency Response Team

ESDV Emergency Shutdown Valve

ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

ESIVI Ecosystem Services Identification, Valuation and Integration

ESMP Environmental and Social Management Plan

ESMS Environmental and Social Management System

February 2019 8
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

ESO External Security Organisation

ESP Electric Submersible Pumps

ESR Ecosystem Services Review

ESS Ecosystem Services

EU European Union

EUR Euro

FBA Freshwater Biological Association

FCTC Framework Convention on Tobacco Control

FDC Forum for a Democratic Change

FEED Front End Engineering Design

FGD Focus Group Discussion

FID Final Investment Decision

FOC Fibre Optic Cable

FR Forestry Reserves

FWS Fire Water System

FY Financial Year

GBIF Global Biodiversity Facility

GBV Gender Based Violence

GC-FID Gas Chromatography – Flame Ionisation Detector

GCIC Government Citizens Interaction Centre

GCMS Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrophotometer

GDP Gross Domestic Product

GENACIS Gender, Alcohol and Culture: An International Study

GHG Greenhouse Gas

GIIP Good International Industry Practice

GIS Geographic Information System

GIZ Deutsche Gesellschaft für Internationale Zusammenarbeit

February 2019 9
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

GMP General Management Plan

GNA Gunya Oil Field

GNI Gross National Income

GoU Government of Uganda

GPI Gender Parity Index

GPS Global Positioning System

GSHAP Global Seismic Hazard Assessment Project

GSM Global System for Mobile Communications

GLVIA Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment

H3SE Health, Safety, Security Social and Environment

HAZID Hazard Identification

HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study

HBA Health Baseline Assessment

HBFC Hydrobromofluorocarbon

HBV Hepatitis B

HC Health Centres

HDD Horizontal Directional Drilling

HDPE High-density polyethylene

HFC Hydrofluorocarbon

HGV Heavy Goods Vehicle

HIA Health Impact Assessment

HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus

HKPPP Hoima–Kampala Petroleum Products Pipeline

HMIS Health Management Information System

HP High Pressure

HPP Hydropower Project

HQ Headquarters

February 2019 10
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

HR Human Resources

HRIA Human Rights Impact Assessment

HRW Human Rights Watch

H&S Health and Safety

H2S Hydrogen Sulphide

HSDP Health Sector Development Plan

HSE Health, Safety and Environment

HSEC Health, Safety, Environment and Community

HSSE Health, Safety, Security and Environment

HSSE-IMS Health, Safety, Security and Environmental Integrated Management System

HSSP Health Sector Strategic Plan

HV High Voltage

HWCP Hydraulic Works Construction Permit

I&AP Interested and Affected Parties

IA Impact Assessment

IAS Invasive Alien Species

IBA Important Bird Area

ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization

ICCPR International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights

ICD Inland Container Depot

ICESCR International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights

ICOMOS International Council on Monuments and Sites

ICSS Integrated Control and Safety System

ICT Information Communication Technology

ID Internal Diameter

IDI Infectious Disease Institute

IDP Internally-Displaced Persons

February 2019 11
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission

IFC International Finance Corporation

IFC PSs IFC Performance Standards

IFI International Finance Institutions

ILO International Labour Organisation

IMO International Maritime Organisation

IMS Influx Management Strategy

INDC Intended Nationally Determined Contribution

INM Integrated Noise Model

InSAR Interferometric Synthetic Aperture Radar

IOM International Organisation for Migration

IOGP International Association of Oil and Gas Producers

IPCC Inter-governmental Panel on Climate Change

IPIECA International Petroleum Industry Environment and Conservation Association

IRS Indoor Residual Spraying

ISO International Organisation for Standardisation

ISO Internal Security Organisation

IT Information Technology

ITN Insecticide Treated Nets

IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature

IWMA Integrated Waste Management Area

IWRM Integrated Water Resources Management

JBR Jobi Rii Oil Field

JEEMA Justice Forum (Justice, Education, Economic Revitalisation, Morality and African Unity)

JICA Japan International Cooperation Agency

JMP Journey Management Plan

JV Joint Venture

February 2019 12
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

JVP Joint Venture Partner

KBA Key Biodiversity Area

KFDA Kingfisher Development Area

KGG Kigogole Oil Field

KII Key Informant Interview

KIP Kabaale Industrial Park

KOP Key Operating Principles

KTCWA Kaiso Tonya Community Wildlife Area

KW Kasemene-Wahrindi Oil Field

KWR Karuma Wildlife Reserve

KWR Kabwoya Wildlife Reserve

LA License Area

LABDC Lake Albert Basin Development Committee

LACWADO Lake Albert Children and Women’s Development

LARF Land Acquisition and Resettlement Framework

LC Local Council / Local Community

LC Least Concern

LCC Local Council Courts

LCA Landscape Character Areas

LDV Light Duty Vehicles

LEA Lakes Edward and Albert

LEAF Lakes Edward and Albert Fisheries

LGBTI Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender and Intersex

LLINs Long Lasting Insecticide Treated Nets

LEAF Lakes Edward and Albert Fisheries

LGDP Local Government Development Plans

LMP Liquid Mud Plant

February 2019 13
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

LP Low Pressure

LQAS Lot Quality Assurance Sampling

LRA Lord’s Resistance Army

LRP Livelihood Restoration Programme

LSA Late Stone Age

LSSP Land Sector Strategic Plan

LUCF Land Use Change and Forestry

LUMP Land Use Management Plans

LVIA Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment

MA Millennium Ecosystem Assessment

MAAIF Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries

MAB Man and the Biosphere Programme (UNESCO)

MADFA Masindi D Farmers Association

MAH Major Accident Hazard

MARP Most at Risk Population

MATIP Markets & Agriculture Trade Improvement Project

MAVA Market Asset Valuation Assessment

MCH Maternal and Child Health

MDG Millennium Development Goal

MDR Multi-Drug Resistance

MEDEVAC Medical Evacuation

MEMD Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development

MFCA Murchison Falls Conservation Area

MFNP Murchison Falls National Park

MFPA Murchison Falls Protected Area

MGLSD/MoGLSD Ministry of Gender Labour and Social Development

MIS Malaria Indicator Survey

February 2019 14
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

MIST Management Information System

MIT Mechanical Integrity Test

MLHUD Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development

MoC Management of Change

MoD Ministry of Defence

MoES Ministry of Education and Sports

MoH Ministry of Health

MoIA Ministry of Internal Affair

MoICT&NG Ministry of Information and Communications Technology and National Guidance

MoLG Ministry of Local Government

MoU Memorandum of Understanding

MoWT Ministry of Works and Transport

MP Member of Parliament

MPA Management Plan Area

MPFM Multi-Phase Flow Meter

MPP Multi-Phase Pump

MRGI Minority Rights Group International

MSA Middle Stone Age

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheets

MSL Mineral Services Limited

MST Marine Storage Terminal

MTBM Micro Tunnel Boring Machine

MTIC Ministry of Trade Industry and Cooperatives

MTWA (MTWH) Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities (formerly known as Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife
and Heritage)

MUIENR Makerere University Institute of Environment and Natural Resources

MWE Ministry of Water and Environment

N Nitrogen

February 2019 15
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

NAADS National Agricultural Advisory Services

NADFs Non-Aqueous Drilling Fluids

NaFIRRI National Fisheries Resources Research Institute

NAPE National Association of Environmental Practitioners

NBDB National Biodiversity Databank

NBI Nile Basin Initiative

NCCP National Climate Change Policy

NCCP National and Community Content Programme

NCD Non Communicable Diseases

NCDC National Curriculum Development Centre

NCG Nordic Consulting Group

NCHE National Council for Higher Education

NCR Non-Conformance Report

ND Nominal Diameter

NDP National Development Plan

NE Not Evaluated

NEC No Effect Concentration

NEMA National Environment Management Authority

NEMP National Environment Management Policy

NERA Network of European Research

NFA National Forestry Authority

NFP National Fisheries Policy

NGR Ngiri Oil Field

NGWDB National Groundwater Database

NHLSP National Health Laboratory Strategic Plan

NIS Network Information Services

NITA-U National Information Technology Authority

February 2019 16
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

NIV Nile Isolation Valve

NG Net Gain

NGO Non-Governmental Organisation

NNL No Net Loss

NOx Nitric Oxide

N2O Nitrous Oxide

NO2 Nitrogen Dioxide / Nitrite

NO3 Nitrate

NOP Normal Operation

NORM Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material

NOx Nitrogen Oxide

NPA National Planning Authority

Npi National Pollution Inventory

NPPB National Physical Planning Board

NRA National Resistance Army

NRM National Resistance Movement

NRMM Non-Road Mobile Machinery

NSBF Nile Basin Sustainability Framework

NSO Nsoga Oil Field

NSPP National Social Protection Policy

NSR Noise Sensitive Receptor

NT Near Threatened

NTD Neglected Tropical Diseases

NTS Non-Technical Summary

NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Unit

NUDEIL Northern Uganda Development of Enhanced Local Governance, Infrastructure and

Livelihoods Programme

NUSAF Northern Uganda Social Action Fund Project

February 2019 17
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

NWSC National Water and Sewerage Corporation

O3 Ozone

OAU Organisation of African Unity

OECD Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development

OC Operations Camp

OCNS Oil Chemical National Scheme

O&G Oil and Gas

OGP Association of Oil and Gas Producers

OHS/OH&S Occupational Health and Safety

OHSAS Occupational Health and Safety Management System

OIW Oil in Water

OPM Office for Prime Minister

ORP Oxidation Reduction Potential

ORS Oral Rehydration Solution

OSB Operation Support Base

OSCP Oil Spill Contingency Plan

OSH Occupational Safety and Health

OSPAR Oslo Paris Commission

OSRL Oil Spill Response Ltd

OTP Operational Test Plan

PA Protected Area

PAC Project Affected Communities

PAH Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbon

PAPs Project Affected Persons

PAU Petroleum Authority of Uganda

PB Project Brief

PC Process Contribution

February 2019 18
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

PCP Progressive Cavity Pump

PDA Personal Digital Assistant

PDP Physical Development Plan

PDU Polymer Dissolution Unit

PEC Predicted Environmental Concentration / Predicted Exposure Concentration

PEPD Petroleum Exploration and Production Department

PES Payments for Ecosystem Services

PFA Permanent Facilities Area

PFC Perfluorocarbon

PFP Private/ for Profit

PHL Public Health Laboratory

PIG Pipeline Inspection Gauges

PL Pig Launcher

PLONOR Pose Little or No Risk to the Environment

PMA Plan for Modernisation of Agriculture

PMFM Production Multi -Phase Flow Meter

PMG Production and Marketing Grant

PMTCT Prevention of Mother to Child Transmission

PNFP Private Not for Profit

PO4 Ortho-Phosphate

POPs Persistent Organic Pollutants

PPP Public Private Partnership

PR Pig Receiver

PS Performance Standards

PSt Pumping Station

PSA Production Sharing Agreement

PSR Poverty Status Report

February 2019 19
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

QA Quality Assurance

QC Quality Control

RAC Resettlement Advisory Committee

RAP Resettlement Action Plan

RCIM Regional Cumulative Impacts Management

RDC Resident District Commissioner

RDT Rapid diagnostic test

REA Rural Electrification Agency

REDD+ Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and forest Degradation and the role of
conservation, sustainable management of forests and enhancement of forest carbon stocks
in developing countries.

RFSU Ready for Start-Up

RMNCAH Reproductive, Maternal, Neonatal and Child Health Improvement

Ro-Ro Roll-on/roll-off

RoW Right of Way

RPC Resettlement Planning Committee

RRH Regional Referral Hospital

RSL Regional Screening Level

RTA Road Traffic Accident

RTI Right to Information

RvA Raad voor Accreditatie (Dutch Accreditation Council)

RWH Rainwater Harvesting

S Sulfur

SACCOs Savings and Credit Cooperative Societies

SARI Severe Acute Respiratory Tract Infection

SBM Synthetic Based Mud

SBS Social Baseline Survey

SD Systematic Demarcation

February 2019 20
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

SDA Seventh Day Adventists

SDG Sustainable Development Goal

SDI Silt Density Index

SDV Shut Down Valve

SE Standard Error

SE1 Social and Economic Indicator 1

SE4ALL Uganda Sustainable Energy for All

SEA Strategic Environmental Assessment

SEDC Socio-Economic Data Centre

SEP Stakeholder Engagement Plan

SF6 Sulphur Hexafluoride

SGR Standard Gauge Railway

SGV Soil Guideline Value

SHBS Social and Health Baseline Survey

SHRP School Health and Reading Program

SIMPLE Safety, In-country, Modularisation and Construction, Price, Logistics and Environmental

SiO2 Silicon Dioxide

SLAAC Systematic Land Adjudication and Certification

SMART Spatial Monitoring and Recording Tool

SMEs Small and Medium Sized Enterprises

SNC Second National Communication

SO2 Sulphur Dioxide

SO3 Sulphur Trioxide

SOP Standard Operating Procedure

SOX Sulphur Oxide

SP&EW Site Preparation and Enabling Works

SRP Spill Response Plan

February 2019 21
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

SRTM Shuttle Radar Topography Mission

STD Sexually Transmitted Disease

STI Sexually Transmitted Infection

SuDS Sustainable Drainage System

SWAP Surface Water Abstraction Permit

SWS Schlumberger Water Services

TAP Trigger Action Plan

TASO The AIDS Support Organisation

TB Tuberculosis

TC Town Council

TCC Thermomechanical Cuttings Cleaner

TCMP Traditional and Complimentary Medical Practitioners

TDA Tourism Development Areas

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

TDU Thermal Desorption Unit

TEA Transboundary Environmental Assessment

TEC Threshold Effect Concentration

TEP Uganda Total Exploration & Production (E&P) Uganda B.V

TFA Temporary Facilities Area

THF Tropical High Forest

TLP Tuberculosis and Leprosy Program

TMP Traffic Management Plan

TOC Total Organic Carbon

TOM Total Organic Matter

ToR Terms of Reference

TPH Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons

TSP Total Suspended Particulate

February 2019 22
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

TSS Total Suspended Sediment

TUOP Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Ltd

TVET Uganda Technical, Vocational Education and Training

UBOS Uganda Bureau of Statistics

UCAA Uganda Civil Aviation Authority

UCC Uganda Communications Commission

UCI Uganda Cancer Institute

UDHR Universal Declaration of Human Rights

UEB Uganda Electricity Board

UECCC Uganda Energy Credit Capitalisation Company

UEDCL Uganda Electricity Distribution Company Limited

UEGCL Uganda Electricity Generation Company Limited

UETCL Uganda Electricity Transmission Company Limited

UFL Uganda Fisheries Laboratory Service

UFNP Uganda Food and Nutrition Policy

UGX Ugandan Shilling

UHA Uganda Hotels Association

UHDR Universal Declaration of Human Rights

UHF Ultra-High Frequency

UHRC Ugandan Human Rights Commission

UK United Kingdom

ULA Uganda Land Alliance

ULC Uganda Land Commission

ULFS Urban Labour Force Survey

UN United Nations

UNATCOM Uganda National Commission for UNESCO

UNAP Uganda Nutrition Action Plan

February 2019 23
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

UNBS Uganda National Bureau of Standards

UNCCD United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification

UNDP United Nations Development Programme

UNDRIP United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples

UNEB Uganda National Examination Board

UNEP United Nations Environment Programme

UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation

UNFCCC United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change

UNGP United Nations Guiding Principles

UNHCR United Nations High Commission for Refugees

UNHS Uganda National Household Survey

UNICEF United Nations Children’s Fund

UNJPGE United Nations Joint Programme on Gender Equality

UNLA Uganda National Liberation Army

UNMHCP Uganda National Minimum Health Care Package

UNOC Uganda National Oil Company

UNRA Uganda National Roads Authority

UPC United People’s Congress

UPDF Uganda Peoples Defence Forces

UPE Universal Primary Education

UPF Ugandan Police Force

UPIK Uganda Petroleum Institute, Kigumba

UPWS Uganda Potable Water Standard

URC Uganda Railways Corporation

URTI Upper Respiratory Tract Infection

USAID United States Agency for International Development

USD United States Dollars

February 2019 24
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

USE Universal Secondary Education

USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency

USF Uganda Sanitation Fund

USGS United States Geological Survey

USMID Uganda Support to Municipal Infrastructure Development

UTA Uganda Tourism Association

UTB Uganda Tourism Board

UWA Uganda Wildlife Authority

UWASNET Uganda Water and Sanitation NGO Network

UWS Uganda Wildlife Society

VECs Valued Environmental and Social Components

VES Visual Encounter Survey

VHT Village Health Teams

VIP Ventilated Improved Pit Latrine

VOC Volatile Organic Compounds

VPSHR Voluntary Principles for Security and Human Rights

VRU Vapour Recovery Unit

VSLA Village Savings and Loans Association

VU Vulnerable

WAC World Archaeological Congress

WAS Water Abstraction System

WAP Water Abstraction Point

WASH Water, Sanitation and Hygiene

WAT Wax Appearance Temperature

WBDFs Water Based Drilling Fluids

WBM Water Based Mud

WC Water Closet

February 2019 25
 Table of Abbreviations

ACRONYM DESCRIPTION

WCERP Well Control Emergency Response Plan

WCPAP Wildlife Crime Prevention Action Plan

WCS Wildlife Conservation Society

WDP Wastewater Discharge Permit

WEEE Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment

WHO World Health Organisation

WHR Waste Heat Recovery

WMD Wetlands Management Department

WMZ Water Management Zone

WR Wildlife Reserve

WRI World Resources Institute

WRAP Western Regional Air Partnership

WTN Waste Transfer Notes

WUC Water User Committees

WWC Wild Well Control

WWF World Wildlife Fund

WWS Wire Wrapped Screen

WWT Wastewater Treatment

WWTP Wastewater Treatment Plant

ZTV Zone of Theoretical Visibility

UNIT OF MEASUREMENT DESCRIPTION

‘’ Inch

°C Degrees Celsius

3
µg/m Micrograms per cubic metre

µm Micrometre

µS/cm MicroSiemens per centimetre

February 2019 26
 Table of Abbreviations

UNIT OF MEASUREMENT DESCRIPTION

AD Anno Domini

AGL Above Ground Level

aMSL Above Mean Sea Level

AOD Above Ordnance Datum

ASL Above Sea Level

barg Bar Gauge

bbl barrels of oil

BC Before Christ

bgs Below ground surface

BP Before Present

cP Centipoise

CPUE Catch per Unit Effort

dBA / dB(A) Decibel A-Weighted

dm Dried Mass

Ft Foot / Feet

g/dL Grams per decilitre

g/kg Grams per kilogram

ha Hectares

Hz Hertz

kbbl/d Thousand Barrels per Day

kbopd Thousand Barrels of Oil per Day

kg Kilogram

km Kilometre

2
km Square Kilometre

KN Kilonewton

kt Kilo tons / kilo tonnes

kV Kilovolt

February 2019 27
 Table of Abbreviations

UNIT OF MEASUREMENT DESCRIPTION

kVA Kilovolt-Ampere

KW Kilowatt

LAeq A-weighted, equivalent sound level - with the same Energy content as the varying
acoustic signal measured

LAF10 The noise level is exceeded for 10% of the measurement period, fast, A-weighted

LAF90 The noise level is exceeded for 90% of the measurement period, fast, A-weighted

LAF95 The noise level is exceeded for 95% of the measurement period, fast, A-weighted

LAmax A-weighted, maximum sound level

Leq Equivalent Sound Level

m Metre

m2 Square metre

3
m Cubic metre

m3/s Cubic metres per second

Ma Million Years Ago

Mb Body-Wave Magnitude

MBOPD Thousand Barrels of Oil per Day

mg/kg Milligrams per kilogram

mg/l Milligrams per litre

3
mg/m Milligrams per cubic metre

mm Millimetre

MMboe Million Barrels of Oil Equivalent

mm/s Millimetres per second

MMscf/d Million Standard Cubic Feet per Day

m/s Metres per second

Mstb Thousand Stock Tank Barrels

MT Metric Ton

MtCO2e Metric Tons of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent

February 2019 28
 Table of Abbreviations

UNIT OF MEASUREMENT DESCRIPTION

Mw Moment Magnitude

MW Megawatt

MWL Mean Water Level

MWth Megawatts thermal

PGA Peak Ground Acceleration

PM2.5 Fine particulate matter (<2.5 micrometers diameter)

PM10 Coarse particulate matter (<10 micrometers diameter)

ppm Parts Per Million

PPV Peak Particle Velocity

sg Specific Gravity

sm 3/day Standard Metres Cubed per Day

sm 3/h Standard Metres Cubed per Hour

STOIIP Stock Tank Oil-Initially-In-Place

t Tonnes / Tons

tCO2e Tonnes Carbon Dioxide Equivalent

TCU True Colour Unit

TKN Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen

tpa Tonnes per annum

TWh Terawatt Hours

Yr Year

February 2019 29
Glossary of Terms
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Acceptance or The instruments of "acceptance" or "approval" of a treaty have the same legal
Approval effect as ratification and consequently express the consent of a state to be bound
by a treaty.

Accession "Accession" is the act whereby a state accepts the offer or the opportunity to
become a party to a treaty already negotiated and signed by other states. It has
the same legal effect as ratification. Accession usually occurs after the treaty has
entered into force.

Active Air Sampling Active sampling involves the use of an air sampling pump to actively pull air
through a collection device such as a filter.

Active Stakeholder Active stakeholder consultation/engagement includes meetings, public hearings

Consultation and structured comment periods to support report disclosure where feedback
about the Project is actively solicited.

Activity Any action needed for the design, construction and completion of a project.

Additional Mitigation measures which are identified when the outcome of the ESIA indicates
Mitigation that design controls/embedded mitigation measures are insufficient to manage an
Measures impact to an acceptable level.

ADMS 5 Model An advanced dispersion model used to model the air quality impact of existing and
proposed industrial installations, developed by the UK based Cambridge
Environmental Research Consultancy.

Adverse (Impact) A negative impact upon a receptor as a result of the Project. It includes short and
long term negative and reversible impacts. The scale of the impact is further
defined using the ESIA matrix as presented in chapter 3.

AERMOD Model An integrated atmospheric dispersion modelling system developed by the

American Meteorological Society (AMS)/United States Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) Regulatory Model Improvement Committee (AERMIC), and the
preferred regulatory model of the EPA.

Airshed Part of the atmosphere that behaves in a coherent way with respect to the
dispersion of emissions.

Albertine Graben A sedimentary basin forming the western branch of the East African Rift, covering
(Albertine Rift) parts of Uganda, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Rwanda, Burundi and
Tanzania. It extends from the northern end of Lake Albert to the southern end
of Lake Tanganyika. The geographical term includes the valley and the
surrounding mountains.

Alien species A species occurring in an area outside of its historically known natural range as a
result of intentional or accidental dispersal by human activities.

Alluvial Soils carried by water and deposited according to size and specific gravity as the
flow rate decreases.

Alternatives Examination of technically and financially feasible alternatives to the source of

Analysis identified impacts, and documentation of the rationale for selecting the particular
course of action proposed.

February 2019 1
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Ambient Air Quality Ambient air quality limits are concentrations or air quality indicators recorded over
Limits a given time period, which are considered to be acceptable in terms of what is
scientifically known about their effects on health and on the environment. They can
be used as a benchmark to indicate whether air quality is being degraded.

Ambient Levels Sharing the same physical and/or chemical properties as the immediate
surroundings.

Anadromous Fish that migrate up rivers from the sea to breed in fresh water.

Anaerobic Relating to the absence of free oxygen.

Annulus The area between a pair of concentric circles. For the purposes of this document,
annulus refers to the space between the drill pipe and well bore.

Anoxic Absence of oxygen.

Anthropogenic Relating to, or resulting from, the influence of human activity on the environment.

Archaeology The scientific study of the physical evidence of past human societies recovered
through collection, artefact analysis, and excavation. Archaeologists not only
attempt to discover and describe past cultures but also to formulate explanations
for the development of cultures. Conclusions drawn from study and analyses
provide answers and predictions about human behaviour that add, complement,
and sometimes correct the written accounts of history and prehistory.

Archaeological Site Location with physical evidence for where people once lived, hunted, farmed,
camped, held ceremonies or were buried.

Arenic Soils Soils in which at least the upper 0.5 m of the profile is non-gravelly and of sandy
texture throughout. It is also loosely or weakly coherent and may have aeolian
(wind-blown) cross-bedding.

Artefact An object or part of an object that has been used or created by a human and
provides physical clues to the activity carried out by humans in the area of
discovery. These include worked stone tools and tool-making waste, bone, pottery
and metalwork.

Associated and Facilities that are not funded as part of the Project and that would not have been
Supporting constructed or expanded if the Project did not exist and without which the Project
Facilities would not be viable. For the Tilenga Project, these are the Tilenga Feeder
Pipeline, EACOP, waste management storage and treatment facilities for the
Project; and critical oil roads.

Associated Gas The natural gas by-product of extracting oil, used to generate power.

Avoidance Survey A survey conducted over a wide area in order to allow identification of sensitive
features and inform the FEED process in order to locate facilities to avoid these
areas to the extent possible.

A-Weighting The most common weighting used in noise measurement which effectively cuts off
the lower and higher frequencies that the average person cannot hear.

Backfill Material used to refill an excavated area.

February 2019 2
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Balaalo Nomadic pastoralists who are hired by livestock owners to graze and care for their
livestock on open access pasture.

Base Case Design The base case design is the default Project design, and is reached following the
consideration of alternative designs in relation to technical, environmental and
socio-economic factors.

Baseflow Contribution of groundwater flow to surface water flow.

Baseline Condition Term used to describe existing condition of the physical, biological, socio-
economic, and cultural heritage environmental aspects. The ESIA process
assesses likely impacts on baseline conditions.

Bathymetric Related to the measurement of depth of water in oceans, seas, or lakes.

Benthic The ecological region at the lowest level of a body of water such as an ocean or a
lake, including the sediment surface and some sub-surface layers.

Benthopelagic Living and feeding near the bottom as well as in midwaters or near the surface.
Feeding on benthic as well as free swimming organisms.

Bentonite A natural, inert, non-toxic clay used as a filler, sealing or suspending agent.

Big 5 The five animals which provide the greatest draw to the Murchison Falls National
Park – buffalo, elephant, leopard, lion and rhino.

Biodiversity A term used to describe aspects of biological diversity, especially including species
richness, ecosystem complexity and genetic variation.

Biomass The total mass of living matter present in an ecosystem or at a particular trophic
level in a food chain and usually expressed as dry weight or more accurately, as
the carbon, nitrogen, or calorific content per unit area.

Biovolume The volume of cells in a unit amount of water (a surrogate for biomass in the
aquatic environment).

Black Start Where the power generation facility needs to be restarted using diesel fuel (e.g.
after a system shut-down or failure) rather than using associated gas on which it
normally operates.

Blow out Uncontrolled release of crude oil and/or natural gas from an oil well after pressure
control systems have failed.

Borehole Yield The volume of water that can be abstracted from a borehole.

Borrow Pit An area where material (e.g. murram) has been dug for use at another location.

Building Massing The general shape or shapes of a building.

Bunding A constructed retaining wall around areas where potentially polluting substances
are handled, processed or stored, for the purposes of containing any unintended
escape of material from that area until such time as remedial action can be taken.

Bullheading Forcibly pumping fluids into a well (to remove the gas and replace it with liquid) in
order to reduce wellhead pressure to mitigate the potential for a blowout.

February 2019 3
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Bushmeat Meat from non-domesticated animals.

Catchment Area The area from which rainfall flows into a river, lake, or reservoir.

Cenozoic The most recent era of geologic time comprising the Tertiary and Quaternary
Period, from about 65 million years ago to the present.

Central Processing Proposed facility within the Industrial Area which will include a number of key
Facility facilities to enable the processing of approximately 190 thousand barrels of oil per
day. The key facilities include a water treatment facility, a power generation
system, oil treatment, flare system and oil storage tanks.

Chance Find An archaeological site or object that was unknown prior to discovery during
construction (despite best efforts to identify all sites prior to construction through
cultural heritage surveys).

Chance Find Chance find procedure is a project-specific procedure that outlines what will
Procedure happen if previously unknown physical resources are encountered during project
construction or operation. The procedure includes record keeping and expert
verification procedures, chain of custody instructions for movable finds, and clear
criteria for potential temporary work stoppages that could be required for rapid
disposition of issues related to the finds.

Clan Cultural Sites Cultural sites belonging to a clan. Clan cultural sites are usually marked by large
trees where the prayers and sacrifice rituals are conducted.

Coliform Belonging to a group of rod-shaped bacteria typified by E. coli.

Colonial Period Period in a country’s history when it was subject to administration by a colonial
power.

Commissioning and Phase commencing subsequent to construction and pre-commissioning (currently

Operation Phase estimated to be 2020). The Project will have an operational design life of 25 years.

Communication A register aimed at tracking all communication activities within the project.
Register

Construction and Development of main facilities and infrastructure, including drilling and testing of oil
Pre-Commissioning wells and installation and testing of pipelines. Anticipated to take up to seven
Phase years, between 2018 and 2025.

Construction Permit The authorisation by a competent environmental authority for commencement in or

adjacent to natural waters (rivers or lakes).

Consultation The process of formally consulting or discussing a subject. For the purposes of this
document, consultation involves two-way communication between the project
developers and affected or interested stakeholders.

Contaminated Water contaminated by pollutants from on- or off-site activities; e.g. concrete-laden
Water water and runoff from plant / personnel wash areas. Contaminated water must be
treated to ensure that water released into the receiving environment meets
minimum standards and guidelines.

Contamination The introduction by man, directly or indirectly, of substances to the environment.

Contaminants are biological, chemical, physical or radiological substance.

February 2019 4
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Cretaceous Period A period of the Mesozoic Era, from approximately 140 million to 65 million years
ago.

Critical Cultural Critical cultural heritage consists of one or both of the following types of cultural
Heritage heritage: (i) the internationally recognised heritage of communities who use, or
have used within living memory the cultural heritage for long-standing cultural
purposes; or (ii) legally protected cultural heritage areas, including those proposed
by host governments for such designation (IFC PS8).

Critical Habitat Critical habitats are areas with high biodiversity value, including (i) habitat of
significant importance to Critically Endangered and/or Endangered species; (ii)
habitat of significant importance to endemic and/or restricted-range species; (iii)
habitat supporting globally significant concentrations of migratory species and/or
congregatory species; (iv) highly threatened and/or unique ecosystems; and/or (v)
areas associated with key evolutionary processes (IFC PS6).

Critical Habitat An IFC PS6 process that identifies significant biodiversity risks associated with a
Assessment project. Critical Habitat Assessment (CHA) considers the conservation principles
of threat (vulnerability) and geographic rarity (irreplaceability) for particular
qualifying features. CHA is carried out at the landscape scale, using ecologically
and/or administratively coherent Discrete Management Units, which are a means
of determining the presence or absence of Critical Habitat-qualifying
features. Under PS6 Criteria 1 to 3 these relate to the presence of populations of
Critical Habitat Qualifying Species (CHQS)

Critical Habitat These are species present within the landscapes comprising the Project’s Area of
Qualifying Species Influence and represent qualifying features that meet one or more of Criteria 1 to 3
of the IFC PS6. CHQS are defined on the basis of their international and/or
national status. The presence of CHQS therefore defines the landscapes and
habitats where they are found as Critical Habitat.

Cultural Heritage The heritage that includes artefacts, monuments, groups of buildings and sites that
have a diversity of values including symbolic, historic, artistic, aesthetic,
ethnological or anthropological, religious, scientific and social significance
(UNESCO 1972).

Cumulative Impact An assessment of the cumulative effects of the Project together with other
Assessment developments that will also have effects within the Project’s Area of Influence.

Cumulative Impacts Those that result from the incremental impact, on areas or resources used or
directly affected by the Project, from other existing, planned or reasonably defined
developments at the time the risks and impacts identification process is conducted
(IFC PS1).

Cuttings Fragments of rock and other material displaced during the drilling or boring
process.

Cuttings Reinjection The injection of cuttings and other drilling waste into sub-surface formations.

Data Gap Analysis Review of available information sources to identify any areas for which further data
collection would be advantageous to characterise baseline conditions.

Daub Anthill soil which is smeared onto a structure (homestead) as a finish to the
surface or as decoration.

Debitage In archaeology, a term for tool-making waste.

February 2019 5
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Decommissioning Permanent shut-down of equipment, plant, etc., planned for the end of the 25 year
Phase operation, currently estimated to be 2046.

Deltaic Of or relating to a river delta.

Demersal Demersal fish live and feed on or near the seabed.

Demography The statistical study of the characteristics of human populations.

Dendritic The most common form of drainage pattern. In a dendritic system, there are many
contributing streams (analogous to the twigs of a tree), which are then joined
together into the tributaries of the main rivers (the branches and the trunk of the
tree, respectively).

Design Controls See ‘Embedded Mitigation Measures’.’

Diatomite Diatomite(or ‘diatomaceous earth’) is a sedimentary deposit composed of the

fossilised skeletons or remains of diatoms (microscopic algae).

Diffusion Tube A type of air quality monitoring equipment that passively absorbs air quality
Monitoring indicators over a given time (i.e., does not pump air over the sample medium). It
provides an average concentration for the period of measurement.

Direct Impacts Impacts that result from a direct interaction between a planned project activity and
the receiving environment.

Directorate of The authority responsible for the review and/or approval of an Environmental
Environmental Management Plan.
Affairs

Directorate of An entity within Uganda’s Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development,

Petroleum responsible for policy making; coordinating the development of the sector; and
undertaking licensing and national capacity building among other roles.

Directorate of The authority responsible for water management.

Water Resource
Management

Disclosure Release of information into the public domain. For the purposes of this document,
disclosure refers to the release of the project and ESIA information to affected and
interested stakeholders.

District Land Board The function of the District Land Board is to hold and allocate land in the district,
which is not owned by any person or authority; to facilitate the registration and
transfer of interests in land; and to deal with any other matters connected with land
in the district in accordance with laws made by Parliament.

District Technical The authority mandated to plan for and deliver services to the local communities in
Planning their jurisdiction.
Committee

Drawdown (Aquifer) The response in groundwater levels within an aquifer to pumping of groundwater.

Drilling Fluid/Mud A mixture of clays, water and chemicals pumped down the drill string while a well
is being drilled to lubricate the mechanism, cool the drill bit and flush out the
cuttings.

February 2019 6
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Dust ‘Dust’ is generally regarded as particulate matter less than 75 µm.

East African Rift An active continental rift zone in East Africa. The rift is a narrow zone that is a
developing divergent tectonic plate boundary, where the African Plate is in the
process of splitting into two tectonic plates (Somali Plate and Nubian Plate).

Economic Loss of assets or access to assets that leads to loss of income sources or other
Displacement means of livelihood.

Economic Violence Term used locally to describe a situation where a husband or parent withholds
available money or resources for their own uses and fails to provide food or pay
school fees for their family.

Ecosystem A biological community of interacting organisms and their physical environment.

Ecosystem The benefits that people, including businesses, obtain from ecosystems (IFC,
Services 2012). There are three broad categories:
Provisioning services: The products obtained from ecosystems such as:
crops, livestock, fish, shellfish, and game, wild foods and plants; water for
drinking, irrigation, and industrial purposes; and biopharmaceuticals,
construction materials and biomass for renewable energy.
Regulating services – The benefits obtained from the regulation of ecosystem
processes including: local climate regulation and carbon storage and
sequestration; natural hazard mitigation; purification of water and air; control
of pests and disease; and pollination.
Cultural services – The cultural, educational, and spiritual benefits obtained
from ecosystems including: cultural, spiritual, or religious inspiration from
cultural heritage and/or spiritual or sacred sites; opportunities for recreation
such as sport, hunting, fishing, ecotourism; and opportunities for scientific
exploration, knowledge-building and education.

Elder A leader or senior figure in a tribe or other group.

Electrofishing Electrofishing (electric fishing) is a common scientific survey method used to

sample fish populations to determine abundance, density, and species
composition. When performed correctly, electrofishing results in no permanent
harm to fish, which return to their natural state in as little as two minutes after
being caught.

Embedded Measures to avoid or minimise impacts which have been identified and
Mitigation incorporated within the pre-project design and Front End Engineering and Design
Measures (FEED) phases. Embedded mitigation measures (also known as design controls)
include physical design features and management measures that are based on
Good International Industry Practice (GIIP).

Emergency Flare Burning of excess gas as a safety mechanism to minimise the risk of explosion or
fire.

Emissions The term used to describe the gases and particles which are put into the air or
emitted by various sources.

Endemic Species Endemic species are plants and animals that are native or restricted to a certain
place.

February 2019 7
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Environment The surroundings in which humans exist and which comprise:

micro-
and
the physical, chemical, aesthetic, historical, cultural and economic properties
and conditions of the foregoing that can influence human health and wellbeing.

Environmental / An element of an organisation or project’s activities, products or services that can

Social Aspect interact with the environment or a social receptor that affects or can affect the
environment.

Environmental Systematic, documented, regular and objective evaluation of the performance of

Audit an organisation or facility in terms the implementation of the Environmental
Management Programme and compliance with statutory requirements and the
organisation’s Environmental Policy.

Environmental An independent person who is responsible for undertaking site inspections to audit
Control Officer and report on compliance with all phases of environmental specifications with the
Environmental Management Programme.

Environmental / Any change to the baseline (pre-project) environment or social status, whether
Social Impact adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organisation’s activities,
products or services.

Environmental Systematic review of the environmental and/or socio-economic changes a

Impact Assessment proposed project may have on its surrounding environment.
/ Environmental and
Social Impact
Assessment

Environmental A person designated as an environmental management inspector.

Management
Inspector

Environmental and A tool used to identify the environmental and social management and mitigation
Social Management actions required to implement the project in accordance with the requirements of
Plan the International Finance Corporation’s (IFC) Performance Standards and
applicable national legislation.

Environmental and A system established to plan, manage, document and monitor an organisation’s
Social Management activities and processes and resultant environmental and social impacts in
System accordance with requirements of ISO 14001:2004 and IFC Performance Standard
1.

Environmental The overall environmental goal arising from the Environmental Policy that an
Objectives organisation sets itself to achieve, and is quantified where practicable.

Environmental An entity that receives a contaminant or pollutant and which can be subject to an
Receptor environmental impact. It can be a body of water, air, parcel of land, community,
ecosystem or individual organism, human being or property.

Ephemeral A wetland, spring, stream, river, pond or lake that only exists for a short period
Watercourse following precipitation.

February 2019 8
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Equator Principles The Equator Principles (EPs) are a credit risk management framework for
determining, assessing and managing environmental and social risk in project
finance transactions. The EPs are designed to help financial institutions overcome
the challenges of incorporating risks associated with biodiversity and ecosystem
services into their lending decision1.

Etymological Relating to the origin and historical development of words and their meanings.

Eutrophic Lake or other body of water rich in nutrients and so supporting a dense plant
population, the decomposition of which kills animal life by depriving it of oxygen.

Evaporites Natural salt or mineral deposits left after the evaporation of a body of water.

External Water The part of the country’s renewable water resources which is not generated in the
Resources country which includes inflows from upstream countries (groundwater and surface
water), and part of the water of border lakes or rivers.

Family Cultural A family shrine of a household, believed to offer protection to a home. Shrines may
Sites be in the form of a small hut with a grassed roof, a table, or stones, and are
sometimes associated with branches, poles or sacred trees.

Fast and Impulse Time weightings are a common specification provided on most sound level
Time Weighed meters. Fast time weighting is typically the selected weighting for most noise
(Sound) measurements and corresponds to approximately 125 milliseconds. Impulse time
weighting equates to approximately 4 times faster than the Fast weighting and is
most commonly used to measure short bursts of sounds.

Fauna All living biological creatures, usually capable of motion, including insects and
predominantly of protein-based consistency.

Feasibility Study An analysis and evaluation of a proposed project to determine if it is technically

and financially feasible.

Ferralitic Soils Soils which form in humid locales as a result of chemical weathering and
decomposition of organic materials. They typically have low silica content and a
high content of aluminium and iron.

Fire danger index A relative number denoting an evaluation of rate of spread or suppression difficulty
for specific combinations of fuel, fuel moisture and wind speed.

Fire hazard The relative combination of fuel, oxygen and heat that will lead to the start and
spread of a potential fire.

Flagship Species A species used as the focus of a broader conservation marketing campaign based
on its possession of one or more traits that appeal to the target audience e.g.
Rothschild’s giraffe. It is also considered to be a species that is selected to act as
an ambassador, icon or symbol for a defined habitat,

Flaring The controlled burning of natural gas that cannot be processed for sale or use
because of technical or economic reasons.

Flood line The line or mark to which a flood could rise every 50 (1:50 year flood line) or 100
(1:100 year flood line) years.

1 Definition as per the EP website available from www.equator-principles.com

February 2019 9
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Flora All living plants, grasses, shrubs, trees etc., that are typically incapable of easy
natural motion and capable of photosynthesis.

Flowline A pipe or series of pipelines within a network that allows for the transfers of fluids
within an oilfield; typically oil or gas from a well pad to a processing facility.

Fluvial Deposits Soils formed by rivers and streams.

Footprint The spatial impact/ impression on the land from a project; may include areas that
are not constructed upon such as buffer areas around project infrastructure.

Frack Out The unintentional return of drilling fluids to the surface during HDD. Generally, the
tunnelling machine requires the use of slurry made with bentonite to reduce friction
and also to plug and seal the shaft. A frack out is when the slurry finds the path of
least resistance and escapes through the soil or stream bed.

Front-End Engineering that is conducted after completion of Feasibility Study.

Engineering Design

Fugitive Emissions Non-combustion related emissions, such as gas leaks from pressurised
equipment.

Geomorphology Refers to the study of the evolution and configuration of landforms and the
processes which shape them.

Global Restricted See ‘Industrial Area’

Zone

Global Warming Global warming is an average increase in the temperature of the atmosphere near
the Earth’s surface and in the troposphere, which can contribute to changes in
global climate patterns.

Good International Good International Industry Practice (GIIP) is the exercise of professional skill,
Industry Practice diligence, prudence and foresight that would reasonably be expected from skilled
and experienced professionals engaged in the same type of undertaking under the
2
same or similar circumstances globally .]

Graben A depressed block of the Earth’s crust bordered by parallel faults.

Greenhouse Gases Atmospheric gases considered to be contributing to the greenhouse effect by

absorbing and emitting radiation, They include carbon dioxide (CO2), methane
(CH4), nitrous oxide (NO2), and water vapour.

Grievance Formal complaint by individuals, groups or organisations who feel they have been
adversely affected by project-related activities.

Grievance Process of recording and addressing grievances so that they can be tracked
Mechanism through to a resolution.

Groundwater Water that fills the natural openings in below-surface rock or unconsolidated
sands.

2 Definition as per the IFC Policy & Performance Standards and Guidance Notes. Glossary of Terms. Available from
www.IFC.org

February 2019 10
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Habitat A terrestrial, freshwater, or marine geographical unit or airway that supports

assemblages of living organisms and their interactions with the non-living
environment (IFC, PS6).

Harmful Harmful substances are natural or man-made substances that adversely affect the
Substances functioning capability of organisms.

Hazard The potential to cause harm, including ill health or injury; damage to property,
plant, products or the environment; production losses or increased liabilities.

Hazardous Natural or man-made chemicals that adversely affect human health or ecological
substance functions.

Hazardous waste Waste that, because of its chemical reactivity, toxic, explosive, corrosive,
radioactive or other characteristics, causes danger or is likely to cause danger to
health or the environment.

Heritage Resources Any place or object of cultural, archaeological or palaeontological significance in

terms of the Historical Monuments Act, Cap 46.

Herptiles Term used to encompass both reptiles and amphibians.

Horizontal A trenchless technology that involves drilling into the earth to create
Directional Drilling a horizontal bore under the surface along a planned pathway through which pipes
and conduits may pass.

Household A group of people who normally live and eat together.

Hydraulic A coefficient that relates the discharge through an aquifer to the hydraulic head
Conductivity gradient.

Hydrocarbon Organic chemical compounds of hydrogen and carbon atoms that form the basis of
all petroleum products. They may exist as gases, liquids or solids, examples being
methane, hexane and paraffin.

Hydromorphological Physical characteristics of the shape, boundaries and content of a water body.

Hydrotesting Hydrostatic testing is a type of pressure test that works by completely filling the
component (e.g. pipeline) with water, removing the air contained within the unit,
and pressurizing the system. The pressure is then held for a specific amount of
time to visually inspect the system for leaks or deficiencies.

Illiteracy The lack of ability to read and write with understanding in any language.

Impacts Changes to the existing environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or

partially arising from the Project.

Impact Magnitude Measure of the degree of change from the baseline conditions.

Impact Significance Measure of how important or consequential an impact is, based on its magnitude,
and the sensitivity of the affected receptors.

In-Built Design Measures to avoid or minimise impacts, identified and incorporated into the design
Controls as part of the Project design process. These include physical design features and
management measures, and are based on Good International Industry Practice
(GIIP).

February 2019 11
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

In-Combination The in-combination assessment considers whether the residual impact of the
Assessment Project would be exacerbated due to the potential impacts of supporting or
associated facilities.

In-Combination The joint impacts of both the Project and the supporting infrastructure and
Effects associated facilities.

Indirect Impacts Impacts that follow on from the primary interactions between the Project and its
environment because of subsequent interactions in the environment (e.g. loss of
part of a habitat could affect the population of a species over a wider area).

Induced Impacts Impacts that result from other knock on activities that may happen as a
consequence of the Project (e.g. they tend to be social in nature, such as in-
migration, new businesses set up to cater for increased traffic on roads.

Induction training The training provided to new / existing employees to (re)acquaint them with the
company structure, their specific job requirements, practical or organisational
issues and occupational health, safety and environmental considerations required
on the project.

Industrial Area Area located south of the Victoria Nile within Ngwedo sub-county, Buliisa District,
comprising key permanent and temporary facilities, including the Central
Processing Facility, Cuttings Reinjection Area, and support bases and camps for
both the construction phase (temporary) and operational phase (permanent). Also
referred to as the Global Restricted Zone.

Influx Influx, or project-induced in-migration, involves the movement of people into an

area in anticipation of, or in response to, economic opportunities associated with
the development and/or operation of a new project.

In-migration To move or settle into a different part of one’s country or home territory.

Intangible Cultural The Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage defines
Heritage the intangible cultural heritage as the practices, representations, expressions, as
well as the knowledge and skills (including instruments, objects, artefacts, cultural
spaces), that communities, groups and, in some cases, individuals recognise as
part of their cultural heritage. It is sometimes called living cultural heritage, and is
manifested inter alia in the following domains:
Oral traditions and expressions, including language as a vehicle of the

Traditional craftsmanship.

Interested and Any person or group of people concerned with or affected by an activity and its
Affected Parties consequences. These include the authorities, local communities, investors, work
(I&AP) force, customers and consumers, environmental interest groups, and the general
public.

Internal Renewable Average annual flow of rivers and recharge of aquifers generated from
Water Resource endogenous precipitation that originates within the country’s borders.

February 2019 12
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

International Organisation that is a member of the World Bank, and promotes sustainable
Finance private sector investment in developing countries.
Corporation

International The Performance Standards provide guidance on how to identify environmental

Finance and social risks and impacts, and are designed to help avoid, mitigate, and
Corporation manage risks and impacts as a way of doing business in a sustainable way. There
Performance are eight Performance Standards that clients must meet throughout the life of an
Standards investment by IFC.

International Union The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species provides taxonomic, conservation
for Conservation of status and distribution information on plants and animals that have been globally
Nature (IUCN) Red evaluated using the IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria. This system is
List designed to determine the relative risk of extinction, and the main purpose of the
IUCN Red List is to catalogue and highlight those plants and animals that are
facing a higher risk of global extinction (those listed as Critically
Endangered, Endangered and Vulnerable).

Invertebrates Any animal lacking a backbone, including all species not classified as vertebrates,
such as an arthropod, mollusc, annelid, coelenterate, etc.

Iron Age The period in the history of humankind, following the Stone Age and the Bronze
Age, marked by the use of implements and weapons made of iron.

Ironstone Sedimentary rock containing a substantial proportion of iron compounds.

Joint Venture A commercial enterprise undertaken jointly by two or more parties which otherwise
retain their distinct identities.

Lacustrine Relating to, formed in, living in, or growing in lakes.

Land Acquisition Framework prepared by the Project Proponents in collaboration with the
and Resettlement Government of Uganda in 2016, describing the legal and administrative
Framework framework, the land-use and land tenure of the Project Area, and providing guiding
principles on valuation methodology, entitlements, resettlement action planning,
and livelihood restoration.

Land Expropriation The purchase of land from a private owner.

Land Tenure Legal regime in which land is owned by an individual. The Government of Uganda
Land Act, Cap 227 provides for four types of land tenure (Customary, Leasehold,
Mailo and Freehold).

Land Use The arrangements, activities and inputs people undertake in a certain land cover
type to produce, change or maintain it. This definition establishes a direct link
between the land cover and the actions of people in their environment; often
includes natural or recreational areas such as parks.

Landscape All the visible features of an area of land, often considered in terms of their
aesthetic appeal.

Landscape Areas which are unique, discrete geographical areas of the landscape which
Character Area demonstrate a series of recognisable features and characteristics.

February 2019 13
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Landscape Six Landscape Contexts were identified in the Critical Habitat Assessment that
Contexts illustrates a landscape-scale view of potential Project interactions with all of the
Critical Habitat Qualifying Species.

Landscape Impact Impact on the landscape as a resource in its own right.

Laterite A soil and rock type rich in iron and aluminium, and is commonly considered to
have formed in hot and wet tropical areas.

Laydown Area Area used for storing construction materials and equipment.

Leachable Prone to the loss of soluble or other substances from the top layer of soil by
percolating precipitation.

Lentic Habitats Lentic aquatic systems are those which contain still waters e.g. ponds and lakes.

Likelihood The probability that an activity or effect will occur.

Lithic In archaeology, the portions of a stone removed to make a tool.

Local Communities Communities that have the potential to be affected by the Project.

Lotic Habitats Lotic aquatic systems are those systems which contain flowing waters e.g.
streams and rivers.

Macroinvertebrates Invertebrate fauna that can be captured by a 500 micron net or sieve. This
includes arthropods (insects, mites, scuds and crayfish), molluscs (snails, limpets,
mussels and clams), annelids (segmented worms), nematodes (roundworms), and
latyhelminthes (flatworms).

Main Watercourse Surface water bodies designated as large permanent surface water
bodies/watercourses such as rivers, lakes or wetlands of regional, national and
local importance and are part of the main drainage network that drains the study
area on regional, national and local scale.

Mammal A class of warm-blooded vertebrates, Mammalia, having mammary glands in the

female.

Marginalised Groups characterised by shared traits such as ethnicity, income levels, or disability
Groups that are not present or represented in the mainstream of social, economic or
political life of a country. Thus, they may be disproportionally adversely affected by
project impacts.

Memorandum of A nonbinding agreement between two or more parties outlining the terms and
Understanding details of an understanding, including each parties’ requirements and
responsibilities.

Migration Any regular animal journeys along well-defined routes, particularly those involving
a return to breeding grounds.

Miocene The fourth epoch of the Tertiary Period, between the Oligocene and Pliocene.

Mitigation Management measures put forward to prevent, reduce and where possible, offset
Measures any adverse environmental or socio-economic impacts. For the purposes of this
document, these measures also include enhancement strategies aimed at
increasing beneficial impacts.

February 2019 14
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Modified Habitats Areas that may contain a large proportion of plant and/or animal species of non-
native origin, and/or where human activity has substantially modified an area’s
primary ecological functions and species composition. Modified habitats may
include areas managed for agriculture, forest plantations, reclaimed coastal zones,
and reclaimed wetlands (IFC, PS6).

Murchison Falls An area encompassing the Murchison Falls National Park (3,893 square
Conservation Area kilometres), Bugungu Wildlife Reserve (748 square kilometres) and Karuma
Wildlife Reserve (720 square kilometres).

Murchison Falls A national park in Uganda managed by the Ugandan Wildlife Authority. It is in
National Park north-western Uganda, spreading inland from the shores of Lake Albert, around
the Victoria Nile, up to the Karuma Falls.

Murram A form of laterite (clayey material) used for road surfaces in parts of Africa.

Natural Habitats Areas composed of viable assemblages of plant and/or animal species of largely
native origin, and/or where human activity has not essentially modified an area’s
primary ecological functions and species composition (IFC, PS6).

NEMA A semi-autonomous institution, established in May, 1995, under the National

Environment Act, Cap. 153, and became operational in December, 1995, as the
principal agency in Uganda, charged with the responsibility of coordinating,
monitoring, regulating and supervising environmental management in the country.

Neogene Geological Period within the Cenozoic Era encompassing the interval between
approximately 23 million and 2.6 million years ago and including the Miocene and
Pliocene epochs.

No-go area An area where construction activities are prohibited.

Noise Unwanted sound.

Non-Destructive Methods of inspecting and testing the quality or integrity of infrastructure or

Testing equipment which do not involve the removal or testing to destruction of
representative sections.

Non-Point Source Gases and particles released over an area of land or linear line across the land,
Emissions rather than a specific point.

Non-Probability Samples are purpose driven and selected based on the subjective judgement of
Purposive Sampling the researcher, rather than random selection.

Oil Seep The emergence of liquid petroleum at the land surface as a result of slow migration
from its buried source through minute pores or fissure networks.

Oligocene The third epoch of the Tertiary Period, between the Eocene and Miocene.

Optioneering Evaluating different options to solve a specific problem.

Order of Magnitude Change in value by a power of ten i.e. ‘one order of magnitude greater’ means 10
times more.

February 2019 15
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Ordinary Surface water bodies designated as permanent or perennial surface water

Watercourse bodies/watercourses named or unnamed rivers, streams, ponds watering holes,
wetlands of national and local resource importance which sometimes forms part of
the tributaries to the main water bodies/watercourses within the drainage network
on a national or local scale.

Orogenic Belt A strip of the earth’s crust that has been subjected to folding or other deformation
during the process of mountain formation.

Palaeogene Geological Period within the Cenozoic Era encompassing the interval between
approximately 66 million and 23 million years ago.

Perennial A watercourse which flows throughout the year.

Watercourse

Particulates Matter in the form of minute separate solid or liquid particles.

Particulate Matter Particulate matter less than 2.5 micrometres in diameter (PM2.5) are called ‘fine’
(PM2.5) particles. These particles can only be detected with an electron microscope.
Sources of fine particles include all types of combustion, including motor vehicles,
power plants, residential wood burning and some industrial processes.

Particulate Matter Particulate matter less than 10 micrometres diameter. They are small enough to
(PM10) penetrate deep into the lungs, potentially causing serious health problems. This is
mainly due to the combustion of fossil fuels (construction dust for example is
generally more coarse).

Passive Air Passive or diffusive sampling which relies on the unassisted molecular diffusion of
Sampling gaseous agents (analytes) through a diffusive surface onto an adsorbent.

Pastoralism Social organisation based on livestock raising as the primary economic activity.

Pathway The route a source can take to reach a particular receptor (see also Source-
Pathway-Receptor).

Permeability A measure of the ability of a porous material (i.e. a rock or an unconsolidated

material) to allow fluids to pass through it.

Petroleum Authority The authority responsible for monitoring and regulating the exploration,
of Uganda development and production, together with the refining, gas conversion,
transportation and storage of petroleum in Uganda.

Petroleum A department within the Directorate of Petroleum responsible for establishing the
Exploration and petroleum potential of the country and promoting it.
Production
Department

Phytoplankton Plankton consisting of microscopic plants.

Physical Relocation or loss of shelter.

Displacement

Pigging The practice of using pipeline inspection gauges (PIGs), to perform various
maintenance operations on a pipeline. These operations include but are not limited
to cleaning and inspecting the pipeline. This is usually done without stopping the
flow of the product in the pipeline.

February 2019 16
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Pisolite A sedimentary rock made of pisoids, which are concretionary grains – typically of
calcium carbonate which are ‘pea-like’ in appearance.

Plankton Minute plants (phytoplankton) and animals (zooplankton) that drift in the surface
waters of seas and lakes.

Pluvial Relating to or characterised by rainfall.

Point Source Emission from a single, discrete source, such as a stack (or chimney), a generator,
Emission a fired heater, or a flare.

Pollutant Substance or energy introduced into the environment that has undesired effects,
or adversely affects the usefulness of a resource.

Pollution The introduction by man, directly or indirectly, of substances or energy to the

environment resulting in deleterious effects such as harm to living resources.

Potable Water Water that is safe to drink or to use for food preparation, without risk of health
problems. Also known as drinking water.

Potentially A substance that can have a deleterious effect on the environment.

hazardous
substance

Pottery Sherds The individual pieces of broken ceramic vessels.

Pre-Colonial Period Before the beginning of colonial rule.

Pre-Commissioning Pre-commissioning is the process of proving the ability of equipment to meet

operational requirements prior to putting the equipment into service.

Precambrian The oldest period of geologic time between about 3.8 billion and 540 million years
ago.

Prehistoric The time before recorded history and writing.

Primary Data Data collected by the user.

Priority Ecosystem Priority ecosystem services are defined as: (i) those services on which project
Service operations are most likely to have an impact and, therefore, which result in
adverse impacts to Affected Communities; and/or (ii) those services on which the
project is directly dependent for its operations (e.g., water) (IFC PS6).

Priority Species These are the species that have been assessed in the biodiversity sections of this
ESIA. Priority species include CHQS as well as other species, which whilst not
CHQS, may be: considered by stakeholders to be important receptors in the
landscape; and/or are little known and therefore had not been included in species
lists such as the Uganda Red Data List but were recorded specifically within the
Project Area; and/or are specifically protected by Ugandan legislation (for example
tree species included in the schedules to the National Forestry and Tree Planting
Regulations (2016)).

The Project Tilenga Project (see ‘Tilenga Project’).

Project Affected Communities that are affected by the activities of a project.

Community

February 2019 17
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Project Area of Those areas likely to be affected by the main Project facilities, including the main
Influence Project Area for this Project, plus the area related to any Associated Facilities.

Project-Induced In- See ‘Influx’.

Migration

Project Proponents The developer, or sponsor, of a project. For this Project, the Proponents are Total
Exploration & Production (E&P) Uganda B.V and Tullow Uganda Operations Pty
Ltd.

Project Zone of The geographical area within which views of the construction and operational
Influence phases of the Project could potentially be possible, including views of vehicles and
vessels on the land and sea delivery routes.

Psycho Social Social pathologies (such as drinking, drug use, violence, gender discrimination,
Effects crime, poverty) that are influenced by social determinants of health and can lead to
social, psychological or economic problems that undermine wellbeing.

Public Disclosure Public disclosure refers to the act of making information or data readily accessible
and available to all interested individuals and institutions. Disclosure of Project or
ESIA–related information to stakeholders for review and as an input to
consultations.

Public Meeting Open meeting which may be attended by any member of the public. Need not be a
meeting required under specific legislation.

Quaternary Period The most recent period in the Cenozoic Era spanning an interval of geological time
from approximately 2.6 million years ago to present.

Ramsar Site A wetland site designated of international importance under the Ramsar
Convention, an intergovernmental treaty established in 1971 by UNESCO and
coming into force in 1975.

Ratified When a state makes a final approval and formal expression of its consent; for
example, to be bound by a treaty or convention. This usually occurs after
signature.

Receptive Where stakeholders may contact the Project Proponents at any time (e.g. by
Stakeholder email, post, telephone, or in person) to provide their views and ask questions.
Consultation Feedback may be submitted by any individual or group (e.g. companies,
organisations, societies, collectives), either verbally or in writing.

Receptor The aspect of the environment (air, water, ecosystem, human, fauna, etc.) that is
affected by/interacts with an environmental or socio-economic impact (see also
Source-Pathway-Receptor).

Receptor Sensitivity How a particular receptor may be more or less susceptible to a given impact.

Reinstatement The process of returning the landscape affected by the construction of a

Work development back to its previous state.

Relief Well A new well that is drilled near to a well at which blowout has occurred in such a
way to create a diversion route for the oil to the controlled relief well.

February 2019 18
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Resettlement Document drafted by the parties responsible for resettlement, specifying the
Action Plan procedures it will follow and the actions it will take to properly resettle and
compensate affected people and communities.

Residual Impacts Impacts that remain after mitigation measures, including those incorporated into
the project’s base case design (i.e. embedded mitigation) and those developed in
addition to the base case design, have been applied.

Reversibility The degree and speed with which a receptor can recover from an impact.

Riparian Zone The interface between land and a river or stream.

Risk The probability that a specified event will occur and the severity of the
consequences of the event.

Routine Activity An activity that occurs during routine operations when plant, / vessels or
equipment is operating as specified within the design base case.

Runoff The draining of water e.g. rainfall (and/or substances carried in it) from the surface
of an area of land.

Scoping Early stage in the ESIA process that appraises the likely key issues requiring
detailed assessment. A scoping process (in relation to IFC PS1) is the
establishment and maintenance of a process for identifying the initial
environmental and social risks and impacts of a project. The aspects of the project
(i.e., type, scale and location) along with available baseline data is used to guide
the scope and level of effort devoted to the risk and impacts identification in the
ESIA. The process also involves a mechanism for the collection of comments
made by different stakeholders3.]

Secchi Disc Metal disc used to measure transparency or turbidity in bodies of water. The disc
is mounted on a pole or line, and lowered slowly down in the water. The depth at
which the disc is no longer visible is recorded and used to estimate the
transparency/turbidity of the water.

Secondary Data Data collected by someone other than the user.

Sediment Sediment is any particular matter that is broken down by processes of weathering
and erosion, and is subsequently transported by the action of wind, water, or ice,
and/or by the force of gravity acting on the particle itself.

Sensitivity The recovery rate of the receptor from disturbance or degradation.

Site Preparation Initial Phase of development expected to take approximately two years. The phase
and Enabling will include land acquisition and clearance, upgrades to the airstrips, and road
Works Phase modifications/construction. It is expected Project activities will commence in early
2018 upon receipt of approval from National Environment Management Authority.

Slurry A suspension of small size solid particles and water.

Soakaway System A pit that is typically filled with hard core medium such as stones or rubble, into
which waste water is piped so that it drains slowly out into the surrounding soils.

3 Definition as per the IFC website. Taken from www.IFC.org

February 2019 19
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Social The process by which the social networks and support mechanisms within a social
Disarticulation group are disrupted. It often happens as a result of resettlement and influx.

Soil A material comprised of a mixture of mineral and organic materials that usually has
the ability to support rooted plants in a natural environment.

Soil Guideline A contaminant concentration in soil, below which no harm will occur i.e. a ‘safe
Value level’.

Soil Productivity Capacity of soil, in its normal environment, to support plant growth.

Source Hazards/activities which have the potential to cause harm to a given receptor e.g.
an oil spill (see also Source-Pathway-Receptor).

Source-Pathway Basis of a risk-based assessment model whereby a pollutant linkage is said to

Receptor exist only when all three components of the model (potential source, potential
pathway and potential receptor) can be identified at the subject site.

Speculation When individuals intentionally move to a project site, purchase land, build or plant
assets in an opportunistic way to so that they may receive compensation or
receive additional compensation and other resettlement benefits.

Stakeholder Any individual, group or organisation potentially affected by a project, or which has
an interest in, or influence over, a project.

Stakeholder As stated by IFC in PS 01 “Stakeholder engagement is the basis for building

Engagement strong, constructive, and responsive relationships that are essential for the
successful management of a project’s environmental and social impacts.” Thus, it
is an activity covering different types of interactions with stakeholders over the life
of a project. Can include, but is not limited to disclosure of Project information and
consultation during preparation of an ESIA Report.

Stakeholder A Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) forms part of the ESIA documentation and
Engagement Plan is intended to provide a plan and implementation strategy to guide stakeholder
engagement throughout the project lifecycle.

Stakeholder A process of identifying individuals or groups likely to be affected by the project

Identification both directly and indirectly, and/or who may have an interest in the project or
influence over the project.

Stone Age The period in the history of humankind, preceding the Bronze Age and the Iron
Age, and marked by the use of stone implements and weapons.

Storage Coefficient Volume of water released from storage per unit decline in hydraulic head (specific
(Aquifer) measurement of liquid pressure above a geodetic datum) in the aquifer, per unit
area of the aquifer.

Stratigraphy Branch of geology concerned with the order and relative position of strata and their
relationship to the geological timescale.

Study Area The mapped geographical area in which potential impacts are predicted (as
determined through scoping) and therefore warrant investigation during the ESIA
process. This is specific to each biophysical and social environmental aspect.

Sub-Basin A sub-basin is a structural geologic feature where a basin forms within a larger
basin.

February 2019 20
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Supply Chain Secondary contractors and sub-contractors who are supplying goods and services
to the Project and over which the developers have less direct control or monitoring
ability.

Surface Water Ponded water on the surface of the land predominantly in the form of rivers,
streams and lakes.

Sustainable The SuDS philosophy to designing the drainage systems for the project is to
Drainage System replicate as closely as possible the natural drainage patterns from within the
Approach catchment area, taking into account the specific environmental and social
sensitivities of the project area.

Tangible Cultural Tangible cultural heritage relates to tangible moveable or immovable objects,
Heritage property, sites, structures, or groups of structures, having archaeological
(prehistoric), paleontological, historical, cultural, artistic, and religious values.

Temporal Boundary Relating to, or limited by time.

Terms of Reference This refers to the Terms of Reference for the ESIA which was submitted as part of
the ESIA Scoping Report and agreed with NEMA in line with Ugandan EIA
regulations.

Terrigenous Sediments derived from the erosion of rocks on land.

Tertiary Period A former name for the first period in the Cenozoic Era spanning an interval of
geological time from approximately 66 million to 2.6 million years ago. The Tertiary
Period is now known as the Palaeogene (66 million to 23 million years ago) and
Neogene (23 million to 2.6 million years ago) Periods.

Tilenga Project The development of six oil fields (Jobi-Rii, Ngiri, Gunya, Kasamene-Warindi,
Nsoga and Kigogole) within Exploration Area 1A (EA-1A), Contract Area 1 (CA-1)
and License Area 2 (LA-2) North. The name Tilenga is derived from the two local
names for the Uganda Kob (Antelope), called “Til” in Acholi and “Engabi” in
Lugungu.

Tilenga Project The area within which the Tilenga Project is located. The Project Area is
Area approximately 111,000 hectares and located within Buliisa and Nwoya Districts.

Transboundary Crossing a provincial, territorial or national boundary or border.

Transboundary An impact which crosses any boundaries between two geopolitical boundaries (i.e.
Impact a border).

Transect Line along which data is collected or observations made.

Transmissivity The rate at which groundwater flows horizontally through an aquifer.

Trenching Process by which excavation equipment is used to excavate a trench.

Turbid Water containing suspended particles or sediment.

Turbidity (of water) Water that is cloudy or hazy as a result of a density difference created by
dispersed sediment within the body of the water. It is used as a test of water
quality.

February 2019 21
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Uganda Red List The National Red Lists for Uganda (2016). Lists documenting the relative threat
status of specific species, assembled by the seven taxonomic groups that have
been assessed to date, comprising Mammals, Birds, Reptiles, Amphibians,
Butterflies, Dragonflies and Plants. Threatened species are highlighted in three
categories: Critically endangered (most at risk of extinction), Endangered and
Vulnerable (i.e. vulnerable to extinction). The list also includes other categories
such as Data Deficient (species for which sufficient data is not available to allow it
to be assessed but are highly likely to be threatened), Regionally Extinct, Near
Threatened and Least Concern.

Unplanned Events Activities that are not expected to occur during the Project’s normal activities, such
as emergencies, accidents, and incidents.

USEPA Regional Regional Screening Levels were developed by the USEPA to assess the risk
Screening Level posed by contaminants at a site. They are risk-based concentrations derived from
standardised equations combining exposure information assumptions with USEPA
toxicity data. They do not constitute enforceable standards, but are useful to
determine whether additional investigations at contaminated sites, and possibly
response actions, are warranted.

Valued Sensitive or valued receptors whose desired future condition determines the
Environmental and assessment end points to be used in the Cumulative Impact Assessment process.
Social Components VECs are environmental and social attributes that are considered to be important
in assessing risks (IFC’s Good Practice Handbook).

Vector Related Disease that results from an infection transmitted to humans or animals by
Disease arthropods, such as mosquitoes and flies. Vector related diseases include malaria,
bilharzia and onchocerciasis.

Vertic Properties Soil material with a clayey field texture (i.e. light clay, medium clay, heavy clay) or
(Soil) 35% or more clay, which cracks strongly when dry and has slickensides (polished
and striated surface) and/or lenticular peds (units of particles which are flat and
plate-like).

Visual Amenity The overall pleasantness of the views enjoyed by people of their surroundings.

Visual Envelope The area of land from which the Project is theoretically visible, on the assumption
that there are no intervening landforms, vegetation or other elements.

Visual Impact Impact on specific views and on the general visual amenity experienced by people.

Volatile Organic A group of chemicals (methane is excluded) that contain the element carbon in
Compounds their molecular structure (i.e., are ‘organic’). They easily vaporise at room
temperature and most of them have no colour or smell.

Waste An installation which receives waste and either: transfers waste to another
Management destination for processing; prepares the waste for reuse or recycling; carries out a
Facility recycling or recovery process; or permanently disposes of the waste.

Waste Stream Waste stream is the complete flow of waste from generation through to final
disposal.

Wastewater Water contaminated with sanitary, commercial, industrial, agricultural or surface

runoff wastes.

February 2019 22
 Glossary of Key Terms

TERMINOLOGY DESCRIPTION

Water Table The water level in an unconfined aquifer at which the pressure head is equal to
atmospheric pressure.

Watering Hole A pool of water from which animals regularly drink.

Well Cellar A dug-out area, lined with cement located below the rig. The cellar serves as a
cavity in which the casing spool and casing head reside. The cellar also serves as
the place where the lower part of the Blow out Preventer (BOP) stack resides.

Well Kick Where the pressure in a wellbore is less than that of the formation fluids, thus
causing formation fluids to flow into the wellbore.

Well Pad Cleared and defined area to house the wellheads for a number of extraction wells
and the required associated facilities. Each well pad will host between 4 and 21
wells.

Wetland Land which is transitional between terrestrial and aquatic systems where the water
table is usually at or near the surface, or the land is periodically covered with
shallow water, and which in normal circumstances supports, or would support,
vegetation that is typically adapted to live in saturated soil (as defined in the
National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetland Resources
(1995)).

Wildfoods Anything edible that requires no human input to increase its production, e.g.
leaves, berries, nuts and honey.

Workover The process of performing intervention on an oil well. Well intervention can range
from light intervention (lowering tools or sensors into a live well) to heavy
intervention where production is ceased and equipment replaced (i.e. wellhead).

Works Means the Permanent Works and the Temporary Works, or either of them as
appropriate.

Zone of Influence The geographical area and the ecological features within it which have the
potential to be impacted by the Project.

Zoonotic / Zoonosis An infection or disease that is transmissible from animals to humans under natural
conditions or transmissible between animals and humans.

Zooplankton Plankton consisting of small animals and the immature stages of larger animals.

February 2019 23
Executive Summary
 Executive Summary

Table of Contents

1 Executive Summary ............................................................................................................ 1-1

1.1 Introduction...................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 Project Area Context ........................................................................................................ 1-1
1.3 Project Description and Alternatives ................................................................................. 1-2
1.3.1 Key Project Components .................................................................................................... 1-2
1.3.2 Supporting and Associated Facilities ................................................................................... 1-2
1.3.3 Project Schedule and Phases ............................................................................................. 1-3
1.3.4 Alternative and Avoidance Protocol in the Design Process .................................................. 1-3
1.3.5 Embedded Mitigation .......................................................................................................... 1-3
1.4 Structure of the ESIA Report ............................................................................................ 1-4
1.5 Required contents of the ESIA ......................................................................................... 1-5
1.6 ESIA Process and Methods ............................................................................................. 1-6
1.7 Stakeholder Engagement................................................................................................. 1-6
1.8 Summary of Potential Impacts ......................................................................................... 1-7
1.8.1 Potential Unplanned Events, Cumulative Impacts and Transboundary Impacts ................... 1-8
1.9 Environmental and Social Management Plan ................................................................... 1-9
1.10 Overview ......................................................................................................................... 1-9

February 2019
Tilenga Project ESIA Executive Summary

1 Executive Summary
1.1 Introduction
The ‘Tilenga Project’ refers to the development of six oil fields within Contract Area CA-1, License
Area LA-2 (North) and Exploration Area EA-1A in the Albertine Graben, Western Uganda by Total
Exploration & Production Uganda B.V. (hereafter referred to as ‘TEP Uganda’), Tullow Uganda
Operations Pty Ltd (hereafter referred to as ‘TUOP’) and the China National Offshore Oil Company
Uganda Limited (CNOOC) (referred to as the Project Proponents)1. The Project forms part of the
wider oil and gas development being undertaken in the Albertine Graben region.
In summary, the Project consists of 34 well pads and a network of buried pipelines that will collect the
oil produced from each well pad and transport it to a Central Processing Facility (CPF) located within
the Industrial Area. The Project infrastructure will also include a water abstraction system on the
shore of Lake Albert, and the construction of new roads and upgrades to existing roads.
The ESIA Report for the Tilenga Project has been prepared on behalf of the Project Proponents by
independent environmental consultants, in accordance with the National Environment Act Cap 153,
and the Ugandan Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations S.I. No 13/1998. The Project
Proponents are committed to meeting best international practice for undertaking ESIA and thus the
Project’s environmental and social performance will meet the requirements of the International
Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards (PS) (2012).
This ESIA Report has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of applicable laws for
purposes of the Project. It has been prepared with the specific circumstances of the Project in mind
and the Project Proponents accept no responsibility for the use of this document other than for the
purpose for which it was prepared.

1.2 Project Area Context

The Project is located in the Albertine Graben, Western Uganda. The Albertine Graben is recognised
as one of Africa's most important areas for biodiversity and the entire Murchison-Semliki landscape in
which the Project is situated is classed as Critical Habitat2. A large proportion of this qualifies as Tier 1
Critical Habitat (i.e. of high sensitivity for biodiversity).
Part of the development is within the Murchison Falls National Park (MFNP), which hosts a range of
emblematic wildlife and attracts national and international tourism. MFNP is the largest and the
second-most visited national park in Uganda. Together with the adjacent Bugungu Wildlife Reserve
and the Karuma Wildlife Reserve, MFNP forms part of the Murchison Falls Protection Area (MFPA).
The Murchison Falls-Albert Delta Wetland System Ramsar Site located along the Victoria River Nile
(also an Important Bird Area (IBA)) is known to support rare, vulnerable and endangered species.
There are also a number of forest reserves in the Project Area of Influence (AoI) such as Bugoma and
Budongo Forest Reserves.
From a social context perspective, the Project is located within the Buliisa District (specifically, villages
within the sub counties of, Buliisa Sub County, Ngwedo Sub County, Kigwera Sub County and Buliisa
Town Council) and within parts of Nwoya District (specifically Purongo Sub County and Got Apwoyo
Sub County) and Masindi Municipality (Masindi District). Other surrounding and nearby areas include
wider parts of Buliisa District including Biiso Town Council; Hoima Municipality (Hoima District); and
Pakwach Town Council (Pakwach District). The local communities in the Project Area depend heavily
on natural resources (land for cultivation and grazing livestock, and Lake Albert for fishing, amongst
other resource use). They are generally characterised by inadequate access to basic services and
infrastructure, low levels of education and low incomes.

1
The current split in interest is TEP Uganda (28.3%), TUOP (28.3%), China National Offshore Oil Corporation (CNOOC)
Uganda Ltd (28.3%) and the Uganda National Oil Company (UNOC) (15%).

2
Critical Habitat is a concept developed by the International Finance Corporation (IFC) in its Performance Standard 6 (PS6) on
Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Resources. This concept is designed to identify areas of high
biodiversity value in which development would be particularly sensitive and require special attention.

February 2019 1-1

Tilenga Project ESIA Executive Summary

1.3 Project Description and Alternatives

1.3.1 Key Project Components

The Project will include the following permanent facilities:
A total of 34 well pads are planned to be located within CA-1 and LA-2 North and holding up to 22
wells. Ten of the well pads are within MFNP. Each well pad will include a concreted area where the
wells will be located. There will be a 15 metre (m) wide buffer from the perimeter security structure,
which will remain cleared of vegetation.

Production and Injection Network: A network of buried pipelines totalling approximately 180
kilometres (km) in combined length, including production pipelines to transport the oil and produced
gas, the water abstraction line from Lake Albert to the CPF and water injection lines to transport water
from the CPF to the well pads for reinjection. The network will also include three pipelines (production
pipeline, water injection pipeline and, electrical and fibre optic cables) crossing under the Victoria Nile
a minimum of 15 m beneath the riverbed.

The CPF is a facility within the Industrial Area which will separate the produced oil, water and gas
arriving from the well pads and operate on a 24-hour basis. It will include a treatment facility, power
generation facility and export facilities, and will house a number of systems such as water treatment
plant.

A Lake Water Abstraction System will be constructed at Lake Albert to supply water for use during
operations. Water will be abstracted from the lake at a water intake structure fixed to the lake bottom
approximately 1.5 km from the shoreline and transferred to the shoreline via an intake pipe laid along
the lakebed.

Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing: Approximately 135 m east of the existing Paara ferry crossing, a new
dedicated ferry will be used to service the Project activities. The Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facilities
will comprise a number of onshore facilities and landing approaches extending from both the north
and south banks of the Victoria Nile River.

To meet the access requirements for the Project a number of existing local Roads will be upgraded
(widened and surfaced with asphalt or gravel) and new roads will be constructed. The Bugungu
Airstrip and existing Tangi Operation Support Base (north of Victoria Nile) will be upgraded.

A number of additional temporary facilities will also be required as summarised below:

Temporary facilities in the Industrial Area including Construction Support Bases and Community
Visitor Centre.
Tangi Construction Support Base

Existing and new borrow pits and quarries.

Peak oil production is expected to generate about 190 Thousand barrels of oil per day. The volume of
produced oil and gas will remain constant for several years before gradually declining.

1.3.2 Supporting and Associated Facilities

There are a number of supporting and associated facilities that are being developed with the Tilenga
Project, all of which are subject to separate ESIAs. The facilities include:
The Tilenga Feeder Pipeline and the East African Crude Oil Pipeline (EACOP). A 24-inch Feeder
Pipeline will transport the oil from the CPF to the delivery point at Kabaale in Buseruka sub
county, Hoima District. From Kabaale (delivery point), the oil will be distributed to the refinery or to
EACOP export pipeline. EACOP will export the crude oil via a 24-inch pipeline for about 1,450 km
up to Tanga on the Tanzanian coast

February 2019 1-2

Tilenga Project ESIA Executive Summary

Major road upgrades being undertaken by Uganda National Roads Authority (UNRA) for the
purpose of supporting the construction and operation of the Project.

1.3.3 Project Schedule and Phases

For the purposes of the ESIA, four Project phases have been considered:
Site Preparation and Enabling Works – activities for enabling infrastructure works including site
preparation, airstrip upgrade works, civils works for well pads and the water abstraction system,
road modifications/construction and construction of the Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing and Masindi
Vehicle Check Point. Anticipated to start end of 2018 and take approximately five years
Construction and Pre-Commissioning – associated with the main facilities at the Industrial
Area (including the CPF), well pads (including drilling), production and injection network (i.e.
pipeline and flowline network), and water abstraction system, and is anticipated to take around
seven years. This phase will commence once the enabling infrastructure is in place and the
Construction Camps and Construction Support Bases are established. Note that this phase will
run concurrently with Site Preparation and Enabling Works
Commissioning and Operations – start-up and operation of the facilities. It is expected to
commence approximately 36 months after effective date of the main construction contract award.
nd
Decommissioning – removal of infrastructure and restoration of the land.

1.3.4 Alternative and Avoidance Protocol in the Design Process

Due to the sensitive environment within which the Project is based, environmental and social
considerations were key factors in the decision making process as the design of the Project has
evolved. The design of the Project has been developed with the impact mitigation hierarchy being
prominent in the decision making process of the Front End Engineering Design (FEED), where the
preference is the avoidance of negative environmental and social impacts where practicable, followed
by minimisation, prior to restoration and as a last resort compensation / offsetting.

An overview of the process is provided in Chapter 4: Project Description and Alternatives of the
ESIA. This alternatives analysis process has benefited the overall layout of the Project facilities whilst
ensuring that the environmental and social impacts are reduced to as low as reasonably practicable
(ALARP). The siting options considered for key facilities such as the Industrial Area, well pads and
Water Abstraction System took into account both environmental and social sensitivities. As a result,
where feasible, the chosen options avoided the more sensitive areas/receptors. With regards to the
Construction Camps, a decision was made to use and expand existing camps to avoid further land
take and disturbance to the local area.

Minimisation consisted of both reducing the number of individual components required for the Project
as well as reducing the individual footprint for each Project component.

1.3.5 Embedded Mitigation

In addition to minimisation of the Project footprint and avoidance of key environmentally and socially
sensitive areas, the Enabling Infrastructure and FEED design teams have also incorporated
embedded mitigation measures into the design of the Project. The potential impacts identified within
the impact assessment sections of each technical chapter in the ESIA (and summarised in Section
1.5 below) are based on an assumption that all the embedded mitigation measures will be
implemented.

February 2019 1-3

Tilenga Project ESIA Executive Summary

1.4 Structure of the ESIA Report

This ESIA Report has been designed to organise a large amount of information associated with this
complex Project into a series of topic specific chapters and associated appendices. An overview of
the ESIA structure is provided below and more information is presented in Chapter 1: Introduction.

The proposed structure of the ESIA is specifically designed to help ensure that National level
agencies can readily find the information relating to their specific interests and which they would need
to review as part of their own remit. This approach has been deemed to bring the following benefits:
Considering all Project components in combination is the only way to accurately and
comprehensively assess effects on receptors across the Project AoI

All information relating to a topic or receptor can be provided in one c

A single comprehensive project description provided in one chapter

More efficient – for such a complex project there is a need to avoid complicating the assessment
process
Supports a clear review and approval process for the Project.

February 2019 1-4

Tilenga Project ESIA Executive Summary

1.5 Required contents of the ESIA

This ESIA Report has been produced in accordance with regulation 14 of the Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations, S.I. No 13 (1998). The table below outlines the stated requirement of
regulation 14 and a roadmap which shows where the content is covered within the ESIA.

Regulation 14 of EIA Regulations stated Location within the ESIA

Requirement
(a) description of the project and of the activities it is Chapter 4: Project Description and
likely to generate; Alternatives
(b) description of the proposed site and reasons for Chapter 4: Project Description and
rejecting alternative sites; Alternatives
c) a description of the potentially affected
environment including specific information necessary
Technical Chapters 6 to 19.
for identifying and assessing the environmental
effects of the project;
(d) description of the material in-puts into the project Chapter 4: Project Description and
and their potential environmental effects Alternatives; Technical Chapters 6 to 19.
(e) an economic analysis of the project; Chapter 16: Social
(f)description of the technology and processes that
shall be used, and a description of alternative Chapter 4: Project Description and
technologies and processes, and the reasons for not Alternatives
selecting them;
(g) description of the products and by-products of the Chapter 4: Project Description and
project; Alternatives
(h) description of the environmental effects of the Technical Chapters 6 to 19. Chapter 20:
project including the direct, indirect, cumulative, Unplanned Events, Chapter 21: Cumulative
short-term and long-term effects and possible Impact Assessment and Chapter 22:
alternatives; Transboundary Impacts
Technical Chapters 6 to 19. Chapter 23:
(i) description of the measures proposed for
Environmental and Social Management
eliminating, minimising, or mitigating adverse
Plan and Appendix T: ESMP Mitigation
impacts;
Checklist
(j) an identification of gaps in knowledge and
uncertainties which were encountered in compiling Technical Chapters 6 to 19.
the required information;
k) an indication of whether the environment of any
other State is likely to be affected and the available Chapter 22: Transboundary Impacts
alternatives and mitigating measures;
Chapter 2: Policy, Regulatory and
(l) a description of how the information provided for
Administrative Framework. Technical
in this regulation has been generated; and
Chapters 6 to 19.
(m) such other matters as the Executive Director Appendix A: Response to comments from
may consider necessary NEMA on Scoping Report and ESIA TOR

February 2019 1-5

Tilenga Project ESIA Executive Summary

1.6 ESIA Process and Methods

The Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, S.I. No 13/1998 (provided under section 107 of
the National Environmental Act Cap 153) are the key legislative regulations to which this ESIA Report
must abide and comply with. In addition to national laws and regulations, further guidance on ESIA
practice in Uganda is provided through a number of general and sector-specific guidelines. These are
listed in Chapter 2: Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework of the ESIA, and include
the Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment in Uganda (NEMA, 1997) and the
Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines for the Energy Sector (NEMA, 2014). In addition, as
noted above, the Project’s environmental and social performance will meet the requirements of the
IFC PSs.

The key stages in the ESIA Process are as follows:

Screening: An early exercise to identify how the Project might interact with the environment.
Screening is used to inform project planning and design;

Scoping: A process of analysis and consultation with stakeholders in order to identify the topics and
methodologies which will be followed to complete the ESIA. A Scoping Report for the Tilenga Project
which contained a detailed terms of reference was submitted to NEMA in December 2015. NEMA
subsequently provided formal approval of the Scoping Report and Terms of Reference on 21st April
2016, including a number of requirements which NEMA expect to be included within the ESIA;

Baseline Studies: Detailed desk-based and field-based research to provide a baseline against which
changes can be measured, impacts predicted and to inform the design and mitigation of the Project.
Environmental and social specialists completed numerous baseline surveys to understand the
existing conditions in the Project Area, the results of which are reported in the ESIA;

Impact Assessment and ESIA Report: Predicts and assesses the expected impacts of the Project,
based on the Project description, baseline studies, and feedback from stakeholders, engineering
teams and professional expertise. The impact assessment categorises potential impacts based on
their significance, which may be rated as either Insignificant, or of Low, Moderate or High significance.
This also includes the development of mitigation and management measures and the re-evaluation of
the potential impacts after measures are applied (residual impacts). Positive impacts are also
determined and any enhancement measures which may be implemented as part of the Project
identified. The output of this phase is contained within the ESIA Report;

Mitigation, Management, and Monitoring: Commitments relating to proposed mitigation measures

in order to avoid, minimise, restore or offset negative impacts, and enhance beneficial measures, is
contained in the ESIA Report. Chapter 23: Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) of
the ESIA provides high level mitigation and monitoring measures and forms the basis for the
preparation of detailed management and implementation plans covering Project activities or
potentially affected receptors; and

Stakeholder Engagement: Stakeholder engagement has taken place throughout each and every
phase of the Project as described below.

1.7 Stakeholder Engagement

The approach to stakeholder engagement during the ESIA process has been guided by the following
good practice principles:
Free
Prior: Engagement was undertaken in a timely way and prior to decisions being made so that

Informed: relevant and understandable project information was disclosed to help stakeholders to
understand the risks, impacts and opportunities of the Project.

Consultation with stakeholders is a key aspect of the ESIA process and essential to building a longer
term relationship. Consultation has been undertaken at all key stages in the assessment process
including Scoping, agreeing the coverage of baseline studies, and during the assessment phase. The

February 2019 1-6

Tilenga Project ESIA Executive Summary

process aimed to give stakeholders an opportunity to comment on the proposed Project and share
their apprehensions, grievances and concerns. Stakeholder feedback was an essential part of the
process of identifying real and perceived impacts and suitable mitigation and enhancement measures.
A Project Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) has also been developed by the Project Proponents
that will continue to be updated throughout the Project lifecycle. Some of the stakeholder groups
engaged to date include:

Project-affected communities (PACs) – both those whose boundaries fall within the Project Areas

Civil society and non-

Intergovernmental organisations.
Within PACs, special efforts were made to identify potentially vulnerable groups such as women,
children, youth, elderly, persons with disabilities, migrants, sex workers, minority ethnic groups and
others as described in Chapter 5: Stakeholder Engagement.

Stakeholder engagement will continue over the life of the Project, including throughout site
preparation activities, construction, operations and decommissioning. Stakeholders will be able to
provide feedback and receive responses to questions and comments from the Project Proponents
and their contractors and consultants. The Project Proponents have established a formal complaints
procedure (also known as a Grievance Mechanism) to ensure that grievances are addressed through
a transparent and impartial process. The grievance procedure has been and will continue to be
disclosed to the public via individual or group meetings and via printed material.

The ESIA Report will be publicly disclosed and announced in press releases and public
announcements in local newspapers and on local radio. During the disclosure period, public
disclosure meetings which will be held will be organised by NEMA.

1.8 Summary of Potential Impacts

Based on the results of the ESIA, a summary of the potential direct, indirect and induced impacts
assessed is provided below:
Air Quality and Climate: fugitive (combustion, dust, odour), controlled (vehicles, plant) and

Noise and Vibration: generation of noise and vibration as a result of construction, drilling, traffic
and
Geology and Soils: potential compaction, erosion, impact on soil
Hydrogeology and Surface water: potential reduction in water quantity, quality, flood risk and
impacts on surface water streams morphology
Landscape and visual: potential changes in the quality of landscape character areas and visual

Waste: potential i
Terrestrial vegetation, wildlife and aquatic life: potential impacts on priority flora and fauna
species, on threatene

February 2019 1-7

Tilenga Project ESIA Executive Summary

Social: potential impacts associated with displacement, labour and working conditions, on social
infrastructure and services, social cohesion and cultural identity, employment and economic

Archaeology and Cultural Heritage: potential loss of access to sacred sites and places of worship,
disruption places, damages to cemeteries and graves, impact on palaeontological and
archaeological r
Health and Safety: potential impacts associated with vector-related, respiratory, zoonotic, sexually
transmitted, non-communicable diseases, diseases related to soil, water and sanitation, food and
nutrition, accidents and injuries, exposure to potentially hazardous materials, psychosocial effects,
and
Ecosystem Services: potential impacts on Priority Ecosystem Services including: Crop
Production, Livestock and Fodder/ Pastoralism, Capture Fisheries, Timber and Woody Biomass,
Water, Wildfoods and Bushmeat, Fibres and Ornamental Resources, Biochemicals / Natural
Medicines, Local and Global Climate Regulation, Hazard Regulation, Cultural and Spiritual
Values, Tourism and Recreation Values and Wild Species Diversity, Scientific and Knowledge
Values.
For each technical topic, a dedicated assessment is made in the associated chapter, and specific
additional mitigation measures have been devised when relevant. These are detailed in the ESIA and
will be implemented through the ESMP.

1.8.1 Potential Unplanned Events, Cumulative Impacts and Transboundary

Impacts
In addition to the core assessment and management of the potential impacts of the Project described
above, the ESIA Report also considers potential unplanned events, cumulative impacts and
transboundary impacts, as outlined below:
Unplanned events: Potential unplanned events are activities that are not expected to occur during
the Project’s normal activities, such as emergencies, accidents, and incidents. The Project follows a
defined process for ensuring that potential unplanned events are appropriately assessed throughout
the Project lifecycle in terms of their potential to impact on Health, Safety, Social and Environmental
receptors. This process ensures that engineering design criteria is established in order to reduce the
likelihood and severity of unplanned events to a level that is ALARP.

Cumulative impacts: This ESIA adopts the IFC definition of cumulative impacts which are “those that
result from the incremental impact, on areas or resources used or directly impacted by the Project,
from other existing, planned or reasonably defined developments at the time the risks and impacts
identification process is conducted”. The assessment of potential cumulative impacts focusses on a
number of priority valued environmental and social components (VECs) as a result of the Project
together with other proposed developments that are within the Project AoI (including other oil and gas
development, transport infrastructure, hydro power projects, industrial development, agricultural and
tourism development). The Cumulative Impact Assessment (CIA) identified a number of potential
cumulative high negative impacts on biodiversity, ecosystem service, social and health VECs, but
also cumulative benefits to the local economy. The CIA identifies the Project level mitigation that
could be promoted and extended to other developments to address potential negative cumulative
impacts. In order to promote and implement collaboration between developers and with government
agencies, the need for a Regional Cumulative Impacts Management (RCIM) initiative has been
identified in order to ensure the sustainable management of priority VECs.

Transboundary impacts: Potential transboundary impacts may be considered as potential impacts

that extend to multiple countries, beyond the host country of the Project (in this case, beyond
Uganda), but are not global in nature. There are several potential, theoretical pathways for
transboundary effects on neighbouring countries; however, due to the nature and type of the Project
and environmental context, it is unlikely to significantly impact upon other countries and states. Where
potential transboundary impacts have been identified, mitigation measures have been in-built into the
design or identified as additional mitigation in the technical assessments of the ESIA to ensure that
any remaining residual transboundary impacts are considered to be not significant.

February 2019 1-8

Tilenga Project ESIA Executive Summary

1.9 Environmental and Social Management Plan

Each technical chapter of the ESIA includes a section specifically relating to the identification of
additional mitigation and enhancement measures. Chapter 23: Environmental and Social
Management Plan provides a framework for implementation of the identified mitigation measures.
The Framework ESMP presented in the ESIA outlines the requirements and standards on which the
Project ESMP will be based, its structure, the roles and responsibilities of key members, and outlines
the environmental and social documentation and compliance procedures that will be required.

The ESMP will form part of the wider Project Proponents Health, Safety, Security, Social and
Environment Integrated Management System (HSSSE-IMS). The Project Proponents have taken
commitments for the Project to be implemented in line with internal, national, and international
standards, and good international industry practices. To allow for continuous improvement of the
Project’s environmental and social performance, the ESMP will be a ‘live’ document which will be
reviewed, amended, and updated by the Project Proponents and the appointed contractor(s) as the
Project design develops and more detailed information becomes available.

The Project ESMP will be supplemented by a set of supporting plans which will provide procedures,
guidelines and protocols for the day to day activities to be carried out during the Project to manage
identified risks and impacts, and to implement project controls and mitigation measures. The
embedded measures and additional mitigation measures outlined in this ESIA have also been
collated into an ESMP Mitigation Checklist.

1.10 Overview
The ESIA has systematically reviewed the effects of the Project on the existing environmental, social
and ecological sensitive receptors. The impact assessment covered the entire life of the Project, split
into four individual phases including Site Preparation and Enabling Works, Construction and Pre-
Commissioning, Commissioning and Operations and Decommissioning. The assessment was
undertaken in accordance with the Ugandan EIA Regulations (1998) and the IFC PSs (2012).

Potential short and long term, direct and indirect impacts were identified using standard assessment
methodology and subsequently additional mitigation measures and enhancement controls were
identified to try and help ensure that any potentially negative impacts are minimised and reduced to a
level which is ALARP. For any beneficial impacts identified, ways to further enhance and improve
them were also explored.

For all large scale oil and gas projects both potentially beneficial and negative impacts are identified.
The majority of potential negative impacts for each of the four phases have been mitigated to an
ALARP level with the significance of the residual impacts being identified as Low or Insignificant.
However, a number of potential negative residual impacts remain which have been outlined within the
ESIA Report. In this regard, monitoring will be required to help ensure that the implemented mitigation
measures are effective. The Project will also bring numerous beneficial social, cultural heritage and
archaeological impacts.

Overall, the Project needs to be viewed as a whole and be determined on the vast array of potential
benefits that it will bring to the Country, which will far outweigh any short term localised potential
negative impacts. The GoU expects that the development of the oil and gas industry will stimulate
accelerated economic growth, job creation, contribute towards poverty reduction and general
prosperity to the people in Uganda.

February 2019 1-9

This page has intentionally been left blank to allow for double sided printing
01 - Introduction
 Chapter 1:
Introduction

Table of Contents

1.1 Oil and Gas Exploration and Production in Uganda ........................................................... 1-2
1.2 Overview of the Tilenga Project......................................................................................... 1-3
1.2.1 Project Location ................................................................................................................ 1-3
1.2.2 Project Overview............................................................................................................... 1-3
1.2.3 Tilenga Project Phases and Timeline .............................................................................. 1-10
1.3 Background .................................................................................................................... 1-11
1.3.1 Executing Arrangements for Petroleum Development Operations.................................... 1-11
1.3.2 Lake Albert Integrated Development ............................................................................... 1-11
1.4 Requirement to undertake an ESIA for the Project .......................................................... 1-11
1.4.1 Overview of ESIA Standards and Guidelines................................................................... 1-12
1.5 ESIA Project Team ......................................................................................................... 1-13
1.5.1 The Project Proponents .................................................................................................. 1-13
1.5.2 Details of the Environmental Assessment Practitioners ................................................... 1-14
1.5.3 ESIA Project Team ......................................................................................................... 1-14
1.6 ESIA Strategy ................................................................................................................. 1-16
1.7 Objectives of this ESIA ................................................................................................... 1-16
1.8 Area of Influence of the Project ....................................................................................... 1-17
1.9 Cumulative Impacts ........................................................................................................ 1-19
1.10 Supporting and Associated Facilities ............................................................................... 1-19
1.11 Structure of the ESIA Report ........................................................................................... 1-19
1.12 Example Structure of the Technical Chapters of the ESIA ............................................... 1-24
1.13 References ..................................................................................................................... 1-25

Table of Figures

Figure 1-1: Geographic Context of Project Location ......................................................................... 1-5

Figure 1-2: Protected Areas located within and surrounding the Project Area ................................... 1-6
Figure 1-3: Lake Albert Development Map ....................................................................................... 1-7
Figure 1-4: Proposed Tilenga Project Development Infrastructure .................................................... 1-8
Figure 1-5: Project Schedule.......................................................................................................... 1-10
Figure 1-6: Project Area and Project Area of Influence ................................................................... 1-18
Figure 1-7: Structure of Tilenga ESIA............................................................................................. 1-23
Figure 1-8: Structure of Technical Chapters of the ESIA ................................................................ 1-24

List of Tables

Table 1-1: Details of the Project Proponents .................................................................................. 1-13

Table 1-2: Key Project Team Members .......................................................................................... 1-14
Table 1-3: ESIA Report Structure................................................................................................... 1-19

February 2019
 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

1 Introduction
1.1 Oil and Gas Exploration and Production in Uganda
Uganda is a land locked country in East Africa bordering with Kenya to the East, Tanzania to the
South, Rwanda to the South West, Democratic Republic of Congo to the west and South Sudan to the
North.

Commercial accumulations of oil were first discovered in Uganda in 2006 within the Albertine Graben.
The current estimate of the country’s petroleum oil in place is 6.5 billion stock tank oil-initially-in-place
(STOIIP) barrels of oil (bbl), of which 1 billion bbl is estimated as recoverable. In addition, gas
resources are currently estimated at 160 billion cubic feet of gas (Ref 1-1).

The Government of Uganda (GoU) has plans for commercialisation of the discovered resources,
which includes the phased development of a refinery, use of crude oil to generate electricity and
export of crude oil to international markets by pipeline via Tanzania.

The GoU expects that the development of the oil and gas industry will stimulate accelerated economic
growth, job creation, contribute towards poverty reduction and general prosperity to the people in
Uganda.

This Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Report relates to the oil and gas
development of Contract Area – CA-1, License Area – LA-2 North and Exploration area EA-1A. It
should be noted that exploration fields and well pads in the Exploration area EA-1A are not part of the
current plan for development and are therefore excluded from this ESIA. However a number of
Project components located within EA-1A, including a camp and roads are included.

The development is known as the “Tilenga Project” (and referred to as “the Project” throughout this
ESIA). The name Tilenga is derived from the two local names for the Uganda Kob (Antelope), called
“Til” in Luo and “Engabi” in Runyoro. The antelope is also one of the main animals found in the
Murchison Falls National Park (MFNP) and it depicts the rich environment and biodiversity of the area
where the Project is located and the Project Proponents willingness to preserve it.

Tilenga is a strategic Project because of the anticipated benefits for the country including improved
infrastructure such as roads and job opportunities (skilled and unskilled). The Project is also
anticipated to provide businesses with opportunities to supply goods and services to the oil
companies and their contractors.

February 2019 1-2

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

1.2 Overview of the Tilenga Project

1.2.1 Project Location

The Project is located within Buliisa and Nwoya Districts in the Albertine Graben, in Western Uganda.
The exact location of the Project is outlined in Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2. The Albertine Graben is
recognised as one of Africa's most important areas for biodiversity, and approximately 30% of CA-1
recoverable reserves and EA-1A, east of the Albert Nile, and part of LA-2 (North), are within the
MFNP, which hosts a range of emblematic wildlife and attracts national and international tourism.
MFNP is the largest and the second-most visited national park in Uganda after Queen Elizabeth
National Park and is ecologically important for a number of globally and regionally threatened species.
Together with the adjacent Bugungu Wildlife Reserve and the Karuma Wildlife Reserve, MFNP forms
part of the Murchison Falls Conservation Area (MFCA).

There are also a number of forest reserves in the Project Area of Influence (AoI) such as the Budongo
and Bugoma Forest Reserves. MFCA plus the forest reserves form important animal corridors and are
biodiversity hotspot areas of tourism and recreational importance. Based on the studies performed,
Murchison and Semiliki landscape is known to comprise Critical Habitat as defined by the guidance
notes to International Finance Corporation (IFCs) Performance Standards (PS) (Ref. 1-3). Parts of the
development footprint qualify as Natural Habitat and in some cases Critical Habitat.

The Project is naturally split between areas to the north and south of the Victoria Nile River. This area
includes the Murchison Falls-Albert Delta Wetland System Ramsar along the Victoria River Nile. This
is also an Important Bird Area (IBA) known to support rare, vulnerable and endangered species. The
Ramsar site is important for maintaining biodiversity in the region, important as a spawning ground for
fish and holds a number of indigenous fish species that are representative of wetland benefits and / or
values that contribute to the Lake Albert fishery.

In a social context, the Project is located within the Buliisa District (specifically, villages within the sub
counties of, Buliisa Sub County, Ngwedo Sub County, Kigwera Sub County and Buliisa Town Council)
and within parts of Nwoya District (specifically Purongo Sub County and Got Apwoyo Sub County)
and Masindi Municipality (Masindi District). Other surrounding and nearby areas include wider parts of
Buliisa District including Biso Town Council; Hoima Municipality (Hoima District); and Pakwach Town
Council (Pakwach District).

1.2.2 Project Overview

Total Exploration & Production (E&P) Uganda B.V (hereafter referred to as “TEP Uganda”), Tullow
Uganda Operations Pty Limited (hereafter referred to as ‘TUOP’) and the China National Offshore Oil
Company Uganda Limited (CNOOC) (referred to as the Joint Venture Partners (JVPs) or Project
Proponents) plan to develop the discovered oil fields located in the Lake Albert region of Western
Uganda.

Each of the three partners: TEP Uganda, TUOP and CNOOC, holds a 33.33% interest in each area
(CA-1, LA-2, EA-1A, and the Kingfisher Development Area (KFDA)). The GoU at award of the
Production Licenses exercised its right to participate in these Joint Ventures at a 15% interest through
its private subsidiary, Uganda National Oil Company (UNOC). With this back-in interest by the GoU,
the JVPs interest is split as follows:
TEP Uganda - 28.3%
TUOP - 28.3%
CNOOC - 28.3%
UNOC - 15%
However, currently discussions are also underway among the partners and the GoU to finalise the
transfer of equity of about 22% of TUOP’s interest equally to TEP Uganda and CNOOC, leading to
TEP Uganda and CNOOC owning 37.5%, TUOP 10% and UNOC 15%.

The overall objective of the Project is to establish production of the oil fields located within CA-1, LA-2
North and EA-1A in an economically prudent manner using sound reservoir management principles

February 2019 1-3

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

and best industry practice. This includes ensuring the safety of workers and the public and limiting as
far as practicable adverse environmental and social impacts of the Project activities, enhancing the
beneficial impacts, and also seeking to achieve a net gain in biodiversity and ecosystem services as
relevant, in compliance with applicable laws and IFC standards.

Ownership and control of minerals and petroleum in, on, or under any land or waters in the country is
vested in the Government by Article 244 of the Constitution of the Republic of Uganda, 1995 (Ref. 1-
4). The Directorate of Petroleum in the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development (MEMD) and the
Petroleum Authority of Uganda (PAU), promotes and regulates the exploration of oil and gas in the
country. Petroleum exploration and production activities in the country are guided by the terms and
conditions of the relevant Production Agreements between JVPs and GoU, and applicable Uganda
law, in particular the Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act 2013 (Ref. 1-5) and
the Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Regulations (Ref. 1-6) made thereunder.

February 2019 1-4

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

Figure 1-1: Geographic Context of Project Location

February 2019 1-5

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

Figure 1-2: Protected Areas located within and surrounding the Project Area

February 2019 1-6

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

The Project is part of the wider oil and gas development being undertaken in the Lake Albert region
(Figure 1-3). The Project Area, as illustrated in Figure 1-4, is approximately 111,000 hectares (ha).
For the purposes of this assessment the Tilenga Project Area covers the entire area of Block CA-1,
EA-1A and LA-2 (northern part). Specifically, it comprises of six oil fields — Jobi-Rii, Ngiri, Gunya
located in CA-1 and Kasamene-Wahrindi, Nsoga and Kigogole located in LA-2 North.

This ESIA has been produced in accordance with The Environmental Impact Assessment
Regulations, S.I. No 13/1998 (Ref. 1-7) (provided under section 107 of the National Environmental Act
Cap 153 (Ref. 1-8)), as discussed further in section 1.4. In addition, the ESIA has been developed to
comply with the IFC Performance Standards (Ref. 1-3).

Figure 1-3: Lake Albert Development Map

February 2019 1-7

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

Figure 1-4: Proposed Tilenga Project Development Infrastructure

February 2019 1-8

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

The permanent Project components comprise the following key elements:

34 well pads, each containing up to 22 wells
A network of buried pipelines and flowlines1 (referred to as the Production and Injection Network),
including a Victoria Nile river crossing beneath the riverbed
An Industrial Area, which will include the following facilities:
o Central Processing Facility (CPF)
o
o Operation Camp
o Operations Support Base
o
o
o and
o
A Water Abstraction System (WAS) located and
Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facility including associated jetty

In addition to the components listed above, a number of existing facilities will be upgraded and used
for the duration of the Project. These include:
Tangi Operation Support Base (north of Victoria Nile)
Bugungu Airstrip
Roads to allow access to CPF and well pads (the Project will also require the construction of new
roads in addition to road upgrades).

The development of the Project will also involve a number of temporary facilities as summarised
below:
Construction Camps located in:
o
o
o
o Tangi.
Construction Support Bases at:
o
o Tangi (to support the Project north of the Victoria Nile).
Masindi Vehicle Check Point.

Further details on the Project components are provided within Chapter 4: Project Description and
Alternatives.

A 24-inch feeder pipeline will transport the oil from the CPF to the delivery point at Kabaale in
Buseruka sub county, Hoima District. From Kabaale (Delivery point), the oil will be distributed to the
refinery or to the planned East African Crude Oil Pipeline (EACOP). EACOP will export the crude oil

1
A flowline is defined as a pipe that transfers fluid from an oil or gas well to a processing facility.

February 2019 1-9

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

via a 24-inch pipeline for about 1,450 km up to Tanga on the Tanzanian coast. The EACOP system
will include associated pumping stations, electrical heating systems and an oil export terminal located
at the Chongeleani peninsula near Tanga port in Tanzania. The Tilenga feeder and EACOP pipelines
are subject to separate ESIA reports. A Scoping Report and terms of reference for the pipelines was
submitted to National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) in July 2017 and the ESIA Terms
of Reference approved in September 2017.

The Pre-project phase consisted of a number of high level feasibility studies which have been used to
assist in the Front End Engineering Design (FEED) of the Project and help avoid potential impacts
wherever possible. For the purposes of this ESIA, the Project is broken down into four phases as
follows:
Site Preparation and Enabling Works – consisting of activities for enabling infrastructure works
(including site preparation, new roads, road upgrades, well pad and water abstraction system civil
works, airstrip upgrade works, and construction of the Victoria Nile ferry crossing facility and

Construction and Pre-commissioning - associated with the main facilities (at the Industrial Area
(including the CPF), well pads, production and injection network (i.e. pipeline and flowline
network), and water abstraction system)
Commissioning and Operations - of the main facilities
Decommissioning - including final restoration at the end of the Life of the Field.
The GoU has also committed to support development of oil and gas operations within the Albertine
Graben through providing the required infrastructures and appropriately resourced reviews for
approval of applications. Government will provide infrastructure which will include upgrades to existing
infrastructure and development of new including roads, bridges and power transmission lines. These
are being developed by various government ministries and agencies, and are subject to separate
ESIA reports.

Additional information on the key components of the Project is described in Chapter 4: Project
Description and Alternatives of this ESIA Report. This ESIA has been developed in conjunction with
the FEED process of the Project. This has been beneficial as it allows provisional results of the impact
assessment to feedback into the FEED process, thus avoiding any potentially significant negative
impacts and also allowing for any design changes to also be assessed within the ESIA.

1.2.3 Tilenga Project Phases and Timeline

The description of the Project has been split into a number of phases as outlined in section 1.2.2
above. An indicative schedule of the overall Project is provided in Figure 1-5.

Figure 1-5: Project Schedule

Year
Project Phase 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

Site Preparation and Enabling Works

Construction and Pre-Commissioning

Commissioning and Operations

Decommissioning

February 2019 1-10

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

1.3 Background

1.3.1 Executing Arrangements for Petroleum Development Operations

The principle legislation governing the petroleum exploration and production activities in the country is
the Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) Act 2013 (Ref. 1-5). Under this law, a
license is required for any person to carry out petroleum exploration, development and production
operations.

The GoU has, to date, used a production sharing form of petroleum agreement known as a
Production Sharing Agreement (PSA). The parties to PSA’s are the Government and licensees (oil
companies). The PSA details the specific obligations and requirements of the parties to the
Agreement. These include work programmes, financial obligations, and Health, Safety and
Environment (HSE) requirements together with other data and reporting obligations.

1.3.2 Lake Albert Integrated Development

In February 2012, TEP Uganda and CNOOC were each granted the acquisition of a one-third interest
in Exploration Areas EA-1 and EA-1A, EA-2 and EA-3A in Uganda. These had all previously been
held by Tullow’s two entities in Uganda i.e. Tullow Uganda Operation Pty Limited and Tullow Uganda
Limited hereafter referred to as “TUOP”. TUOP retained the remaining one-third interest.
2
The integrated development of the Lake Albert fields (Figure 1-3), was originally sub-divided into
three license areas:
Buliisa-Nwoya, which comprises EA-1 / EA-1A operated by TEP Uganda and EA-2 Northern fields
operated by TUOP
Kaiso-Tonya, which comprises EA-2 Southern fields operated by TUOP
Kingfisher, which comprises EA-3A operated by CNOOC.
Of the 40% area in the Graben that is currently explored, approximately 10% is operated by these
three oil companies. In 2016, EA-1 JVPs represented by TEP Uganda as EA-1 Operator and EA-2
JVPs represented by TUOP as EA-2 Operator (i.e. the Project Proponents) were granted Production
Licenses for Ngiri, Jobi Rii, Gunya Fields in EA-1 and Mputa-Nzizi-Waraga, Kasemene-Wahrindi,
Kigogole-Ngara, Nsoga and Ngege fields in EA-2 by the GoU. The EA-3A JVPs represented by
CNOOC as EA-3A Operator had been earlier issued a production license for the Kingfisher field in
2013. On issuing the Production licences, this also led to a change in name to some of the key
development areas (e.g. EA-1 now became Contract Area 1 (CA-1), EA-2 became License Area 2
(LA-2) and EA-3A became Kingfisher Development Area (KFDA)). The next step for the Project
Proponents is to proceed with activities required to make a Final Investment Decision (FID) for the
development of the integrated Lake Albert project fields in 2018.
This ESIA Report relates specifically to the Tilenga Project (CA-1, LA-2 North and EA-1A – as shown
on Figure 1-2 and Figure 1-3), and whose key components are shown in Figure 1-4 and are described
in section 1.2.2.

A3 versions of all the key figures presented within this ESIA Report are provided within Appendix D.

1.4 Requirement to undertake an ESIA for the Project

In accordance with Section 19 of the National Environment Act Cap 153 (Ref. 1-8) and Regulation 3
of the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 1998 (Ref. 1-7), an ESIA is required before
commencement of the Project. The Third Schedule of the Act lists the projects that shall be
considered for ESIA. This Project specifically lies within “Category 6. Mining, including quarrying and
open-cast extraction of (j) exploration for the production of petroleum in any form”.

2
The integrated development includes the Kingfisher Field (formerly EA-3A), the Kaiso Tonya Development in the South of
Block LA-2 and the Buliisa Development in Block CA-1 and the north of Block LA-2).

February 2019 1-11

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

Therefore, the main purpose of the ESIA is to provide the relevant authorities and stakeholders with
sufficient information on the Project development so that an informed decision for approval on the
environmental and social aspects of the Project can be made and a Certificate of Approval issued.
Additionally, the Project Proponents have also ensured that through the development of this ESIA, an
iterative process has been followed which has enabled suitable management and mitigation
measures to be developed which seek to avoid and minimise potential negative environmental and
social impacts and enhance any beneficial impacts. The FEED engineers have been provided with
detailed information on the environmental and social baseline as it became available to ensure that
design development is undertaken in consideration of environmental and social aspects. The main
focus has been on avoidance of key sensitive features as well as identification of key management
and mitigation measures to be adopted through the various Project phases. These are discussed
throughout the ESIA Report.
Regulation 10 of the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 1998, requires that the Terms of
Reference (ToR) for ESIA shall be prepared by the proponent in consultation with NEMA and the lead
agency (through a process known as ‘Scoping’).
A Scoping Report for the Tilenga Project which contained detailed proposed ToR for the ESIA was
submitted to NEMA in December 2015. NEMA subsequently provided formal approval of the Scoping
st
Report and ToR on 21 April 2016. A copy of the approval is contained within Appendix A of this
ESIA, along with a summary table which shows where the recommendations have been considered
and addressed within the ESIA.
This ESIA Report has been developed in line with the ToR submitted and approved by NEMA as well
as in consideration of the comments made when the approval was granted. The development of the
ESIA also adheres to the specific requirements outlined in “Part IV: The Environmental Impact
Statement” of the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulation, S.I No 13/1998 (provided under
section 107 of the National Environmental Act Cap 153) (Ref 1-7).
Additionally, TEP Uganda and TUOP have a commitment to meet best international practice for
undertaking environmental and social impact assessment and thus this ESIA and proposed mitigation
measures also meet the requirements outlined in the IFC PS (2012). Ahead of a formal
categorisation, the Project Proponent has proceeded with this ESIA process on the assumption that it
would be given the categorisation of “A” on the basis that it fits the Category A description: ‘Projects
with potential significant adverse environmental or social risks and/or impacts that are diverse,
irreversible or unprecedented” as outlined in the Environmental and Social Review Procedures
Manual (IFC, 2016) (Ref. 1-9).

1.4.1 Overview of ESIA Standards and Guidelines

The key categories of national legislation and international standards and guidelines of relevance to
the ESIA include:
National p

International standards, guidelines

IFC PS (Ref. 1-3)
Internal TEP Uganda and TUOP Policies and Guidance.

Legislation that is in draft form and not yet promulgated has also been reviewed during the ESIA
process such that the ESIA and associated plans (i.e. Environmental and Social Management Plan
(ESMP)) are responsive and meet the anticipated relevant standards and guidelines. A more detailed
overview of the relevant national legislation and international standards and guidelines is contained
within Chapter 2: Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework.

February 2019 1-12

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

1.5 ESIA Project Team

1.5.1 The Project Proponents

The Project is being developed by TEP Uganda and TUOP, as identified and discussed above in
section 1.2.2. Further information on each of the key Project Proponents is provided below.

1.5.1.1 Tullow Uganda Operation PTY (TUOP)

Tullow is a leading independent oil & gas, exploration and production group, quoted on the London,
Irish and Ghanaian stock exchanges (symbol: TLW). The Group has interests in over 80 exploration
and production licences across 16 countries which are managed as three delivery teams: West Africa,
East Africa and New Ventures. In Uganda TUOP is the designated operator of EA 2. For further
information please refer to website at www.tullowoil.com.
Tullow entered into three Ugandan exploration licences in 2004 (as Tullow Uganda Limited) following
the acquisition of Energy Africa. The Group added further equity and operatorship to the licences in
the Lake Albert Rift Basin when it acquired Hardman Resources in 2007 (as Tullow Uganda
Operations Pty Ltd).
A series of transactions took place in 2010-2012 whereby Tullow acquired 100% of the three licences
after acquiring the commercial interests of Heritage Oil and Gas before sharing a third of the equity to
both CNOOC and Total in 2012. TUOP expects to further reduce their shareholding on the Project in
2018 as highlighted in section 1.2.2.

1.5.1.2 Total E&P Uganda B.V

Total S.A. is a French multinational integrated oil and gas company operating in over 130 countries in
the world. The Group has been operating in Uganda in the downstream /retail market as Total
Uganda since 1955 and has a market share of around 25+%. In February 2012, the Group joined the
upstream oil and gas industry in Uganda (as TEP Uganda) by announcing the acquisition of a one-
third interest in the four Ugandan licenses held by an affiliate of Tullow Oil plc.
In 2017, TEP Uganda announced a further interest to increase the company stake that it had acquired
in the PSA. More information about Total in Uganda can be found on the website: www.ug.total.com.

Table 1-1: Details of the Project Proponents

ITEM DESCRIPTION

Name of Proposed Project Tilenga Project

Proponents (Operators) Total E&P Uganda B.V. (TEP Uganda) Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Ltd
(TUOP)

nd
Addresses Course View Towers, Plot 21, 2 Floor, Lotis Towers, Plot 16,
Yusuf Lule Road, Mackinnon Road
P.O. Box 34867, PO Box 16644,
Kampala, Uganda Kampala, Uganda

3
Proposed Project Owner TEP Uganda 33.3%, TUOP 33.3%, (with CNOOC owning a further 33.3%)

Contact Person Pierre Jessua (TEP Uganda) Jimmy D. Mugerwa (TUOP)

3
The respective interest shares will change pending government approval of proposed changes by the JVPs. UNOC are
anticipated to become a partner with a share of around 15%.

February 2019 1-13

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

1.5.2 Details of the Environmental Assessment Practitioners

The Project Proponents appointed independent international and local environmental assessment
practitioners, to undertake the ESIA for the Project, from AECOM Limited (hereafter referred to as
“AECOM”) and Eco & Partner Consult. This partnership offers the perfect balance of personnel who
have the necessary experience and knowledge of oil and gas projects, international standards and
local Ugandan context and regulations.

1.5.3 ESIA Project Team

An overview of the key members of the Project Team is presented in Table 1-2.

Table 1-2: Key Project Team Members

NAME PROJECT ROLE

NEMA certified EIA practitioners

Iain Bell Project Director and Cumulative Impact Assessment (CIA) Lead

Michael Williams Project Manager and ESIA Lead

Eddie Luyima In country ESIA Team Leader

Amos Mafigiri ESIA Quality Control

Gail Muirhead Deputy Project Manager

Frank Lugemwa Social/Stakeholder Expert

Brian Cuthbert Lead Terrestrial Flora and Fauna

Contributing experts

Kat Nolan Lead Stakeholder and Social

Robert Kityo Terrestrial Fauna Expert

James Kalema Terrestrial Flora Expert

Derek Pomeroy Bird Expert

Timothy Twongo Aquatic Biology Expert

Alison Williams Lead Project Description and Alternatives

Gregg Somermeyer Geologist/Soils Expert

February 2019 1-14

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

NAME PROJECT ROLE

NEMA certified EIA practitioners

Philip Smart Surface Water Expert

Jane Sladen Groundwater Expert

Stuart Heather Noise Expert

Gareth Hodgkiss Air Quality Expert

Deo Okure Air Quality/Noise Expert

Mike Bains Waste Expert

Dr. Elizabeth Kyazike Lead Archaeologist

Leonora O’Brien Archaeology/Cultural Heritage Expert

Syliver Wadamba Hydrologist Expert

Robert Naguyo Geologist/Hydrogeologist Expert

Julius Opio Soil Expert

Mark Westbury Social/Socio Economic Expert

Laura Craggs Lead GIS

Peter Nsiimire GIS Support

Usha Vedagiri Health Expert

Nick Chisholm-Batten Ecosystem Services Expert

Karen Clifford Landscape and Visual Expert

Neil Titley Lead ESMP and Commitment Register

February 2019 1-15

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

1.6 ESIA Strategy

Discussions between the Project Proponents and the key Ugandan Regulators including NEMA, PAU
and the Directorate of Petroleum in the MEMD in relation to the development of the ESIA strategy for
the Project have taken place on a number of occasions throughout the period of 2016 to 2018.
th
Following the meeting held on 14 July 2015 between TEP Uganda, TUOP the Environmental
Assessment practitioners, NEMA and the Petroleum Exploration and Production Department (PEPD)
(who are a department of the Directorate of Petroleum in the MEMD), an agreement was reached
ensuring that the assessment of the Project would be undertaken within one integrated ESIA,
covering all of the Project components. A list of the Project components is contained within Chapter
4: Project Description and Alternatives of this ESIA, along with details of the corresponding
supporting infrastructure and associated facilities.
At the time of writing the Scoping Report, the Project Proponents operated the two separate
concession blocks (EA-1A/CA-1 and LA-2 North) relatively independently and it was agreed at that
stage that logistically it would be appropriate for two ESIA Reports to be submitted covering each
block, though the content of each document would be identical as it would need to cover the Project
as a whole. However, in 2017, TUOP began the process to reduce its shareholding, leaving TEP
Uganda as the leading Company in undertaking activities for both the EA-1A/CA-1 and LA-2 North
blocks. Consequently, it is now deemed more appropriate to submit a single ESIA covering the
Tilenga Project as a whole (excluding the Tilenga feeder pipeline). This approach is deemed
beneficial for all parties as it will help to avoid unnecessary duplication. This approach is also in line
with the agreement of developing this as an integrated Project.
This decision is supported by the fact that the Project Proponents and the GoU have agreed one
single integrated FEED for the Project. This approach will also provide a unified basis on which the
cumulative impact assessment can be assessed. Additional benefits will include streamlined review
process which supports comprehensiveness and coherence of mitigation measures and also ensures
one single stakeholder engagement consultation process is implemented to remove the likelihood of
stakeholder fatigue and confusion.
However it is important to note that the ESIA will only cover those elements of the Project which are
covered by FEED and described in Chapter 4: Project Description and Alternatives of this ESIA
Report. Other developments such as the Tilenga Feeder Pipeline and the EACOP will be assessed
separately via the undertaking of their own ESIA Reports.
The Project Proponents have also listened to the concerns from the interested stakeholders on this
approach, specifically in relation to the level of detail to be provided. As a result, the developed
structure of the ESIA Report will ensure adequate detail is provided and assessed for all of the
elements of the Project.

1.7 Objectives of this ESIA

In accordance with the Equator Principles and Organisation for Economic Cooperation and
Development (OECD) Common Approaches (Ref. 1-10), the objectives of this ESIA Report are based
on those of IFC PS1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks (Ref. 1-3),
which are:

To adopt a mitigation hierarchy to anticipate and avoid, or where avoidance is not possible,
minimize, and, where residual impacts remain, compensate / offset for risks and impacts to

To promote improved environmental and social performance of clients through the effective use of

To ensure that grievances from affected communities and external communications from other

February 2019 1-16

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

To promote and provide means for adequate engagement with affected communities throughout
the project cycle on issues that could potentially affect them and to ensure that relevant
environmental and social information is disclosed and disseminated.”
Additionally, and in line with feedback provided by NEMA, the purpose of this ESIA Report is not only
to identify and assess potential negative impacts, but also identify and enhance any beneficial
impacts associated with the Project.

1.8 Area of Influence of the Project

The ESIA predominantly focuses on the baseline conditions and potential impacts anticipated within
and surrounding the Project Area. However, the ESIA has also been prepared taking into
consideration the definition of the Project AoI provided by IFC PS1 (Ref. 1-3) which states:
“Where the project involves specifically identified physical elements, aspects, and facilities that
are likely to generate impacts, environmental and social risks and impacts will be identified in the
context of the project’s area of influence. This area of influence encompasses, as appropriate:
The area likely to be affected by:
o The project and the client’s activities and facilities that are directly owned, operated or

o Impacts from unplanned but predictable developments caused by the project that may occur

o Indirect project impacts on biodiversity or on ecosystem services upon which Affected

Communities’ livelihoods are dependent.
Associated Facilities, which are facilities that are not funded as part of the project and that would
not have been constructed or expanded if the project did not exist and without which the project

Cumulative impacts that result from the incremental impact, on areas or resources used or
directly impacted by the project, from other existing, planned or reasonably defined developments
at the time the risks and impacts identification process is conducted.”
Consistent with the definition provided above, the Project AoI includes those areas potentially affected
either directly or indirectly, by the activities associated with the development of the Project (including
those within the main Project Area for Tilenga, plus the area related to any Associated Facilities), and
in the case of cumulative impacts, incremental impacts from other developments, unrelated to the
Project, that will take place within the vicinity of the Project Area. Figure 1-6 provides an overview of
the identified Project AoI along with displaying the area defined as the Project Area. A list of
associated facilities is provided in section 1.10 below.

The assessment of the potential environmental and social impacts of Associated Facilities has been
carried out taking into account the limited existing information available and the timing and location of
their construction. Reasonable efforts have been made to benchmark against relevant national
standards using the available information where possible. This is covered in each technical chapter
within the “In-combination Assessment” section. In the event of risks and impacts in the Project’s AoI
resulting from a third party’s actions, the Project Proponents will address those risks and impacts in a
manner commensurate with the Project Proponents control and influence over the third parties, and
with due regard to any potential conflict of interest.

February 2019 1-17

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

Figure 1-6: Project Area and Project Area of Influence

February 2019 1-18

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

1.9 Cumulative Impacts

This ESIA adopts the IFC PS (Ref. 1-3) definition of cumulative impacts which are “those that result
from the incremental impact, on areas or resources used or directly impacted by the Project, from
other existing, planned or reasonably defined developments at the time the risks and impacts
identification process is conducted”.
The assessment of potential cumulative impacts includes a number of other proposed developments
that are also likely to result in impacts within the Project AoI. Further details of the approach and
schemes considered within the cumulative impact assessment are provided in Chapter 21:
Cumulative Impact Assessment of this ESIA.

1.10 Supporting and Associated Facilities

There are a number of supporting and associated facilities that are being developed with the Tilenga
Project. The facilities include:
Tilenga

132 Kilovolt (kV) Transmission Line from Tilenga CPF to Kabaale Industrial Park; and
Major road upgrades being undertaken by Uganda National Roads Authority (UNRA) for the
purpose of supporting the construction and operation of the Project (referred to as “critical oil
roads”).

1.11 Structure of the ESIA Report

Table 1-3 and Figure 1-7 provide an overview of the structure and content of this ESIA Report which
we have kept consistent with what was presented within the ESIA Scoping Report and ToR
documents.

Table 1-3: ESIA Report Structure

Chapter Approach

Main ESIA Report

ESIA Volume I – Introductory Chapters

Table of Contents Provides an overview of each section of the ESIA including the main level
headings.

List of Abbreviations Provides a list of all abbreviations used in the ESIA Report.

Glossary Provides an explanation of the key terms used within the ESIA.

0. Executive Summary In line with the EIA Regulations, this section provides a brief written summary of
the findings of the ESIA.

1. Introduction Presents an overview of the Tilenga Project and the objectives of the ESIA. This
chapter also details the purpose, structure and scope of the ESIA Report.

2. Policy, Regulatory and Includes:

February 2019 1-19

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

Chapter Approach
Administrative Framework • A description of the Ugandan regulatory process to be followed for all Project
Activities;
• Identification of Ugandan environmental and social legislation of relevance to
the Project;
• Identification of international treaties and conventions to be adhered to; and
• Identification of international standards and guidelines of relevance to the
Project.

3. Impact Assessment Includes:

Methodology
• A description of the ESIA process; and
• A general description of the impact assessment methodology and of the
adopted impact significance criteria.

4. Project Description and A detailed description of:

Alternatives
• Overall design of the Project;
• Site Preparation and Enabling Works;
• Construction and Pre-Commissioning works and staging;
• Commissioning and Operations; and
• Review of Decommissioning.

Review of the alternative locations and designs for the Project incorporating best
practices analysis. Provides a comparison of the developmental options
considered in the Project design phase including the ‘zero’ option, and
alternative development plans and options which have been considered.

5. Stakeholder Provides a summary of Project consultation undertaken, the general issues

Engagement raised, and an outline of where these issues have been addressed within the
ESIA documentation.

ESIA Volume II – Physical Environment

6. Air Quality and Climate Includes:

• A description of the methods used and results from surveys and secondary
7. Noise and Vibration data review to define baseline conditions relevant to the technical discipline;
• A description of mitigation measures incorporated into the Project design
• An assessment of potential impacts arising from all phases of the Project
8. Geology and Soils and related activities;
• The identification of practicable additional mitigation measures to be applied;
• An assessment of residual impacts associated with the Project following
9. Hydrogeology mitigation; and
• A review of in-combination impacts relating to associated facilities.

10. Surface Water

11. Landscape and Visual

12. Waste

February 2019 1-20

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

Chapter Approach

ESIA Volume III – Ecological/Biological

13. Terrestrial Vegetation Includes:

• A description of the methods used and results from surveys and secondary
14. Terrestrial Wildlife data review to define baseline conditions relevant to the technical discipline;
• A description of mitigation measures incorporated into the Project design;
• An assessment of potential impacts arising from all phases of the Project
15. Aquatic Life and related activities;
• A review of No Net Loss/Net Gain accounting results;
• The identification of practicable additional mitigation measures to be applied;
• An assessment of residual impacts associated with the Project following
mitigation; and
• A review of in-combination impacts relating to associated facilities.

ESIA Volume IV - Social/Health/Ecosystem

16. Social Includes:

• A description of the methods used and results from surveys and secondary
17. Archaeology and data review to define baseline conditions relevant to the technical discipline;
Cultural Heritage • A description of mitigation measures incorporated into the Project design;
• An assessment of potential impacts arising from all phases of the Project
and related activities;
18. Health and Safety • The identification of practicable additional mitigation measures to be applied;
• An assessment of residual impacts associated with the Project following
mitigation; and
19. Ecosystem Services • A review of in-combination impacts relating to associated facilities.

ESIA Volume V – Other chapters and Conclusions

20. Unplanned Events Includes:

• A description of the potential unplanned events and impacts that may arise
as a result of the Project; and
• The identification of design control and mitigation measures to be
implemented.

21. Cumulative Impact A summary of the potential cumulative impacts as a result of other existing and
Assessment proposed developments and associated facilities in the vicinity of the Project
Area and the Project AoI.

22. Transboundary Impact A description of the potential for transboundary impacts that may arise as part of
Assessment the Project.

23. Environmental and This chapter provides a framework of the ESMP and outlines the Project
Social Management Plan Proponents Environmental and Social Management System (ESMS). It also
provides reference to the identified mitigation and management measures, to be
implemented throughout the Project, based on the outcomes of the impact
assessment.

24. Residual Impact A summary of the residual impacts arising as a result of the Project and
Assessment and provision of overall conclusions as to the overall environmental and social
Conclusions significance of impacts arising from the Project.

February 2019 1-21

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

Chapter Approach

ESIA Volume VI - Appendices

ESIA Appendices A to U The ESIA Appendices include an array of supplementary data, information,
presentations and reports which help support the findings of the ESIA, as
referenced throughout the ESIA Report. These include:

Appendix A: NEMA Approval for Scoping Report and Project Proponents

Response

Appendix B: Key Project Component Fact Sheets

Appendix C: Early Works Project Brief (PB) Executive Summary and Enabling
Infrastructure Geotechnical surveys PB Executive Summary

Appendix D: A3 copy of key figures

Appendix E: Additional Project Description material

Appendix F: CIA VEC Summary Report

Appendix G: Stakeholder Engagement Plan and supporting information

Appendix H: Air Quality supporting information

Appendix I: Noise and Vibration supporting information

Appendix J: Soils and Geology supporting information

Appendix K: Hydrogeology supporting information

Appendix L: Surface Water supporting information

Appendix M: Landscape and Visual supporting information

Appendix N: Terrestrial Vegetation supporting information

Appendix O: Terrestrial Wildlife supporting information

Appendix P: Aquatic Life supporting information

Appendix Q: Social supporting information

Appendix R: Archaeology and Cultural Heritage supporting information

Appendix: S: Ecosystem Services supporting information

Appendix T: ESMP Mitigation Checklist

Appendix U : Templates of Management Plans

ESIA Non-Technical Summary

ESIA NTS The purpose of the Non-Technical Summary (NTS) is to provide a helpful
summary of each of the chapters of the main ESIA and also ensure that the
conclusions and overview of required mitigation measures are clearly expressed.

February 2019 1-22

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

Figure 1-7: Structure of Tilenga ESIA

February 2019 1-23

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

1.12 Example Structure of the Technical Chapters of the ESIA

In addition to the overall ESIA Strategy (section 1.6) and the overview of the ESIA Structure (1.11)
above, it is useful to help further define the contents of each of the technical chapters (i.e. Chapters 6
to 19) to illustrate that it covers all of the required information. It is also important that the information
contained in the technical chapters is presented in a logical, easy to follow and well-structured format
which relates to the components of the Project and the requirements of the Ugandan EIA
requirements and IFC PS and guidelines.
Figure 1-8 provides an overview of the typical structure and contents of the ESIA technical chapters.
Further information is provided within Chapter 3: ESIA Methodology and in each of the technical
chapters of this ESIA.

Figure 1-8: Structure of Technical Chapters of the ESIA

February 2019 1-24

 Chapter 1:
Tilenga Project ESIA Introduction

1.13 References

Ref. 1-1 National Oil and Gas Policy for Uganda (2014), Ministry of Energy and Mineral
Development.

Ref 1-2 PAU website: http://pau.go.ug/exploration; accessed 21 February 2018.

Ref. 1-3 International Finance Corporation, (2012), Performance Standards.

Ref. 1-4 The Republic of Uganda (1995) Government by Article 244 of the Constitution of the
Republic of Uganda.

Ref. 1-5 The Republic of Uganda (2013) The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and
Production) Act.

Ref 1-6 The Republic of Uganda (2016) Petroleum (Exploration, Development and
Production) Regulations.

Ref. 1-7 The Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, Statutory Instruments No. 13,
Government of Uganda. (1998).

Ref. 1-8 The National Environment Act, Cap. 153, (1995) Government of Uganda.

Ref. 1-9 International Finance Corporation (2013) Environmental and Social Review
Procedures Manual.

Ref. 1-10 Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (2016) Recommendation
of the Council on Common Approaches for Officially Supported Export Credits and
Environmental and Social Due Diligence.

February 2019 1-25

02 – Policy, Regulatory
and Administrative
Framework
 Chapter 2:
Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Table of Contents

2.1 Ugandan National Framework ........................................................................................... 2-2

2.1.1 National Policies, Laws and Regulations ........................................................................... 2-2
2.1.2 The EIA Regulations, 1998 ............................................................................................. 2-19
2.1.3 National Standards ......................................................................................................... 2-21
2.1.4 National Guidelines......................................................................................................... 2-21
2.1.5 National and Regional Plans ........................................................................................... 2-22
2.1.6 Local Development Plans ............................................................................................... 2-23
2.1.7 Upcoming Changes to National Legislation ..................................................................... 2-23
2.1.8 Approvals, Licences and Permits .................................................................................... 2-24
2.1.9 Strategic Environmental Assessment .............................................................................. 2-29
2.1.10 Institutional Framework ................................................................................................... 2-31
2.2 International Guidelines and Standards ........................................................................... 2-37
2.2.1 International Finance Corporation ................................................................................... 2-37
2.2.2 IFC Industry Specific Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines................................. 2-39
2.2.3 IFC Social and Stakeholder Engagement Guidelines....................................................... 2-39
2.2.4 WHO Guidelines ............................................................................................................. 2-39
2.2.5 Equator Principles........................................................................................................... 2-39
2.3 International Conventions and Agreements ..................................................................... 2-40
2.3.1 Convention on Biological Diversity (Rio Declaration), 1992 .............................................. 2-47
2.3.2 Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance.......................................... 2-48
2.3.3 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora ....... 2-50
2.3.4 The Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals .................................................... 2-50
2.3.5 Agreement on the Conservation of African-Eurasian Migratory Waterbirds ...................... 2-51
2.4 Project Policies and Standards........................................................................................ 2-51
2.4.1 Emissions ....................................................................................................................... 2-51
2.4.2 Discharges and waste management ............................................................................... 2-52
2.4.3 Energy efficiency ............................................................................................................ 2-52
2.4.4 Exclusion areas .............................................................................................................. 2-52
2.4.5 Visual impact and footprint .............................................................................................. 2-52
2.4.6 TEP Uganda Policies and Standards .............................................................................. 2-52
2.4.7 Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Ltd (TUOP) Policies and Standards ................................ 2-55
2.5 References ..................................................................................................................... 2-58

Table of Figures

Figure 2-1: TEP Uganda HSE Charter ........................................................................................... 2-54

Figure 2-2: TEP Uganda Biodiversity Charter................................................................................. 2-55

List of Tables

Table 2-1: National Policies, Laws and Regulations ......................................................................... 2-2

Table 2-2: Other Approvals, Permits and Licences ......................................................................... 2-25
Table 2-3: IFC Performance Standards .......................................................................................... 2-37
Table 2-4: Summary of International Conventions and Agreements ............................................... 2-40
Table 2-5: Wetland Values and Benefits ........................................................................................ 2-49

February 2019
 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

2 Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

This chapter outlines the national policies, laws, regulations, standards and guidelines, as well as
international conventions (to which Uganda as a sovereign state is a signatory) that apply to the
environmental, health, safety, human rights and social aspects of the Project. The requirements
stipulated within this framework encompass all phases of the Project including Project engineering;
land acquisition and resettlement; development of early infrastructure and temporary facilities; and
development of production infrastructure.

National policies present the general principles that guide the Government in achieving its various
strategic goals, and act as foundational instruments for the formulation of Acts of Parliament and
Statutory instruments/ regulations or subsidiary legislation under these Acts of Parliament. The
national environmental standards are prescribed under some of these regulations which were passed
under the Acts of Parliament.

In association with this chapter, each technical chapter of this Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (ESIA) report outlines and identifies the relevant legislation and guidelines applicable to
the content developed in the respective chapter.

The specific objectives of the regulatory framework review are:

to identify policies, laws and regulations applicable to the environmental, health, safety, human

to identify environmental standards prescribed under national legislation that shall apply to the
Project (waste management, waste
to identify approvals, licenses and permits required for the Project as stipulated under national

to identify international conventions to which Uganda is a signatory tha

and
to highlight the Project Proponent’s internal rules and standards applicable to the Project.

2.1 Ugandan National Framework

2.1.1 National Policies, Laws and Regulations

Table 2-1 presents a summary of the national policies, laws, and regulations applicable to the
proposed Project and its environmental and social aspects. Legislation that is specific to certain
aspects is presented in the respective technical chapters.

Table 2-1: National Policies, Laws and Regulations

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

National Policies

The National The National Environment Management Policy Requirement for ESIA to be
Environment (1994) provides an enabling framework for carried out prior to
Management Policy management of environmental resources in all commencement of the Project in
(NEMP) (1994) aspects of national planning including providing a line with relevant legislation.
(Ref. 2-1) system of environmental impact assessment so
that the adverse impacts of development activities
can be foreseen, avoided or mitigated.

February 2019 2-2

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The National Water The policy was developed to promote the proper The Project has water needs that
Policy (1999) (Ref. planning, development and wise use of water will be met with the use of
2-2) resources. Its overall policy objective is to manage available water resources in the
and develop the water resources of Uganda in an Project Area. This will be done in
integrated and sustainable manner, with line with relevant legislation.
environmental impact assessment as one of the
strategies for water resources management.
The National Oil The policy seeks to establish and efficiently A Project will have potential
and Gas Policy manage the country’s oil and gas resources. One impacts on the environment and
(2008) (Ref 2-3) of its objectives is to ensure that oil and gas biodiversity. This ESIA identifies
activities are undertaken in a manner that the significance of potential
conserves the environment and biodiversity by impacts of the Project and
ensuring the availability of the necessary mitigation measures to be
institutional and regulatory framework to address implemented to ensure that the
environment and biodiversity issues relevant to oil Project activities are undertaken
and gas activities. in a manner that conserves the
Guiding principles of the Policy include among environment and biodiversity; in
others; the use of oil and gas revenues to create line with legislation.
lasting benefits to society through investment in
areas such as skills development, infrastructure,
technology and health; protection of the
environment and biodiversity; Importance of
disclosing relevant information to stakeholders
including transparency on payments and
revenues; emphasis on system of co-operation
extending to local communities, taking into
account their interests, sharing royalties in line
with the Constitution and relevant laws, and
managing conflicts; expectation for oil companies
to contribute to institutional capacity building and
in transfer of technology.
The National The policy goal is to meet the energy needs of This Project is aimed at
Energy Policy Uganda’s population for social and economic developing one of the country’s
(2002) (Ref 2-4) development in an environmentally sustainable energy resources (oil and gas)
manner. Specifically the energy policy seeks to and therefore fits in the long-term
meet the following objectives: planning approach for the country.
To establish the availability, potential and This ESIA was also conducted in
demand for various energy resources in the line with the requirement for
country. environmental impact assessment
(EIA) of energy investments.
To increase access to modern affordable and
reliable energy services as a contribution to
poverty eradication.
To improve energy governance and
administration.
To stimulate economic development.
To manage energy-related environmental
impacts.
National Industrial The Policy sets out the strategic direction for Disadvantaged and vulnerable
Policy (2008) (Ref. industrial development in Uganda. Policy groups are likely to be more
2-5) objectives include the promotion of vulnerable to potential negative
environmentally sustainable industrial Project impacts and less able to
development and participation of disadvantaged benefit from positive impacts.
sections of society in industrial development (s These groups were therefore
1.3). identified as part of the ESIA
process.

February 2019 2-3

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The Uganda The policy is an update of the Uganda Wildlife Part of the Project area is located
Wildlife Policy Policy (1999) which forms the basis of the Uganda within the Murchison Falls
(2014) (Ref 2-6) Wildlife Act, Cap 200. One of the strategies to National Park (MFNP), which is a
achieve the objectives of this policy is ensuring protected area. This ESIA was
that all new developments and interventions within conducted in line with the
protected areas are subjected to appropriate EIA. requirements of this policy, and
The Policy sets a framework to conserve wildlife relevant legislation.
resources of Uganda in a manner that contributes
to the sustainable development of the country and
the well-being of its people. Among the specific
objectives: (1) to promote sustainable
management of wildlife, protected areas (in and
outside), sustainable and equitable utilisation of
wildlife resources a viable form of land use, (2) to
effectively mitigate human wildlife conflicts, and
(3) to ensure net positive impacts of exploration
and development of extractive industries and other
forms of development in wildlife conservation
areas.
The policy identifies key strategies for tourism
development including: (1) promote eco-tourism,
(2) diversify tourism product, (3) develop or
improve infrastructure in wildlife conservation
areas, (4) support the private sector to effectively
participate in conservation related enterprise
development.
Tourism policy The aim of the national Tourism Policy is to As part of the Project is located
(2013) (Ref 2-7) ensure that tourism becomes a vehicle for poverty within the MFNP, therefore, the
reduction in the future to the extent possible within Project has the potential to impact
the resource base and market limitations. The tourism. Impacts on tourism are
specific objectives are: (1) Derive greater assessed as part of the ESIA.
revenues from an increasing number of pleasure
tourist arrivals, longer lengths of stay and higher
daily expenditure, (2) Distribute revenue earnings
widely, with the large scale participation of
communities and district in the development, and
(3) encourage the development of eco-tourism,
agro-tourism and community tourism products.
The National The National Fisheries Policy (NFP) 2004 is a The Project has the potential to
Fisheries Policy policy framework aimed at improving the impact fisheries in Lake Albert.
(2004) (Ref. 2-8) livelihoods and alleviating poverty in fishing Any interventions to address such
communities through the sustainable management impacts will be developed in line
of Uganda’s lake resources. with government objectives for
The overall fisheries goal is to ensure increased fisheries.
and sustainable fish production and utilisation by
properly managing capture fisheries, promoting
aquaculture and reducing post-harvest losses.
The policy has 13 policy areas each with its policy
objectives and policy strategies. Among the ways
to achieve this goal was to support decentralised
co-management practices (Beach Management
Units (BMU)), strengthen the capacity of local
governments and set up a Fisheries Authority with
strengthened capacity to regulate.
However, this policy, although debated in and
enacted by Parliament, has not been turned into a
fisheries bill approved and implemented by the
government. This means that many of the
suggestions in the fisheries policy, for example, for
the establishment of a semi-autonomous Fisheries
Authority to replace the Department of Fisheries

February 2019 2-4

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION
Resources, have never materialised.
National Policy for The overall objective is to promote the Some sections of the Project area
the Conservation conservation of Uganda’s wetlands in order to lie within the Ramsar along the
and Management sustain their ecological and social economic Victoria Nile. Some Project
of Wetland functions. The policy makes provision for the activities will be conducted within
Resources (1995) Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International this Ramsar Area. This ESIA put
(Ref. 2-9) Importance, and provides for the requirement of into consideration the Project
ESIA for all planned developments in protected activities that will be conducted in
wetland areas. the Ramsar and surrounding
areas.
The Uganda The Uganda National Land Policy provides a Land will need to be acquired for
National Land framework for having an efficient and effective various Project components. Land
Policy (2013) (Ref land delivery system. Among its other objectives, Acquisition is therefore a key
2-10) the policy seeks to harmonise and streamline the factor for the Project; hence this
complex tenure regimes in Uganda for equitable policy is relevant to guiding the
access to land, and to clarify the complex required actions. All land
constitutional and legal framework for sustainable acquisition for the Project
management and stewardship. It also aims to recognises the land rights of
ensure sustainable utilisation, protection and customary owners, individuals
management of environmental, natural and and communities owning land and
cultural resources on land for socio-economic that prompt, adequate and fair
development. compensation is paid for those
Paragraph 3.8 of the Policy outlines Government displaced from their land.
strategies for managing land resources with This ESIA was conducted in line
respect to minerals and petroleum development. with the Policy aim to ensure
sustainable utilisation, protection
and management of
environmental, natural and
cultural resources of the Project
area for socio-economic
development.
The National The policy seeks to provide a national framework The requirements of this policy
Housing Policy for housing development that shall increase will be vital during the planning
(2016) (Ref. 2-11) access to affordable housing, and improve the and construction of workers’
quality of existing housing stock and security of accommodation camps and
land tenure, among other objectives. resettlement houses.
Policy Statement 10 states that “the Government
shall develop a mechanism for the construction
and management of institutional / employer
housing, and outlines strategies that include a
review of guidelines on standards, construction
and management of employer housing”.
Additionally, Policy Statements 6 and 14 outline
strategies to promote the use of indigenous
materials and energy efficient construction
technologies, and to revise and implement
housing planning, housing and building standards.
The National Policy The policy defines the framework for management The Project involves activities that
for Disaster of disasters at national, regional and local levels. potentially can result in an
Preparedness and Paragraph 4.15 stipulates that private sector accident. The Project Proponents
Management organisations have a responsibility to ensure that will implement measures to
(2011) (Ref. 2-12) their operations do not pose a risk to their reduce all associated risks to
workers, the general public, or the environment. It levels that are as low as
further states that the owners of installations are reasonably practicable. In
responsible for educating workers on safety addition, emergency procedures
measures and emergency response measures. will be in place to address
unplanned events if they occur.

February 2019 2-5

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The National The policy provides a framework for achieving the The policy will guide the
Employment Policy goal of decent and remunerative employment for recruitment and employee
for Uganda, 2011 all women and men seeking such work, in management procedures of
(Ref. 2-13) conditions of freedom, equity, security and human Project workers, including
dignity. contractors.
Paragraph 6.6 emphasises the need for
employers to comply with Uganda’s legal and
regulatory framework to promote the rights of
workers.
National Content The Policy establishes a framework for significant The Project Proponents will
Policy for the national participation in the petroleum sector for implement requirements specified
Petroleum Industry the benefit of the Ugandan economy, the sector under s. 4.3 (role of the private
in Uganda (2017) itself and society at large. sector) that include among others:
(Ref. 2-14) preparation of plans for
promotion of national content;
ensuring that national content
is a criterion in the evaluation
and award of bids and
tenders;
utilising locally available
goods; and
promoting best employment
practices and industry
standards.
The Uganda The policy provides a framework for redressing The Social baseline indicates that
Gender Policy, gender imbalances as well as a guide to all women make up a significant
2007 (Ref. 2-15) development practitioners. composition of the population in
Paragraph 6.1 outlines roles and responsibilities of the Project Area (Section
the private sector in implementation of the policy. 19.3.2.2.1). This policy will be
These include, among others: ensuring that utilised in ensuring gender
corporate policies and practices incorporate mainstreaming in all aspects of
gender equality principles; providing incentives the Project.
and support to women entrepreneurs;
collaborating with the Department of Occupational
Safety and Health, Ministry of Gender Labour and
Social Development (MGLSD) and other
appropriate institutions on matters of gender
mainstreaming; and implementing Affirmative
Action measures.
The National Health The National Health Policy II (2010) guides the The Project has the potential to
Policy (2010) (Ref. development of Uganda’s health sector in line with impact (positively and negatively)
2-16) the Government’s constitutional obligation to community health and safety.
provide health services and promote healthy Health sector stakeholders at
nutrition and lifestyles. local and national levels were
Among other guiding principles, the policy consulted as part of the
emphasises: evaluation of impacts on delivery
The role of the community in decision making of health services in the Project
and planning for health services delivery; Area of Influence (AoI).
Delivery of health services within the
framework of decentralisation;
The need for alternative, equitable and
sustainable options for health financing; and
Partnerships with the private sector in
increasing the geographical scope of health
services and the scale of services provided.

February 2019 2-6

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

Uganda National The policy provides a broad framework for The Project Proponents will, in
HIV and AIDS delivering Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) compliance to the provisions of
Policy, 2011 (Ref. and Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS) this policy, develop an HIV/AIDS
2-17) services in the country. It stipulates policies and Workplace Policy, which will also
legal requirements that guide planning and action include checks for Project
in social and economic sectors and at the various Contractors to embed this within
levels of the response to HIV and AIDS. Under their policies, plans and
Paragraph 3.1 (Policy: Coordination and procedures.
Management of the National Response),
Government requires all stakeholders involved in
development efforts to mainstream HIV and AIDS
in their policies and plans.
National Population The policy provides a framework through which The proposed Project activities
Policy for Social Government may implement policies and are likely to induce in-migration
Transformation and programmes to address population trends and within the operating areas and
Sustainable patterns. this has been considered within
Development, 2008 The policy outlines strategies to advocate planned this ESIA.
(Ref. 2-18) urbanisation and human settlement, and provides
for the establishment of the National Population
Council as the institution responsible for promoting
integration of population factors into development
planning.
The National Youth The Policy provides an operational framework to The Project has the potential to
Policy (2001) (Ref. facilitate meaningful involvement of youth in impact (positively and negatively)
2-19) national development efforts and to respond to youth. Concerns of youth were
their various needs. Section 8.8 highlights the documented and addressed
significance of youth education and awareness in during the stakeholder
promoting the conservation of natural resources. engagement process.
The Policy aims to enhance the participation of
youth in the development process.
National Policy for The policy outlines various interventions intended Buliisa District Development plan
Older Persons, to improve the quality of life for older persons. II indicates that about 4.6% of the
2009 (Ref. 2-20) population are above 65 years
old. The policy outlines the
responsibilities of private sector
stakeholders in its
implementation. These include
among others ensuring that
corporate policies and practices
incorporate the concerns of older
persons.
Uganda National The policy provides strategies to enhance the This Project is located within
Culture Policy, integration of culture into development. These Bunyoro Kingdom and Acholi
2006 (Ref 2-21) strategies include advocating for culture, ensuring Chiefdom. This ESIA identified
capacity building, ensuring research and these cultural institutions as key
documentation, promoting collaboration with stakeholders and involved them
stakeholders and mobilising resources for culture. during all phases of the
consultation process, including in
the identification of cultural
resources in the Project Area.
Oil and Gas The policy articulates the operational framework This Project will result in revenues
Revenue for prudent management of oil and gas resources, from oil production, and as such
Management through establishment of legal institutional will work with the responsible
Policy, 2012 (Ref 2- framework. government financial institutions
22) as provided in this policy.

February 2019 2-7

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

Vision 2040 (Ref. 2- The objective is to operationalise the National This Project is aimed at the
23) Vision Statement: “A transformed society from a development of infrastructure to
peasant to a modern and prosperous country harness the country’s oil and gas
within 30 years”. The benchmark for the Vision is resources, and is therefore in line
to raise Gross Domestic Product (GDP) per capita with Vision 2040.
to 9,500 United States Dollars (USD) with real
GDP growth of 8.25% per annum.
The identified opportunities in this Vision include;
oil and gas, tourism, minerals, Information and
Communications Technology (ICT) business,
abundant labour force, geographical location and
trade, water resources, industrialisation, and
agriculture.
Tourism: The tourism industry is expected to play
a major role in the economy and a major
contributor to GDP by 2040, with “enormous
employment opportunities”.
Agriculture: Recognised as the largest source of
employment and a major contributor to GDP. The
goal is to transform the agriculture sector from
subsistence farming to commercial agriculture and
a number of Government actions to achieve this
are set out.
Oil and Gas: presents the country with
opportunity to spur economic growth, create
employment, foster technology transfer and
generate revenues for investments in
development of other strategic sectors such as
infrastructure and human resource development.
Over the Vision period, Government will
strengthen the policy, legal, institutional and
regulatory framework to foster transparency,
protect environment and good governance in the
oil and gas sector. The Vision also recognises that
one of the key infrastructure areas to invest in will
be oil and gas.

National Laws

The Constitution of The Constitution, as the supreme law, provides Objective XXVII (iii) provides a
the Republic of the legal and regulatory framework in the country. duty for the state to promote and
Uganda, 1995 (as It provides for all aspects pertaining to land, to the implement energy policies that
amended) (Ref. 2- environment and other related aspects. ensure that people’s basic needs
24) and those of the environment are
met, thus laying the foundation for
sustainable energy development.
It also guarantees the right of
access for all people of Uganda to
basic health care services.
The National The National Environment Act is the principal In accordance with Section 19(1)
Environment Act, environmental law of Uganda and it establishes (a) and Schedule Three to the
Cap. 153 (Ref. 2- the National Environment Management Authority Act, the proposed Project qualifies
25) (NEMA) as the principal agency in Uganda for the for EIA.
management of the environment. Under Section
19, the Act states the criteria under which EIA
shall be required.

February 2019 2-8

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The Petroleum The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and This Project will operate in
(Exploration, Production) Act operationalises Article 244 of the accordance with all relevant
Development and Constitution, and the National Oil and Gas Policy provisions of this law.
Production) Act, of Uganda. The Act seeks to establish institutions
2013 (Ref. 2-26) to manage petroleum resources and regulate
petroleum activities including licensing,
exploration, development, production and
decommissioning.
Section 3 outlines the environmental principles to
which all licensees shall comply including the duty
to comply with the principles of the National
Environment Act: to manage waste arising out of
petroleum activities in accordance with the
National Environment Act and all applicable
legislation; and to contract a separate entity to
manage the transportation, treatment and disposal
of waste arising out of petroleum activities.
The Petroleum The Act establishes the legal framework for Section 3 outlines the duty of the
(Refining, sustainable management of the midstream oil and Licensee to comply with
Conversion, gas sector. environmental principles under
Transmission and the National Environment Act
Midstream Storage) including management of
Act, 2013 (Ref. 2- transportation, storage, treatment
27) and disposal of waste arising from
midstream operations. This
Project has connectivity with
midstream operations and as
such, some regulations under this
law may be relevant to the
Project.
The Physical The Physical Planning Act, 2010 repeals the Town The Albertine Graben was
Planning Act, 2010 and Country Planning Act, Cap 246 as the earmarked as a special planning
(Ref. 2-28) principal law pertaining to physical planning area by the Ministry of Lands,
requirements, and makes it mandatory for any Housing and Urban Development
person undertaking a development within a (MLHUD). A physical
designated planning area to obtain development development plan was
permission. subsequently prepared and the
Section 24 (1) of the Act, however, stipulates that Proponent will develop the Project
The Minister may, on the recommendation of the in harmony with this plan.
Board, by statutory instrument, declare an area
with unique development potential or problems, a
special planning area for the purposes of
preparation of a physical development plan.
The Roads Act, The Act provides for the establishment of road New roads developed as part of
Cap 358 (Ref. 2-29) reserves and for maintenance of roads. the Project, along with associated
facilities described in Chapter 4
shall be subject to this Act.
The Access to The Act provides for the procedure by which a Requires the Proponent to obtain
Roads Act, Cap private landowner may access a public highway. leave from adjoining landowners
350 (Ref. 2-30) for the construction of access
roads to Project facilities.

February 2019 2-9

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The Water Act, Cap Objectives of the Act include, among others, the The proposed activities will
152 (Ref. 2-31) promotion of rational management and use of the require abstraction of water from
waters of Uganda; and the control of pollution and surface water and groundwater
promotion of the safe storage, treatment, sources to meet Project water
discharge and disposal of waste. needs. Abstraction and waste
The Act stipulates under Section 18 that the discharge permits will be sought
necessary permits shall be obtained prior to any as per the requirements of this
abstraction of water from natural surface waters Act.
(lake, river or stream) and groundwater (aquifer,
spring, etc.).
Section 31 prohibits the discharge of waste into
any natural waters unless authorised under the
Act.
The Fish Act, Cap The Act makes provision for the control of fishing, Construction activities conducted
197 (as amended) the conservation of fish, purchase, sale, marketing near water courses along with
(Ref. 2-32) and processing of fish and matters connected water abstraction activities will be
therewith. conducted in line with the
Section 12, subsection (4) stipulates that ‘except provisions of this law, and
where otherwise expressly provided by any written relevant permissions sought as
law, no person shall divert the waters of any lake, required.
river, stream, pond or private waters in which fish,
their eggs or progeny have been introduced with
the consent of the chief fisheries officer, unless
the ditch, channel, canal or water pipe conducting
the water is equipped at or near the entrance or
intake with a screen or a filter of a design
approved in writing by the chief fisheries officer,
that is capable of preventing the passage of fish,
their eggs or progeny into the ditch, channel, canal
or water and where the chief fisheries officer so
directs there is also provided a by-pass.
The Uganda The Act provides for sustainable management of Part of the proposed Project is
Wildlife Act, Cap wildlife, consolidation of the laws relating to wildlife within MFNP and will hence put
200 (Ref. 2-33) management, establishment of a coordinating, into consideration the relevant
monitoring, and supervisory body for that purpose provisions of this Act.
and all associated matters.
Section 15 of the Act requires that any project that
may have a significant effect on any wildlife
species or community will be subject to EIA in
accordance with the National Environment Act.
The National The Act prohibits the destruction, damage or There are a number of forest
Forestry and Tree disturbance of natural forests and forest reserves reserves within the Project area of
Planting Act, 2003 except in the course of carrying out activities for influence, such as Budongo forest
(Ref. 2-34) their sustainable management, or in accordance reserve. This ESIA was
with a licence issued under this Act. conducted with consideration of
Section 38 also requires any person tending to these forest reserves, and while
undertake a project or activity which may, or is there will be no direct impacts on
likely to have a significant impact on a forest, to the forest reserves, mitigation
undertake an environmental impact assessment. measures are made to minimise
indirect impacts on these forest
resources.

February 2019 2-10

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The Prohibition of The Act prohibits the unauthorised burning of Requires the Project Proponents
the Burning of grass within a forest reserve, national park, wildlife to take appropriate measures to
Grass Act, Cap 33 reserve or wildlife sanctuary. prevent burning of grass within
(Ref. 2-35) the Project Area as a
consequence of Project activities.
The Historical Section 8 provides for the protection of objects The Archaeological surveys
Monuments Act, declared to be preserved or protected under the identified sites of cultural
Cap 46 (Ref. 2-36) Act and outlines activities that shall be prohibited importance in the Project Area,
where such objects are found. therefore provisions of this act will
Section 11 of the Act requires that any person who be put into consideration during
discovers any object, which may reasonably be land acquisition and construction
considered to be of archaeological, phases. The Project Proponents
paleontological, ethnographical, historical or will implement chance find
traditional interest shall, within fourteen days, procedures in compliance with
report to the conservator of antiquities or a district Section 11 of this Act.
commissioner or the curator of the museum.
The Local The Local Governments Act, Cap 243 establishes District Environment Committees
Governments Act, a decentralised form of government based on the and Local Environment
Cap 243 (as District as the main unit of administration. The Committees established under
amended) (Ref. 2- Districts are given legislative and planning powers Sections 14 and 16 of the
37) under this Act. They also plan for the conservation National Environment Act help
of environment within their local area. guide the district authorities in
matters relating to conservation of
the environment. District and
lower local government authorities
have been engaged during the
production of this ESIA.
The Land Act, Cap. The Land Act, Cap 227 provides for the ownership The proposed Project requires
227 (1998) (Ref. 2- and management of land. It provides for four permanent land take and
38) and different types of land tenures (Customary, temporary land access. The
Land (Amendment) Leasehold, Mailo and Freehold) and the Project land acquisition and land
Act, 2010 (Ref. 2- procedure for applying for grant of any of the access processes will be
39) tenures. conducted in line with the
The Land (Amendment) Act 2010 aims to enhance provisions of this Act.
the security of occupancy of lawful and bona fide
occupants on registered land in accordance with
article 237 of the Constitution, and for related
matters.
The Act stipulates that the developer of an energy
project should seek to enter into mutual
agreement with the occupier or owner of the
affected land, and provides the valuation
principles for compensation.
The Land The Act makes provision for the compulsory The Project Proponents intends to
Acquisition Act, acquisition of land for public purposes and for undertake Resettlement Action
Cap 229 (Ref. 2-40) other matters incidental thereto. Plans (RAPs) for the various
The Act stipulates that in the case of compulsory components as geographically
land acquisition for the Project, the Project clustered in section 19.4.2.2 of
affected persons (PAPs) must be adequately this ESIA and hence compensate
compensated. the PAPs in conformance with the
provisions of this Act
The Survey Act, The Act provides for and guides the survey of land All surveys conducted for this
Cap 232 (Ref. 2-41) in Uganda including aspects such as access to Project are being (and will
lands under survey, and compensation for injury continue to be) conducted in line
caused during survey activities. with the provisions of this Act.

February 2019 2-11

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The Registration of The Act stipulates the requirements relevant to the The Project Proponents will
Titles Act, Cap 230 registration and issuance of titles to land transfer require titles for the acquired land
(Ref. 2-42) of registered land. for the Project and resettlement
land for eligible PAPs. These will
be obtained in consideration of
the requirements of this Act.
The Illiterates The Act provides for the protection of illiterate Literacy levels in the Project Area
Protection Act, Cap persons in relation to writing and signing of are low as in any other rural areas
78 (Ref. 2-43) documents on behalf of such persons. in Uganda. The Project Proponent
will ensure adherence to this Act
during any writing, signing or
endorsement of documents
pertaining to land acquisition or
compensation related to the
Project.
The Occupational The Occupational Safety and Health Act The Act lays out the general
Safety and Health consolidates, harmonises, and updates the law safety, health and environmental
Act, 2006 (Ref. 2- relating to occupational safety and health; and requirements for workplace safety
44) repeals the Factories Act, Cap 220. to be applied during the
The Act sets out regulations on the duties, construction and operational
obligations and responsibilities of employers, the phases of the Project including
self-employed, and manufacturers, suppliers and obligations to inspect statutory
transporters in relation to occupational, health and equipment and register
safety. It also provides for the duties, rights and workplaces. All Project phases
responsibilities of workers and covers regulations will be implemented in line with
on the registration of workplaces; health and the provisions of this Act, and
welfare; general safety requirements; fire requisite permits obtained.
preparedness; machinery, plant and equipment;
hazardous materials; chemical safety and special
provisions; and offences, penalties and legal
proceedings. The Act details the process for
administration and enforcement of the Act
including appointment of inspectors and power of
inspectors, and provides for the establishment of
an Occupational Safety and Health Board.
The Public Health The main objective of the Public Health Act is to The proposed operations
Act, Cap 281 (Ref. safeguard and promote public health. particularly during construction
2-45) Section 54 provides a general prohibition of may generate dust and noise
nuisances or conditions liable to be hazardous to which may be a nuisance to
health to health. communities. In compliance with
this Act, the Project Proponents
will ensure that impacts are
minimised.
The Workers’ The Act provides for compensation of workers in In the event of a work-related
Compensation Act, the event of personal injury arising out of or in the personal injury on any of the
Cap 225 (Ref. 2-46) course of a worker undertaking his or her duties. Project sites, compensation of the
The Act entitles employees to automatic affected worker(s) will be provided
compensation for any personal injury from an in line with the provisions of this
accident arising out and in the course of his Act.
employment even if the injury results from the
employee’s negligence. It also stipulates that for
an injury that leads to death, the compensation
should be equivalent to an employer’s monthly
pay multiplied by 60 months.

February 2019 2-12

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The Employment The Act outlines the conditions of employment The Act will guide the Project
Act, 2006 (Ref. 2- including, contract of service, termination of Proponents compliance with
47) contract, termination notices, and protection of labour and safety conditions
wages, hours of work, rest and holidays, during Project activities.
employment of women, employment of children
and care of employees.
The Penal Code The Act criminalises acts of prostitution, The Act will regulate the Project
Act (as amended), defilement and rape, corruption and abuse of Proponents interactions with
2007 (Ref. 2-48) office, among other offences. Project affected communities and
other stakeholders.
The Children Act The Act provides for the protection of children and The Act will regulate the Project
(as amended), prohibits the use of child labour or employment in Proponent’s labour and
2016 (Ref. 2-49) any activity that may be harmful or hazardous to recruitment policies during Project
his or her health (s.8). It stipulates that the activities.
minimum age of employment of a child shall be 16
years.
The Traffic and The Act stipulates laws relating to road traffic The Project will involve haulage of
Road Safety Act, (among others: registration of vehicles, drivers’ equipment in and out of the
Cap 361 (Ref. 2-50) permits, vehicle load limits, vehicle condition and respective sites. The provisions of
road safety). This Act sets out regulations this act will be vital in ensuring
regarding the use of a motor vehicle trailer or safety on the roads.
engineering plant on any road; need for the
registration of all motor vehicles; the need for
obtaining driving permits; the requirement to
comply with road signs and speed limits; the
procedure to be followed at the time of an
accident; the need for the employer to keep a
record of drivers, and so forth.
The Electricity Act, The Act provides for: the generation, transmission, This Project will include electricity
Cap 145 (Ref. 2-51) distribution, sale and use of electricity; and generation from produced gas.
licensing and control of activities in the electricity The Project Proponent will apply
sector. It establishes the Electricity Regulatory for a licence for any generation,
Authority whose functions include issuing licences transmission or distribution or sale
for generation, transmission, distribution or sale of of electricity that will constitute the
electricity, and for ownership or operation of Project in line with the provisions
transmission systems. of this Act.
The Atomic Energy Amongst its other functions, the Act regulates the If Project activities result in any
Act, 2008 (Ref. 2- peaceful application of ionising radiation; naturally occurring radioactive
52) establishes the Atomic Energy Council; and material / waste, this will be
provides for the safety and protection of handled in line with the provisions
individuals, society and the environment from the of this Act.
dangers of ionising radiation among other
functions. The Act regulates the handling, use,
transportation and disposal of radioactive
materials and devices emitting ionising radiation.
The Explosives Act, This Act regulates the import, export, transport, If any of the Project activities
Cap 298 (Ref. 2-53) storage and use of explosives. requires the use of explosives, the
including Act will guide the Project
Explosives Rules, Proponents to ensure that they
S.I. 298- 1 (Ref. 2- obtain all requisite licences for
88) transport, storage and use.
The Nile Basin The Act establishes legal status in Uganda to the The Act establishes the NBI as a
Initiative Act, 2002 Nile Basin Initiative (NBI) - an intergovernmental key stakeholder in the
(Ref. 2-54) partnership of Nile Basin countries and grants it management of transboundary
powers to perform any of the functions conferred water resources within the Nile
upon it by and under the Agreed Minute No. 7 of Basin and provides for regulation
the annual meeting of the Council of Ministers of of projects that may have an
the Nile Basin States held in Cairo, Egypt, on 14th impact on the flow of the Nile
February, 2002. waters.

February 2019 2-13

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The Investment The Act establishes a code to regulate local and The Act requires the holder of an
Code Act, Cap 92 foreign investment in Uganda, and provides for the investment licence to take
(Ref. 2-55) establishment of the Uganda Investment Authority. necessary steps to ensure that
the operations of his or her
business enterprise do not cause
injury to ecology or the
environment.
The Rivers Act, The Act requires that any dredging in a river be This Act will regulate the
1962 (Ref. 2-56) licensed. It states that it shall not be lawful to construction, operation and
dredge in any river without a license from the maintenance of Project
Minister. components in, across and
around rivers that fall within the
Project footprint.
The Uganda The Act provides for establishment of the Uganda The Authority will regulate the
National Roads National Roads Authority (UNRA) responsible for proposed upgrade and
Authority Act, 2006 the provision and maintenance of national roads. construction of roads that are
(Ref. 2-57) planned as part of the Project.
Tourism Act 2008 To reform, consolidate and streamline the law Informs approaches to tourism
(Ref. 2-58) relating to tourism; to provide for licensing, assessment, including heritage
regulating and controlling of the tourism sector etc. tourism. This is addressed within
this ESIA.
The Public Finance The Act provides for fiscal and macroeconomic The Project Proponents will
Management Act, management, among other things, to establish the manage the petroleum resources
2015 (Ref. 2-59) Petroleum Fund and the collection and deposit of in accordance with the provisions
revenues into and the withdrawal of revenue from of this Act, and work with the
the Petroleum Fund and for the management of responsible institutions such as
the Petroleum Revenue Investment Reserve; to the National Oil Company, and
provide for the financial reports, annual reports Uganda Revenue Authority as
and annual plans of the Petroleum Fund and the required by this Act.
Petroleum Revenue Investment Reserve.
The Uganda The Act makes provision in relation to the Uganda Any human rights issues of
Human Rights Human Rights Commission. concern as a result of the Project
Commission Act will be addressed in line with the
1997 (Ref. 2-60) provisions of this Act. This ESIA
discusses relevant aspects of
human rights.
Traditional Rulers To restore to traditional rulers’ assets and Informs procedures related to
(Restitution of properties previously owned by them or connected traditional rulers’ assets.
Assets and with or attached to their offices but which were
Properties) Act confiscated by the State.
1993 (Ref. 2-61)
Institution of To provide for the existence of traditional or
Traditional Leaders cultural leaders, their privileges and benefits, and
or Cultural Leaders the resolution of issues relating to traditional or
Act 2011 (Ref. 2- cultural leaders.
62)
Copyright Act and To provide for the protection of literary, scientific
Neighbouring and artistic intellectual works and their
Rights Act 2006 neighbouring rights, including traditional folklore
(Ref. 2-63) and knowledge, handicrafts.
The Income Tax The Act consolidates and amends the law relating The Project Proponents shall pay
Act, Cap 340 and to income tax payable by persons or businesses in taxes due on chargeable income
the Income Tax Uganda and for other connected purposes. as stipulated in Part IV of the Act.
(Amendment Act)
2011 (Ref. 2-64)

February 2019 2-14

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The Uganda The Act provides for the establishment of the The Project will conform to the
Human Rights Uganda Human Rights Commission and also Human Rights requirements as
Commission Act covers witness attendance and immunities and set out in the act.
(No 4), 1997, Cap application of High Court Rules and appeals.
24 (Ref. 2-65)

National Regulations

The Environmental The EIA Regulations, 1998 specify the general This ESIA has been undertaken in
Impact Assessment requirements for good EIA practice in Uganda. accordance with these
Regulations, 1998 The Proponent is required to undertake an ESIA in regulations.
(Ref. 2-66) accordance with the regulations including,
preparation and submission of Terms of
Reference, and provision of all contents for an
environmental impact statement outlined under
Regulation 14.
Public participation: Sub-regulation (1) of
Regulation 12 requires the developer to take all
measures necessary to seek the views of the
people in the communities that may be affected by
the Project. Regulations 19, 20, 21, 22 and 23
outline further requirements for public
participation.
The National The regulations provide for the conservation and The Project Proponents are
Environment wise use of wetlands, riverbanks and lakeshores required to adhere to the
(Wetlands, River and their resources in Uganda. provisions pertaining to activities
Banks and Lake carried out in wetlands and
Shores regulated lakeshores and
Management) riverbanks. Permits will be
Regulations, 2000 required where activities are
(Ref. 2-67) within or near wetlands and
riverbank / lakeshore protection
zones, for example in the Ramsar
along the Victoria Nile.
The National The Regulations prescribe the requisite standards All discharge related to the
Environment for effluent or wastewater that may be discharged proposed Project shall conform to
(Standards for from industries and establishments into water or the standards specified in these
Discharge of on land. regulations. The Project
Effluent into Water Proponents will also maintain
or on Land) records of discharge that will be
Regulations, 1999 periodically submitted to NEMA
(Ref. 2-68) and relevant authorities.
The Water (Waste These regulations prescribe limits for the The Project Proponents will obtain
Discharge) discharge of waste into water resources, all requisite permits for waste
Regulations, 1998 specifying among others restricted activities for water discharge in accordance
(Ref. 2-69) which waste discharge permits must be acquired. with these regulations. Waste
The regulations stipulate that the Proponent shall water from the Project will result
acquire a permit where the discharge of effluent or from processes and sewage.
waste into water or on land is deemed necessary
(Regulation 4 (1)).
The Water The regulations outline requirements applicable to The Project Proponents will apply
Resources any person intending to construct, own, occupy or for and obtain permits prior to
Regulations, 1998 control works affecting water resources as defined abstraction of surface water or
(Ref. 2-70) by the regulations. groundwater to meet the Project
needs.

February 2019 2-15

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The National These regulations outline the requirements for the The Project will generate
Environment management of hazardous and non-hazardous significant amounts of waste. All
(Waste waste in Uganda including transport, storage, Project waste will be managed in
Management) treatment, disposal and licensing of waste accordance with these
Regulations, 1999 contractors. regulations.
(Ref. 2-71) Among other requirements prescribed in these
regulations, the Proponent is required to hire
licensed waste contractors to undertake
transportation and disposal/treatment of
hazardous waste, and obtain requisite permits for
the temporary storage of waste where may be
necessary.
The National These regulations prescribe the maximum The Project Proponents are
Environment (Noise permissible noise levels from a facility or activity to required to implement appropriate
Standards and which a person may be exposed, and set measures to keep construction
Control) provisions for control of noise. and operational noise within the
Regulations, 2003 prescribed limits, and where
(Ref. 2-72) excessive noise is deemed
unavoidable, to obtain a licence to
permit noise in excess of
permissible limits.
National These provide for the sustainable management of The Project will involve vegetation
Environment mountainous and hilly areas, and prescribe rules clearance and material stockpiling
(Mountainous and for soil conservation. The regulations also prohibit which will increase the potential
Hilly Areas the introduction of invasive alien species. for soil erosion or introduction of
Management) invasive species. The Project
Regulations, 2000 Proponents will apply appropriate
(Ref. 2-73) measures necessary to prevent
soil erosion in hilly areas, and to
prevent the introduction of
invasive alien species in
accordance with these
regulations.
The National The regulations operationalise Uganda’s The Project Proponents will
Environment commitment to the Montreal Protocol, through ensure and also take
(Management of restrictions on the trade of controlled substances responsibility over Project
Ozone Depleting and licensing of persons intending to import or Contractors that resourcing of
Substances and export controlled substances. materials is not from a country
Products) that is not a signatory of the
Regulations 2001 Montreal Protocol. Additionally,
(Ref. 2-74) any imports of controlled
substances should be licensed by
the relevant authority, and free of
listed materials.
The National The regulations establish and prescribe minimum The regulations provide
Environment soil quality standards to maintain, restore and applicable standards and
(Minimum enhance the inherent productivity of soil, and for guidelines for soil conservation for
Standards for the management of soil quality for specified areas where soil could be
Management of agricultural practices. adversely affected by the Project.
Soil Quality) The Project Proponents will put
Regulations, 2001 measures in place to promote soil
(Ref. 2-75) conservation as discussed in this
ESIA.

February 2019 2-16

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The National The regulations establish the code of conduct for This ESIA has been conducted by
Environment certification, registration of Environmental a competent team of registered
(Conduct and Practitioners and for the practice of environmental environmental practitioners as
Certification of impact assessment in Uganda. required by these regulations.
Environmental
Practitioners)
Regulations, 2003
(Ref. 2-76)
The National The regulations provide rules for establishment This ESIA identified the various
Forestry and Tree and management of central and local forest tree species in the Project Area.
Planting reserves as well as community and private forests. The Project Proponents will
Regulations, 2016 The regulations require any person intending to implement the Project in line with
(Ref. 2-77) disturb, uproot or cut any tree to obtain the these regulations, including
consent of the owner (reg. 80); and provide for the obtaining any permission as
declaration of reserved tree species (reg. 31). required.

The Petroleum The regulations operationalise a number of This ESIA was undertaken for the
(Exploration, requirements enabled by the Petroleum Project.
Development and (Exploration, Development and Production) Act,
Production) 2013.
Regulations, 2016 The regulations provide for EIA prior to opening up
(Ref. 2-6278) new areas; prescribe information to be provided in
the assessment; and for submission of study
proposals prior to conducting any study within a
licence area. They also provide for consideration
of environmental protection measures during
application for related permits and licences
The Petroleum The regulations define requirements pertinent to The regulations confer upon the
(Exploration, management of health safety and environment in licensee and respective
Development and upstream oil and gas operations. Requirements contractors the duty to ensure
Production) are provided for risk assessment and occupational safety and health in
(Health, Safety and management; occupational health and safety; all petroleum activities is
Environment) accident prevention; community health and safety; satisfactory for all employees, and
Regulations, 2016 occupational hazards; electrical installations; for the environment. Additionally,
(Ref. 2-79) working environment; safety appliances, the licensee has to take measures
equipment materials, devices and clothing; fire to protect the community where
and explosion protection; emergency the facility is located or where a
preparedness; safety requirements for plants and petroleum activity is taking place.
equipment; medical facilities and first aid services; The Project Proponents will
and incident handling, investigation, recording and conduct all Project activities in line
reporting. with these regulations, and will
take responsibility for Contractors.
The Petroleum These regulations promote the development of The Project Proponents
(Exploration, capacity within Uganda for provision of goods and recruitment plans and processes
Development and services in the oil and gas sector. Among other will be conducted in line with
Production) stipulations, the regulations require licence these regulations, and will take
(National Content) holders to submit procurement forecasts; prioritise responsibility for Contractors.
Regulations, 2016 Ugandans during procurement of goods and
(Ref. 2-80) services; and submit plans for training and
recruitment of Ugandans.
The Civil Aviation The regulations specify safety and design The Project proposes to upgrade
(Aerodromes) requirements that shall apply to all aerodromes Bugungu Airstrip. Works need to
Regulations, 2007 operated by the Civil Aviation Authority in Uganda. be conducted in line with these
(Ref. 2-81) regulations.

February 2019 2-17

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

INSTRUMENT / OVERVIEW RELEVANCE TO THE PROJECT

LEGISLATION

The Uganda The regulations set out guidelines of how to The proposed footprint of the
Wildlife (Murchison conduct activities within the park ranging from Project covers parts of the MFNP
Falls National Park) entry fees, permissible tourism activity and waste and therefore shall be subject to
Regulations-S.I management within the park, among others. these regulations.
200-3 (Ref. 2-82)
The Electricity The regulations provide the guidelines and The code will guide the
(Primary Grid procedures for the licensees of the electric power generation and transmission of
Code) Regulations, system to operate the Uganda power system. electricity from the planned power
2003 (Ref. 2-83) generation facility at the Central
Processing Facility (CPF).
The Electricity The regulations seek to regulate licensees The regulations will guide the
(Quality of Service activities relating to generation, transmission, Project Proponents activities
Code) Regulations, system operation, bulk supply, distribution, sale, relating to the generation and
2003 (Ref. 2-84) import and export of electricity so that those transmission of electricity from the
activities are carried out in a fair and reliable planned power generation facility.
manner.
The Electricity The regulations establish mandatory safety The regulations will guide the
(Safety Code) precautions applicable to electrical systems, and Project Proponents compliance
Regulations, 2003 to associated plant and apparatus under their with respect to operation and
(Ref. 2-85) ownership or control. maintenance of electrical systems
within the Project.
Atomic Energy The regulations seek to specify minimum If Project activities result in any
Regulations 2012, requirements for the protection of individuals, naturally occurring radioactive
(Ref. 2-86) society and environment from the dangers material / waste, this will be
resulting from ionising radiation and provide for handled and disposed of in line
the safety and security of radiation sources. with the these regulations.
Medical and Dental The Act establishes the Medical and Dental Medical Health Clinics at the
Practitioners Act, Practitioners Council, whose duties include, Workers Camps will apply for
1998 (Ref. 2-87) among others; to promote the maintenance and licences in line with the provisions
enforcement of professional medical and dental of this Act. The medical
ethics; to exercise general supervision of practitioners operating the clinics
medical and dental practice at all levels; and to will be licenced as required by this
exercise disciplinary control over medical and Act.
dental practitioners.
Section 28, Subsection (1) makes provision for
application for a licence to engage in private
practice by a registered medical or dental
practitioner. Article 29, Subsection (2) makes
provision for registration of health units.

More aspect-specific policies, laws, regulations and guidelines are detailed on the respective
technical chapters, including:

Policies

National Oral Health Policy

National Medicines Policy, 2015
Uganda National Policy on HIV/AIDS and the World of Work (2007)
The National Food and Nutrition Policy (2003)
National Orphans and other Vulnerable Children policy (2004)
The National Child Labour Policy (2006)
National Equal Opportunities Policy (2006)

February 2019 2-18

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

The National Policy on Persons with Disability (2006)

Gender in Education Policy (2010)
National Social Protection Policy (2015)
Special Needs and Inclusive Education Policy.
Laws
Tobacco Control Act, 2015
Medical and Dental Practitioners Act, 1998
The Domestic Violence Act (2010)
The Education (Pre-primary, primary and Post primary) Act
The Business, Technical Vocational Education and Training Act (2008).
Standards
Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems, US 534 (2008).

2.1.2 The EIA Regulations, 1998

The Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, S.I. No 13/1998 (Ref. 2-66) (provided under
section 107 of the National Environmental Act Cap 153 (Ref. 2-16)) are the key legislative regulations
to which this ESIA Report must abide and comply with. In particular, these regulations provide an
overview of what is required for producing an EIA and cover the following key areas:
Part I: Preliminary (covers the general implementation of these regulations).
Part II: Project Briefs.
Part III: Environmental Impact Studies:
o 10. Terms of reference for environmental impact study;
o 11. Approval of persons to conduct assessment; and
o 12. Public participation in making the study.
Part IV: The Environmental Impact Statement:
o 13. Environmental Impact Statement (i.e. ESIA Report);
o 14. Contents of the Environmental Impact Statement;
o 15. Executive summary of statement (i.e. the ESIA Non-Technical Summary); and
o 16. Signature of statement.
Part V: Review Process of the Environmental Impact Statement:
o 17. Submission of the Environmental Impact Statement;
o 18. Comments of the lead agency;
o 19. Invitation of general public comments;
o 20. Invitation for comments by persons specifically affected by the project;
o 21. Determination to make a decision or hold a public hearing;
o 22. The public hearing; and
o 23. Persons eligible to make presentations at public hearings.

Part VI: Decision of the Executive Director on Environmental Impact Statements:

o 24. Basis of decision;
o 25. Decision of the Executive Director;
o 26. Conditions of approval of a project;
o 27. Reasons for rejecting the project; and
o 28. Cancellation of approved environmental impact assessment.

Part VII: Access to Environmental Impact Assessment Reports and Information.

Part VIII: Post Assessment Environmental Audits.

February 2019 2-19

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Part IX: Miscellaneous Provisions.

Schedules.
Of particular relevance to the development of this ESIA Report is regulation “14. Contents of the
Environmental Impact Statement”, which states the following requirements:
(1) Without prejudice to the generality of the terms of reference specified under regulation 10, the
environmental impact statement shall provide a description of:
o (a) the project and of the activities it is likely to generate;
o (b) the proposed site and reasons for rejecting alternative sites;
o (c) a description of the potentially affected environment including specific information
necessary for identifying and assessing the environmental effects of the project;
o (d) the material in-puts into the project and their potential environmental effects;
o (e) an economic analysis of the project;
o (f) the technology and processes that shall be used, and a description of alternative
technologies and processes, and the reasons for not selecting them;
o (g) the products and by-products of the project;
o (h) the environmental effects of the project including the direct, indirect, cumulative,
short-term and long-term effects and possible alternatives;
o (i) the measures proposed for eliminating, minimising, or mitigating adverse impacts;
o (j) an identification of gaps in knowledge and uncertainties which were encountered in
compiling the required information;
o (k) an indication of whether the environment of any other State is likely to be affected
and the available alternatives and mitigating measures;
o (l) of how the information provided for in this regulation has been generated; and
o (m) such other matters as the Executive Director may consider necessary.

Additionally, information contained within the First Schedule of the EIA regulations provides a useful
overview of the anticipated issues which should be considered within any EIA. In particular, they
include:
1. Ecological Considerations:
o (a) Biological diversity including:
i) effect of proposal on number, diversity, breeding habits, etc. of wild animals
and vegetation.
ii) gene pool of domesticated plants and animals e.g. monoculture as
opposed to wild types.
o (b) Sustainable use including:
i) effect of proposal on soil fertility.
ii) breeding populations of fish and game or wild animals.
iii) Natural regeneration of woodland and sustainable yield.
iv) Wetland resource degradation or wise use of wetlands.
o (c) Ecosystem maintenance including:
i) effect of proposal on food chains.
ii) Nutrient cycles.
iii) Aquifer recharge, water run-off rates etc.
iv) Areal extent of habitants.
v) Fragile ecosystems.

2. Social considerations including:

o i) effects of proposal on generation or reduction of employment in the area.
o ii) social cohesion or disruption.
o iii) effect on human health.
o iv) immigration or emigration.
o v) communication - roads opened up, closed, re-routed.
o vi) local economy.
o vii) effects on culture and objects of cultural value.

February 2019 2-20

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

3. Landscape:
o i) views opened up or closed.
o ii) visual impacts (features, removal of vegetation, etc.).
o iii) compatibility with surrounding area.
o iv) amenity opened up or closed, e.g. recreation possibilities.

4. Land Uses:
o i) effects of proposal on current land uses and land use potentials in the project area.
o ii) possibility of multiple use.
o iii) effects of proposal on surrounding land uses and land use potentials.

2.1.3 National Standards

All relevant environmental regulations and standards prescribed in accordance with the National
Environment Act Cap 153 shall apply to the Project. Wherever applicable, the national standards shall
take precedence over international standards except where no applicable national standards exist.

Standards currently in place include:

Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater (National Environment (Standards for
Discharge of Effluent into Water or on Land) Regulations, 1999) (Ref. 2-89
Soil Quality Parameters – First Schedule to the National Environment (Minimum Standards For
Management of Soil Quality) Regulations, 2001 (Ref. 2-90
Maximum Permissible Noise Levels – First Schedule to the National Environment (Noise
Standards And Control) Regulations, 2003 (Ref. 2-91
Draft national air quality standards (Ref. 2-92)
Uganda Standard for Drinking (Potable) Water (US EAS 12: 2014) (Ref. 2-93)
Standard Guide for Consensus-based Process for an Occupational Safety and Health Standard
that Includes an Occupational Exposure Guideline (US 1820:2017) (Ref. 2-
Environmental protection - Onshore oil and gas production operation requirements (US
1585:2017) (Ref. 2-160).
The application of these standards to the Project is further discussed in the respective technical
chapters of this ESIA.

2.1.4 National Guidelines

In addition to national laws and regulations, further guidance on ESIA practice in Uganda is provided
through a number of general and sector-specific guidelines that include:
Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment in Uganda (NEMA 1997) (Ref. 2-94
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Guidelines for the Energy Sector in Uganda
(Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development / NEMA 2014) (Ref. 2-95)
Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines for Water Resources Related Projects in Uganda
(Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE) 2011) (Ref. 2-96
National Physical Planning Standards and Guidelines, 2011 (Ref. 2-97
Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines for Road Projects (Ministry of Works, Housing and
Communications 2004) (Ref. 2-98
Water Source Protection Guidelines for Uganda (MWE 2013) (Ref. 2-99);
Sensitivity Atlas for Murchison Falls National Park (Ref. 2-100)
Uganda Wetlands Atlas (Government of Uganda 2016) (Ref. 2-101);

February 2019 2-21

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Consolidated Hydrological Year Book 1978-2014 for Uganda (Ref. 2-102);

Wetland inventory reports (accessible from the respective districts and MWE) (Ref. 2-103)
Uganda Wildlife Authority Operational Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and Production in
Wildlife Protected Areas (2014) (Ref. 2-104)
Guidelines for Revenue Sharing Between Wildlife Protected Areas and Adjacent Local
Governments and Communities (UWA, 2012) (Ref. 2-105);
Operational Waste Management Guidelines for Oil and Gas Operations (NEMA 2012) (Ref. 2-
106); and
Land Acquisition Resettlement Framework (LARF) 2016 (Ref. 2-107).
The guidelines describe the recommended approach to all aspects of the ESIA including stakeholder
engagement and public participation, report structure and presentation, baseline studies and
mitigation measures. These guidelines were considered during preparation of the ESIA Report.

The Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines for the Energy Sector 2014 (Ministry of Energy
and Mineral Development / NEMA, as listed above), provide some useful guidance and background
information as to what should be included within an ESIA. Section 4.8 in particular focuses on
environmental impact mitigation and enhancement measures which are recommended after an
assessment of likely impacts has been completed. It makes the important point that impacts may be
of a positive and negative nature and in addition to identifying mitigation measures intended to avoid,
cancel or reduce adverse effects, measures should be sought to enhance any positive impacts which
may arise as a result of a project.

2.1.5 National and Regional Plans

A number of documents describing national-level development plans for Uganda and critical
economic sectors have been published by respective line ministries. Regional-level development
plans are also in place to guide the physical development of special planning areas. These plans
were considered for the Project and include:
Agriculture Sector Development Strategy and Investment Plan 2010/11 - 2014/15 (Ref. 2-108);
Albertine Graben Physical Development Plan (Ref. 2-109)
Health Sector Development Plan 2015/16 - 2019/20 (Ref. 2-110);
Health Sector Strategic and Investment Plan 2010/11 - 2014/15 (Ref. 2-111)
Murchison Falls Protected Area General Management Plan 2013-2023 (Ref. 2-112)
National Environment Action Plan (1994) (Ref. 2-113)
National Forest Plan 2011/12 - 2021/22, 2013 (Ref. 2-114)
National Transport Master Plan 2008-2023 (Ref. 2-115);
Strategic Implementation Plan for the National Transport Master Plan (2015) (Ref. 2-116);
Strategic Plan for the North Albertine Rift of Uganda, 2011–2020 (Ref. 2-117)
Uganda Second National Development Plan (NDP II) 2015/16–2019/20, 2015 (Ref. 2-118)
Uganda Wildlife Authority Strategic Plan 2013-2018 (Ref. 2-119)
Tourism Development Master Plan (2014-2024) (Ref. 2-120);
Plan for Modernisation of Agriculture (2000) (Ref. 2-121);
Agricultural Sector Development Strategy and Investment Plan 2010/2011-2014/2015 (Ref. 2-
122);
Government’s White Paper on Education (1992) (Ref. 2-123);

February 2019 2-22

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Revised Education Sector Strategic Plan 2007-2015 (2008) (Ref. 2-124);

Skilling Uganda Strategic Plan 2011-2020 (Ref. 2-125); and
Solar Power Subsidy (2007) (Ref. 2-126).

2.1.6 Local Development Plans

The Physical Planning Act, 2010 (s.25) (Ref. 2-19) provides for the preparation of district physical
development plans by district physical planning committees. Among its other functions, the
development plan operationalises the district structure plan and indicates the present and future land
use and development within the planning area. The following plans will be considered for the
proposed Project:
Nwoya District Development Plan 2015/16 - 2019/2020 (Ref. 2-127)
Buliisa District Development Plan 2015/16 - 2019/2020 (Ref. 2-128)
Masindi District 2015/2016 – 2019/2020 Development Plan (Ref. 2-157).

2.1.7 Upcoming Changes to National Legislation

NEMA is currently coordinating a review of the NEMP (formulated in 1994) (Ref. 2-1). The main
drivers behind this review are to:
address the new and emerging environmental issues and challenges that the policy in its current

take into account other national and regional commitments on the environment and natural
resources management which among others include The National Vision, National Development
Plan (NDP), East African Community Protocols, policies and strategies on environment and

listen to the opinions of the Private Sector and outline how they ca
introduce requirement for biodiversity offset when residual impact is demonstrated.
In addition, the following policies, laws and regulations are under review and shall apply to the Project
upon enactment and adoption into the national legislative framework. Currently, however, all the
relevant existing legislation and their associated requirements shall apply to the Project.

A National Resettlement Policy is being drafted by the Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban
Development.

National legislation under review includes:

The National Environment Act, Cap 153 (Ref. 2-25)
The Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 1998 (Ref. 2-66)
The National Environment (Audit) Regulations, 2006 (Ref. 2-127)
The National Environment (Noise Standards and Control) Regulations, 2003 (Ref. 2-72)
The National Environment (Waste Management) Regulations, 1999 (Ref. 2-71)
The National Environment (Minimum Standards for Management of Soil Quality) Regulations,
2001 (Ref. 2-75)
The National Environment (Standards for Discharge of Effluent into Water or on Land)
Regulations, 1999 (Ref. 2-68)
The Ugandan Wildlife Act (Ref. 2-33).

February 2019 2-23

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

The Government of Uganda is also drafting new regulations on:

industrial and consumer chemicals co

and
petroleum waste management.

2.1.8 Approvals, Licences and Permits

In addition to the ESIA, the national legislation of Uganda establishes a number of approvals, permits
and licences required prior to commencement of the Project or specific activities within the scope of
the Project. These are summarised in Table 2-2.

February 2019 2-24

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Table 2-2: Other Approvals, Permits and Licences

TYPE OF SUPPORTING REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO APPROVING TYPE OF APPLICATION STAGE AT WHICH

PERMIT/APPROVAL LEGISLATION AUTHORITY SUBMITTED APPROVAL IS
REQUIRED
Groundwater The Water Act, Cap 152 Section 18: Subsection (1): No person shall construct or operate any works Any abstraction of water from natural Directorate of Water Form A: Application for a Prior to any Project-
Abstraction unless authorised to do so under this Part of the Act. surface waters (lake, river or stream) Resource Management Surface Water Permit; or related surface or
Permit/Surface Water Section 18: Subsection (2): A person wishing to construct any works or to and groundwater (aquifer, spring, (DWRM) Form B: Application for a groundwater
Abstraction Permit take and use water may apply to the director in the prescribed form for a etc.). Groundwater Permit abstraction.
permit to do so.
The Water Resources Regulation 3, sub-regulation (1): A person who,
Regulations, 1998 (a) occupies or intends to occupy any land;
(b) wishes to construct, own, occupy or control any works on or adjacent to
the land referred to in Regulation 10;
may apply to the Director for a water permit.
Regulation 3, Sub-regulation (2): An application referred to under sub-
regulation (1) shall,
(a) be in the form specified in the First Schedule to these regulations except
that,
i) Form A shall be used for surface water permits; and
ii) Form B shall be used for groundwater permits.
Construction Permit The Water Act, Cap 152 Section 18: Subsection (1): No person shall construct or operate any works Any works or structures constructed DWRM Form F1: Application for Prior to any Project-
unless authorised to do so under this Part of the Act. in or adjacent to natural waters Construction Permit related construction
Section 18: Subsection (2): A person wishing to construct any works or to (rivers or lakes) whether temporary or works including water
take and use water may apply to the director in the prescribed form for a permanent abstraction boreholes in
permit to do so. Any abstraction of groundwater or adjacent to natural
The Water Resources Regulation 16, Sub-regulation (2): A person who wishes to engage a driller requiring construction of a borehole. waters.
Regulations, 1998 under sub-regulation (1) to construct a borehole on his or her land for the
purpose of,
(a) using water;
(b) re-charging an aquifer; or
(c) fitting a motorised pump to a borehole.
May apply to the Director for a construction permit in Form F1 of the Sixth
Schedule.
Waste Water Discharge The Water (Waste Regulation 4, sub-regulation (1): No person shall discharge effluent or Any project likely to result in the DWRM Form A: Application for a Prior to any Project-
Permit Discharge) Regulations, waste on land or into the aquatic environment contrary to the standards discharge of effluent or waste water Waste Discharge Permit related waste water
1998 established under regulation 3 unless he or she has a permit in the format (treated or untreated) onto land or discharge activities.
specified in the First Schedule issued by the Director. into a water body.
Licence to Emit Noise in The National Regulation 12, Sub-regulation (1): An owner or occupier of premises whose Projects in which it is highly likely that NEMA Form NEMA/NC: Prior to commencement
Excess of Permissible Environment (Noise works or activities are likely to emit noise in excess of the permissible noise noise levels generated by the Application For A Licence of activities likely to
Noise Levels Standards And Control) levels shall apply to the Executive Director in the form prescribed in Part I of proposed activity will exceed To Emit Noise In Excess emit noise in excess of
Regulations, 2003 the Second Schedule, for a Licence to Emit Noise in Excess of the permissible levels and cause a Of Permissible Noise permissible levels.
Permissible Levels. significant nuisance effect (e.g. Levels
flaring and quarrying).
Permit to Carry Out a The National Regulation 12, Sub-regulation (1): Subject to the provisions of Regulations, Any regulated activity (listed in the NEMA Form A: Application for a Prior to undertaking any
Regulated Activity in a Environment (Wetlands, a person shall not carry out any activity in a wetland without a permit issued Second Schedule to the Regulations) Permit to Carry Out a Project activities within
Wetland/River River Banks and Lake by the Executive Director. undertaken in a wetland, or within the Regulated Activity in a wetlands, riverbanks or
Bank/Lake Shore Shores Management) Regulation 12, Sub-regulation (2): Any person intending to carry out an protection zone of a riverbank: Wetland/River Bank/Lake lake shores.
Regulations, 2000 activity listed in the Second schedule to these Regulations shall apply to the 100m from the highest watermark of Shore
Executive Director for a permit in Form A of the First Schedule. a river listed in the Sixth Schedule or
Regulation 23, Sub-regulation (1): A person who intends to carry out any of 30m for a non-listed river; 200m from
the following activities shall make an application to the executive Director in the low watermark for a listed lake or
Form A set out in the First Schedule to these Regulations - 100m for a non-listed lake.
(a) use, erect, reconstruct, place, alter, extend, remove or demolish any
structure or part of any structure in, under, or over the river banks or lake
shore;
(b) excavate, drill, tunnel or otherwise disturb the river bank or lake shore;
(c) introduce or plant any of a plant whether alien or indigenous on a river
bank or lake shore;
(d) introduce any animal or micro-organism, whether alien or indigenous in
any river bank or lake shore; or
(e) deposit any substance on a riverbank or lakeshore if that substance
would or is likely to have adverse effects on the environment.

February 2019 2-25

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

TYPE OF SUPPORTING REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO APPROVING TYPE OF APPLICATION STAGE AT WHICH

PERMIT/APPROVAL LEGISLATION AUTHORITY SUBMITTED APPROVAL IS
REQUIRED
Registration of a The Occupational Section 40, Subsection (2): a person shall not less than one month before Any project requiring the Department of Particulars to be Immediately upon (not
Workplace Safety and Health Act, he or she begins to occupy any premises as a workplace, serve on the establishment of a work place (e.g. Occupational Safety and Submitted When Applying later than one month)
2006 Commissioner, a notice with the particulars prescribed in Schedule 3. drill site or camp). Health for the Registration of a prior to undertaking any
MGLSD Workplace or a Change in site works
the Registered Occupier (construction,
Certificate for The Occupational Section 77, Subsection (1):A steam boiler and all its fittings and Boilers for steam turbines used for Department of Particulars to be operation, pre-
examination of steam Safety and Health Act, attachments shall be thoroughly examined by an authorised person at least electricity production (if option is Occupational Safety and Submitted When Applying construction surveys).
boilers 2006 once every fourteen months, or a longer period as the Commissioner may, selected after detailed design) Health for the Registration of a
by notice in the gazette direct, and after any extensive repairs. MGLSD Workplace or a Change in
the Registered Occupier
Certificate for The Occupational Section 71, Subsection (2): Lifting gear used to lift loads exceeding fifty Statutory equipment such as lifting Department of Schedule 6 Form:
examination specifying Safety and Health Act, kilograms shall not be used unless it is tested and examined by or on behalf equipment (loads exceeding fifty Occupational Safety and Register of lifting gear,
safe working load for 2006 of the manufacturer or by an authorised person and a certificate of the test kilograms) Health lifting appliances and
lifting appliances and and examination, specifying the safe working load, signed by or on behalf of MGLSD lifting machines
machines the manufacturer or by the authorised person, is obtained and kept
available for inspection.
Certificate for The Occupational Section 80, Subsection (4): Every air receiver shall be thoroughly cleaned Separators and other pressure Department of Particulars to be
examination of air Safety and Health Act, and examined at least once every twenty-six months or such longer period vessels for the Project. Occupational Safety and Submitted When Applying
receiver 2006 as the Commissioner may, by statutory order, direct. Health for the Registration of a
MGLSD Workplace or a Change in
the Registered Occupier
Development The Physical Planning Section 33, Subsection (1): A person shall not carry out a development Any development involving District Technical Form PPA 1: Application Before commencement
Permission Act, 2010 within a planning area without obtaining development permission from a construction of permanent or semi- Planning Committee for Development of any Project activities.
physical planning committee. permanent structures or Permission
establishments such as base camps.
Licence for Storage of The National Regulation 6, Sub-regulation (1): A person intending to store waste on his Any project requiring construction or NEMA Form III: Application for a Prior to commencement
Hazardous /Non Environment (Waste or her premises shall apply to the Authority for a licence in Form III set out operation of a storage facility for Licence for Storage of of any activity requiring
Hazardous Waste Management) in the First Schedule. hazardous or non-hazardous waste Hazardous Waste temporary storage of
Regulations, 1999 (e.g. drill cuttings). hazardous waste.
License to operate a The National Regulation 13, Sub-regulation (1): A person intending to operate a waste Any activity requiring treatment and NEMA Form V: Application for a Prior to any treatment
waste treatment plant or Environment (Waste treatment plant or disposal site shall apply to the Authority for a licence in disposal of waste as defined by these Licence to Own/Operate or disposal of waste
waste disposal site Management) Form V set out in the First Schedule and shall accompany the application regulations. a Waste Treatment Plan
Regulations, 1999 with the appropriate fee prescribed in the Sixth Schedule. or Disposal Site

Regulation 15 (1): A waste treatment plant or disposal site shall not be

licenced under these Regulations unless an environmental impact
assessment has been carried out in accordance with sections 19, 20 and
21 of the Act.

(1) Where a disposer intends to dispose of or treat waste, the disposer

shall, in addition to the matters required under regulations 13 and 14,
indicate in his or her application for a licence, the disposal operations he or
she intends to carry out in accordance with the categories identified in the
Fifth Schedule and shall enclose -
(a) a detailed description of the process he or she intends to employ and its
possible effects;
(b) a detailed description of the soil structure and geology of the area;
(c) a plan for managing the leachate and other by-products from the waste;
(d) a detailed drawing indicating the structure, construction and
surroundings of the waste treatment plant or disposal site;
(e) a plan of the surrounding areas, including water bodies and residences;
and
(f) any other matter that may be required by the Authority.
Authorisation to use The Atomic Energy Act, Section 32, Subsection (1): Subject to section 33, no person shall acquire, Projects requiring the use of Atomic Energy Council, Notification of Council Prior to commencement
radioactive sources (Cap 143), the Atomic own, possess, operate, import, export, hire, loan, receive, use, install, radioactive materials e.g. oil well Ministry of Energy and (requirements listed in of Project activities
Energy (Ionising commission, decommission, transport, store, sell, distribute, dispose of, drilling. Mineral Development Section 34 (2)) (specifically well
Radiation Protection) transfer, modify, upgrade, process, manufacture or undertake any practice Application for an drilling).
(Standards) related to the application of atomic energy and regulated by this Act unless Authorisation (required
Regulations. The permitted by an authorisation issued under this Act. information listed in
Atomic Energy Section 35 (1) of the Act
Regulations, 2012.

February 2019 2-26

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

TYPE OF SUPPORTING REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO APPROVING TYPE OF APPLICATION STAGE AT WHICH

PERMIT/APPROVAL LEGISLATION AUTHORITY SUBMITTED APPROVAL IS
REQUIRED
Licence to erect or carry The Explosives Act, Section 22, Subsection (1): Any person desiring to erect or carry on a Activities requiring the temporary Ministry of Internal Licence to erect or carry Prior to procurement
on a magazine (Cap 298) magazine for the storage of explosives shall make application for a licence storage of explosives. Affairs on a magazine and/or use of
to erect or carry on a magazine. explosives.
Permits to set up a The Electricity Act, Cap Section 52, Subsection (1): No person shall construct, own or operate a Power generation facilities at the Electricity Regulatory Generation Licence Prior to establishment
power plant, sell power 145 and the generating station with a capacity of or exceeding 0.5 megawatts without a CPF. Authority Sale Licence of power generation
to the grid, etc. Regulations there under generation licence issued under this Act. facilities

Section 60, Subsection (1): The sale of electricity shall be subject to a sale
licence granted by the Authority.
Runway Renovation Civil Aviation Regulation 54, Sub-regulation (1): An operator shall notify and report to the Upgrade to Bugungu Airstrip Civil Aviation Authority Notification of Civil Prior to upgrade to
Approval (Aerodromes) Authority, the air traffic control unit and pilots, within the specified time Aviation Authority airstrip.
Regulations, 2014 limits, information on—
(b) any changes to the aerodrome facilities, equipment and level
of service planned in advance
Lease Agreement The Registration of Section 101: The proprietor of any freehold under the operation of this Act Access to or use of land for project District Land Board Application for Lease Prior to temporary use
Titles Act, (Cap 230) may, subject to any law or agreement for the time being in force, lease that activities. of or access to land for
land for any term exceeding three years by signing a lease of it in the form Project activities.
in the Eighth Schedule to this Act.
The Land Act, (Cap Section 73: Where it is necessary to execute public works on any land, an
227) authorised undertaker shall enter into mutual agreement with the occupier
or owner of the land in accordance with this Act; and where no agreement
is reached, the Minister may, compulsorily acquire land in accordance with
section 42.
The Land Acquisition Section 19: Nothing in this Act shall prevent the Government from entering
Act, (Cap 226) into an agreement with a person having an interest in land by which that
person’s interest in land is acquired by the Government; or
that person’s claim to compensation for land under this Act is settled by the
grant of other land or in any other way.
Licence for health unit Medical and Dental Section 28, Subsection (1) makes provision for application for a licence New medical Clinic at Industrial Area Uganda Medical and Prior to establishment
Practitioners Act, 1998 to engage in private practice by a registered medical or dental Workers’ Camp Dental Practitioners of clinic at the camp
practitioner. Article 29, Subsection (2) makes provision for registration Council
of health units
Tree Removal Permit National Forestry and Section 31, Subsection (4) Cutting of reserved tree species National Forestry Prior to site clearance
Tree Planting Act within the Project Area Authority (NFA)
Facility licence The Petroleum Section 81, Subsection (1): The Minister may in consultation with the Installation and operation of PAU Application for a Facility Prior to construction of
(Exploration, Authority, on application duly made for a licence to install, operate or use a petroleum facilities Licence facilities for petroleum
Development and facility to carry out a petroleum activity, grant to the applicant a facility activities
Production) Act, 2013; licence in such a manner and on such conditions as the Minister may
determine.
The Petroleum
(Exploration, Regulation 24, Sub-regulation (1): An application for a facility licence under
Development and section 81 of the Act shall be submitted to the Minister in Form 13
Production) prescribed in Schedule 1
Regulations, 2014

Approval to modify a The Petroleum Regulation 27: A licensee shall not modify a facility or use a facility after it Modification of a facility for petroleum PAU Application for Approval Prior to modification of
facility (Exploration, has been modified without the approval of the Authority. activities to Modify a Facility a facility for petroleum
Development and activities
Production)
Regulations, 2014

February 2019 2-27

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

TYPE OF SUPPORTING REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO APPROVING TYPE OF APPLICATION STAGE AT WHICH

PERMIT/APPROVAL LEGISLATION AUTHORITY SUBMITTED APPROVAL IS
REQUIRED
Permit to operate a The Petroleum Section 93, Subsection (1): A licensee shall not operate a drilling rig without Well drilling PAU Application for a Permit to Prior to deployment of a
drilling rig (Exploration, a valid permit issued by the Authority in accordance with terms and Operate a Drilling Rig drilling rig
Development and conditions specified in regulations issued by the Authority.
Production) Act, 2013
Approval to drill a well The Petroleum Section 94, Subsection (1): An operator shall not drill a well without the Well drilling PAU Application for Approval Prior to drilling of a well
(Exploration, written approval of the Authority. to Drill a Well
Development and
Production) Act, 2013; Regulation 43, Sub-regulation (1): The licensee shall not drill a well without
the written approval of the Authority.
The Petroleum
(Exploration,
Development and
Production)
Regulations, 2014
Approval of test The Petroleum Section 96, Subsection (5): The Minister, shall in consultation with the Test production of petroleum PAU Application for Approval Prior to test production
production (Exploration, Authority require a licensee to produce a report on field related matters, of Test Production
Development and including alternative schemes for production and, if applicable, for injection
Production) and the total recovery factor for various petroleum production schedules.
Regulations, 2014
Regulation 73, Sub-regulation (1): Where the licensee intends to carryout
test production, the licensee shall make an application in writing to the
Minister at least three months before the proposed test production.

Production permit The Petroleum Section 96, Subsection (1): The Minister shall, in consultation with the Production or injection of petroleum PAU Application for a Prior to initial
(Exploration, Authority, before or concurrently with a petroleum production licensee Petroleum Production production, and
Development and approve the production schedule contained in the field development plan Permit annually throughout
Production) Act, 2013; and issue an annual production permit to the licensee. duration of the licence

The Petroleum Regulation 74, Sub-regulation (1): The licensee shall submit an application
(Exploration, for a production permit annually to the Minister in Form 12 prescribed in
Development and Schedule 1 in accordance with section 96 of the Act.
Production)
Regulations, 2014
Consent for The Petroleum Regulation 81, Sub-regulation (1): The licensee shall submit to the Authority Construction and operation of PAU Application for consent to Prior to construction of
construction of onshore (Exploration, an application for consent to construct and operate a facility including, onshore facilities construct and operate a a facilities for petroleum
facilities Development and central processing facility, production plants, pipeline systems, group facility production activities
Production) gathering stations, and pumping stations.
Regulations, 2014
Decommissioning Plan The Petroleum Section 112, Subsection (1): A licensee shall submit a decommissioning Decommissioning of production PAU Decommissioning Plan Before complete or
(Exploration, plan to the Authority— facilities partial removal,
Development and (a) before a petroleum production licence or a specific licence to disposal or
Production) Act, 2013; install and operate facilities expires or is surrendered; or abandonment of
(b) before the use of a facility is terminated permanently production facilities
The Petroleum
(Exploration, Regulation 24, Sub-regulation (2): An application for a facility licensee shall,
Development and as may be relevant for each facility contain-
Production)
Regulations, 2014 (s) a decommissioning plan for the facility

February 2019 2-28

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

2.1.9 Strategic Environmental Assessment

In 2015, the Cabinet approved the framework for implementation of Strategic Environmental
Assessment (SEA) for the Albertine Graben (Ref. 2-130), the objectives of which were to ensure that
environmental and sustainability issues associated with oil and gas activities are taken into account
during early stages of decision making and integrated into laws/regulations and Policies, Plans and
Programs, and that high-level environmental strategic aspects related to the oil and gas sector are
addressed to achieve the goals of the National Oil and Gas Policy. The Ministry of Energy and
Mineral Development and that of Water and Environment jointly undertook the SEA of oil and gas
operations in the Albertine Graben from April 2010 to September 2013. The Assessment involved
various stakeholders, who included Government institutions (at national, regional and district levels),
civil society (non-governmental organisations, faith-based organisations, community-based
organisations), business and industry players (private enterprises) and cultural institutions.

The SEA states that “if the Government decides to open up for petroleum activities in highly sensitive
hotspot areas, both parties have a clear responsibility of doing whatever possible to minimise the
impacts on the environment” to “take the opportunity to benefit biodiversity in and around project
sites”, “ensure maintenance of the status-quo of the ecosystem and the biodiversity or even improving
it”, “take a pro-active approach (...) strengthen creation and management of protected areas, support
for scientific research/assessment, initiate and support campaigns to save endangered species (...),
support capacity building in national/regional agencies, support for conservation easement and
support to integrated conservation and development”.

Key Issues were divided into groupings for ease of management:

Group 1 – Petroleum Related Activities in Protected and Environmentally Sensitive Areas;

Group 2 - Co-existence with Local Communities;

Group 3 - Co-existence with Archaeology and Cultural Heritage;

Group 4 - Co-existence with Other Industries and Service Providers (i.e. Local Content and training);

Group 5 - Co-existence with Tourism;

Group 6 - Co-existence with Fisheries;

Group 7 – Sharing of Revenues and Wellbeing between the National and the Local / Regional level
(Co-operation);

Group 8 – Discharge and Emissions from the Petroleum Industry;

Group 9 – Waste Management;

Group 10 – Water Management;

Group 11 – Oil Spill Preparedness on Land and Surface Waters;

Group 12 – Infrastructure Development in the Region and Transportation of Crude, Products and
Construction Materials;

Group 17 – Trans-boundary and International Issues (i.e. surface water oil spill and fisheries);

Group 18 – Establishment of Transparent Baseline data and Scientific Basis; and

Annex 10 – Resettlement Policy Framework.

The development of this ESIA Report has been made with due consideration to the key findings and
recommendations of the SEA process, which include:
The current planning for development of the petroleum sector has a positive drive. However, it is
recommended to moderate the speed of development to ensure balanced capacity building

February 2019 2-29

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

amongst relevant institutions, such as NEMA, to manage the sector. Furthermore, this adjustment
would benefit the local district governments and population to adapt to the new sector
Activities in areas which are formally designated for ecosystem protection and biodiversity
conservation should be in accordance with the official protection status of the area. As an
example, the National Parks fall into category II of the IUCN classification. The activities should
also ensure maintenance of the status quo of the ecosystem and the biodiversity or even
improving it. Any decision-making regarding potential future petroleum activities in protected or
environmentally sensitive areas need to be based on an Integrated Management Plan according
to the principles outlined in Appendix 12. Therefore the detailed content of the Integrated
Management Plan should be developed and implemented urgently
Petroleum exploration activities that are already licensed to take place in protected and
environmentally sensitive areas should continue to be based on approved EIAs and relevant
national policies and guidelines such as the National Policy on conservation and sustainable
development of wildlife resources. In addition such activities should follow international best
practice for operations in protected and environmentally sensitive areas
The legal framework has to be further adapted to the new petroleum sector. An important element
is to further develop the EIA legislation and guidelines according to international best practice
Co-existence of the petroleum sector with other sectors is of high importance. The petroleum
industry should proactively train potential local service providers to reach a high local content. In
order to ensure sustainable co-existence with the fisheries, this sector needs stronger regulation
and management. The tourism sector is depending on the preservation of ecosystem and
recreational functions. Mechanisms have to be established to avoid that the petroleum industry is
undermining these values. The sectors should establish common communication platforms where
relevant concerns can be resolved
Local communities will experience opportunities as well as risks. The capacity to adapt to the
changing framework conditions has to be a key focus and long-term socioeconomic benefits have
to be ensured. A social development plan should therefore be developed. The scenario analysis
reveals the presence of large numbers of workforce, especially during construction periods and
points at significant in-migration. The planning of urbanization and required associated
infrastructure has to be advanced in line with petroleum development planning to avoid social
tension and lack of capacity of infrastructure
The Scenario Analysis also reveals that the pressure on public roads is a major concern.
Adequate infrastructure to meet the industry needs while ensuring public road safety has to be in
place
Selected areas have been designated for industry development and land take is ongoing. There is
concern that resettlement and compensation mechanisms are not adequate. The SEA advices to
implement mechanisms in accordance with international best practice
The National Oil Spill Contingency Plan is under development. Timely preparation and
implementation including the relevant training is essential
Waste management has already received increasing attention. Waste management strategies
and facilities covering the existing legacy waste as well as future waste have to be developed in
the very near future in line with international best practice. Although produced water is not yet a
key concern, it requires dedicated attention already now
Water management is a major concern. The petroleum industry requires large amounts of water
during their operations and this adds to the pressure on water resources in AG. The government
should establish water management planning considering the resource needs, sources and
associated environmental impacts

February 2019 2-30

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

The National Oil and Gas Policy outline the spirit of cooperation and the roles of the government
and the oil industry. The oil industry should be encouraged to take an active role in developing
technology to meet the challenges of ecologically vulnerable areas and reduce their footprint
The government has taken a proactive role in communication with neighbouring states regarding
transboundary issues such as sharing of petroleum reserves across borders with DR Congo.
Further efforts should be made regarding shared oil spill contingency for Lake Albert and the Nile,
fisheries management, security of oil and gas installations, public and border security
The National Oil and Gas Policy outlines goals, strategies and actions for revenue management
and transparency. Proper mechanisms and measures should be put in place to ensure that long-
term benefits are created and shared fairly with due consideration of the oil and gas bearing
regions
Stakeholder engagement is a key principle of the Ugandan government and the SEA builds on
this principle. The disparities in the Ugandan society require attention to ensure that consultation
is meaningful and that information is transparent and easily accessible for stakeholders. This will
contribute to achieving the social license to operate and minimize the potential for social conflict
and
To ensure that the conclusions from the SEA are adequately considered an Implementation Plan
should be developed. This should include the collection of and access to adequate baseline data.
In addition, the SEA should be updated regularly.

2.1.10 Institutional Framework

The following are the key institutional stakeholders at national and local levels that have an interest in
the Project.

2.1.10.1 National Level

2.1.10.1.1 Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development

The Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development (MEMD) is responsible for the Energy and Mineral
Sector in Uganda. Its mandate is to establish and promote the development, strategically manage and
safeguard the rational and sustainable exploitation and utilisation of energy and mineral resources for
social and economic development. Within the Ministry, the Directorate of Petroleum is responsible for
promoting petroleum exploration in the country by attracting oil companies to invest in the sector;
while the Petroleum Exploration and Production Department (PEPD) leads the implementation of the
National Oil and Gas Policy for Uganda, 2008 (Ref. 2-131) and regulates licensees undertaking
petroleum exploration and production.

2.1.10.1.2 Petroleum Authority of Uganda

The Petroleum Authority of Uganda (PAU) is a statutory body established under the Petroleum
(Exploration, Development and Production) Act 2013 with a mandate to monitor and regulate the
exploration, development and production, together with the refining, gas conversion, transportation
and storage of petroleum in Uganda. The authority is also responsible for implementing functions
under the Petroleum (Refining, Conversion, Transmission and Midstream Storage) Act, 2013.

2.1.10.1.3 Petroleum Exploration and Production Department

The Petroleum Exploration and Production Department (PEPD) operates as one of the technical
departments under the MEMD and is mandated to establish the petroleum potential of the country,
and is therefore the key lead agency for the Project. In accordance with Section 22 (1) of the National
Environment Act, the authority (NEMA) shall in consultation with lead agency be responsible for
carrying out audits of all activities that are likely to have significant effects on the environment.

February 2019 2-31

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

2.1.10.1.4 Electricity Regulatory Authority

The Electricity Regulatory Authority was established under the Electricity Act 1999, and is the
authority responsible for regulating the generation, transmission, distribution, sale, export, import and
distribution of electrical energy in Uganda. Its functions include issuing licences for generation,
transmission, distribution or sales of electricity; and for ownership or operation of transmission
systems.

2.1.10.1.5 Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development

The Ministry of Gender Labour and Social Development (MGLSD) has a mandate to empower
communities to harness their potential through skills development, labour productivity and cultural
growth. It promotes issues of social protection, gender equality, equity, human rights, culture, decent
work conditions and empowerment for different groups such as women, children, the unemployed
youth, internally displaced persons, the older persons and persons with disabilities. The institutional
structure of the Ministry comprises two directorates responsible for Gender and Community
Development; and Labour, Employment, and Industrial Relations each of which include a number of
departments to manage the various functions of the Ministry.

The Department of Occupational Safety and Health within the MGLSD is responsible for administering
the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 2006, and carries out regular statutory inspections to ensure
proper management of health and safety in the work place including in the oil and gas industry.

2.1.10.1.6 National Environment Management Authority

The National Environment Management Authority (NEMA) is the principal agency in Uganda for the
management of the environment, mandated to coordinate, monitor and supervise all activities in the
field of the environment. In accordance with its functions stipulated under Section 6, Subsection (1) of
the National Environment Act Cap 153, the authority is mandated to ensure observance of proper
safeguards in the planning and execution of all development projects, including those already in
existence that have or are likely to have significant impacts on the environment.

2.1.10.1.7 Ministry of Water and Environment

The Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE) is the parent ministry responsible for environmental
conservation in Uganda. The Ministry comprises three directorates, namely: the Directorate of Water
Resources Management; Directorate of Water Development; and the Directorate of Environmental
Affairs. Reporting to the Ministry are NEMA, National Forestry Authority (NFA) and the National Water
and Sewerage Corporation (NWSC).

2.1.10.1.8 Directorate of Water Resources Management

The Directorate of Water Resources Management (DWRM) is responsible for managing, monitoring
and the regulation of water resources through issuing water use, abstraction and wastewater
discharge permits.

2.1.10.1.9 Wetlands Management Department

The Wetlands Management Department (WMD) is the agency responsible for the management of
wetlands. Its functions include the evaluation of EIAs with a bearing on wetlands. The proposed
Project could affect a number of wetlands that are under the Department’s control.

2.1.10.1.10 Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities

The Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities (MTWA) formulates and implements policies,
strategies, plans and programmes that promote tourism, wildlife and cultural heritage conservation. It
is responsible for conservation and development of wildlife resources and provision of advice to
government. The Ministry also promotes and protects cultural and national heritage, and oversees the
Uganda Wildlife Authority among other institutions.

February 2019 2-32

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

The Department of Museums and Monuments within the MTWA is mandated to protect, promote and
present the cultural and natural heritage of Uganda. Its key functions include the conservation and
maintenance of important physical cultural resources or heritage collections.

2.1.10.1.11 Uganda Wildlife Authority

The Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA) is the principal authority in charge of wildlife conservation and
management in Uganda. Under Section 15 of the Uganda Wildlife Act (Cap 200), the authority is
mandated to perform the functions required of a lead agency for purposes of an environmental impact
assessment for any project that may have a significant effect on any wildlife species or community.

2.1.10.1.12 Directorate of Fisheries Resources

The Directorate of Fisheries Resources (DFR) operates under the Ministry of Agriculture, Animal
Industry and Fisheries. Its mandate is to promote, support and guide the sector, and to retain
responsibility for setting and enforcing the standards and regulations for practices pertaining to
fisheries.

2.1.10.1.13 National Forestry Authority

The National Forestry Authority (NFA) was established in compliance with the National Forestry and
Tree Planting Act, 2003. Its functions include the development and management of all central forest
reserves; co-operation and co-ordination with NEMA and other lead agencies in the management of
Uganda’s forest resources; and control and monitoring of industrial and mining developments in
central forest reserves in conjunction with other regulatory authorities.

2.1.10.1.14 Uganda National Roads Authority

The Uganda National Roads Authority (UNRA) was established in 2008 following the enactment of
the Uganda National Authority Act, 2006. Its mandate is to develop and maintain the national roads
network, advise Government on general roads policy and contribute to addressing of transport
concerns, among others. Considering the substantial road development associated with the proposed
Project, UNRA will be one of the key national authorities that shall have an interest in this Project.

2.1.10.1.15 Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development

The Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development (MLHUD) are responsible for providing
policy direction, national standards and coordination of all matters concerning lands, housing and
urban development. They are responsible for putting in place policies and initiating laws that ensure
sustainable land management promote sustainable housing for all and foster orderly urban
development in the country.

The office of the Chief Government Valuer (CGV) is located in the MLHUD. The CGV provides
reliable real property valuations to Government. The responsibilities of the CGV include: advising
Government on the real property valuation; valuing property for purchase and compensation by
Government; valuing property for rent by Government; assessing Stamp Duty; and advising
Government on rating properties.

The Department of Physical Planning is also part of the MLHUD, and is responsible for national and
regional planning, developing policy, laws, guidelines and standards in relation to physical planning,
and providing technical support to local governments in the field of physical planning.

2.1.10.1.16 Civil Aviation Authority

The Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) was established following the enactment of the Civil Aviation
Authority Act, (Cap 354). Its objective is to promote the safe, regular, secure and efficient use and
development of civil aviation inside and outside Uganda. The functions of the Authority include among
others the establishment, maintenance, development, operation and ownership of aerodromes. These
(aerodromes) include Pakuba and Bugungu Airfields located inside the MFNP.

February 2019 2-33

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

2.1.10.1.17 Uganda Land Commission

The Uganda Land Commission (ULC) was established by the Constitution of the Republic of Uganda
(1995) as amended. Its primary function is to hold and manage any land in Uganda vested in or
acquired by the Government of Uganda (GoU) in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution.
The commission has an interest in the Project given the existence of environmentally sensitive areas
within the Project area that are held in trust by the Government under the Land Act, Cap 227.

2.1.10.1.18 National Physical Planning Board

The Physical Planning Act, 2010 establishes the National Physical Planning Board (NPPB) whose
functions include, among others, advising on the declaration of special planning areas as prescribed
by the Act; preparation of physical development plans; and formulation of draft planning policies,
standards, guidelines and manuals. With respect to the Project’s location within a special planning
area (the Albertine Graben), the NPPB will be a key stakeholder in the Project.

2.1.10.1.19 Uganda National Bureau of Standards

Uganda National Bureau of Standards (UNBS) is a statutory organisation established by the Uganda
National Bureau of Standards Act, Cap 327. Among its other roles, the mandate of the UNBS includes
formulation and promotion of the use of standards and enforcement of standards in the interest of
public health and safety and the environment. The Bureau is in the process of defining standards for
the oil and gas industry that shall apply to the Project.

2.1.10.1.20 Uganda Electricity Transmission Company Limited

Uganda Electricity Transmission Company Limited (UETCL) was incorporated as a limited liability
company in 2001 in accordance with the Companies Act Cap 110 (as repealed by the Companies
Act, 2012) and the Public Enterprise Reform and Divestiture Act. The existence of UETCL is provided
for in the Electricity Act Cap 145 that provided for un-bundling the vertically integrated Uganda
Electricity Board (UEB) into successor Companies and establishment of the Electricity Regulatory
Authority (UETCL 2015). Among its other licences, the UETCL is licenced to:
construct, own and operate installations for high voltage tran
coordinate the power supply system to obtain instantaneous balance between the generation and

purchase power to provide continuous and economic supply of electricity to meet the load
requirement for customers served directly or indirectly from high voltage transmission grid
facilities.

2.1.10.1.21 Uganda Human Rights Commission

The Uganda Human Rights Commission (UHRC) was established under the Constitution of the
Republic of Uganda 1995 as amended (Article 51). The UHRC is responsible for combating the
violation of human rights in Uganda and implementation of international human rights conventions.

2.1.10.1.22 Office of the Prime Minister (with regards to Disaster Preparedness

The Ministry for Relief and Disaster Preparedness is part of the Office of the Prime Minister, and is
responsible for ensuring effective preparedness and response to disasters and providing relief to
victims of disasters.

2.1.10.1.23 Ministry of Education and Sports (regarding capacity building so nationals can benefit
from O&G jobs)
The mandate of the Ministry of Education and Sports (MoES) is to provide quality education and
sports services in the country, which are constitutional obligations for the Ugandan State and
Government.

February 2019 2-34

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

2.1.10.1.24 Ministry of Defence (regarding security and cross border issues)

Ministry of Defence is the Government Ministry responsible for the National Defence and Security of
the country. The Constitution of Uganda (Article 209) establishes the roles and responsibilities of this
Ministry, namely: to preserve and defend the sovereignty and territorial integrity of Uganda; to
cooperate with the civilian authority in emergency situations and in cases of natural disasters; to
foster harmony and understanding between the defence forces and civilians; and to engage in
productive activities for the development of Uganda.

2.1.10.1.25 Ministry of Internal Affairs (regarding immigration and security)

Ministry of Internal Affairs is a Government Ministry to facilitate the legal and orderly movement of
persons to and from Uganda, regulate the residence of immigrants in the country, verify and process
Uganda citizenship and enforce national and regional immigration laws for the development and
security of Uganda. The Ministry is the overseer of a number of Government bodies which include
Uganda Police Force, Uganda Prisons Services and the Directorate in charge of Citizenship.

2.1.10.1.26 Uganda Police (traffic and oil & gas police)

The Ugandan Police Force (UPF) was established under Article 211 of the Constitution of the
Republic of Uganda and the Police Act, Cap 303. The UPF has a number of directorates that include
but are not limited to the Directorate of Traffic and Road Safety and Directorate of Oil and Gas. The
function of the Directorate of Traffic and Road Safety is to enforce traffic and road safety laws, while
the Directorate of Oil and gas ensures that the country’s oil and gas resources are adequately
safeguarded.

2.1.10.2 Local Level

2.1.10.2.1 District Local Government

The District Local Government is defined as one of the lead agencies under the National Environment
Act and is mandated to establish a District Environment Committee that coordinates with NEMA on all
issues relating to environment management. The District Environment Officer (DEO) in particular will
play an active role in monitoring of environmental aspects, and liaise with the NEMA on all matters
relating to the environment.

2.1.10.2.2 Lower Local Government

In accordance with the Local Governments Act, Cap 243, there shall be administrative units based on
county, parish, and villages in the case of rural areas; and parishes or wards, and villages for urban
areas. Each district shall also have lower local government councils, whose functions include among
others presiding over executive committee meetings and monitoring the general administration of the
area under their jurisdiction. The lower local government councils will comprise sub-county councils
(LC III) that shall incorporate representatives from parishes (LC II), as well as youth, women and
people with disabilities (s.23).

The National Environment Act provides for the establishment of Local Environment Committees that
may be appointed to monitor all activities within their local jurisdiction to ensure that such activities do
not have any significant impact on the environment, and to report any events or activities which have
or are likely to have significant impacts on the environment to the DEO (s.16). The Act further assigns
the local environment committee with roles such as identification of vulnerable riverbanks and
lakeshores; assistance in identification of wetlands of local, national and international importance; and
assistance in identification of hilly and mountainous areas. According to the Act, the local environment
committee may be appointed at any of the lower levels of local government including municipal, town,
division, county and sub-county councils.

2.1.10.2.3 Non-Governmental Organisations and Civil Society Organisations

These organisations play a role in oil and gas activities through advocacy, mobilisation and dialogue
with communities. They may also be contracted in the delivery of various services, especially in the
communities where oil and gas activities are to be undertaken. Non-governmental organisations
(NGOs) and Civil Society Organisations (CSOs) can contribute to holding the different players

February 2019 2-35

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

accountable with regard to oil, gas issues, and participate in getting the voices of the poor into
designing, monitoring and implementation of programmes in the oil and gas sector.

2.1.10.3 Cultural Traditional Institutions

Traditional institutions were abolished in 1966 but then restored by the government in 1993. A
legislative framework was developed to regulate their operation and they have a special status in the
1995 Constitution under Article 246 (also refer to The Institution of Traditional or Cultural Leaders Act
2011), which sets out the role and responsibilities of these institutions. Traditional institutions are not
allowed to collect revenues and traditional leaders are not allowed to participate in partisan politics,
nor exercise any administrative, legislative or executive powers at any government level. The MGLSD
is responsible for regulating the traditional institutions. The government provides financial support and
works with the institutions on areas of common interest.

The traditional systems of leadership include the council of elders and the clan leaders. Leadership
positions are either elected or hereditary depending on the kingdom and cultural institutions. In some
cases clan leaders are elected by clan members and the council of elders are elected by residents of
the village, while in others clan heads are hereditary positions and not elected. These systems of
traditional leadership continue to be recognised and respected by community residents. Women can
also hold leadership positions on the council of elders. However, this is rare and women cannot be
clan leaders.

Traditional leaders work primarily around the following principles: preservation of culture and
traditions, promotion of ethnic unity, and promotion of development. Clan leaders play an important
role in resolving civil conflict in communities using an informal system of arbitration that aims to
maintain peace. Often, formal courts refer issues back to clan leaders to try to arbitrate and cases
only return to court if clan leaders have failed (Various Focus Group Discussions (FGDs), Tilenga
ESIA SBS, December 2016). Traditional leaders have also often been involved in wider conflict
resolution processes. For example, in 2007 the cultural leader Rwot David Onen Acana of Acholi
Chiefdom held a peace conference (wan goo) to mediate between Uganda and the Lord’s Resistance
Army (LRA) in Juba, South Sudan.

The Project falls within the Acholi Chiefdom and the Bunyoro-Kitara Kingdom: two of 12 traditional
cultural institutions recognised by the government. The Bunyoro-Kitara Kingdom is formed of Lake
Albert and falls within the districts of Buliisa, Hoima, Kagadi, Kakumiro, Kibaale, Kiryandongo and
Masindi. The Acholi Chiefdom is north of Bunyoro-Kitara Kingdom and includes the districts of Gulu,
Amuru, Nwoya, Pader Agago, Kitgum and Lamwo. Each institution has a legal mandate, a council or
parliament with ministers, which parallel the official state institutions.

Buganda is the largest traditional kingdom in Uganda and comprises Uganda’s entire central region
including the capital, Kampala. The people from the Buganda kingdom, known as the Baganda, make
up the largest ethnic group in Uganda.

2.1.10.3.1 The Bunyoro-Kitara Kingdom

The Bunyoro-Kitara Kingdom (BKK) is represented by a traditional ruler (King) and the structure of the
Kingdom is similar to the Local Councils, with a county chief, sub county chief, parish chief, sub parish
chief, and several clan committees. The office of the Prime Minister heads the civil service of the
kingdom and all county chiefs report to him and he in turn reports to the King. The King is also
assisted by the Principal Private Secretary and a Cabinet of Minister. The Bunyoro-Kitara traditional
governance is responsible for cultural matters, such as funeral rites and marriage ceremonies and is
involved in other matters including arbitration, community development programs for health and
education. The BKK Land Board (which is separate to the District Land Board) was established in
2011 with the aim of recovering and protecting kingdom land that was restituted to the Kingdom in
1993 following the restoration of kingdoms, from occupation and encroachment by individuals and
institutions. People must apply to the BKK Land Board for tenancy rights and pay an annual fee for
ground rent if they want to settle on kingdom land.

The Kingdom of Bunyoro-Kitara was established in the 16th century. It has a capital in Hoima as well
as a palace in Masindi. The population of the Kingdom is approximately 1.4 million people. The main
ethnic group is Banyoro and the official language is Runyoro. The Bagungu are also part of the
Kingdom in Buliisa District; however, in 2013 a group of Bagungu represented by a 15 member

February 2019 2-36

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

committee declared their intention to secede from BKK to form a Bugungu Kingdom. This was
reported to be as a result of feeling marginalised and wanting a leader to preserve their culture. In
2018, the committee passed a resolution to secede and pledged to communicate the resolution to the
government in order to proceed with process of forming the institution.

2.1.10.3.2 The Acholi Chiefdom

The Acholi are closely related to the Alur (West Nile Sub Region), the Japadhola (eastern Uganda),
and the Joluo (Kenya). The Acholi Chiefdom is led by a paramount chief, currently Rwot David Onen
Achana II who is the 25th paramount chief of the Kingdom. The paramount chief is the cultural head
and custodian of Acholi culture and oversees 54 chiefdoms. The council of chiefs (Ker Kwaro Acholi)
elects the paramount chief (Rwot). The population is approximately 1.6 million people.

The traditional leaders in Acholi Chiefdom were influential in promoting peace in northern Uganda
after 90% of the population in Acholi land had to abandon their homes and live in camps as Internally
Displaced Person (IDPs). Religious leaders of all the main religions set up the Acholi Religious
Leaders’ Peace Initiative (ARLPI) and had strong links to the local communities as well as direct
access to Sudanese leaders, such as Joseph Kony. Despite the traditional leaders efforts it is
reported that the conflict in northern Uganda has eroded the Acholi cultural traditions, particularly
among the youth.

2.2 International Guidelines and Standards

The ESIA was prepared in line with relevant standards and guidelines of the international oil and gas
industry obtained from publications produced by the following organisations:
International Finance Corporation (IFC) (particularly the Environmental, Health, and Safety
Guidelines for Onshore Oil and Gas Development (Ref. 2-132)
International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) (Oil exploration in the tropics: guidelines for
environmental protection) (Ref. 2-133
International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List (2017) (Ref 2-134)
The Energy and Biodiversity Initiative (Integrating Biodiversity Conservation into Oil and Gas
Development (Ref. 2-5)
World Health Organisation (WHO) (including the Air Quality Guidelines, Global Update 2005 (Ref.
2-136)) and Community Noise Guidelines (Ref. 2-137) as well as others listed within technical
chapters as necessary
International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO) (including ISO 9001:2015 (Quality
management systems), ISO 14001:2015 (Environmental management systems), and ISO
18001:2004 (Information technology – Radio frequency identification for item management)) (Ref.
2-138)
International Association of Oil and Gas Producers (I
(CSBI) (Ref. 2-139)
International Petroleum Industry Environment and Conservation Association (IPIECA) (Ref. 2-
140)
United Nations Development Program (UNDP) (2017) Guidelines on Integrating Health and
Gender into Environmental and Social Impact Assessments in Sub-Saharan Africa (Ref. 2-141).

2.2.1 International Finance Corporation

The ESIA will document the alignment of the Project with the standards and guidelines of International
Financial Institutions (IFIs) such as the requirements of a Category A project under the Equator
Principles (EPs) and the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) Revised
Council Recommendation on Common Approaches on the Environment and Officially Supported
Export Credits (hereafter referred to as the ‘OECD Common Approaches’). Both the EPs and the
OECD Common Approaches are underpinned by the IFC Performance Standards (PSs). The IFC

February 2019 2-37

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

PSs, EPs and OECD Common Approaches current as of 1st January 2012 are applicable to the
Project.

The IFC PSs are directed towards project developers, providing guidance on how to identify risks and
impacts, and are designed to help avoid, mitigate, and manage risks and impacts as a way of doing
business in a sustainable way, including stakeholder engagement and disclosure obligations for the
Project. There are eight performance standards, as presented in Table 2-3 below.
Table 2-3: IFC Performance Standards

IFC Standard Overview Relevant

PS 1 Assessment and Establishes requirements for YES - Chapter 4: Project

Management of social and environmental Description and
Environmental and performance management Alternatives details the
Social Risks and throughout the life of a project. Project components and the
Impacts technical chapters assess
which parts of the
development may pose
significant harm to the social
and bio-physical environment
if not well managed.
PS 2 Labour and Highlights the need for workers’ YES - The Project is likely to
Working Conditions rights regarding income employ up to 4,000 personnel
generation, employment during the peak construction
creation, relationship period. Details are provided in
management, commitment to Chapter 16: Social.
staff, retention and staff benefits.
PS 3 Resource Defines an approach to pollution YES - Each technical chapter
Efficiency and prevention and abatement in of the ESIA includes
Pollution line with current internationally measures which the Project
Prevention disseminated technologies and will put in place to help
good practice. prevent pollution. Embedded
mitigation measures are also
presented in Chapter 4:
Project Description and
Alternatives.
PS 4 Community Health, Specific requirements for YES - Chapter 18: Health
Safety and Security mitigating any potential for and Safety provides further
community exposure to risks information relating to existing
and impacts arising from baseline conditions and
equipment accidents, structural related impact assessment.
failures and releases of
hazardous materials.
PS 5 Land Acquisition Recognises that project related YES - The Project will require
and Involuntary land acquisition and restrictions permanent acquisition of land
Resettlement could have adverse effect on as outlined in Chapter 4:
communities or persons that use Project Description and
the land and outlines a policy to Alternatives. The Land
avoid or minimise involuntary Acquisition and Resettlement
physical resettlement as a Framework produced for the
consequence of development. Project details the procedures
for acquisition of land.

February 2019 2-38

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

IFC Standard Overview Relevant

PS 6 Biodiversity Sets out an approach to protect YES – The Project is located

Conservation and and conserve biodiversity, within a sensitive environment
Sustainable including habitats, species and and substantial consideration
Management of communities, ecosystem has been given to Biodiversity
Living Natural diversity, and genes and conservation and
Resources genomes, all of which have management of natural
potential social, economic, resources. Further detailed
cultural and scientific information is provided within
importance. Chapter 13: Terrestrial
Vegetation; Chapter 14:
Terrestrial Wildlife; Chapter
15: Aquatic Life and
Chapter 19: Ecosystem
Services
PS 7 Indigenous Recognises that Indigenous NO - This is not considered
Peoples Peoples can be marginalised relevant to this Project as no
and vulnerable (e.g. if their lands indigenous people have been
and resources are encroached identified within the Project
upon by or significantly Area. Further information
degraded by a project). provided in Chapter 16:
Social
PS 8 Cultural Heritage Aims to protect irreplaceable YES - Chapter 17:
cultural heritage and to provide Archaeology and Cultural
guidance for protecting cultural Heritage details the findings
heritage throughout a project’s from the cultural heritage
life cycle. surveys, possible impacts and
mitigation measures

2.2.2 IFC Industry Specific Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines

Industry specific Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) guidelines have been developed by the
World Bank Group and the IFC. The applicable industry sector guidelines for typical oil and gas
projects include:
EHS Guideline Onshore Oil and Gas Development (2007) (Ref. 2-142)
EHS Guideline on Electric Power Transmission and Distribution (2007) (Ref. 2-143)
EHS General Guidelines (2007) (Ref. 2-144), including but not limited to:
o Hazardous Materials Management;
o Noise;
o Waste Management;
o Occupational Health and Safety;
o Water and Sanitation; and
o Community Health and Safety.
Good Practice Handbook for Cumulative Impact Assessment and Management: Guidance for the
Private Sector in Emerging Markets (2013) (Ref. 2-145).

2.2.3 IFC Social and Stakeholder Engagement Guidelines

The ESIA was prepared in line with best practices put forward in the IFC guidelines and in particular:
2002 Handbook for Preparing a Resettlement Action Plan (Ref. 2-146
2007 Stakeholder Engagement Handbook (Ref. 2-147
2009 Good Practice Note Addressing Grievances from Project-Affected Communities (Ref. 2-
148

February 2019 2-39

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

2009 Handbook for Addressing Project-Induced In-Migration (Ref. 2-149

2009 Introduction to Health Impact Assessment (Ref. 2-150).

2.2.4 WHO Guidelines

Relevant WHO guidelines relevant and used within this ESIA include:
WHO Air Quality Guidelines (2005) (Ref. 2-
WHO Guidelines for Community Noise (1999) (Ref. 2-137) and
WHO Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality (2011) (Ref. 2-158).

2.2.5 Equator Principles

The EPs are a set of ten environmental and social standards adopted by a number of global financial
institutions, which must be adhered to prior to the provision of Project financing. Based on and in
alignment with the IFC PS, the EPs focus on project environmental and social standards and
responsibilities. In particular, they highlight the need for sufficient environmental and social
assessment of large scale projects and highlight the need for the protection of indigenous peoples,
labour standards, and the importance of consultation with local affected communities.

2.3 International Conventions and Agreements

Uganda is signatory to a number of international agreements relevant to the Project. These are
outlined in Table 2-4.

Table 2-4: Summary of International Conventions and Agreements

TREATY, SUBJECT SIGNED/ RATIFIED APPLICATION TO PROPOSED

CONVENTION, ACCEPTED PROJECT
AGREEMENT

Bonn Convention on the - 01/08/2000 The Project Area includes the MFNP
Convention, Conservation of and Ramsar site that contain globally
1979 Migratory Species of vulnerable species of birds as well as
Wild Animals others among which are migrant birds
(Byaruhanga and Kigoolo, 2005 (Ref. 2-
111)). There are specific resolutions
and instruments such as species action
plans under this convention that apply
to Uganda.
Convention on Conservation, - 08/09/1993 Requires, under Principle 17, that EIA
Biological sustainable and shall be undertaken for proposed
Diversity, 1992 equitable use of activities that are likely to have a
biodiversity significant adverse impact on the
environment and are subject to a
decision of a competent national
authority.
At the ninth meeting of the Conference
of Parties in 2008, one of the decisions
of the Conference was to consider
biodiversity offset mechanisms where
relevant and appropriate while ensuring
that they are not used to undermine
unique components of biodiversity. The
biodiversity offsets are designed to
achieve no net loss (or a net gain) in
the context of development projects
(United Nations Environment
Programme (UNEP) 2010).

February 2019 2-40

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

TREATY, SUBJECT SIGNED/ RATIFIED APPLICATION TO PROPOSED

CONVENTION, ACCEPTED PROJECT
AGREEMENT

Nile Basin Agreement between - 08/2002 The NBI, through its Focal Point in the
Initiative, 1999 riparian countries of Ministry of Water and Environment, are
the Nile to develop key stakeholders for the management
and manage water of transboundary water resources
resources in a within the Nile Basin.
sustainable and
equitable manner.
United Nations United Nations 21/11/1994 25/06/1997 The Project has an obligation to try and
Convention to Convention to not contribute to the occurrence of
Combat Combat desertification. The Convention is
Desertification Desertification supported by the following Acts that
(UNCCD), 1994 (UNCCD) shall apply to the Project: the National
Environment Act, Cap 153; the
Environmental Impact Assessment
Regulation, 1998; the Land Act, Cap.
227 as amended; the Local
Governments Act, Cap 243; the Water
Act, Cap 152; the Uganda Wildlife Act,
Cap 200; the National Forestry and
Tree Planting Act, 2003; the Prohibition
of the Burning of Grass Act, Cap 33;
and the Physical Planning Act, 2010.
The Kyoto The Kyoto Protocol 25/03/2002 16/02/2005 The Project Proponents must
Protocol, 1997 is a protocol to the acceptance entered demonstrate they have explored all
United Nations into force alternatives and identified the least
Framework polluting solution according to best
Convention on available techniques and best practical
Climate Change environmental option.
(UNFCCC), aimed
at fighting global
warming. The
UNFCCC is an
international
environmental treaty
with the goal of
achieving the
"stabilization of
greenhouse gas
concentrations in the
atmosphere at a
level that would
prevent dangerous
anthropogenic
interference with the
climate system."
The Montreal The Montreal - 15/09/1988 In accordance with supporting local
Protocol, 1987 Protocol on legislation, resourcing of materials
Substances that should not be from a country that is not
Deplete the Ozone a signatory of the Montreal Protocol.
Layer Additionally, any imports of controlled
substances should be licensed by the
relevant authority, and free of listed
materials.

February 2019 2-41

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

TREATY, SUBJECT SIGNED/ RATIFIED APPLICATION TO PROPOSED

CONVENTION, ACCEPTED PROJECT
AGREEMENT

Stockholm Stockholm 20/07/2004 - The Proponent should take appropriate

Convention on Convention on accession steps to prevent the use of chemicals
Persistent Persistent Organic listed under this Convention.
Organic Pollutants is an
Pollutants international
(POPS), 2001 environmental
treaty, signed in
2001 and effective
from May 2004, that
aims to eliminate or
restrict the
production and use
of persistent organic
pollutants. Initially,
twelve POPs have
been recognized as
causing adverse
effects on humans
and the ecosystem.
Convention for Intangible Cultural - 13/05/2009 The Proponent should consider the
the Heritage potential impact of the Project on
Safeguarding of intangible cultural heritage and
the Intangible implement measures to safeguard it
Cultural where it exists.
Heritage, 2003
Convention on Trade in 18/07/1991 16/10/1991 The Murchison Falls Protected Area
International endangered species accession entered (MFPA), which comprises a part of the
Trade in of wild fauna and into force Project Area, is home to endangered
Endangered flora species protected by this Convention.
Species of Wild
Fauna and
Flora (1973)
(CITES)
Ramsar, 1971 Convention on - 04/03/1988 The Project Area includes a part of the
Wetlands of Murchison Falls-Albert Delta Wetland
International System (a Ramsar site).
Importance
especially as
Waterfowl Habitat
Convention on United Nations 30/07/1980 22/07/1985 The Project Area likely includes many
the Elimination Convention on women who are single parents and
of All Forms of discrimination others who are constantly being
Discrimination against women cheated out of their rights to property or
against Women discriminated against by men. The
(CEDAW) responsibility for implementation of
CEDAW in Uganda lies with the UHRC
which was established by the
Constitution of the Republic of Uganda
(Article 51). The MGLSD provides the
national machinery for gender
mainstreaming (CEDAW 2015). The
MGLSD, the UHRC and relevant
departments within the Ministry are to
be engaged as part of the ESIA.

February 2019 2-42

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

TREATY, SUBJECT SIGNED/ RATIFIED APPLICATION TO PROPOSED

CONVENTION, ACCEPTED PROJECT
AGREEMENT

International United Nations 21/10/1980 - The UHRC, established by the

Convention on Covenant on racial Constitution of the Republic of Uganda
the Elimination discrimination (Article 51), is responsible for
of All Forms of combating the violation of human rights
Racial in Uganda and implementation of the
Discrimination international conventions. The Project
Proponents will engage in consultation
with the UHRC as necessary.
International 14/10/1995 - Uganda is a State Party to the
Convention on convention. The Project Proponents will
the Protection ensure that the employment of migrant
of the Rights of workers is aligned with Uganda’s
All Migrant commitment to the implementation of
Workers and this convention.
Members of
Their Families
Convention 03/10/1986 - Aspects of this convention are covered
against Torture under Chapter 3 of the Constitution of
and Other Uganda. The Project Proponents will
Cruel Inhuman ensure that they are in compliance with
or Degrading these legal requirements during the
Treatment or implementation of the Project.
Punishment
Convention on 30/03/2007 25/09/2008 The Constitution under Article 35
the Rights of provides for the rights of persons with
Persons with disabilities. The UHRC will monitor
Disabilities government’s compliance with this
convention (Article 52 (h)). The Project
Proponents will engage with the UHRC
as necessary and ensure the rights of
people with disabilities affected by the
project are protected in line with
Uganda’s commitment to the
convention.
International United Nations 21/01/1987 - The Constitution under chapter 3,
Covenant on Covenant on equal provides for social, cultural and
Economic, economic, social, economic human rights. The UHRC,
Social and cultural, civil and established by the Constitution of the
Cultural Rights political rights within Republic of Uganda (Article 51), is
State Parties responsible for combating the violation
of human rights in Uganda and
implementation of the international
conventions.
International United Nations 21/06/1995 - The Constitution provides for civil and
Covenant on Covenant on civil (acceptance political rights.
Civil and and political rights of Optional
Political Rights within State Parties Protocol
(ICCPR) 14/11/1995)
(including the
First Optional
Protocol on the
ICCPR with
reservations on
Article 5)

February 2019 2-43

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

TREATY, SUBJECT SIGNED/ RATIFIED APPLICATION TO PROPOSED

CONVENTION, ACCEPTED PROJECT
AGREEMENT

Convention on United Nations 17/08/1990 17/08/1990 Aspects of this convention are covered
the Rights of Convention on the under national legislation such as the
the Child rights of the child Constitution, Children Act, Children
Optional rules, The Employment Act 2006. The
06/05/2002 Project Proponents will follow the
Protocol to the
Convention on requirements of the law during the
the Rights of implementation of the Project.
the Child on the
involvement of
children in
armed conflict
Optional 30/11/2001
Protocol to the
Convention on
the Rights of
the Child on the
sale of children,
child
prostitution and
child
pornography
African Charter International human 18/08/1986 10/05/1986 Chapter 4 of the 1995 Constitution of
on Human and rights instrument to the Republic of Uganda fully
Peoples' Rights promote and protect domesticates the rights enshrined in the
human rights and African Charter on Human and Peoples’
basic freedoms on Rights. The Constitution of the Republic
the African continent of Uganda empowers the UHRC to
carry out various human rights related
functions including monitoring the
Government’s compliance with
international treaties and conventions.
African Charter International human 26/02/1992 17/08/1994 Article 34 of the Constitution provides
on the Rights rights instrument on for the rights of children including
and Welfare of the rights and orphans and other vulnerable children,
the Child welfare of the child and establishes the UHRC as the
on the African institution responsible for monitoring
continent Government’s compliance with
international treaties and conventions.
The Project Proponents will ensure the
rights of children affected by the project
are protected in line with Uganda’s
commitment to this convention.
Protocol to the International human 18/12/2003 22/07/2010 Article 33 of the Constitution provides
African Charter rights instrument on for the rights of women, and establishes
on Human and human rights and the UHRC as the institution responsible
Peoples' Rights the rights of women for monitoring Government’s
on the Rights of on the African compliance with international treaties
Women in continent and conventions. The Project
Africa Proponents will ensure the rights of
women affected by the Project are
protected in line with the Constitution
and Uganda’s commitment to this
convention.

February 2019 2-44

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

TREATY, SUBJECT SIGNED/ RATIFIED APPLICATION TO PROPOSED

CONVENTION, ACCEPTED PROJECT
AGREEMENT

Labour International Labour - 04/06/1963 The Occupational Safety and Health

Inspection Organisation (ILO) Act, 2006 operationalises Uganda’s
Convention, Convention commitments to the convention, the
1947 (No. 81) concerning labour requirements of which shall apply to the
(Excluding Part inspection in Project. The Project shall also engage
II) industry and the Department of Occupational Safety
commerce and Health under the MGLSD – the
lead Ministry responsible for labour
administration.
Forced Labour ILO Convention - 04/07/1963 Local supporting legislation that shall
Convention, concerning forced or apply to the Project includes: the
1930 (No. 29) compulsory labour Employment Act, 2006; the
Employment Regulations, 2011; the
Employment (Employment of Children)
Regulations, 2011; the Equal
Opportunities Act, 2007; the Labour
Disputes (Arbitration and Settlement)
Act, 2006; the Labour Disputes
(Arbitration and Settlement) (Mediation
and Conciliation) Regulations, 2011;
the Labour Unions Act, 2006; the
Labour Unions (check - off)
Regulations, 2011; the Labour Union
(Access of Union Officials to a
Workplace) Regulations, 2011; the
Minimum Wages Boards and Wages
Councils Act, 2000; Workers
Compensation Act, 2000; and Workers
Compensation Regulations, 2011.
The Project is going to be labour
intensive with local, foreign/expatriate,
skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled
employees all of whose rights need to
be effectively protected during the life of
the Project.
Freedom of ILO Convention - 02/06/2005 This too is provided for under the
Association and concerning freedom Labour Unions Act, 2006. The Project
Protection of of association and Proponents will follow the requirements
the Right to protection of the of the law during the implementation of
Organise right to establish the Project
Convention, workers' and
1948 (No. 87) employers'
organisations
Right to ILO Convention - 04/06/1963 This too is provided for under the
Organise and concerning the Labour Unions Act, 2006. The Project
Collective application of the Proponents will follow the requirements
Bargaining principles of the right of the law during the implementation of
Convention, to organise and to the Project.
1949 (No. 98) bargain collectively
Equal ILO Convention - 02/06/2005 The Project Proponents will follow the
Remuneration concerning equal requirements of the law during the
Convention, remuneration for implementation of the Project.
1951 (No. 100) men and women
workers for work of
equal value

February 2019 2-45

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

TREATY, SUBJECT SIGNED/ RATIFIED APPLICATION TO PROPOSED

CONVENTION, ACCEPTED PROJECT
AGREEMENT

Abolition of ILO Convention - 04/06/1963 Local supporting legislation that shall

Forced Labour concerning the apply to the Project includes: the
Convention, abolition of forced Employment Act, 2006; the
1957 (No. 105) labour Employment Regulations, 2011; the
Employment (Recruitment of Uganda
Migrant Workers Abroad) Regulations,
2005; the Employment (Employment of
Children) Regulations, 2011; the Equal
Opportunities Act, 2007; the Labour
Disputes (Arbitration and Settlement)
Act, 2006; the Labour Disputes
(Arbitration and Settlement) (Mediation
and Conciliation) Regulations, 2011;
the Labour Unions Act, 2006; the
Labour Unions (check - off)
Regulations, 2011; the Labour Union
(Access of Union Officials to a
Workplace) Regulations, 2011; the
Minimum Wages Boards and Wages
Councils Act, 2000; Workers
Compensation Act, 2000; and Workers
Compensation Regulations, 2011.
Discrimination ILO Convention - 02/06/2005 The Project Proponents will follow the
(Employment concerning requirements of the law during the
and discrimination in implementation of the Project.
Occupation) respect of
Convention, employment and
1958 (No. 111) occupation
Minimum Age ILO Convention - 25/03/2003 The Project Proponents will follow the
Convention, concerning minimum requirements of the law during the
1973 (No. 138) age for admission to implementation of the Project.
employment
Worst Forms of ILO Convention - 21/06/2001 The Project Proponents will follow the
Child Labour concerning the requirements of the law during the
Convention, prohibition and implementation of the Project.
1999 (No. 182) immediate action for
the elimination of the
worst forms of child
labour
Migrant ILO Convention - 31/03/1978 The Project Proponents will follow the
Workers concerning requirements of the law during the
(Supplementary migrations in implementation of the Project.
Provisions) abusive conditions
Convention, and the promotion of
1975 (No. 143) equality of
opportunity and
treatment of migrant
workers

February 2019 2-46

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

TREATY, SUBJECT SIGNED/ RATIFIED APPLICATION TO PROPOSED

CONVENTION, ACCEPTED PROJECT
AGREEMENT

Paris Climate An agreement within 04/11/2016 21/09/2016 In accordance with the agreement, The
Agreement the UNFCCC to MWE issued an Intended Nationally
respond to the Determined Contribution (INDC) for
global climate Uganda in October 2015 (Ref. 2-112).
change threat. On the basis of the INDC, the
Under the Proponent must comply with the
agreement, each requirements of the Uganda Second
country determines, National Development Plan 2015/16–
plans, and reports 2019/20, 2015, which incorporates the
its own contribution priorities of the Uganda National
to mitigate global Climate Change Policy, 2015.
warming.
Bamako Bamako Convention - 01/10/1998 Uganda acceded to the Bamako
Convention, on the Ban on the Convention which bans the importation
1991 Import into Africa of hazardous and radioactive wastes
and the Control of into Africa, as well as all forms of ocean
Transboundary disposal. The Convention requires that,
Movement and for intra-African waste trade, parties
Management of must minimise the transboundary
Hazardous Wastes movement of wastes and only conduct
within Africa it with consent of the importing and
transit states, among other controls.
Management of hazardous waste
generated by this Project will be in line
with the requirements of this
Convention.
Basel Transboundary 11/03/1999 - Uganda acceded to the Basel
Convention, Transportation and Convention, which regulates
1989 Disposal of transboundary movements of
Hazardous Wastes hazardous wastes and provides
obligations upon its Parties to ensure
that such wastes are managed and
disposed of in an environmentally
sound manner. The main principles of
the Convention are as follows: i.
Transboundary movements of
hazardous wastes should be reduced to
a minimum; ii. Hazardous wastes
should be treated and disposed of as
close as possible to their source of
origin; and iii. Hazardous waste
generation should be reduced and
minimised at source. Management of
hazardous waste generated by this
Project will be in line with the
requirements of this Convention.

– No date specified

The following conventions are of particular relevance to the Project and are considered in more detail
below.

February 2019 2-47

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

2.3.1 Convention on Biological Diversity (Rio Declaration), 19921

Since its ratification of the convention in 1993, Uganda has established a number of enabling policies,
laws and plans to support the protection of biodiversity, including:

the National Environment Action Plan.

The National Environment Act is supported by a number of regulations outlined in Section 2.1.1 of this
report. The regulations prescribe specific requirements aimed at making the principles established by
the Act operational.

Some of the Convention activities that Uganda is required to undertake, and could apply to the Project
include:
establishing protected areas to conserve biological diversity while promoting environmentally

rehabilitating and restoring degraded ecosystems such as riverbanks, lakeshores, hilly and
mountainous

promoting public participation, particularly in regard to assessing the environmental impacts of

establishing biodiversity offsets (and the principle of No Net Loss) as a tool for management of

identifying and monitoring important components of biological diversity that need to be conserved
and used sustainably.
Part of the Project Area falls within a protected area that is highly valued for its biodiversity resources.
This area includes the MFNP and the Murchison Falls-Albert Delta Wetlands System (Ramsar site).

The Project footprint also includes riverbanks and lakeshore areas for which national legislation
(National Environment (Wetlands; River Banks and Lake Shores Management) Regulations, 2000)
are in place to control activities within such areas. Regulation 20 stipulates that EIA is mandatory for
all major activities on riverbanks and lakeshores, and that special measures are essential for the
protection of riverbanks and lakeshores such as preventing soil erosion, siltation and water pollution.
Other threats to biodiversity such as the introduction and proliferation of exotic species are provided
for in the National Environment (Hilly and Mountainous Area Management) Regulations, 2000
(Regulation 18) and the Plant Protection Act, Cap 31.

In addition to complying with national legislation, the Project Proponents should identify prevailing
practices that lead to biodiversity loss in the Project Area, and identify measures to avoid
compounding any adverse impacts that may have occurred.

2.3.2 Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance

The ‘Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat’ (Ref. 2-
151), more commonly known as the Ramsar Convention, is an intergovernmental treaty adopted on
2nd February 1971 in the Iranian city of Ramsar. The Convention’s mission is “the conservation and
wise use of all wetlands through local and national actions and international cooperation, as a

1
National Environment Management Authority, 2002, provided an update on the relevant aspects of the Rio Declaration.

February 2019 2-48

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

contribution towards achieving sustainable development throughout the world”. The convention was
ratified by Uganda on 4th July 1988, at which time the country’s first Ramsar site at Lake George was
designated. Uganda now has 12 Ramsar sites (http://ramsar.wetlands.org).

Ramsar sites are designated based on their containing representative, rare or unique wetland types,
and/or being sites of international importance for conserving biological diversity. Ramsar sites
represent a sub-set of all wetlands, which are areas where water is the primary factor controlling the
environment and the associated plant and animal life. Wetlands provide many values and benefits to
human society, which may include those listed in Table 2-5.

Table 2-5: Wetland Values and Benefits

DIRECT VALUE INDIRECT VALUE OPTION VALUE NON-USE VALUE

Production of goods and Ecosystem functions and Possible future use and Intrinsic significance, e.g.:
services for local services, e.g.: applications, e.g.: Cultural value
communities, e.g.: Water flow Pharmaceutical Aesthetic value
Fish Water storage Agricultural Heritage value
Fuel wood Water purification Industrial Bequest value
Building materials Water recharge Leisure Existence value
Sand, gravel, clay Flood control Water use
Thatch Storm protection
Water Nutrient retention
Wild foods Micro-climate
Medicines regulation
Agriculture / Shore stabilisation
cultivation
Pasture / grazing
Transport / recreation

Under the terms of the Ramsar Convention, Uganda is committed to implementing the ‘three pillars’ of
the Convention, which are:
to designate suitable wetlands for the List of Wetlands of International Importance (“Ramsar List”)

to work towards the wise use of all its wetlands through national land-use planning, appropriate

to cooperate internationally concerning transboundary wetlands, shared wetland systems, shared

species, and development projects that may affect wetlands.
The concept of ‘wise use’ is fundamental to the Ramsar Convention, and is reflected in Uganda’s
National Environment (Wetlands, River Banks and Lake Shores Management) Regulations (2000)
mentioned above, which aim to “provide for the conservation and wise use of wetlands and their
resources in Uganda” (Regulation 4(a)).

Wise use of wetlands, as defined by the Ramsar Convention, is “the maintenance of their ecological
character, achieved through the implementation of ecosystem approaches, within the context of
sustainable development”. ‘Ecological character’ is “the combination of the ecosystem components,
processes and benefits/services that characterise the wetland at a given point in time” (Ramsar
Convention Secretariat, 2010a (Ref. 2-152)). Ecological character is essentially an indicator of the
health of the wetland (Wetlands Management Department and Nature Uganda, 2008 (Ref. 2-153)).

Article 3(2) of the Ramsar Convention requires a contracting party to “arrange to be informed at the
earliest possible time if the ecological character of any wetland in its territory and included in the List
[of Wetlands of International Importance, i.e. Ramsar sites] has changed, is changing or is likely to
change as the result of technological developments, pollution or other human interference”. In this
context, ‘change in ecological character’ is defined as “the human-induced adverse alteration of any

February 2019 2-49

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

ecosystem component, process, and/or ecosystem benefit/service” (Ramsar Convention secretariat,

2010a).

This requirement to be aware of any change in the ecological character of a Ramsar site implies a
need to have the ability to anticipate and predict the effects of actions on wetland ecosystems; i.e. the
need to undertake EIA (Ramsar Convention Secretariat, 2010b (Ref. 2-152)). As noted in Regulation
5 (b), the National Environment (Wetlands, River Banks and Lake Shores Management) Regulations
(2000) require EIA to be undertaken for any activity that may have an adverse impact on a wetland.

The Ramsar convention has developed guidance for the management of risks related to extractive
industry development in wetlands.

One of these sites is the Murchison Falls-Albert Delta Wetland System (Ramsar site No. 1640). The
Ramsar site was designated based on the following criteria:

it supports a number of indigenous fish species that are representative of wetland benefits and /

it is an important spawning ground on which fish stocks depend.

Furthermore Ramsar calls for wise use of “all… wetlands through national land-use planning,
appropriate policies and legislation, management actions, and public education”. There are several
other wetland habitats in the Project Area.

2.3.3 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna

and Flora
The Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) of Wild Fauna and Flora is an
international agreement between governments, whose aim is to ensure that international trade in
specimens of wild animals and plants does not threaten their survival (CITES Secretariat, 2015 (Ref.
2-154)). The Convention was acceded by Uganda on 18th July 1991, and entered into force on 16th
October 1991.

The Convention works by subjecting the international trade in specimens of selected species to
certain controls. It requires that all import, export, re-export and introduction from the sea of species
covered by the Convention be authorised through a licensing system. It also requires that each party
to the convention must designate one or more management authorities in charge of administering that
licensing system and one or more scientific authorities to advise them on the effects of trade on the
status of the species. The species covered by CITES are listed in three Appendices, according to the
degree of protection they need (https://cites.org/eng/disc/species.php).

Uganda, as a party to the Convention, is obligated to adhere to the recommendations of the

Conference of Parties with respect to trade in endangered species. The Murchison Falls Conservation
Area (MFCA), which constitutes a part of the Project Area, is home to endangered species most
notably elephants that are protected by the Convention (UWA, 2014 (Ref. 2-6)).

2.3.4 The Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals

The Convention on Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS), also known as the Bonn Convention,
brings together the states through which migratory animals pass (Range States) and lays the legal
foundation for internationally coordinated conservation measures throughout a migratory range.
Uganda ratified the Convention on 1st August 2000. The Convention aims to improve the status of all
threatened migratory species through national action and international agreements between range
states of a particular group of species. The CMS therefore acts as a framework Convention and the
agreements may range from legally binding treaties (called Agreements, such as the Agreement on
the Conservation of African-Eurasian Migratory Waterbirds as described in section 2.3.5) to less
formal instruments, such as Memoranda of Understanding, and can be adapted to the requirements
of particular regions (UNEP/CMS Secretariat 2014 (Ref. 2-155)).

February 2019 2-50

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

The Convention has two appendices that list threatened migratory species (Appendix I) and species
to the subject to agreements (Appendix II). The primary enabling legislation for the protection of
migratory species is the Uganda Wildlife Act, Cap 200, which stipulates under Section 27, (2) that
“species which migrate to or through Uganda which are protected under any international convention
or treaty to which Uganda is party and to which Section 90 applies shall be protected species under
this Act”. Classification as a ‘protected species’ prohibits any hunting or taking of plants or animals
classified as such unless under conditions contained in a licence issued or wildlife use right granted
under the Act.

2.3.5 Agreement on the Conservation of African-Eurasian Migratory Waterbirds

The Agreement on the Conservation of African-Eurasian Migratory Waterbirds (AEWA) is an
intergovernmental treaty dedicated to the conservation of migratory waterbirds and their habitats
across Africa, Europe, the Middle East, Central Asia, Greenland and the Canadian Archipelago.

Developed under the framework of the CMS and administered by the UNEP, AEWA brings together
countries and the wider international conservation community in an effort to establish coordinated
conservation and management of migratory waterbirds throughout their entire migratory range. AEWA
covers 255 species of birds ecologically dependent on wetlands for at least part of their annual cycle,
including many species of divers, grebes, pelicans, cormorants, herons, storks, rails, ibises,
spoonbills, flamingos, ducks, swans, geese, cranes, waders, gulls, terns, tropic birds, auks and frigate
birds.

All AEWA species cross international boundaries during their migrations and require good quality
habitat for breeding as well as a network of suitable sites to support their annual journeys.
International cooperation across their entire migratory range, as provided by AEWA, is therefore
essential for the conservation and management of migratory waterbird populations and the habitats
on which they depend. The latest report for Uganda was issued in June 2015.

2.4 Project Policies and Standards

In line with the Project Proponents directives on Hygiene-Health, Safety, Security, Social and
Environment, the Project will strive to act and be recognised as:
An industrial Project with a strategy centred on respect, listening, dialogue and stakeholder

Exemplar
A partner in the sustainable social and economic development with Uganda and the Project host

An industrial Project that takes appropriate measures to limit and control any significant impact on

An industrial Project that is efficient and limits: its energy consumption, its atmospheric emissions,
its effluents, its ultimate waste production, its use of natural resources and its impact on
biodiversity.
The Project will also:

Reduce both direct and indirect environmental and social impacts at every stage of the Project
(from early site preparation
Identify and minimise risks to ensure prompt and effective response in case of any accidental

Reduce any significant impact of the future activities on the natural and human environment.
Mitigation measures shall be identified and selected according to the Best Available Technique

February 2019 2-51

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Continuously engage with all stakeholders including regulators, central government, local

Strive to achieve a Biodiversity Net Gain in MFNP and No Net Loss for the overall Project.
Key Health, Safety, Environment, Security and Social design principles that have been adhered to in
the pre-project phase are:

2.4.1 Emissions
No routine flaring, with

keeping GHG emissions as low as possible, with a good energy integration and thermal

Design shall minimis

Odour emissions shall be minimis
Noise emissions shall also be minimised.

2.4.2 Discharges and waste management

All surface run-off water from facilities will be subjected to analyses to determine the level of
contamination and managed appropriately either by reinjection or appropriate treatment before

Drains shall be segregated to avoid cross contamination of drain e

and
Waste management activities will be performed in accordance with the waste management
hierarchy principles.

2.4.3 Energy efficiency

Energy efficiency features shall be incorporated into the design.

2.4.4 Exclusion areas

No production well pads
CPF located outside the MFNP and Ramsar area.

2.4.5 Visual impact and footprint

Facilities to be designed to minimis
Facilities footprint to be minimised and to be designed in order to avoid as much as possible
sensitive ecological features as well as physical displacement of households.

2.4.6 TEP Uganda Policies and Standards

Total Exploration & Production (E&P) Uganda B.V (TEP Uganda) considers people’s safety and
health protection, safety in regards to operations, and respect for the environment as paramount
priorities.

TEP Uganda is thus committed to adopting a non-compromising attitude towards the following
principles:

February 2019 2-52

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Comply with applicable Ugandan laws and regulations, as well as Total Group policies in the fields
of health, safety, security, social
Check that all risks associated with our operations are identified and controlled and that personnel
working on our s
Ensure that our employees and contractors are trained and competent to meet the company’s

Encourage a positive HSE culture through strong leadership from management and supervision,
workforce involvement, personal responsibility, and learning from incident feedback in a spirit of

Strive to achieve continuous improvement by setting measurable HSE objectives, measuring

progress and reviewing performance through statistical analysis and audits.
In addition to the TEP Uganda HSE Charter and Biodiversity charters (discussed below), other key
policies and charters to which the project will adhere to include:
Total Group Code of Conduct;
Total Group Security Charter;
Total Group Societal Policy;
Total Group Corporate Social Responsibility;
Total Group Ethics Charter; and
Total Human Rights Guide.
Furthermore, a number of in-house guidance documents prepared by Total globally have been
reviewed as part of the ESIA process, including:
General Specification: Sustainable Development GS EP SDV 101 – Social Baseline Study;
General Specification: Sustainable Development GS EP SDV 102 – Social Impact Assessment;
General Specification: Environment GS EP ENV 111 – Environmental Baseline and Monitoring
Studies: Onshore Sites;
General Specification: Environment GS EP ENV 120 – Environmental Impact Assessment of E&P
Activities; and
General Specification: Environment GS EP ENV 501 – GIS deliverables for HSE.

2.4.6.1 TEP Uganda HSE Charter

A copy of the TEP Uganda HSE charter is included within Figure 2-1. Compliance with this Charter is
an important element in the performance evaluation of all employees, as well as in the selection of
industrial and business partners and contractors.

2.4.6.2 TEP Uganda Biodiversity Charter

TEP Uganda applies the Code of Conduct of Total and conducts its operations in compliance with the
Safety Health Environment Quality Charter and the principles of the Biodiversity Policy of the Group.

In particular, in its work within MFNP and the surrounding landscape, TEP Uganda is fully committed
to carrying out all of its activities:

February 2019 2-53

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

ide
and
considering offsetting for any residual damage that might still be outstanding.
By applying this mitigation hierarchy, as described above, TEP Uganda will seek to achieve net
positive gains to biodiversity and endeavour not to undermine the ecological value of MFNP. It will
facilitate all of the above in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations and in full
transparency, through studying and monitoring biodiversity where it operates, using Total’s best
practices and leveraging partnerships with experts. A copy of the Biodiversity charter is included in
Figure 2-2.

Figure 2-1: TEP Uganda HSE Charter

February 2019 2-54

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Figure 2-2: TEP Uganda Biodiversity Charter

2.4.7 Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Ltd (TUOP) Policies and Standards

2.4.7.1 Tullow Safety Rules

The Tullow Safety Rules are a set of requirements designed to manage high risk activities that have
the potential to adversely affect our personnel, the environment and surrounding communities.

Tullow Safety Rules apply to all parts of Tullow’s operations and to all employees and contractors,
involved in those activities. Tullow’s Businesses are required to manage EHS risks by developing and

February 2019 2-55

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

implementing procedures that define the relevant standards and processes intended to support the
implementation of these rules.

Contractors working under the Tullow management system must comply with these Tullow Safety
Rules. Contractors working under their own management system should be encouraged to implement
the intent of these rules.

Where conflict exists between these rules and the applicable host country regulatory requirements,
the more stringent will apply.

The Tullow Safety Rules cover the following activities:

Rul

Rule 12: Environmental Ma

Rule13: Health and Hygiene.

2.4.7.2 The Tullow Environmental and Social Performance Standard

The Environment and Social Performance Standard sets out a framework to support sustainable
business delivery by ensuring consistent, proactive and integrated management of environmental and
social risks across our operations. Tullow is committed to continuously improving its environmental
and social performance in alignment with internationally recognised best practice standards through
the implementation of this Standard.

The Environment and Social Performance Standard presents the Tullow minimum requirements for
environmental and social management across the Company. They should be read and adhered to in
addition to any land all legal or regulatory requirements governing our operations in the jurisdictions
where we work.

The Environment and Social Performance Standard shall be applied to all Tullow operations
(including offices) except when a conflict exists between the requirements and local regulatory laws.
In this instance, the applicable law must be adhered to. If the requirements of this Standard are more
stringent than local laws, or accepted local practices, then the requirements of this Standard shall be
applied.

Tullow expects that all staff, including contractors and partners (i.e. Joint Venture companies), will
adhere to the Environment and Social Performance Standard and apply it accordingly in their work.

February 2019 2-56

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

2.4.7.3 Other TUOP Policies and guidelines

In addition to the TUOP Safety Rules and Environmental and Social Performance Standard
(discussed above), other key policies and charters to which the project will adhere to include:
Tullow Plc Human Rights Policy;
Tullow Plc Environmental, Health and Safety Policy;
Tullow Plc Code of Ethical Conduct; and
Tullow Plc Business Ethics Policy.

February 2019 2-57

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

2.5 References
Ref. 2-1 Government of Uganda. The National Environment Management Policy (NEMP)
(1994).

Ref. 2-2 Government of Uganda. The National Water Policy (1999).

Ref. 2-3 Government of Uganda. The National Oil and Gas Policy (2008).

Ref. 2-4 Government of Uganda. The National Energy Policy (2002).

Ref. 2-5 Government of Uganda. National Industrial Policy (2008).

Ref. 2-6 Government of Uganda. The Uganda Wildlife Policy (2014).

Ref. 2-7 Government of Uganda. Tourism policy (2013).

Ref. 2-8 Government of Uganda. The National Fisheries Policy (2004).

Ref. 2-9 Government of Uganda. National Policy for the Conservation and Management of
Wetland Resources (1995).

Ref. 2-10 Government of Uganda. The Uganda National Land Policy (2013).

Ref. 2-11 Government of Uganda. The National Housing Policy (2016).

Ref. 2-12 Government of Uganda. The National Policy for Disaster Preparedness and
Management (2011).

Ref. 2-13 Government of Uganda. The National Employment Policy for Uganda, 2011.

Ref. 2-14 Government of Uganda. National Content Policy for the Petroleum Industry in Uganda
(2017).

Ref. 2-15 Government of Uganda. The Uganda Gender Policy (2007).

Ref. 2-16 Government of Uganda. The National Health Policy (2010).

Ref. 2-17 Office of the President, Uganda Aids Commission. (2011). Uganda National HIV and
AIDS Policy. Uganda.

Ref. 2-18 Ministry of Finance, Planning and Economic Development. (2008). National
Population Policy For Social Transformation And Sustainable Development.

Ref. 2-19 Government of Uganda. (2001). The National Youth Policy.

Ref. 2-20 Government of Uganda. (2009, April). National Policy for Older Persons. Retrieved
October 27, 2017, from WHO MiNDbank: https://www.mindbank.info/item/4771.

Ref. 2-21 Government of Uganda (2006). Uganda National Culture Policy.

Ref. 2-22 Government of Uganda (2012). Oil and Gas Revenue Management Policy.

Ref. 2-23 Government of Uganda (2007). Uganda Vision 2040, National Planning Authority.

Ref. 2-24 Government of Uganda. (1995). The Constitution of the Republic of Uganda. UPPC.

Ref. 2-25 Government of Uganda. (1995). The National Environment Act Cap 153. Entebbe:
UPPC.

Ref. 2-26 Government of Uganda. (2013). The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and
Production) Act, 2013. Entebbe, Uganda: UPPC.

February 2019 2-58

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Ref. 2-27 Government of Uganda. (2013). The Petroleum (Refining, Conversion, Transmission
and Midstream Storage) Act, 2013. Entebbe, Uganda: UPPC.

Ref. 2-28 Government of Uganda. (2010). The Physical Planning Act, 2010. Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-29 Government of Uganda. (1949). The Roads Act, Cap 358.

Ref. 2-30 Government of Uganda. (2000). The Access to Roads Act, Cap 350.

Ref. 2-31 Government of Uganda. (1997). The Water Act, Cap 152. Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-32 Government of Uganda. (2011). The Fish Act, Cap 197 (as amended).

Ref. 2-33 Government of Uganda. Uganda Wildlife Act, Cap 200 (2000).

Ref. 2-34 Government of Uganda. (2003). The National Forestry and Tree Planting Act, 2003.
UPPC.

Ref. 2-35 Government of Uganda. (1974). The Prohibition of the Burning of Grass Act, Cap 33.

Ref. 2-36 Government of Uganda. (1968). The Historical Monuments Act, Cap 46.

Ref. 2-37 Government of Uganda. (2010). The Local Governments Act, Cap 243 (as amended).
Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-38 Government of Uganda. (1998). The Land Act Cap 227.

Ref. 2-39 Government of Uganda. (2010). The Land (Amendment) Act.

Ref. 2-40 Government of Uganda. (1965). The Land Acquistion Act, Cap 226.

Ref. 2-41 Government of Uganda. (1939). The Survey Act, Cap 232.

Ref. 2-42 Government of Uganda. (1924). The Registration of Titles Act, Cap 230.

Ref. 2-43 Government of Uganda. (1918). The Illiterates Protection Act, Cap 78.

Ref. 2-44 Government of Uganda. (2006). The Occupational Safety and Health Act, 2006.
Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-45 Government of Uganda. (1935). The Public Health Act, Cap 281.

Ref. 2-46 Government of Uganda. (2000). The Workers Compensation Act Cap 225.

Ref. 2-47 Government of Uganda. (2006). The Employment Act, 2006. Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-48 Government of Uganda. (2007). The Penal Code Act (as amended), 2007. Entebbe:
UPPC.

Ref. 2-49 Government of Uganda. (2016). Children (Amendment) Act, 2016. Retrieved October
27, 2017, from Uganda Legal Information Institute: https://ulii.org/node/26721.

Ref. 2-50 Government of Uganda. (1998). The Traffic and Road Safety Act 1998.

Ref. 2-51 Government of Uganda. (1999). The Electricity Act, Cap 145.

Ref. 2-52 Government of Uganda. (2008). The Atomic Energy Act, 2008. Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-53 Government of Uganda. (1936). The Explosives Act, Cap 298.

Ref. 2-54 Government of Uganda. (2002). The Nile Basin Initiative Act (2002). Retrieved
October 27, 2017, from fao.org: http://extwprlegs1.fao.org/docs/pdf/uga80648.pdf.

Ref. 2-55 Government of Uganda. (1991). The Investment Code Act, Cap 92.

February 2019 2-59

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Ref. 2-56 Government of Uganda. (1962). The Rivers Act.

Ref. 2-57 Government of Uganda. (2006). The Uganda National Roads Authority Act, 2006.
Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-58 Government of Uganda. (2008). Tourism Act 2008.

Ref. 2-59 Government of Uganda. (2015). The Public Finance Management Act 2015.

Ref. 2-60 Government of Uganda. (1997). The Uganda Human Rights Commission Act 1997.

Ref. 2-61 Government of Uganda. (1993). Traditional Rulers (Restitution of Assets and
Properties) Act.

Ref. 2-62 Government of Uganda. (2011). Institution of Traditional Leaders or Cultural Leaders
Act.

Ref. 2-63 Government of Uganda. (2006). Copyright Act and Neighbouring Rights Act.

Ref. 2-64 Government of Uganda. (2011). The Income Tax Act, Cap 340 and the Income Tax
(Amendment Act).

Ref. 2-65 Government of Uganda. (1997). The Uganda Human Rights Commission Act (No 4),
1997, Cap 24.

Ref. 2-66 Government of Uganda. (1998). The Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations,
1998.

Ref. 2-67 The National Environment (Wetlands, River Banks and Lake Shores Management)
Regulations, 2000.

Ref. 2-68 The National Environment (Standards for Discharge of Effluent into Water or on Land)
Regulations, 1999.

Ref. 2-69 Government of Uganda. (1998). The Water (Waste Discharge) Regulations.

Ref. 2-70 Government of Uganda. (1998). The Water Resources Regulations.

Ref. 2-71 Government of Uganda. (1999). The National Environment (Waste Management)
Regulations.

Ref. 2-72 Government of Uganda. (2003). The National Environment (Noise Standards and
Control) Regulations.

Ref. 2-73 Government of Uganda. (2000). National Environment (Mountainous and Hilly Areas
Management) Regulations.

Ref. 2-74 Government of Uganda. (2001. The National Environment (Management of Ozone
Depleting Substances and Products) Regulations.

Ref. 2-75 Government of Uganda. (2001). The National Environment (Minimum Standards for
Management of Soil Quality) Regulations.

Ref. 2-76 Government of Uganda. (2003). The National Environment (Conduct and Certification
of Environmental Practitioners) Regulations.

Ref. 2-77 Government of Uganda. (2016). The National Forestry and Tree Planting Regulations,
2016. Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-78 Government of Uganda. (2016). The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and
Production) Regulations, 2016. Entebbe: UPPC.

February 2019 2-60

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Ref. 2-79 Government of Uganda. (2016). The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and
Production) (Health, Safety and Environment) Regulations, 2016. Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-80 Government of Uganda. (2016). The Petroleum (Exploration, Development and
Production) (National Content) Regulations, 2016. Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-81 Government of Uganda. (2007). The Civil Aviation (Aerodromes) Regulations, 2007.
Entebbe: UPPC.

Ref. 2-82 Government of Uganda. (2003). The Uganda Wildlife (Murchison Falls National Park)
Regulations-S.I 2003.

Ref. 2-83 Government of Uganda. (2003). The Electricity (Primary Grid Code) Regulations.

Ref. 2-84 Government of Uganda. (2003). The Electricity (Quality of Service Code) Regulations.

Ref. 2-85 Government of Uganda. (2003). The Electricity (Safety Code) Regulations.

Ref. 2-86 Government of Uganda. (2012). Atomic Energy Regulations.

Ref. 2-87 Government of Uganda. (1998). Medical and Dental Practitioners Act.

Ref. 2-88 Government of Uganda. (1936). The Explosives Rules, S.I. 298- 1, within The
Explosives Act, Cap 298.
Ref. 2-89 Government of Uganda. Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater (National
Environment (Standards for Discharge of Effluent into Water or on Land) Regulations,
1999).
Ref. 2-90 Government of Uganda. Soil Quality Parameters – First Schedule to the National
Environment (Minimum Standards For Management of Soil Quality) Regulations,
2001.
Ref. 2-91 Government of Uganda. Maximum Permissible Noise Levels – First Schedule to the
National Environment (Noise Standards And Control) Regulations, 2003.
Ref. 2-92 Government of Uganda, Draft national air quality standards, 2014.
Ref. 2-93 Government of Uganda. Uganda Standard for Drinking (Potable) Water (US EAS 12:
2014).
Ref. 2-94 Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment in Uganda (NEMA 1997).
Ref. 2-95 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Guidelines for the Energy Sector in
Uganda (Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development / NEMA 2014).
Ref. 2-96 Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines for Water Resources Related Projects
in Uganda (Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE) 2011).
Ref. 2-98 Government of Uganda. National Physical Planning Standards and Guidelines, 2011.
Ref. 2-98 Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines for Road Projects (Ministry of Works,
Housing and Communications 2004).
Ref. 2-99 Water Source Protection Guidelines for Uganda (MWE 2013).
Ref. 2-100 Sensitivity Atlas for Murchison Falls National Park.
Ref. 2-101 Uganda Wetlands Atlas (Government of Uganda 2016).
Ref. 2-102 Consolidated Hydrological Year Book 1978-2014 for Uganda.
Ref. 2-103 Wetland inventory reports (accessible from the respective districts and MWE).
Ref. 2-104 Uganda Wildlife Authority Operational Guidelines for Oil and Gas Exploration and
Production in Wildlife Protected Areas (2014).

February 2019 2-61

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Ref. 2-105 Guidelines for Revenue Sharing Between Wildlife Protected Areas and Adjacent Local
Governments and Communities (UWA, 2012).
Ref. 2-106 Operational Waste Management Guidelines for Oil and Gas Operations (NEMA
2012).
Ref. 2-107 CNOOC Uganda Ltd, Total E&P Uganda B.V, Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Limited
(2016), Land Acquisition and Resettlement Framework.
Ref. 2-108 Government of Uganda, Agriculture Sector Development Strategy and Investment
Plan 2010/11 - 2014/15.
Ref. 2-109 Ministry of Lands, Housing and Urban Development (MLHUD) (2014), Preparation of
a Physical Development Plan for the Albertine Graben in Uganda (prepared by CPCS
International Ltd).
Ref. 2-110 Government of Uganda, Health Sector Development Plan 2015/16 - 2019/20.
Ref. 2-111 Government of Uganda, Health Sector Strategic and Investment Plan 2010/11 -
2014/15.
Ref. 2-112 Government of Uganda, Murchison Falls Protected Area General Management Plan
2013-2023.
Ref. 2-113 Government of Uganda, National Environment Action Plan (1994).
Ref. 2-114 Government of Uganda, National Forest Plan 2011/12 - 2021/22, 2013.
Ref. 2-115 Government of Uganda, National Transport Master Plan 2008-2023.
Ref. 2-116 Government of Uganda, Strategic Implementation Plan for the National Transport
Master Plan (2015).
Ref. 2-117 Government of Uganda, Strategic Plan for the North Albertine Rift of Uganda, 2011–
2020.
Ref. 2-118 Government of Uganda, Uganda Second National Development Plan 2015/16–
2019/20, 2015.
Ref. 2-119 Uganda Wildlife Authority Strategic Plan 2013-2018.
Ref. 2-120 Government of Uganda, Tourism Development Master Plan (2014-2024).
Ref. 2-121 Government of Uganda, Plan for Modernisation of Agriculture (2000).
Ref. 2-122 Government of Uganda, Agricultural Sector Development Strategy and Investment
Plan 2010/2011-2014/2015.

Ref. 2-123 Government of Uganda, White Paper on Education (1992).

Ref. 2-124 Government of Uganda, Revised Education Sector Strategic Plan 2007-2015 (2008).

Ref. 2-125 Government of Uganda, Skilling Uganda Strategic Plan 2011-2020.

Ref. 2-126 Government of Uganda, Solar Power Subsidy (2007).
Ref. 2-127 Government of Uganda, Nwoya District Development Plan 2015/16 - 2019/2020.
Ref. 2-128 Government of Uganda, Buliisa District Development Plan 2015/16 - 2019/2020.
Ref. 2-129 Government of Uganda, The National Environment (Audit) Regulations, 2006.

Ref. 2-130 Strategic Environmental Assessment (SEA) of Oil and Gas Activities in the Albertine

Ref. 2-131 Government of Uganda, National Oil and Gas Policy, 2008.

February 2019 2-62

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Ref. 2-132 International Finance Corporation, Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines:
Onshore Oil and Gas Development, 2007.
Ref. 2-133 International Union for Conservation of Nature, Oil exploration in the tropics:
guidelines for environmental protection (1991).
Ref. 2-134 International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List (2017).
Ref. 2-135 The Energy and Biodiversity Initiative, Integrating Biodiversity Conservation into Oil
and Gas Development.
Ref. 2-136 World Health Organisation, Air Quality Guidelines, Global Update 2005.
Ref. 2-137 World Health Organisation, Guidelines for Community Noise, (1999).

Ref. 2-138 International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO) (including ISO 9001:2015
(Quality management systems), ISO 14001:2015 (Environmental management
systems), and ISO 18001:2004 (Information technology – Radio frequency
identification for item management)).
Ref. 2-139
Initiative (CSBI).
Ref. 2-140 International Petroleum Industry Environment and Conservation Association (IPIECA).
Ref. 2-141 UNDP (2017) Guidelines on Integrating Health and Gender into Environmental and
Social Impact Assessments in Sub-Saharan Africa.
Ref. 2-142 International Finance Corporation, EHS Guidelines Onshore Oil and Gas
Development (2007).
Ref. 2-143 International Finance Corporation, Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines:
Electric Power Transmission and Distribution (2007).
Ref. 2-144 International Finance Corporation, Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines:
General EHS Guidelines (2007).
Ref. 2-145 International Finance Corporation, Good Practice Handbook, Cumulative Impact
Assessment and Management: Guidance for the Private Sector in Emerging Markets
(2013).
Ref. 2-146 International Finance Corporation, Handbook for Preparing a Resettlement Action
Plan, 2002.
Ref. 2-147 International Finance Corporation, Stakeholder Engagement Handbook, 2007.
Ref. 2-148 International Finance Corporation, Good Practice Note Addressing Grievances from
Project-Affected Communities, 2009.
Ref. 2-149 International Finance Corporation, Handbook for Addressing Project-Induced In-
Migration, 2009.
Ref. 2-150 International Finance Corporation, Introduction to Health Impact Assessment, 2009.
Ref. 2-151 Government of Uganda, Ministry of Water and Environment, Uganda’s Intended
Nationally Determined Contribution, October 2015.

Ref. 2-152 Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat,

(the Ramsar Convention), 1971.

Ref. 2-153 Ramsar Convention Secretariat, 2010.

Ref. 2-154 Wetlands Management Department and Nature Uganda, 2008.

Ref. 2-155 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora
(CITES) Secretariat, 2015.

February 2019 2-63

 Chapter 2:
Tilenga Project ESIA Policy, Regulatory and Administrative Framework

Ref. 2-156 United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) / Convention on Migratory Species
of Wild Animals (CMS) Secretariat, 2014.

Ref. 2-157 Masindi District Local Government (DLG) (2015) Five Year District Development Plan
2015/2016-2019/2020

Ref. 2-158 World Health Organisation, Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality, (2011).

Ref. 2-159 Standard Guide for Consensus-based Process for an Occupational Safety and Health
Standard that Includes an Occupational Exposure Guideline (US 1820:2017)

Ref. 2-160 Onshore oil and gas production operations requirements (US 1585:2017)

February 2019 2-64

03 – ESIA Methodology
 Chapter 3:
ESIA Methodology

Table of Contents

3.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................... 3-2

3.2 ESIA Approach ................................................................................................................. 3-2
3.2.1 General Overview ............................................................................................................. 3-2
3.2.2 Project Brief ...................................................................................................................... 3-6
3.2.3 Screening ......................................................................................................................... 3-6
3.2.4 ESIA Scoping and Terms of Reference ............................................................................. 3-6
3.2.5 Baseline Studies - Secondary data and Primary data ........................................................ 3-7
3.2.6 Analysis of Alternatives ..................................................................................................... 3-7
3.3 Impact Assessment Methodology...................................................................................... 3-7
3.3.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................... 3-7
3.3.2 Assessing Impact Significance .......................................................................................... 3-8
3.3.3 Impact Significance......................................................................................................... 3-10
3.3.4 Cumulative, Unplanned Events and Transboundary Impact Assessment ......................... 3-12
3.3.5 Consideration of the In-Combination Impacts of the Project and its Supporting and
Associated Facilities ....................................................................................................... 3-12
3.3.6 Mitigation and Management ............................................................................................ 3-13
3.3.7 Residual Impacts ............................................................................................................ 3-14
3.4 Stakeholder Engagement................................................................................................ 3-15
3.5 Data Limitations .............................................................................................................. 3-15
3.6 References ..................................................................................................................... 3-17

Table of Figures

Figure 3-1: Simplified Impact Assessment Process .......................................................................... 3-3

Figure 3-2: Ugandan EIA Process.................................................................................................... 3-5
Figure 3-3: Impact Identification and Assessment Process ............................................................... 3-9
Figure 3-4: Mitigation Hierarchy ..................................................................................................... 3-14

List of Tables

Table 3-1: Impact Significance Matrix ............................................................................................ 3-11

Table 3-2: Impact Significance Definitions (Adverse Impacts)......................................................... 3-11

February 2019
 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

3 ESIA Methodology
3.1 Introduction
The impact assessment methodology used in this Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
(ESIA) Report provides a basis to characterise the environmental and social impacts of the Project.
The methodology is based on national legislation and guidelines and international commonly
employed guidance in relation to the undertaking of impact assessments and takes into consideration
the International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards (PS).

Potential impacts arising from planned and unplanned activities linked to the development of the
Project are assessed. These are split into four Project phases, which include:
Site Preparation and Enabling
Construction and Pre-C
Commissioning and Operations and
Decommissioning.

Planned activities include routine and non-routine Project activities or events required for each phase
of the Project. Unplanned events are those not anticipated to occur during the normal course of
Project activities.

The impact assessment methodology for planned activities takes into consideration impact magnitude
and receptor sensitivity. A matrix is used to derive impact significance. The concept of likelihood is
included in the methodology for unplanned events. The likelihood of the event occurring, and the
likelihood of impacts arising are considered.

The assessment of discipline-specific impacts is presented in Chapters 6 to 19 of this ESIA Report, as

outlined within Table 1-3 of Chapter 1: Introduction. Unplanned Events are addressed in Chapter
20: Unplanned Events, Cumulative Impacts are assessed in Chapter 21: Cumulative Impact
Assessment and Transboundary Impacts are presented within Chapter 22: Transboundary Impact
Assessment.

3.2 ESIA Approach

3.2.1 General Overview

ESIA is a systematic approach to identifying the potential impacts of a project, and describing the
mitigation, management and monitoring measures that will be implemented to address these impacts.
Beneficial impacts are also identified. Ultimately, the results of this ESIA will allow the National
Environment Management Authority (NEMA) and other Government agencies to make informed
decisions about the development proposals, and allow potentially affected stakeholders to participate
in the process.

To ensure a robust and detailed impact assessment, the ESIA process was structured over a series
of progressive and iterative stages. Stakeholders, the Project Proponents, and the Consultant
Assessment team provided input to these stages during the ESIA process.

Defining whether impacts are within or outside of the scope of the ESIA is an important step towards
ensuring that the impact assessment is relevant and properly tailored to the Project. Site-specific
environmental and social factors influence the nature and scale of potential impacts and can vary
substantially between projects, even when developments appear similar.

This ESIA study and Project design process were iterative i.e. as part of the Project design process,
measures to avoid or minimise impacts were identified and incorporated into the design. These are
referred to as “embedded mitigation” and include physical design features and management
measures. These embedded mitigation considered the Ugandan legislation and IFC mitigation
hierarchy as discussed in IFC PS1 (see section 3.3.6). The measures are based on Good
International Industry Practice (GIIP) and Best Available Techniques (BAT) and are intended to assist

February 2019 3-2

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

in the avoidance and control of significant adverse impacts. Specific design controls are described in
greater detail in Chapter 4: Project Description and Alternatives as well as where necessary within
each technical chapter. Where the outcome of the impact assessment indicates that design controls
are insufficient to manage an impact to an acceptable level, further measures have been identified.
These measures have been termed “additional mitigation and enhancement measures” and are
described in the respective chapters and detailed in Appendix T (Environmental and Social
Management Plan (ESMP) Mitigation Checklist). Enhancement measures relate to trying to further
improve any identified positive impacts. These measures were also discussed and agreed with the
Project design team.

The impact assessment process has been summarised within Figure 3-1:

Figure 3-1: Simplified Impact Assessment Process

The steps identified in Figure 3-1 are simplified but convey the general approach to an ESIA. Potential
impacts during each phase of the Project lifecycle (i.e. Site Preparation and Enabling Works;
Construction and Pre-Commissioning; Commissioning and Operations; and Decommissioning) are
considered separately in this ESIA. The potential for these phases to overlap is also considered
where necessary.

Figure 3-2 provides more detail on the Ugandan Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) process. A
number of the key phases include:
Screening: An early exercise to identify how the Project might interact with the environment.
Screening focuses the ESIA on the most likely interactions and receptors and assists in incorporating
environmental and social considerations into Project planning and design. The Screening stage also
determines whether an ESIA is required for a Project;

Scoping: Utilises more detailed engineering data along with some preliminary baseline data and
feedback from stakeholders. Scoping asks; what adverse impacts might occur? How significant might
these potential impacts be? What can be done to mitigate them? What benefits might the Project
have? What can be done to enhance the benefits? The Scoping stage also identifies the topics and
methodologies to be used for the detailed ESIA study;

Baseline Studies: A process to understand the existing environment through desk-based and field-
based research including stakeholder engagement so that impacts can be more accurately predicted,
and to provide a baseline against which changes brought about by the Project can be measured. It is
important to note that baseline studies commence during the Scoping stage and continue throughout
the development of the ESIA Report;

Impact Assessment and Production of ESIA Report (this report): Predicts and assesses the
potential impacts of the Project, based on the Project description, baseline studies, and feedback from
stakeholders, engineering teams and professional expertise. The impact assessment categorises

February 2019 3-3

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

potential adverse impacts based on their significance, which may be rated as either Insignificant, or of
Low, Moderate or High significance. This also includes the development of mitigation and
management measures and the re-evaluation of the impacts after measures are applied (i.e. residual
impacts). Positive impacts are also determined and any enhancement measures which may be
implemented as part of the Project identified. The output of this phase is contained within this ESIA
Report;

Mitigation, Management, and Monitoring (subject of this report): Commitments relating to

proposed mitigation measures in order to avoid, reduce, restore or offset adverse impacts, and
enhance beneficial measures, are contained in this ESIA Report. The ESMP presented within
Chapter 23 of this ESIA provides high level mitigation and monitoring measures and forms the basis
for the preparation of detailed management and implementation plans covering Project activities or
potentially affected receptors; and

Stakeholder Engagement: Stakeholder Identification and engagement is a key part of the ESIA
process. Stakeholder engagement was conducted throughout each phase of the Project and the
results of these consultations have been incorporated into this ESIA.

Additional Project Specific information is provided relating to each of these key phases in sections
3.2.2 to 3.2.6.

For the purposes of this report, we have used the term ESIA which is interchangeable with the term
Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) which is used within the Ugandan regulations.

February 2019 3-4

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

1
Figure reproduced from EIA Guidelines for the Energy Sector (NEMA 2014, Ref. 3-1) .

Figure 3-2: Ugandan EIA Process

1
It is recognised that Monitoring report shall also be submitted to the Petroleum Authority of Uganda (PAU) as per the update
to the Uganda Petroleum Industry regulatory framework in 2016

February 2019 3-5

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

3.2.2 Project Brief

Due to the size and scale of the Project, it was agreed with NEMA early in the process that it was not
necessary to develop a Project Brief (PB) (as outlined in the Ugandan EIA regulations and included
within Figure 3-2) and instead go straight to the screening and Scoping stages, which ultimately led to
the development of this ESIA Report.

3.2.3 Screening
Screening was the first stage undertaken during the ESIA process to identify potential interactions
between the Project and existing physical, ecological, and human receptors. This was undertaken in
2015. Undertaking screening early in the ESIA process facilitated the incorporation of environmental
and social considerations into the development of the Project design.

The Screening Stage included the following key steps:

Identification of potential physical, ecological and human receptors based on existing knowledge

Examination of relevant national legislative requirements and international guidelines

Development of a screening matrix to illustrate the potential interactions of Project activities with
the physical, ecological and human receptors.

3.2.4 ESIA Scoping and Terms of Reference

Following the Screening Stage, scoping was undertaken to provide further detail of potential
environmental and social effects of the Project using additional engineering and baseline data. The
Scoping Stage intended to facilitate impact identification in a consistent and robust manner.

Scoping was aimed to ensure that the impact assessment process was focussed on the potentially
significant environmental and social impacts which might arise from the Project. The ESIA Scoping
study also served to initiate early engagement with stakeholders and define the ESIA stakeholder
engagement process going forward. As part of the ESIA, a number of reconnaissance and
stakeholder engagement visits by the key environmental and socials specialists were undertaken
during the summer of 2015 within the Project Area (details of which were included within the Scoping
Report and Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP), Appendix G). The Project Proponents submitted
the Tilenga Project ESIA Scoping Report (including the terms of reference for the main ESIA) to
th
NEMA on 19 December 2015. In summary, in line with Regulation 10 of the Ugandan EIA
Regulations 1998 (Ref. 3-2), the ESIA Scoping Report included:

an identification of suitable survey and research metho

details on the identified stakeholders and a summary on the consultation undertaken and the

an outline of
initial details on other past, present or foreseeable future projects in the area that could be

an initial overview of the key preliminary environmental and social impacts to be addressed in the

Terms of Reference for the main ESIA Report.

February 2019 3-6

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

st
NEMA subsequently provided formal approval of the Scoping Report and Terms of Reference on 21
April 2016. The approval also contained a number of recommendations and requirements which
NEMA expects to be included within the ESIA. A copy of the approval, and a checklist on how the
NEMA recommendations and requirements were addressed, is contained within Appendix A of this
ESIA.

3.2.5 Baseline Studies - Secondary data and Primary data

An important component of the Scoping Stage was to identify baseline conditions (i.e. the prevailing
environmental and social characteristics against which the potential impacts of the Project could be
assessed). Baseline conditions were defined during the Scoping Stage through a review of existing
environmental and social information. A significant body of information was available in
environmental, social and geotechnical survey data and reports prepared for the Project since 2012.
This information included the results of terrestrial and aquatic ecology, water quality, social and
health, sediment and geology, soil and groundwater, cultural heritage, air quality and noise surveys
undertaken within the defined Study area for each topic. In addition to Project-specific information,
reports by government agencies and other groups, and scientific journals, were reviewed for relevant
baseline information.

As a result of the above Scoping stage activities, a number of data gaps were identified. This led to
the detailed planning and undertaking of a suite of additional primary baseline data surveys and
specialist studies specifically designed to feed into this ESIA. The results of these primary baseline
data collection activities have been used in conjunction with the vast amount of available secondary
data to help explain and illustrate the current baseline conditions which occur within the Project Area
of Influence (AoI). Each technical chapter of this ESIA provides a number of dedicated sections
covering the topic of baseline conditions, including reference to threats and trends where relevant and
where data is available.

3.2.6 Analysis of Alternatives

The design process started with consideration of high level strategic options and progressively
focused in on more detailed alternatives. Total Exploration & Production (E&P) Uganda B.V (TEP
Uganda) and Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Ltd (TUOP) initiated a detailed front end engineering
design (FEED) process for the Project. This included the appointment of a number of contractors who
were given the brief of developing an efficient scheme design which took into consideration the
Project environmental and social avoidance requirements and baseline data. The technical sections
of this ESIA have assessed the impacts associated with the chosen base-case Project design.
However, an assessment of alternatives is included within Chapter 4: Project Description and
Alternative Assessment and looks at:
The ‘No Project’ Alternative;
Optioneering; and
Design and Layout Alternatives.

3.3 Impact Assessment Methodology

3.3.1 Introduction
This section summarises the overall approach taken to identify and characterise the environmental,
social and socioeconomic impacts associated with the Project, during each of the Project phases.

An initial step in assessing potential changes to the baseline conditions (impacts) resulting from the
Project was to identify environmental aspects. Environmental aspects are defined in ISO 14001 (Ref.
3-3) as:
‘‘An element of an organization’s activities, products or services which can interact with the
environment.''
An impacts and activities register was subsequently developed taking into account the range of
anticipated Project activities and related aspects. This included aspects over the full life cycle of the
development such as waste management and resource use, and activities related to Site Preparation

February 2019 3-7

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

and Enabling Works (e.g. site clearing), Construction and Pre-Commissioning (e.g. construction of
facilities, camps, and drilling), Commissioning and Operations (e.g. operations of wells, pipelines, and
facilities), and Decommissioning (e.g. abandonment).

As part of this process, potential receptors within the Project AoI that might be affected by any Project
activities were then identified based on the baseline information. An environmental receptor can be
defined as:
‘‘An entity that receives a contaminant or pollutant and which can be subject to an environmental
impact. It can be a body of water, air, parcel of land, community, ecosystem or individual
organism, human being or property” (Ref. 3-4).
Once the aspects and receptors were identified, the interactions occurring between the individual
aspects and receptors that might lead to potential impacts of the proposed activities were considered
and evaluated.

3.3.2 Assessing Impact Significance

For each potential impact identified, an assessment of impact significance was made.
The impact assessment methodology took into account the following in order to make a prediction of
the impact’s ‘significance’:
an impact’s nature (adverse or beneficial);
type (direct, indirect or induced, in combination, transboundary, cumulative);
magnitude; and
the sensitivity of the affected receptors.

The basic process adopted for assessing potential Project impacts in this ESIA is illustrated in Figure
3-3.

Professional judgment and experience, data, models, and regulatory and industry standards all
contributed to the assessment of impacts, which ranged from technical analysis using quantitative
criteria (such as quality standards for water or air) to more subjective measures, such as loss of visual
amenity. Most impact assessments combined both quantitative and qualitative analysis and the
criteria used to evaluate impacts are clearly defined in each technical chapter of this ESIA.

It should be noted that impact significance was first assessed taking into account existing design
control measures (i.e. embedded measures) that were incorporated into the Project design such as
the avoidance work which has already happened to avoid sensitive environmental or social receptors
as well as practical measures such as the use of bunding for storage tanks or liners for drilling fluid
retention. These are discussed in more detail in Chapter 4: Project Description and Alternatives.
After the remaining potential impacts were identified and this preliminary impact significance
assessment conducted, strategies to further avoid or mitigate the impacts were then developed as
needed. In some cases this also included measures to enhance or optimise potential benefits of the
Project.

The significance of the impacts was then re-evaluated based on these additional mitigation measures.
The resulting potential impact is known as the ‘residual’ impact, and represents the impact that could
remain following the application of mitigation and management measures, and thus the level of impact
associated with that receptor and Project component. The assessment of unplanned events was
approached in a different manner due to the very low probability of an event happening. Further
details are included with Chapter 20: Unplanned Events.

February 2019 3-8

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

Figure 3-3: Impact Identification and Assessment Process

3.3.2.1 Impact Magnitude

Within the assessment of significance for each potential impact, a determination of the magnitude of
the potential impact was made.
The magnitude of a given impact is a measure of the degree of change from the baseline conditions,
and was typically determined through the consideration of the following factors (which can be
considered in parallel):
Extent: the spatial extent (e.g. the area impacted) or population extent (e.g. proportion of the
population/ community affected) of an impact;
Duration: how long the impact will last (e.g. hours, weeks, months or years);
Frequency: how often the impact will occur (e.g. a one-off event, periodic, or continuous); and
Reversibility: the length of time and effort required for baseline conditions to return (e.g.
reversible in the short-term or long-term, or irreversible).
The magnitude of an impact was rated as negligible, low, moderate, or high. The criteria for each of
these ratings were tailored for each study topic, and are defined in each technical chapter of this ESIA
Report.

3.3.2.2 Identifying Receptors

As outlined in section 3.3.1 above, receptors are environmental components (e.g. physical, ecological
or biological), people and cultural heritage assets that may be affected, adversely or beneficially, by
the Project. Potential receptors were identified through both desk and field-based studies, taking into
consideration potential Project impacts. Based on the review of existing information, four high-level
categories of Project receptors were identified:
Physical: i.e. non-living environmental components, including air quality, water bodies,
landscapes, terrestrial soils and geology;
Terrestrial ecology: i.e. terrestrial habitat, flora and fauna;
Aquatic Ecology: i.e. aquatic flora and fauna; and
Social: i.e. humans – be it landowners and residents of local communities, local economy or
water users; and cultural heritage.

February 2019 3-9

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

3.3.2.3 Receptor Sensitivity

Receptor sensitivity considers the degree to which a receptor may be susceptible to an environmental
aspect. More sensitive receptors may experience a greater degree of change, or have less ability to
deal with the change, compared with less sensitive receptors that may be more resilient or adaptable.
As with magnitude, the concept of receptor sensitivity was based on multiple characteristics, typically:
Vulnerability: the degree to which a receptor is vulnerable to change (i.e. higher or lower
sensitivity);
Value: the degree to which a receptor is valued or protected, with higher value receptors (based
on ecological, cultural, social, economic, or other grounds) having a higher sensitivity; and
Resilience: the degree to which a receptor is able to recover from an impact.
The sensitivity of a receptor was rated as negligible, low, moderate or high. The criteria for each of
these ratings were tailored for each study topic, and are defined in each technical chapter of this ESIA
Report.

3.3.2.4 Types of Impacts

Impacts were also characterised using the following descriptors:
Direct – impacts that may result from a direct interaction between a planned Project activity and
the receiving environment (e.g. construction of a well pad within the MFNP);
Indirect – impacts that may follow on from the primary interactions between the Project and its
environment because of subsequent interactions in the environment (e.g. loss of part of a habitat
could affect the population of a species over a wider area);
Induced – impacts that may result from other knock on activities that may happen as a
consequence of the Project (e.g. they tend to be social in nature, such as in-migration, new
businesses set up to cater for increased traffic on roads);
In-Combination effects: for the purpose of this ESIA, potential in-combination impacts were
determined when we considered the joint impacts of both the Project and the Supporting
Infrastructure and associated facilities (additional information provided in section 3.3.5 below);
Transboundary – impacts that may extend or occur across a national boundary (additional
information provided in section 3.3.4 below);
Cumulative – impacts that may result from the incremental impact, on areas or resources used or
directly affected by the Project, from other existing, planned or reasonably defined developments
(additional information provided in section 3.3.4 below).
3.3.3 Impact Significance
Once the receptor sensitivity and impact magnitude were rated, the overall significance of the impact
was predicted. This was assisted by an impact assessment matrix (see Table 3-1) and the impact
significance definitions (see Table 3-2), which ensured a consistent approach throughout the impact
assessment.

February 2019 3-10

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

Table 3-1: Impact Significance Matrix

Receptor Sensitivity (vulnerability, value and resilience)

Negligible Low Moderate High
Impact Negligible Insignificant Insignificant Insignificant Insignificant /
Magnitude Low*
(extent,
duration, Low Insignificant Low Low / Moderate
*
frequency, Moderate
reversibility)
Moderate Insignificant Low / Moderate High
*
Moderate
High Insignificant / Moderate High High
*
Low
* Professional expertise will determine the impact significance

Table 3-2: Impact Significance Definitions (Adverse Impacts)

Significance Definitions

High Significant. Potential or Residual Impacts with a “High” significance are predicted to have
Significance damaging and lasting changes to the functioning of a receptor, and may have broader
consequences (e.g. on ecosystem health or community well-being). Potential impacts of High
Significance are a priority for mitigation in order to avoid or reduce their significance.

Moderate Significant. Potential or Residual Impacts with a “Moderate” significance are predicted to be
Significance noticeable and result in lasting changes which may cause hardship to or degradation of the
receptor. Broader consequences for the ecosystem or community are not anticipated. Potential
impacts of Moderate Significance are a priority for mitigation in order to avoid or reduce their
significance.

Low Detectable but Not Significant. Potential or Residual Impacts with a “Low” significance are
Significance predicted to be noticeable changes to baseline conditions, beyond what would naturally occur,
but are not expected to cause hardship or degradation. However, potential impacts of Low
Significance still warrant the attention of decision-makers, and should be avoided or mitigated
where practicable.

Insignificant Not Significant. Potential or Residual Impacts are expected to be indistinguishable from the
baseline or within the natural level of variation. These potential impacts do not require
mitigation and are not a concern of the decision-making process.

It should be noted that impacts classed as ‘High’ or ‘Moderate’ are classed as being significant;
whilst those classed as ‘Low’ or ‘Insignificant’ are deemed to be not significant. This allows the
Project Proponents to primarily focus resources and mitigation measures on those potential impacts
which are considered significant, although measures are incorporated to reduce the significance of all
impacts.

The matrix and significance definitions have been used to assess adverse impacts of the Project.
Where possible, the same criteria have been used to identify the significance of beneficial impacts
(only looking at the positive changes). However, where this was not possible the beneficial impact has
been described in qualitative terms and, where applicable, measures to maximise benefits have also
been described. This is the approach that has been adopted for each of the technical topics unless
clearly stated otherwise in the following technical ESIA chapters.

February 2019 3-11

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

3.3.4 Cumulative, Unplanned Events and Transboundary Impact Assessment

In addition to the core assessment and management of the potential impacts of the Project, in line
with Ugandan regulations and IFC PS requirements, the ESIA also assessed a number of other types
of potential impacts including:
Potential impacts from Unplanned events: Impacts may also arise as a result of unplanned
events (i.e. activities or events that are not anticipated to occur in the normal course of operations
of the Project, including accidents and malfunctions). These impacts were also assessed as part
of the ESIA process, along with measures to manage risks and respond to unplanned events.
Examples include damage to a pipeline resulting in release of oil to the environment, emergency
flaring of gas and transportation incidents. Although the likelihood of unplanned events is low,
appropriate management plans will be developed and implemented to ensure that impacts are
avoided, minimised and contained (e.g. an Oil Spill Contingency Plan). Appropriate unplanned
event contingency planning therefore minimises the likelihood of remote probability events
occurring, as well as minimising the consequences of such events. More details are provided
within Chapter 20: Unplanned Events;
Potential Cumulative impacts: While an impact may be large or even relatively small when
considering the Project on its own, the impact may be magnified in combination with impacts from
other planned future, or under construction developments; these combined effects are known as
‘cumulative’ impacts. A cumulative impact is an impact that results from incremental changes
caused by other past, present, or reasonably foreseeable actions by others outside of the Project
scope together with those from the Project, for example the incremental noise from a number of
separate developments. When assessing the overall effects of a project, it is important that
potential cumulative impacts are considered. The significance of cumulative impacts has been
evaluated using the same method as the impact assessment, where possible. The cumulative
impact assessment (CIA) has however been based on the identification of valued environmental
and social components (VECs) and based on “IFC Good Practice Handbook, Cumulative Impact
Assessment and Management: Guidance for the Private Sector in Emerging Markets” (Ref. 3-7).
More detail is provided in Chapter 21: Cumulative Impact Assessment of this ESIA; and
Transboundary Impacts: Potential impacts that may extend to multiple countries, beyond the
host country of the project, but are not global in nature. Examples include air pollution extending
to multiple countries, use or pollution of international waterways, and transboundary epidemic
disease transmission. The Protocol on Environment and Natural Resources Management,
prepared by the East African Community (2005) (Ref. 3-5) and the Nile Basin Initiative (NBI)
Sustainability Framework (Ref. 3-6), also require transboundary assessment to be undertaken for
shared resources that may be affected by a project. Further details are provided in Chapter 22:
Transboundary Impacts.

3.3.5 Consideration of the In-Combination Impacts of the Project and its

Supporting and Associated Facilities
As described in Chapter 4: Project Description and Alternatives, the Project has a number of
supporting and associated facilities that are being developed separately (i.e. they are subject to
separate permitting processes and separate ESIAs). These facilities include:
Tilenga Feeder Pipeline;
East Africa Crude Oil Export Pipeline (EACOP);
Waste management storage and treatment facilities for the Project;
132 Kilovolt (kV) Transmission Line from Tilenga Central Processing Facility (CPF) to Kabaale
Industrial Park; and
Critical oil roads.
As these facilities are directly linked to the Project and would not be constructed or expanded if the
Project did not exist, there is a need to consider the in-combination impacts of the Project and the
supporting and associated facilities. This is distinct from the Cumulative Impact Assessment which
considers all defined major developments identified within the Project’s Area of Influence (and not just

February 2019 3-12

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

the associated facilities) following a specific methodology which is focussed on priority VECs (see
Chapter 21: Cumulative Impact Assessment).

In each technical chapter of the ESIA, the significance of the residual impacts of the Project have
been described. The in-combination assessment considered whether the residual impact of the
Project would be exacerbated due to the potential impacts of supporting or associated facilities.
Where the potential for in-combination impacts was identified a comment was made on the need for
additional collaborative mitigation or management measures.

The in-combination assessment was based on information available on the supporting and associated
facilities at the time of writing this report (April 2018). To date, the only assessment reports available
are for the Critical Oil Roads that are associated with the Project and were published by the Uganda
National Roads Authority (UNRA):
The Environmental & Social Impact Statement for the upgrading of; Paraa-Pakwach; Kisanja -
Park Junction; Sambiya-Murchison Falls; Buliisa-Paraa; Wanseko-Kasenyi-Kirango-Bugungu
camp Roads and associated Bridges (169 km) (UNRA, September 2017); and
The Environmental & Social Impact Statement for the proposed upgrade of the Masindi-Biiso
Road, located in Masindi and Buliisa districts of Uganda (UNRA, October 2017)2.
The ESIAs for the Tilenga Feeder Pipeline and EACOP are in preparation, and the waste
management storage and treatment facilities are subject to an on-going feasibility study.
Consequently, it should be noted that the environmental and social impacts of these facilities had not
yet been assessed in detail and thus no specific information was available to inform the in-
combination assessment.

Only high level information on the 132 Kilovolt (kV) Transmission Line from Tilenga Central
Processing Facility (CPF) to Kabaale Industrial Park currently exists and thus no specific information
was available to inform the in-combination assessment.

The limitations of our in-combination assessments are therefore recognised, however, it should be
noted that it is anticipated that more detailed assessment of these impacts will be included within the
ESIAs for the Tilenga Feeder Pipeline, EACOP and waste management facilities. During the
production of those future ESIA documents, the authors will have more available information,
including the contents of this ESIA and will be able to provide a more accurate assessment of any
potential in-combination impacts anticipated between the projects. Given these limitations, only a brief
description of the potential impacts is presented and no attempt has been made to assign a level of
significance.

In line with the Project Proponents procedures and protocols, the supporting and associated facilities
will follow the mitigation hierarchy and will seek to avoid, minimise, restore or offset any identified
adverse impacts relevant to their own development as far as reasonably practicable. Consequently, it
will remain the responsibility of each project to limit the significance of any identified adverse impacts,
which in turn, will reduce the likelihood of any significant adverse in-combination impacts.

3.3.6 Mitigation and Management

Where an adverse potential impact has been identified, efforts have been made to develop strategies
to primarily avoid (e.g. through the design process) or minimise the impact. The application of
mitigation measures is an iterative process that will continue until an adverse impact is deemed as
low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). The selection of mitigation measures has considered a
standard mitigation hierarchy (Figure 3-4), in line with IFC PS1 (Ref. 3-4), whereby preference is
given to avoiding impacts altogether and subsequently to minimising the impact, repairing its effects,
and/ or offsetting the impact through actions in other areas.

2
UNRA are developing 11 roads to support oil and gas activity. The roads which are considered to be associated with the
Project are described in Chapter 4: Project Description and Alternatives.

February 2019 3-13

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

Figure 3-4: Mitigation Hierarchy

Each technical chapter of the ESIA includes a section specifically relating to the identification of
additional mitigation and enhancement measures which are required to help ensure the significance
of the predicted impacts is at an acceptable level. Chapter 23: Environmental and Social
Management Plan and the associated Appendix T (ESMP Mitigation Checklist) provide a framework
for implementation of the identified mitigation measures. A suite of detailed and individual
environmental and social management plans will be developed by the Project Proponents ahead of
the commencement of construction activities and continually updated for operations. Adherence to
these plans will be a condition of any Project construction and operation contracts awarded. Further
details are provided in Chapter 23: Environmental and Social Management Plan.

3.3.7 Residual Impacts

After suitable mitigation measures were identified, the significance of each potential impact was re-
evaluated to predict the post-mitigation (‘residual’) significance. It is this residual significance that
has been used to support decision making and conclusions about the Project’s impacts.

February 2019 3-14

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

3.4 Stakeholder Engagement

As part of the ESIA process, stakeholder engagement was, and continues to be, undertaken
throughout the development of the Project to ensure that all interested parties are aware and informed
of the Project and have an opportunity to provide input regarding potential Project impacts and
mitigation measures. ESIA related consultations have been undertaken with:
National authorities;
Municipal and local authorities;
Local communities and cultural leaders;
Local businesses and business organisations;
Non-governmental organisations (NGOs) and civil society organisations (CSOs); and
Academic and scientific organisations.

The Project has developed a Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) which identifies stakeholders and
their interests, describes the consultation undertaken and that planned as part of the Project’s ESIA
process, and establishes a framework for stakeholder engagement activities to be undertaken as the
Project progresses beyond the ESIA phase.

The stakeholder consultation process has helped the ESIA to scope receptors, VECs as part of the
CIA, and potential impacts and concerns identified by the public. Stakeholder consultation was
initiated by the Project Proponents prior to ESIA start, and has been a part of the ESIA process from
the initial screening phase, and will continue with the submission of this ESIA. Further engagement
will be ongoing during Project implementation to ensure the management and consideration of
stakeholder’s concerns, including the ongoing operation of a grievance mechanism.

This ESIA Report will be released to the public for review and comment by NEMA in line with the
Ugandan EIA regulations. Additionally, a copy will be disclosed on TEP Uganda’s website. The
purpose of this disclosure is:
To help stakeholders understand the potential impacts, following the application of mitigation
measures, that may arise as a result of the Project;
To provide an opportunity for stakeholders to raise comments about the Project; and
To confirm to stakeholders that their opinions obtained through the stakeholder engagement
process have been considered in both Project design and ESIA evaluation.
Details of the stakeholder engagement process for the ESIA are discussed further in Chapter 5:
Stakeholder Engagement.

3.5 Data Limitations

This ESIA Report has been based on design information available at the time of its preparation.
Where necessary assumptions have been made and discussed in the relevant chapters.

Consequently the ESIA has been undertaken on Project engineering design information at a FEED
level.

During further detailed design work, amendments may occur that might result in a deviation from what
is presented in the Project Description provided within this ESIA. The Project has a management of
change process to manage and track any such amendments, which is also intended to assess their
potential consequences with respect to environmental and social impact. Further information is
provided in Chapter 4: Project Description and Alternatives.
All key design changes will be added to a register of changes, which will summarise the change, the
assessment of potential consequences with respect to environmental and social impact, and the
justification. The management of change process will be incorporated into the ESMS, which is
described in further detail in Chapter 23: Environmental and Social Management Plan.

February 2019 3-15

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

Comprehensive data have been used to inform this ESIA Report to enable sufficient confidence in the
assessment conclusions. Notwithstanding the data set used, where any information has not been
available, conservative assumptions have been made and are outlined in the relevant chapters of this
ESIA Report.

In this ESIA Report, predictions were made using accepted ESIA methods ranging from qualitative
assessment and expert judgement to quantitative modelling. The impact assessment sections in
Chapters 6 to 19 detail specific relevant data and assumptions made as necessary.

February 2019 3-16

 Chapter 3:
Tilenga Project ESIA ESIA Methodology

3.6 References

Ref. 3-1 National Environment Management Authority, Uganda, Environmental Impact

Assessment Guidelines for the Energy Sector, (2014).

Ref. 3-2 Republic of Uganda, Environmental Impact Assessment Regulation, S.I. No. 13/1998.
Statutory Instruments, (1998).

Ref. 3-3 International Organization for Standardization, ISO 14001 Environmental

Management Systems, (2015).

Ref. 3-4 International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2012), Performance Standards.

Ref. 3-5 Protocol on Environment and Natural Resources Management (2005), East African
Community.

Ref. 3-6 Nile Basin Initiative Sustainability Framework. Nile Basin Initiative (2011).

Ref. 3-7 IFC’s Good Practice Handbook to Cumulative Impact Assessment and Management:
Guidance for the Private Sector in Emerging Markets (2013).

February 2019 3-17

04 – Project Description
and Alternatives
 Chapter 4:
Project Description and Alternatives

Table of Contents

4.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................... 4-5

4.2 Overview of the Project ..................................................................................................... 4-7
4.2.1 Production Profile ............................................................................................................. 4-7
4.2.2 Project Components ......................................................................................................... 4-8
4.3 Description of Project Components ................................................................................. 4-12
4.3.1 Existing Facilities ............................................................................................................ 4-12
4.3.2 Well Pads ....................................................................................................................... 4-15
4.3.3 Production and Injection Network .................................................................................... 4-19
4.3.4 Industrial Area and CPF.................................................................................................. 4-21
4.3.5 Lake Water Abstraction System ...................................................................................... 4-26
4.3.6 Roads ............................................................................................................................. 4-28
4.3.7 Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facility ................................................................................. 4-32
4.3.8 Bugungu Airstrip ............................................................................................................. 4-33
4.3.9 Tangi Support Base (Operations and Construction)......................................................... 4-33
4.3.10 Masindi Vehicle Check Point ........................................................................................... 4-34
4.4 Potential Future Field Development ................................................................................ 4-37
4.5 Associated Facilities ....................................................................................................... 4-37
4.6 Project Schedule............................................................................................................. 4-39
4.7 Land Acquisition and Resettlement ................................................................................. 4-42
4.8 Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase ................................................................... 4-43
4.8.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................ 4-43
4.8.2 Civil Works for Well Pads and Water Abstraction System ................................................ 4-46
4.8.3 Upgrade Works to Roads and the Construction of New Roads ........................................ 4-46
4.8.4 Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing............................................................................................. 4-47
4.8.5 Upgrade Work to the Masindi Airstrip .............................................................................. 4-47
4.8.6 Upgrade Work to the Bugungu Airstrip ............................................................................ 4-47
4.8.7 Boreholes Drilling............................................................................................................ 4-48
4.8.8 Materials and Borrow Pits ............................................................................................... 4-48
4.8.9 Work Force ..................................................................................................................... 4-53
4.8.10 Water Demand ............................................................................................................... 4-54
4.8.11 Vehicles, Equipment and Plant........................................................................................ 4-56
4.8.12 Logistics and Procurement .............................................................................................. 4-57
4.9 Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase .................................................................. 4-58
4.9.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................ 4-58
4.9.2 Industrial Area ................................................................................................................ 4-59
4.9.3 Construction Camps ....................................................................................................... 4-60
4.9.4 Lake Water Abstraction System ...................................................................................... 4-60
4.9.5 Drilling of Wells ............................................................................................................... 4-61
4.9.6 Production and Injection Network .................................................................................... 4-71
4.9.7 Pre-Commissioning Testing ............................................................................................ 4-79
4.9.8 Materials and Borrow Pits ............................................................................................... 4-80
4.9.9 Work Force ..................................................................................................................... 4-81
4.9.10 Water Demand ............................................................................................................... 4-81
4.9.11 Vehicles, Equipment and Traffic Flow ............................................................................. 4-83
4.9.12 Logistics and Procurement .............................................................................................. 4-86
4.9.13 Decommissioning Masindi Vehicle Check Point .............................................................. 4-90
4.9.14 Decommissioning of Buliisa Camp, Bugungu Camp and 17 ha of Tangi Camp ................ 4-90
4.10 Commissioning and Operations Phase............................................................................ 4-91
4.10.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................ 4-91
4.10.2 Organisation ................................................................................................................... 4-91
4.10.3 Commissioning ............................................................................................................... 4-92
4.10.4 Start up........................................................................................................................... 4-92
4.10.5 Operations ...................................................................................................................... 4-93
4.10.6 Operational Maintenance ................................................................................................ 4-96
4.10.7 Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facilities .............................................................................. 4-98
4.10.8 Production and Injection RoW ......................................................................................... 4-98
4.10.9 Road .............................................................................................................................. 4-98

February 2019
 Chapter 4:
Project Description and Alternatives

4.10.10 Work Force ..................................................................................................................... 4-98

4.10.11 Water Demand ............................................................................................................... 4-98
4.10.12 Vehicles, Equipment and Plant........................................................................................ 4-99
4.11 Decommissioning ........................................................................................................... 4-99
4.12 Stakeholder Engagement.............................................................................................. 4-102
4.13 National Content ........................................................................................................... 4-102
4.14 Waste ........................................................................................................................... 4-104
4.14.1 Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase ................................................................. 4-104
4.14.2 Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase ................................................................ 4-104
4.14.3 Commissioning and Operations Phase.......................................................................... 4-105
4.14.4 Decommissioning ......................................................................................................... 4-105
4.15 Management of Change................................................................................................ 4-105
4.16 Impact mitigation hierarchy and Embedded Mitigation ................................................... 4-105
4.16.1 Introduction................................................................................................................... 4-105
4.16.2 Embedded Mitigation Measures .................................................................................... 4-106
4.16.3 Environmental and Social Requirements in Design ....................................................... 4-106
4.17 Alternatives................................................................................................................... 4-107
4.17.1 Introduction................................................................................................................... 4-107
4.17.2 Regulatory Requirements ............................................................................................. 4-107
4.17.3 Approach to Alternative Analysis ................................................................................... 4-108
4.17.4 Project Zero Alternative................................................................................................. 4-110
4.17.5 Project Alternatives ....................................................................................................... 4-111
4.18 References ................................................................................................................... 4-131

Table of Figures

Figure 4.1: Indicative Layout of Project ............................................................................................ 4-6

Figure 4.2: Preliminary Production Profile ........................................................................................ 4-7
Figure 4.3: Oil Characteristics across the Project Area ..................................................................... 4-8
Figure 4.4: Location of Existing and Proposed Boreholes at the Buliisa, Bugungu and Tangi
Camps........................................................................................................................................... 4-14
Figure 4.5: Indicative Well Pad Layout during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase ..... 4-17
Figure 4.6: Indicative Well Pad Layout during the Commissioning and Operations Phase .............. 4-18
Figure 4.7: Indicative Schematic of the Industrial Area ................................................................... 4-22
Figure 4.8: Indicative Layout of the CPF ........................................................................................ 4-22
Figure 4.9: Example of an EGF and EF.......................................................................................... 4-24
Figure 4.10: Example of an Offshore Fixed Floating Platform ......................................................... 4-27
Figure 4.11: Schematic of an Anchor Mounted Midwater Intake Structure ...................................... 4-28
Figure 4.12: Upgraded and New Roads ......................................................................................... 4-31
Figure 4.13: Example of Ferry Design ............................................................................................ 4-32
Figure 4.14: Overview of proposed airstrip upgrades ..................................................................... 4-33
Figure 4.15: Indicative Schematic of Tangi Support Base ............................................................... 4-34
Figure 4.16: Indicative Layout at Masindi Check Point.................................................................... 4-36
Figure 4.17: Fields Location Layout ............................................................................................... 4-38
Figure 4.18: Indicative Overall Project Schedule ............................................................................ 4-40
Figure 4.19: Preliminary Well Pad Sequencing Schedule ............................................................... 4-41
Figure 4.20: Location of Borrow Pits and Quarry Sites ................................................................... 4-52
Figure 4.21: Typical Drilling Rig ..................................................................................................... 4-61
Figure 4.22: Oil Production Wells ................................................................................................... 4-63
Figure 4.23: Water Injection Wells ................................................................................................. 4-64
Figure 4.24: Wellhead, Christmas Tree .......................................................................................... 4-65
Figure 4.25: Well Cellar Design ..................................................................................................... 4-65
Figure 4.26: Batch Drilling Sequence ............................................................................................. 4-66
Figure 4.27: Diagram of Thermal Desorption Approach .................................................................. 4-70
Figure 4.28: Diagram of WBM Cuttings Stabilisation and Disposal ................................................. 4-70
Figure 4.29: Typical Trench Alignment ........................................................................................... 4-72
Figure 4.30: Typical Open-cut Pipeline Construction Technique ..................................................... 4-73
Figure 4.31: Victoria Nile HDD Crossing Construction Technique ................................................... 4-75
Figure 4.32: Indicative Layout of HDD Construction Area North and South of the Victoria Nile ....... 4-76
Figure 4.33: Indicative Layout of Stringing Area for Victoria Nile Crossing ...................................... 4-77

February 2019
 Chapter 4:
Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4.34: HDD Stringing Area.................................................................................................... 4-78

Figure 4.35: Road Transportation Routes from Mombasa Port and Dar es Salaam ........................ 4-87
Figure 4.36: One-Way Traffic Flow In and Out of Buliisa ................................................................ 4-88
Figure 4.37: Schematic of Operational Process of the Project ........................................................ 4-94
Figure 4.38: Example Light workover Rig Typical Set Up ............................................................... 4-97
Figure 4.39: National Content Development ................................................................................. 4-103
Figure 4.40: Overview of Inputs Considered in Defining the Location and Footprint of the Well
Pads and the Routing and extent of the RoW of the Production and Injection Network ................. 4-110
Figure 4.41: Locations of 43 Well Pads Presented in the Scoping Report (2015) .......................... 4-113
Figure 4.42: Comparison of a Standard Dimension Well Design and a Slim Line Design .............. 4-115
Figure 4.43: HDD stringing Area for Options 1 and 2.................................................................... 4-117
Figure 4.44: Alternative locations for the Industrial Area (and Specifically the CPF) ...................... 4-122
Figure 4.45: Location of Three Water Abstraction System Options ............................................... 4-125
Figure 4.46: Locations of Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Options A, B, C and D ............................... 4-127

List of Tables

Table 4-1: Permanent Footprint of the Project ................................................................................ 4-10

Table 4-2: Temporary Footprint of the Project ................................................................................ 4-11
Table 4-3: Embedded Mitigation Measures of the Project Components .......................................... 4-12
Table 4-4: Summary of Existing Workers Camps ........................................................................... 4-13
Table 4-5: Borehole Coordinates (Existing and Proposed) at Buliisa, Bugungu and Tangi Camps .. 4-13
Table 4-6: List of Well Pads ........................................................................................................... 4-15
Table 4-7: Summary of Wells and Slots at Each Well Pad .............................................................. 4-19
Table 4-8: Approximate Length of the Production and Injection Network ........................................ 4-20
Table 4-9: Summary of Roads to be Upgraded .............................................................................. 4-29
Table 4-10: Summary of Proposed New Roads.............................................................................. 4-29
Table 4-11: Summary of Inter Field Access Roads to Well Pads South of the Victoria Nile ............. 4-30
Table 4-12: Land Acquisition Required .......................................................................................... 4-42
Table 4-13: Summary of RAPs South of the Victoria Nile ............................................................... 4-43
Table 4-14: Embedded Mitigation of the Project Components during the Site Preparation and
Enabling Works Phase .................................................................................................................. 4-44
Table 4-15: Embedded Mitigation to be adopted by the Contractor(s) during the Site Preparation
and Enabling Works Phase ............................................................................................................ 4-45
Table 4-16: Indicative Volumes of Excavated Materials and Required Material during Site
Preparation and Enabling Works Phase ......................................................................................... 4-49
Table 4-17: Murram Borrow Pits .................................................................................................... 4-50
Table 4-18: Work Force Indicative Requirements ........................................................................... 4-53
Table 4-19: Estimated Water Demand during the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase ...... 4-55
Table 4-20: Estimated Vehicle and Plant Use during Site Preparation and Enabling Works
Phase (Including the Number of Work Areas per Component)........................................................ 4-56
Table 4-21: Embedded Mitigation Measures of the Project Components during the Construction
and Pre-Commissioning Phase ...................................................................................................... 4-58
Table 4-22: Camp Accommodation during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase .......... 4-60
Table 4-23: Proposed Well Design................................................................................................. 4-62
Table 4-24: Proposed WBM Composition ...................................................................................... 4-68
Table 4-25: Proposed SBM Composition ....................................................................................... 4-68
Table 4-26: Indicative Volumes of Water Required for Hydrotesting Activities................................. 4-80
Table 4-27: Approximate Volumes of Materials Required for the Construction of the Production
and Injection Network .................................................................................................................... 4-81
Table 4-28: Approximate Water Demand during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning
Phase ............................................................................................................................................ 4-82
Table 4-29: Estimated Vehicle and Plant Use during Construction and Pre-Commissioning Site
Phase ............................................................................................................................................ 4-83
Table 4-30: Indicative Construction Traffic Movements .................................................................. 4-85
Table 4-31: Inter Field Access Road Traffic Movements................................................................. 4-85
Table 4-32: Start-up Sequence ...................................................................................................... 4-93
Table 4-33: Expected Quantities of Polymer Required for Pilot Project ........................................... 4-95
Table 4-34: Example Production chemicals.................................................................................... 4-96
Table 4-35: Approximate Water Demand during the Commissioning and Operations Phase......... 4-100

February 2019
 Chapter 4:
Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-36: Example of Macro Avoidance for Social Features ...................................................... 4-109
Table 4-37: Example of Macro Avoidance for Environmental Features ......................................... 4-109
Table 4-38: Refinement of Well Pads number and location .......................................................... 4-112
Table 4-39: Comparison of a WBM and SBM ............................................................................... 4-115
Table 4-40: Comparison of Trenchless Victoria Nile Crossing Options ......................................... 4-119
Table 4-41: Comparison of Three Water Abstraction System Locations........................................ 4-124
Table 4-42: Environmental and Social Impacts Associated with River Crossing Options ............... 4-128
Table 4-43: Surface Material Options Considered for Road Upgrades and New Roads ................ 4-131

February 2019
 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4 Project Description and Alternatives

4.1 Introduction
This chapter of the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) Report describes the
technical components of the Project and forms the basis of the assessment undertaken in the
technical studies found in Chapters 6 to 19 of this ESIA Report. The description of the Project has
been broken down into the following phases:

Construction and Pre-

Commissioning and Operations
Decommissioning.

As described in Section 1.3 of Chapter 1: Introduction, the Project is located to the northeast of
Lake Albert, in the Buliisa and Nwoya districts. The Project comprises the upstream development of
six production fields across 34 well pads in Contract Area 1 (CA-1), License Area 2 (LA-2) and
Exploration Area 1A (EA-1A) with a total Project area of approximately 111,000 hectares (ha) (the
Project itself covers around 1.1% of this area). As illustrated in Figure 4-1, the Project is naturally split
between the two banks of the Victoria Nile River. The field located North of Victoria Nile is inside the
Murchison Falls National Park (MFNP) and the fields south of the Victoria Nile are wholly located
outside the MFNP. The Project Area is located within the East Africa Rift System (EARS), in which
natural ground movements, seismicity and hydrocarbon seeps are common. A detailed overview of
the geological conditions of the Project Area is presented in Chapter 8: Geology and Soils.

The Project will extract oil and gas from the Miocene reservoirs, which are located between 250
metres (m) and 900m beneath ground level. The extraction of oil and gas will be coupled with water
injection into the reservoir, via dedicated water injection wells, to maintain pressure and facilitate the
extraction. Reservoir pressure will thus be maintained throughout the lifetime of the Project.

In total 412 wells are planned to be drilled (190 producers, 190 water injectors and 32 observation
wells) from 34 well pads. The Production and Injection Network will transport produced fluids and
associated gas from the well pads to a single Central Processing Facility (CPF). Production fluids and
gas will be gathered, treated and stabilised in the CPF, which will be situated with the Industrial Area
located south of the Victoria Nile. From the CPF, the treated and stabilised oil will be sent to the oil
export system via Tilenga Feeder pipeline (addressed in separate ESIA Report) and gas will be used
for power generation.

As part of the on-going Project design process, measures to avoid or minimise potential impacts have
been identified and incorporated within the pre-project and Front End Engineering and Design (FEED)
phases. These are referred to as “embedded mitigation measures” and include physical design
features and management measures. They are based on Good International Industry Practice (GIIP)
and are intended to avoid or control potentially negative impacts. Their role in controlling
environmental, social and cultural heritage impacts is discussed more in Chapter 3: ESIA
Methodology. Where the outcome of the ESIA indicates that embedded mitigation measures are
insufficient to minimise potential impact as far as technically and financially feasible, further measures
have been identified. These measures have been termed “additional mitigation measures” and are
described in respective chapters and detailed in Chapter 23: Environmental and Social
Management Plan.

Chapter 20: Unplanned Events presents an overview of the procedures and processes associated
with the Project to respond to and minimise the impact of emergency and unplanned events, including
those related to the geological nature of the region and the reservoir characteristics. An emergency
preparedness and response structure will be established; skilled personnel will attend all emergency
situations. Specific emergency response documentation will be developed and implemented for all
Project phases including Emergency Response Plans and Oil Spill Contingency Plans (OSCP).

February 2019 4-5

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-1: Indicative Layout of Project

February 2019 4-6

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

In line with the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, the Project will not
use ozone depleting substances including chlorofluorocarbon (CFCs), halons, 1,1,1-trichloroethane,
carbon tetrachloride, methyl bromide or hydrobromofluorocarbon (HBFCs).

4.2 Overview of the Project

4.2.1 Production Profile

The production profiles for produced gas, oil, water, total liquid (oil and produced water) and injection
water are shown in Figure 4-2. A feature of the production profile is that increasing amounts of water
will be produced from the fields, such that a well producing 100% oil at the start of its production will
end up producing more than 95% water and only 5% oil after several years.

From start up, the Project’s heating requirement and power generation will be fuelled using produced
gas associated with the oil production (refer to Section 4.3.4). Excess power will be used to supply the
Tilenga Feeder Pipeline, the East Africa Crude Oil Export Pipeline (EACOP) Kabaale Pumping
Station 1 and Pumping Station 2 (refer to Section 4.3.4).

800

700

600

500 Gas (MMscf/day)

Liquid (Mstb/day)
400
Oil (Mstb/day)
300 Injection Water (Mstb/day)
Produced Water (Mstb/day)
200

100

0 Years
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25

Figure 4-2: Preliminary Production Profile

4.2.1.1 Oil Characteristics

The expected oil characteristics for the Project Area are presented in Figure 4-3 and include:
Heavy and viscous oil (within MFNP) in the north of the Victoria Nile with a pour point of 15
degrees Celsius (°C), and a wax appearance temperature (WAT) of 34-28°C. Viscosities reach
250 centipoise (cP) at 50°C
Waxy oil in the south of the Victoria Nile with a relatively high pour point of 39-45°C and a high
WAT of 46-70°C.
The oil in the north is heavy and viscous while the oil in the south is waxy and has a WAT higher than
ambient temperature. The principal function of the CPF is to act as a gathering, processing and send
out facility for the oil produced from the well pads.

February 2019 4-7

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-3: Oil Characteristics across the Project Area

4.2.2 Project Components

The Project will comprise both permanent and temporary components to enable the construction of
the facilities. Full details on each of the key components is presented in Section 4.3.

4.2.2.1 Permanent Components

The permanent Project components will comprise a number of key elements, which are summarised
below:
Development of six production fields: Jobi-Rii (JBR), Ngiri (NGR), Gunya (GNA), Kasamene /
Wahrindi (KW), Kigogole (KGG) Nsoga (NSO) within which 412 wells will be drilled across
the 34 well pads
Production and Injection Network will transfer production fluids from the well pads to the CPF and
injection water to the well pads from the CPF. It will include a tunnelled section under the Victoria
Nile using the Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD) technique to connect the JBR production field
located north of the Victoria Nile with the CPF. The Network will comprise:
o Production pipelines to transport oil, gas and produced water extracted from the producing
wells to the CPF
o Water pipeline to transport water abstracted from both Lake Albert and produced water from
the fields to the CPF to the well pads for injection into the reservoir via the water injection
wells
o An electrical distribution system to transport power generated at the CPF to each well pad
and
o A fibre optic cable (FOC) providing two way communications between the well pads and the
CPF for monitoring, control and leak detection purposes.
The Industrial Area will comprise the following key facilities:

February 2019 4-8

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

o The CPF, which will separate the produced oil, water and gas arriving from the well pads into
its three constituent parts. This will include stabilised oil at export specifications, associated
gas for power generation and produced water for re-injection (no produced water will be
discharged to the environment all produced water will be re-injected into the reservoirs). The
CPF main facilities will include:
o Pig1 receivers and manifolds2 of the incoming production lines from the well pads. The
inlet manifold will have Emergency Shutdown Valves (ESDVs)
o Two oil/gas/water separation trains producing an export quality stabilised oil, capable of
treating 190 thousand barrels per day (kbopd) of oil and 700 kbbl/d total liquids (oil plus
water)
o Oil storage, measurement and export pumping system
o Gas treatment and compression for peak gas production of some 30 million standard
cubic feet per day (MMscf/d
o Produced water treatment system
o Lake water treatment system
o Power generation system to provide operational power and heat
o Central Control Room housing control, monitoring and safety systems together with fire
and gas detection and protection systems
o Flare system
o Sludge treatment
o Information Technology (IT), communications and telecoms system.
o Utilities
o Permanent Operation Camp
o Permanent Operation Support Base with warehouses, workshops, maintenance facilities,
offices including an Integrated Waste Management Area
o Drilling Support Base including Liquid Mud Plant (LMP)
o Community / Visitors Centre
o Security Camp
o Logistics Support Centre.
Water Abstraction System to abstract water from Lake Albert and transport it
use for the water will be to reinject it at the well pads to
and
Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facility to provide a transport link between the Project Area located
north and the south of the Victoria Nile.
In addition to the components listed above a number of existing facilities will be upgraded and used
for the duration of the Project:
Tangi Operation Support Base located north of the Victoria Nile to provide operational support to
the JBR production field
d

1
Bullet-shaped, cylindrical or spherical capsules which are inserted into pipeline to clean wax and other build-ups to prevent
blockages.
2
An assembly of pipe, valves, and fittings by which fluid from one or more sources is selectively directed to various process
systems.

February 2019 4-9

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Roads to allow access to the CPF and well pads (the Project will also require the construction of
new roads in addition to road upgrades).
Table 4-1 presents the permanent footprint required by the Project broken down by component.
Table 4-1: Permanent Footprint of the Project
Approximate
Project Component
Footprint (ha)
Well pads^ 228
Production and Injection Network permanent Right of Way (RoW)*** 263
Industrial Area (including the CPF) 307
Water Abstraction System onshore facility (including RoW for W1 road)^^, ^^^ 9.2
Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facility 1.3
Tangi Support Base 5
New roads (C1, C3)^^^ 15.8
District new roads (N1, N2)^^^ 17.8
Upgrade roads (A1, A2, A3, A4, B1, B2)^^ 189
Inter field access roads south of the Victoria Nile (D roads)* 25
Bugungu Airstrip** -
TOTAL 1061.1
Notes:
1. The entire footprint of the Industrial Area will be retained for the lifetime of the Project.
2. The existing footprint of Tangi Support Base is about 11 ha and this will be expanded by about 11 ha for
the duration of the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase. Following this, with the exception of 5 ha,
the site will be reinstated to its pre-Project condition.

^^ Footprint for Water Abstraction System is associated with the onshore facility option only.
^^^ Roads N1, N2, A1, B1, B2 and sections of A2 and A3 will have a permanent RoW of 50 m. A 30 m
permanent RoW will be acquired for roads W1, C1, and C3, sections of A2 and A3 and A4.
* D roads will have a 15 m permanent RoW.
** The Bugungu Airstrip will be upgraded as part of the Project scope, but it will not be used exclusively for
Project activities.
*** The Project Proponent will acquire a 30 m Production and Injection Network RoW, which will be retained
for duration of Project activities.

4.2.2.2 Temporary Components

The temporary Project components will comprise a number of key elements, which are summarised
below and described in further detail in Section 4.3:
Buliisa and Bugungu Construction Camps (existing facilities originally constructed to support
exploration activities)
Temporary facilities at the Industrial Area will comprise:
o Construction Camp to accommodate for works south of the Victoria Nile
o Construction Support Base to support the Project south of the Victoria Nile as described in
Section 4.3.4 and
o Community / Visitors Centre.
Temporary facilities at the Tangi Construction Support Base to support the Project north of the
Victoria Nile as described in Section 4.3.9
Masindi Vehicle Check Point to provide support to vehicles accessing the Project Area to the
South of the Victoria Nile.
In addition to the facilities listed above a number of additional areas will be required for temporary use
to support the upgrade and construction of the roads, construction of the Production and Injection
Network, including HDD activities under the Victoria Nile.

Table 4-2 presents the temporary footprint required by the Project broken down by component. All
temporary areas will be restored following the completion of the Construction and Pre-Commissioning
Phase.

February 2019 4-10

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-2: Temporary Footprint of the Project

Approximate
Project Component
Footprint (ha)
Buliisa Camp^ 9
Bugungu Camp^ 3.5
17 ha of Tangi Support Base^^ 17
Victoria Nile Crossing HDD Construction Areas (north and south of the Victoria Nile) 20
Victoria Nile Crossing HDD Stringing Area (north of the Victoria Nile) 8
Masindi Vehicle Check Point (including M1 road)* 25
TOTAL 82.5
Notes:
1. A 40 m construction (temporary) RoW is required for N1, N2, B1, B2, A1, asphalt sections of A2 and A3. A
30 m construction RoW will be required for A4, gravel sections of A2 and A3, W1, C1, C3 and M1. A 15 m
construction RoW is required for the D roads. In all cases the construction RoW will be contained within
the permanent RoW and as such there are no temporary land requirements for the roads.
2. The temporary footprint of the Production and Injection Network are contained within the footprint of the
30 m permanent RoW.
3. Borrow pits and quarries to be utilised for the Project will be confirmed during the detailed design of the
Project (Section 4.8.8) and as such temporary land required are not available at the time the ESIA Report
was prepared

^The entire footprints of the Buliisa and Bugungu camps will be restored to pre-Project conditions following the
completion of the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase.
^^17 out of the 22 ha footprint of Tangi Support Base will be restored to pre-Project conditions following the
completion of the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase. This will include approximately 6 ha of the
existing camp.
*Total includes the area of the existing Masindi Airstrip and a 30 m temporary RoW for M1.

February 2019 4-11

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.3 Description of Project Components

This section of the Chapter presents a detailed description of the Project components once
operational. Sections 4.8 and 4.9 provide a description of the construction of these components
including temporary facilities installed for the duration of construction.

Table 4-3 presents a summary of the embedded mitigation measures of all Project Components. A full
list of embedded mitigation measures is included in Appendix E.

Table 4-3: Embedded Mitigation Measures of the Project Components

Aspect Description
Storage of All fuels and hazardous materials will be stored with appropriate containment including
Hazardous impermeable areas, kerbing, bunding and drip trays.
Materials Chemicals and hazardous liquids will be supplied in dedicated tote tanks made of sufficiently
robust construction to prevent leaks/spills. Dedicated procedures will be developed for fuel
and hazardous material transfers and personnel will be trained to respond. Spill kits will be
available at all storage locations.
Refuelling Main refuelling facilities will be located within the Industrial Area, the camps and the Masindi
Vehicle Check Point. Facilities will be located within a bunded areas with appropriate capacity
(110% tank containment). The refuelling pumps will be equipped with automatic shut off and
there will be dedicated procedures and spill kits available. Bunds will be designed to minimise
ingress of surface water, facilities roofed where practicable and any contaminated water
collected will be trucked off site for disposal.
Flow meters will be integrated on all refuelling points to monitor usage. Sampling points will
also be established to enable spot sampling of fuel composition.
Drainage With the exception of the CPF which has a bespoke drainage arrangement detailed in Section
4.3.4.2, drainage arrangements for the permanent facilities will be as follows:
Potentially contaminated areas (i.e. fuel and chemical storage areas) will be provided with
local effluent collection (sumps, kerbing and bunding) whereby the potentially
contaminated water will be collected and removed by road tanker to a licenced waste
disposal facility; and
Uncontaminated areas which will drain naturally to the environment via Sustainable
Drainage System (SuDS)3 comprising filter drains and soakaways. The SuDS design is
subject to further detailed design.
Sampling points will be established for all potentially contaminated areas to enable samples to
be collected for analysis.
Lighting Lighting will be reduced to the minimum and its design consider need to limit associated
nuisances (e.g. light directed inwards, of warm/neutral colour) without impacting safety and
security
Waste To be managed in line with detail presented in Section 4.14.
Management
Sewage To be managed in line with detail presented in Section 4.14.
Power During normal Operations, power will be provided by the CPF; there will be no back-up
generators other than black-start and emergency generators.

4.3.1 Existing Facilities

There are three existing worker camp facilities within the Project Area (Figure 4-4), which were used
to support early exploration activities as summarised in Table 4-4. These facilities will be used to
support both the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase and the Construction and Pre-
Commissioning Phase of the Project.

3
The SuDS approach will deliver the most benefits for water quantity, quality, and amenity/biodiversity as it replicates as
closely as possible the natural drainage from a site before development. The SuDS design provides a more flexible and
efficient approach to traditional “hard pipe” drainage design, which takes into account the seasonal variations in localised
hydrology and wildlife sensitivity such as in the MFNP.

February 2019 4-12

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

The Tangi Support Base/Camp will be expanded by approximately 11 ha to accommodate up to 800

people for the duration of the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase.

Table 4-4: Summary of Existing Workers Camps

Camp Location Existing Approximate Facilities
Capacity Footprint (ha)
(persons)
Buliisa 100 9.0 Accommodation, kitchen, dining, water and
South of the waste treatment plants, power generators,
Bugungu Victoria Nile 350 3.5 gym, recreation and ablutions.

North of the
Tangi 350 11
Victoria Nile

There are existing boreholes located within the existing camp facilities as shown in and summarised
in Table 4-5. However, it may be necessary to drill additional boreholes during the Site Preparation
and Enabling Works Phase to ensure a sufficient water supply is available when the camps are
operating at peak capacity during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase (refer to Section
4.8.7).

Table 4-5: Borehole Coordinates (Existing and Proposed) at Buliisa, Bugungu and Tangi
Camps

Camp Location Reference Status Easting Northing

Buliisa South of the DWD 21661 Existing 316968 200172
Victoria Nile
n/a Proposed 325532 233459
n/a Proposed 325526 233448
n/a Proposed 325520 233475
Bugungu DWD29475 Existing 336840 241907
DWD 35634 Existing 336965 241926
n/a Proposed 336850 241907
Tangi North of the DWD 29472 Existing 336250 271919
Victoria Nile
DWD 35670 Existing 336310 271815
DWD 35646 Existing 336318.3 271883.1
n/a Proposed 336311 271889

February 2019 4-13

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-4: Location of Existing and Proposed Boreholes at the Buliisa, Bugungu and Tangi
Camps

February 2019 4-14

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.3.2 Well Pads

The 34 well pads planned to be located in CA-1 and in LA-2 North (refer to Figure 4-1) are presented
in Table 4-6, which also includes the approximate size of the well pads.
Table 4-6: List of Well Pads

Block Field Well Pad Name Approximate Area of Approximate Land

Well Pad (ha) Acquisition Required
(ha)
South of the Victoria Nile
CA-1 Gunya GNA-01 3.2 6.5
CA-1 Gunya GNA-02 3.7 5.6
CA-1 Gunya GNA-03 3.4 5.8
CA-1 Gunya GNA-04 4.0 5.9
CA-1 Ngiri NGR-01 3.6 5..5
CA-1 Ngiri NGR-02 3.7 7.6
CA-1 Ngiri NGR-03A 4.4 8.4
CA-1 Ngiri NGR-05A 3.8 8.4
CA-1 Ngiri NGR-06 3.2 6.4
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-01 3.9 5.8
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-03 3.9 5.8
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-04 4.0 8.3
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-05 3.7 5.6
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-06 3.5 7.3
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-09 3.5 5.3
LA-2 Kasamene KW-01 3.3 7.1
LA-2 Kasamene KW-02A 4.1 8.9
LA-2 Kasamene KW-02B 3.6 6.7
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-01 4.3 8.1
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-02 3.4 5.2
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-03 3.8 7.7
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-04 3.1 5.3
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-05 3.4 5.5
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-06 3.8 5.8
TOTAL 88.3 153
North of the Victoria Nile
CA-1 Jobi Rii JBR-01 3.7 8.3
CA-1 Jobi Rii JBR-02 3.5 5.8
CA-1 Jobi Rii JBR-03 4.0 8.0
CA-1 Jobi Rii JBR-04 4.0 7.1
CA-1 Jobi Rii JBR-05 3.7 7.9
CA-1 Jobi Rii JBR-06 4.0 6.4
CA-1 Jobi Rii JBR-07 3.2 7.6
CA-1 Jobi Rii JBR-08 3.7 6.3
CA-1 Jobi Rii JBR-09 3.4 7.5
CA-1 Jobi Rii JBR-10 3.8 9.8
TOTAL 37 74.7

There will be a 15 m wide buffer from the perimeter security structure, which will be cleared of
vegetation. Within the MFNP, the structure will be designed to prevent the ingress of animals entering
the well pads and will comprise a bund wall structure.

Each well pad will include a concreted area where the wells will be located. Each well will be located
within an individual cellar protected with an individual hatch/cover, spaced in two rows approximately
8 m apart from the adjacent wells (Figure 4-5). Where practicable, equipment will be located under
shelters to prevent the ingress of rainwater.

The wells will be a mix of producers, injectors and observation and the individual production wells will
each have two flowlines connected to two manifolds in order to:
Gather oil from the main production line of the oil producer wells, and

February 2019 4-15

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Gather off-gas from the producing wells annulus4.

Each well pad will be equipped with Emergency Shut Down Valves (ESDVs). Production from each
individual well will be measured using a dedicated multi-phase flowmeter (MPFM). The off-gas will be
compressed where required and reinjected back into the oil production manifold. The production fluids
will be transferred across the well pad to Production and Injection Network for onward transfer to the
CPF. The well pad departure point will be equipped with a Shut Down Valve (SDV) and a pig
launcher/receiver (if required).
The well pads will include three manifolds: one for production, one for gas production and the other
for water injection. The water injection manifold will receive injection water pumped from the CPF and
will distribute it to the individual water injection wells. The volume of water injected into each well will
be metered. There is also the functionality on the manifold to reinject water into the production wells, if
required.
Technical building(s) will be located within the footprint of the well pad to house the main electrical
supply and switchgear required for electrical consumers at each well pad (primarily the downhole
Electric Submersible Pumps (ESP) in the producing wells used to lift oil from the reservoir). Power will
be distributed to the well pads from the CPF via the Fibre Optic Cable (FOC), which will be located
within the Production and Injection Network. There will also be a building to house instrumentation,
control and communication systems.
There will be no automatic depressurisation system, depressurisation will be undertaken manually as
required (refer to Section 4.10.6.3).
3
Each well pad will include an emergency pit with capacity for up to 50 cubic metres (m ) for use
should there be an unplanned event i.e. blowout. The pit will be lined and covered to prevent
rainwater ingress.
The well pads will be linked by access roads to the main road network (refer to Section 4.3.6 for
details).
The indicative layouts of the well pads during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase and
the Commissioning and Operations Phase are shown in Figure 4-5 and Figure 4-6, respectively.

4
The space between the wellbore and casing.

February 2019 4-16

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-5: Indicative Well Pad Layout during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase

February 2019 4-17

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

5
Figure 4-6: Indicative Well Pad Layout during the Commissioning and Operations Phase

Key

MPFM – Production multi-phase

flow meter

MPP – multi phase pump

WHCP – Well Head Control

Panel

WO – Work over

5
It should be noted that the final well pad layout will be dictated by the reservoir engineering requirements; consequently the well pad design may be modified slightly to determine optimum well
trajectories and lengths.

February 2019 4-18

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-7 summarises the numbers and type of wells at each of the 34 well pads, including spare and
future use slots for further field development, if required.

Table 4-7: Summary of Wells and Slots at Each Well Pad

Total
Oil Water Observation Unused Future
Block Field Name Number
Producer Injection Well Slots^ Slots^
of Wells
CA-1 Gunya GNA-01 12 6 5 1 3 2
CA-1 Gunya GNA-02 11 5 5 1 4 0
CA-1 Gunya GNA-03 8 3 4 1 3 2
CA-1 Gunya GNA-04 13 6 6 1 4 2
CA-1 JobiRii JBR-01 6 2 4 0 2 1
CA-1 JobiRii JBR-02 15 8 6 1 5 1
CA-1 JobiRii JBR-03 11 4 6 1 4 6
CA-1 JobiRii JBR-04 22 10 11 1 8 1
CA-1 JobiRii JBR-05 12 5 6 1 4 10
CA-1 JobiRii JBR-06 19 8 10 1 6 1
CA-1 JobiRii JBR-07 6 3 2 1 3 8
CA-1 JobiRii JBR-08 14 6 7 1 4 5
CA-1 JobiRii JBR-09 14 6 7 1 3 0
CA-1 JobiRii JBR-10 13 6 7 0 3 6
CA-1 Ngiri NGR-01 13 7 5 1 4 0
CA-1 Ngiri NGR-02 16 7 8 1 4 0
CA-1 Ngiri NGR-03A 9 3 5 1 3 0
CA-1 Ngiri NGR-05A 14 9 4 1 4 0
CA-1 Ngiri NGR-06 11 4 6 1 4 0
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-01 18 9 8 1 4 6
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-03 13 7 5 1 6 4
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-04 13 7 5 1 4 0
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-05 15 7 7 1 4 0
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-06 6 2 3 1 3 2
LA-2 Kigogole KGG-09 4 1 2 1 3 8
LA-2 KW KW-01 5 2 2 1 3 0
LA-2 KW KW-02A 13 6 6 1 4 2
LA-2 KW KW-02B 13 6 6 1 4 2
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-01 21 11 9 1 9 0
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-02 7 3 3 1 6 5
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-03 9 4 4 1 4 0
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-04 11 5 5 1 3 0
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-05 11 5 5 1 3 6
LA-2 Nsoga NSO-06 14 7 6 1 5 6
TOTAL 412 190 190 32 140 86
Notes:
^well slots enable the potential further expansion of the fields in future years.

4.3.3 Production and Injection Network

The network of buried pipelines as summarised below will total approximately 180 kilometres (km) in
combined length, including:
Production pipelines (from 4 to 24-inch Nominal Diameter (ND) with a combined length of
approximately 85 km;
Water abstraction pipeline (24-inch ND) transferring water from Lake Albert to the CPF,
approximately 10 km in length; and

Water injection pipelines (from 4 to 20-inch ND) with a combined length of approximately 85 km.
The production, water abstraction and water injection pipelines, together with electrical power
distribution and FOC systems, will be located in the same 30 m RoW.
The pipelines will comprise carbon steel with adequate corrosion allowance built into material
specifications (wall thickness) to prevent leaks. An anticorrosion coating will be applied for external
protection and a corrosion inhibitor will be injected for internal protection.

February 2019 4-19

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

The Production and Injection Network outside the Industrial Area will be buried at least 0.8 m below
the ground surface; markers will be used to denote the location (including the water abstraction
pipeline in Lake Albert). Table 4-8 provides the length of the Production and Injection Network
sections.

Table 4-8: Approximate Length of the Production and Injection Network

Production and Injection Network
Length (m) Permanent
From To RoW (m)
GNA-01 CPF 3,876
GNA-02 GNA-04 1,984
GNA-04 GNA-01 2,016
GNA-04 GNA-03 2,032
JBR-02 JBR-01 871
JBR-03 JBR-01 2,751
JBR-04 JBR-03 1,111
JBR-05 JBR-03 2,459
JBR-06 JBR-05 585
JBR-07 JBR-06 1,506
JBR-08 JBR-07 679
JBR-09 JBR-08 2,283
JBR-10 JBR-01 4,832
Victoria Nile HDD Crossing (north of
JBR-10 841
Victoria Nile)
KGG-01 KGG-04 3,049
KGG-03 KGG-01 1,568
KGG-04 NSO-04 2,548
KGG-05 NSO-02 891 30
KGG-06 KGG-04 1,663
KGG-09 KGG-04 1,869
KW-01 KW-02A 2,705
KW-02A KW-02B 1,446
KW-02B NGR-06 4,116
NGR-02 NGR-01 2,321
NGR-03A NGR-05A 2,095
NGR-05A CPF 3,126
NGR-06 NGR-05A 1,440
Victoria Nile HDD Crossing (north of Victoria Nile HDD Crossing (south of
1,423
Victoria Nile) Victoria Nile)
NSO-01 NSO-05 2,298
NSO-02 NSO-06 1,909
NSO-03 CPF 3,701
NSO-04 NSO-03 2,495
NSO-05 NSO-03 4,283
NSO-06 NSO-01 1,926
Water Abstraction System KW-02B 1,490

It is will be necessary to install a section of the Production and Injection Network beneath the Victoria
Nile riverbed to connect the JBR well pads located to the north to the rest of the network and CPF
which lies to south of the Victoria Nile (as shown in Figure 4-1). The crossing will be installed using
HDD and will comprise one production pipeline, one water injection pipeline and electrical/FOC.
Additional details of the Victoria Nile HDD crossing are provided in Section 4.9.6.

February 2019 4-20

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.3.4 Industrial Area and CPF

4.3.4.1 Industrial Area

The Industrial Area will be located to the south of Victoria Nile, outside of the MFNP at the following
coordinates:
Northeast corner: 330101, 242958;
Northwest corner: 328214, 242157;

Southeast corner: 330687, 241578; and

Southwest corner: 328800, 240777.

The Industrial Area will comprise both permanent and temporary areas (Figure 4-7) and upon
completion will occupy an area of approximately 307 ha. The main features of the Industrial Area are:

Permanent Facilities Area as detailed in Section 4.2.2; and

Temporary Facilities Area:

o Construction Support Base:
o Offices and medical facility
o Material warehouses and laydown areas
o Construction workshops for fabrication, painting and maintenance
o Concrete batching plant
o Storage (chemical and diesel)
o Logistics Support Centre, which will include control tower
o Integrated Waste Management area to support all waste management activities for
construction phase equipped with adequate capacity and containment for storage of
solid and liquid waste.
o Construction Camp to provide accommodation for up to 4,400 workers.

Other facilities will include support services such as refuelling area, car park area, security and
visitors centre. Fencing will be present around the perimeter for security and to prevent the ingress of
wildlife.
It should be noted that the facilities presented in Figure 4-7 will be located within the Industrial Area
plot boundaries taking into account geotechnical information, cut and fill balance optimisation,
hydrology and topography of the area.

February 2019 4-21

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-7: Indicative Schematic of the Industrial Area

The most visible components within the Industrial Area will be the radio mast at approximately 60 m
above ground level (agl); the elevated flare at approximately 50 m agl, power generation exhaust
stacks at up to 45 m agl and the heater exhaust stacks at 30 m agl. International Civil Aviation
Organization (ICAO) lighting and marking are required for structures over 45 m and as such both the
radio mast and the elevated flare will have appropriate warning lighting (Ref. 4.1).

4.3.4.2 CPF
The CPF will include a number of facilities to produce up to 190 thousand barrels of oil per day
(kbopd). The CPF will be located within the Industrial Area covering an area of approximately 52 ha.
An indicative layout of the CPF is illustrated in Figure 4-8.

Figure 4-8: Indicative Layout of the CPF

February 2019 4-22

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

The CPF will separate the produced oil, water and gas from the well pads, stabilise oil, treat and
-injection. The
composition of the produced oil, water and gas will change as field life progresses (i.e. produced
water will increase whilst produced gas will decrease). The following streams will be produced,
treated and stabilised at the CPF:
Oil stream with a quality suitable for export (true vapour pressure of 0.76 bara at 68°C and less
than 0.5% residual water content);
Produced water with less than 30 milligrams per litre (mg/l) of residual oil content for reinjection
back into the oil reservoir. There will be no discharge of produced water; and

Sludge residues coming from the oil stream or the produced water process, which will be
collected, treated and disposed of at a suitable licensed facility.
In addition, water abstracted from Lake Albert will be de-oxygenated prior to being mixed with the
produced water to provide sufficient volumes for reinjection. All gas associated with oil production will
be fully utilised for power and heat generation.
The CFP will include flare stack which is a key safety feature that will only be used to depressurise
the plant for emergency, process upsets and maintenance. There will be no routine flaring during
normal operations. There are currently two options under consideration as summarised below, which
will occupy a similar footprint within the CPF. Both options have been assessed with Chapters 6 to 19
of the ESIA Report:
Option 1: The Enclosed Ground Flare (EGF) will be approximately 26 m high with a diameter of
approximately 13 m. During operations there will be no visible flame, smoke and minimal noise;
and

Option 2: The Elevated Flare (EF) will be approximately 50 m high with a diameter of 1.25 m.
During normal operations there will be no visible flame, noise or smoke from the stack.
A flow meter will be integrated into the flare design to monitor flow and a sample point will be
integrated to monitor composition.

Figure 4-9 presents examples of EGF and EF.

February 2019 4-23

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

EGF EF

Source: https://www.zeeco.com/index.php

Figure 4-9: Example of an EGF and EF

A Vapour Recovery Unit will be located at the CPF to process gases generated.

There will be two 100 kbopd crude oil storage tanks to provide dual function use as buffer and off-
spec storage. These tanks will be built within a bunded area designed to provide 110% containment.
The drainage arrangement of the CPF will be designed to segregate clean and potentially
contaminated effluent streams. The drainage for the CPF will be segregated as follows:
Continuously Contaminated Drains will collect hazardous fluids from process and utility
equipment. All effluent collected in the closed drainage system will be returned back to the oil
treatment trains. There will be no discharge to environment from the closed drains system;
Potentially Contaminated Drains will collect rainfall, wash-water or fire water that falls on paved
process and equipment areas that could contain contaminants such as hydrocarbons, metals and
solids. Drip pans and kerbs will be provided below every process or utility system that may
potentially leak or overflow. Any drips or leaks will be routed to the open drain system via a sump.
Roofing will be provided where practicable to prevent surface water ingress;
During normal operating conditions, rainwater from potentially contaminated areas will be directed
to an the oil-water separator prior to discharge to environment in accordance with applicable
discharge standards as presented in Chapter 10: Surface Water. When the oil-water separator is
full, it will overflows to an associated storm basin via an overflow diverter which will act as a
buffer. When the level in the separator falls, the water collected in the storm basin will be sent by
storm water pumps back to the overflow diverter and on to the separator. The storm water basin
will be sized to withstand a 1 in 100 year event. An oil in water analysers will be installed on the
discharge point of the potentially contaminated drains to provide continuous monitoring of the
discharge; and
Uncontaminated Drains will manage clean surface water from uncontaminated areas via
suitably designed SuDS (network of filter drains and soakaways).
Power and heat generation facilities will be required for the Project to process the oil; heat and power
will be required to operate the wells, well pads and CPF. The CPF will include a centralised and

February 2019 4-24

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

integrated power and heat generation system. At the time the ESIA Report was prepared, two options
for the power generation system were under consideration as summarised below, both of which have
been assessed in Chapters 6 to 19 of this ESIA Report:
Option 1: 4 x 25% 72 barg steam boilers with 4 x 50 megawatt (MW) steam turbines for
generation of power and process heat
Option 2: 6 x industrial 26 megawatts thermal (MWth) dual fuel turbines to generate power and 10
x 21 MW dual fuel industrial heaters to provide process heat.
For both options, it is assumed that during an initial period there will be excess gas associated with
the oil production to produce all power and heat requirements for the Project. As there is no other
method to utilise the associated gas, any surplus gas will be turned into surplus electricity for export to
the Ugandan National Grid.
A metering system will be integrated into the main power generation system package to enable the
continuous monitoring of flow. Sampling points will also be established to enable sampling of fuel gas
and exhaust gas.

As oil production starts to decline, the associated gas volume will decline also, and the Project will
become heat deficient. At this point the Base Case will be to import electrical power from the
Ugandan National Grid and the heat demand will be supplemented with the utilisation of crude oil. In
order to guarantee autonomous operations, the Project power and heat generation system will be
designed to utilise gas, diesel and crude oil.
For the CPF, equipment will be designed to achieve occupational noise level compliance of 85dBA at
1 metre (which is an industry accepted standard). This will take into consideration standard acoustic
mitigations for the main power generation package. Where it is not practicable to install acoustic
mitigation e.g. around pumps, compressors etc., the area shall be designated as a Restricted
Area/Mandatory Hearing Protection Zone. Further details are included within Chapter 7: Noise and
Vibration

4.3.4.3 Operations Camp

The Operations Camp will provide:
Permanent accommodation buildings for up to 300 workers for the duration of the Project;

Permanent medical facility;

Recreational facilities such as a gym and football pitches;

Canteen; and

Camp utilities.

4.3.4.4 Operations Support Base

The key components of the Operations Support Base are as follows:
Offices;

Material warehouses and laydown areas;

Maintenance and construction workshops;
Permanent Integrated Waste Management Area; and

Storage (chemicals including polymer and diesel).

4.3.4.5 Drilling Support Base

The key components of the Drilling Support Base are as follows:
Offices;
Material warehouses and laydown areas;

February 2019 4-25

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Workshops; and
Accommodation camp for up to 500 workers which will utilise the utilities (water, power, sewage
and waste) and recreational facilities of the Industrial Area Construction Camp.

4.3.4.6 Liquid Mud Plant

The Liquid Mud Plant will be used to prepare and store the Synthetic Based Mud (SBM) and brine for
the duration of the drilling programme. The same or a slightly downsized Liquid Mud Plant will be kept
during the work over period for brine management.
Key components of the Liquid Mud Plant facility will be:
Equipment required for SBM mud mixing operations;

Warehouses and laydown areas; and

SMB/brine liquid storage facilities, which will include covers (there will be no open top storage).
Measures will be taken to minimise dust emissions as outlined in Chapter 6: Air Quality and
Climate.

4.3.5 Lake Water Abstraction System

To supply water for re-injection into reservoir for maintaining the reservoir pressure a Lake Water
Abstraction System will be constructed at Lake Albert as shown in Figure 4-1. It will house pumps and
initial water treatment (i.e. filtration and chlorination). There are currently two options under
consideration as assessed within Chapters 6 to 19 of this ESIA Report, as summarised below:
Option 1:
o Floating platform housing submersible pumps and coarse filter equipment with hypochlorite
injection system to be located onshore6. Figure 4-10 presents a typical floating platform.
o Surface laid intake pipe with a 1,200 mm diameter extending 1.5 km from the shoreline into
Lake Albert. The intake structure will be located on the lakebed.
Option 2:
o Onshore facility to house pumps and the hypochlorite injection system which will be located
at least 200 m from the lake shore.
o Surface laid intake pipe with a 1200 mm diameter extending 1.5 km from the shoreline into
Lake Albert. The intake structure, which will include a 2 mm coarse filter screen, will be
located at a midpoint water depth with the aid of buoys and anchors (Figure 4-11).

6
For the purpose of this ESIA the nearest well pad location was considered

February 2019 4-26

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Once operational, there will be restricted access either side of the pipeline location in Lake Albert.

Further geomorphology studies are currently being undertaken in relation to the Water Abstraction
point in order to further define the design of the scheme.

Figure 4-10: Example of an Offshore Fixed Floating Platform

February 2019 4-27

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-11: Schematic of an Anchor Mounted Midwater Intake Structure

It should be noted the Project Proponents are also considering installing the water abstraction pipeline
using the HDD technique for Option 2; however, only the surface laid technique has been assessed
as part of the ESIA Report.

4.3.6 Roads
The following section presents an overview of both the new roads and the upgraded roads required
for the Project. With the exception of the D roads (inter field access roads), the asphalt roads will have
a permanent Right of Way (RoW) of 50 m, while the gravel / murram roads will have a permanent
RoW of 30 m. The D roads will have both a 15 m construction and permanent RoW.

Drainage channels will be installed along the edges of the upgraded roads to prevent excessive runoff
and cross drainage culverts will be installed, as required. All drainage infrastructure will be designed
taking into account the Uganda Ministry of Works and Transport - Road and Bridge Works Design
Manual for Drainage (January 2010) (Ref. 4.2).

At the time this ESIA Report was prepared an exercise to minimise the widths of both the permanent
and temporary RoW was in progress as part of the engineering undertaken by the Project
Proponents.

4.3.6.1 Upgrade Roads

A number of local roads will need to be upgraded involving widening and surfacing with gravel and
asphalt to provide access during construction as presented in Table 4-9 and illustrated in Figure 4-12.

February 2019 4-28

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-9: Summary of Roads to be Upgraded

Approximate Approximate Surface Construction Permanent

Road Description
Length (km) Width (m) Material RoW RoW

A1 Existing small roads to 11.6 Asphalt 40 m 50 m

be upgraded to sustain
two-way traffic Asphalt and 40 m and 50 m and
A2 10.6
throughout the Project Gravel 30 m 30 m
period. Mainly used for
infield transport from Asphalt and 40 m and 50 m and
A3 11.0
Industrial area to well Gravel 30 m 30 m
pad work sites.
A4 9.4 10 m (7 m Gravel 30 m 30 m
width + 1.5 m
B1 Existing small tracks to 1.9 shoulders) Asphalt 40 m 50 m
be upgraded. To be
used as Project roads
mainly for LA-2 well
pads, personnel and
B2 materials movements 2.4 Asphalt 40 m 50 m
to Buliisa camp and
exit route off from
Buliisa.

Existing roads to be
upgraded to enable 3 m (3 m
M1 the Masindi Airstrip to 1 without Gravel 30 m 30 m
be used as a vehicle shoulders)
check point.

4.3.6.2 New Roads

A number of new roads will also need to be constructed as part of the Project, as summarised within
Table 4-10 and shown in Figure 4-12.

Table 4-10: Summary of Proposed New Roads

Approximate Surface Construction Permanent

Road Description Width (m)
Length (km) Material RoW RoW

Access road to the

Industrial Area from A1
N1 (located within the 0.1 40 m 50 m
boundary of the Industrial
Area)
10 m (7 m
Optimised route between width + 1.5 m Asphalt
L2 and A2, to be used for shoulders)
all outgoing vehicles from
N2 Industrial area and all 3.2 40 m 50 m
infield transport to water
abstraction and NGR well
pads
A Project dedicated road in
MFNP from Pakuba track
C1 junction to JBR-09. 30 m 30 m
4.5
6.4 m Murram
Within Victoria Nile Ferry
C3 Crossing and associated 0.76 30 m 30 m
building area

At the time the ESIA was prepared, the detailed design and construction strategy for the new roads
was under development by the Project Proponents. The design will take into account the

February 2019 4-29

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

environmental sensitivities as well as the seasonal variations, localised drainage requirements and
capacity required for transportation.

4.3.6.3 Inter Field Access Roads

Inter field access roads south of the Victoria Nile to the well pads will be provided by upgrade works to
existing tracks / roads and construction of new roads as shown in Figure 4-12. North of the Victoria
Nile, access to JBR wellpads will be provided by C1 through JBR-09; and access to JBR-04 (pad
where polymer injection pilot is proposed) will be provided using the existing tracks; all other well pads
north of the Victoria Nile will be accessed using the Production and Injection Network RoW taking into
consideration weight restrictions. Table 4-11 summarises the inter field access roads south of the
Victoria Nile.

Table 4-11: Summary of Inter Field Access Roads to Well Pads South of the Victoria Nile

Length Width Surface Construction Permanent

Road Description
(m) (m) Material RoW RoW
D1 Access Road to Well pad NGR-01 1,839
D2 Access Road to Well pad NGR-02 795
D3 Access Road to Well pad NGR-03A 155
D5 Access Road to Well pad NGR-05A 135
D6 Access Road to Well pad NGR-06 477
D8 Access Road to Well pad GNA-01 354
D9 Access Road to Well pad GNA-02 185
D10 Access Road to Well pad GNA-03 238
D11 Access Road to Well pad GNA-04 664
D12 Access Road to Well pad KW-01 41
D13 Access Road to Well pad KW-02A 434
D14 Access Road to Well pad NSO-01 913 murram or
5 15 m 15 m
D15 Access Road to Well pad NSO-02 937 gravel
D16 Access Road to Well pad NSO-03 780
D17 Access Road to Well pad NSO-04 228
D18 Access Road to Well pad NSO-05 665
D19 Access Road to Well pad NSO-06 916
D20 Access Road to Well pad KGG-01 32
D22 Access Road to Well pad KGG-03 685
D23 Access Road to Well pad KGG-04 76
D24 Access Road to Well pad KGG-05 872
D25 Access Road to Well pad KGG-06 1,679
D26 Access Road to Well pad KGG-09 1,824
D27 Access Road to Well pad KW-02B 65

4.3.6.4 Water Abstraction System Access Road

An existing road from the Water Abstraction System to the nearest access road (W1 road) will be
upgraded to enable vehicular access to the Water Abstraction System. The road will be approximately
1.2 km long with a width of 8.6 m covered in gravel material. Both the construction and permanent
RoW will be 30 m wide; 15 m either side of the centre point of the road.

February 2019 4-30

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-12: Upgraded and New Roads

February 2019 4-31

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.3.7
Located approximately 135 m east of the existing Paara ferry crossing, the proposed ferry will be
dedicated to service Project activities on Victoria Nile during both the Construction and Pre-
Commissioning Phase and the Commissioning and Operations Phase of the Project. The construction
of a new ferry crossing will optimise logistics and reduce pressure on the existing ferry facility that is
currently used by the community and tourists.
Infrastructure will include the ferry with payload of 50 tonnes, 1 m draft; vehicle parking, administration
office and workshop; diesel storage facilities and general storage area. In addition, the installation of
concrete structures will be required in order to provide safe berthing areas on the north and south
banks of the Victoria Nile. The exact location and layout of the facilities will be optimised during
detailed design.

The landing structures will comprise a double Roll-on / Roll-off (Ro-Ro) ramp placed not more than 60
m from the shoreline on the south side and 20 m on the northern side at a required minimum water
depth of approximately -3.5m mean water level (MWL) for the ferry to berth. The Ro-Ro ramp and
embankments which connect to the shoreline will consist of a mix of earthworks, rock fill, steel and
piling works along with concrete casting for the ramp.

The ferry (example shown in Figure 4-13) will have capacity for either four 20 foot (ft) container trucks
or two 40 ft container trucks. The proposed ferry is expected to be powered by two marine diesel
engines. Crossing speed will be approximately 6 kilometres per hour (km/h) (3.2 knots) and will take
approximately 4 minutes.

Figure 4-13: Example of Ferry Design

It is understood that Uganda National Roads Authority (UNRA) has plans to build a permanent bridge
close to the current Paraa ferry crossing point. This is not a requirement of the Project Proponents.
Should this be implemented within the timelines of this Project, the Project Proponents will reconsider
the necessity of the new Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facility. However, for the purposes of the ESIA
Report, the new ferry crossing facility has been assessed as the Base Case option.

February 2019 4-32

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.3.8 Bugungu Airstrip

The existing Bugungu Airstrip, located in the MFNP, is operated by Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA)
and will be used to transport Project personnel by small aircrafts during daytime. Currently, a small
hanger supports the airstrip. Upgrade works are necessary for the airstrip to cater for frequent flight
trips and emergency response during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase and the
Commissioning and Operations Phase. The upgrade will also ensure that the airstrip meets CAA
requirements, ICAO standards and international civil aviation rules.

The estimated number of Project flights will be about 4 flights per day (4 landings and 4 take-offs). As
the airstrip will still be in use for tourist operations, further consideration is given for 1 flight for UWA
and tourists per day (1 landing and 1 take-off).

The airstrip will be upgraded according to aerodrome class code 3B. Upgrade works include
increasing the size of the airstrip from about 16Ha to 42Ha (blue perimeter in Figure 4-14). The area
within the new fence line will therefore be fully cleared of trees. In addition, clearance will be required
for trees above 10m within a wider area (29Ha) to comply with international safety requirements (pink
perimeter in Figure 4-14).

The other facilities to be upgraded or added include the control centre, terminal building, hangar
building, security fence, helipad, airfield lighting, fuelling facilities, firefighting services and access
road. In addition, landside facilities such as power supply, water supply, sewer services, and
perimeter drains will be introduced.

Figure 4-14: Overview of proposed airstrip upgrades

4.3.9 Tangi Support Base (Operations and Construction)

The Tangi Support Base, to be located at the site of the existing Tangi Camp, will comprise a number
of permanent and temporary facilities as summarised below and illustrated in Figure 4-15. It will utilise
the existing facilities and footprint (11 ha) and will be expanded by a further 11 ha to support the
Project development.

February 2019 4-33

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-15: Indicative Schematic of Tangi Support Base

Permanent Facilities (Operations Support Base) will include:
o
o Drilling Base including:
o Offices
o Material warehouses and laydown areas
o Workshops
o Accommodation camp for up to 175 workers during drilling and/or work over activities.
Temporary Facilities (Construction Support Base) will include:
o Construction Camp with capacity for 800 persons including catering services
o Temporary Waste Management Area
o Truck Parking Area
o Fuel Storage
o Refuelling Station
o Concrete Batching Plant
o Offices and medical facility
o Material warehouses and laydown areas
o Construction workshops for fabrication, painting and maintenance.

4.3.10 Masindi Vehicle Check Point

Following approval from the relevant authority, it is planned to temporarily convert the disused
Masindi Airstrip into a vehicle transit check point, prior to onward travel to the Project Area south of
the Victoria Nile. There are no existing facilities at the Airstrip. The Masindi Vehicle Check Point will
be located approximately 10 km from Masindi, 70 km from Hoima and 80 km from Buliisa as
illustrated on Figure 4-1. The airstrip is positioned outside MFNP on R3 road heading to Buliisa and
will be used as a stop-over and check point for vehicles.

Depending on Project requirements, the whole area of approximately 25 ha may be developed.

The Masindi Vehicle Check Point will be used throughout the Construction and Pre-Commissioning
Phase of the Project following which it will be handed back to the Government of Uganda (GoU).

February 2019 4-34

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

The Masindi Vehicle Check Point will be 2 km length by 200m wide constructed on an existing grass
airstrip providing accommodation for up to 400 trucks and will enable:
Security checks during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase on vehicles, drivers and
passengers to be undertaken ahead of the travelling on the R3 road entering the MFNP;
Regulation of traffic entering and exiting MFNP and Project sites;
Recording data for traffic management system set up and improvement, vehicle tracking and
cargo;

A point for safety briefing for all personnel to be conducted;

Truck drivers / passengers to take breaks and use the facilities (canteen, toilet, shower,
accommodation – for up to 350 people);

Vehicle conditions to be checked; and

Refuelling.
An indicative layout of the vehicle checkpoint is shown in Figure 4-16.

February 2019 4-35

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-16: Indicative Layout at Masindi Check Point

February 2019 4-36

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.4 Potential Future Field Development

The Project Proponents may further develop the existing as well as new fields within CA-1, EA-1A and
LA-2 North in order to sustain the production plateau. The development would be initiated several
years after the initial project. The following new fields are considered for further development: Lyec,
Jobi-East, Mpyo, Ngege and Ngara (Figure 4-17).

Delayed start of these fields will allow to optimize the use of the Central Processing Facility (CPF) and
common facilities capacity and to provide economy of scale. Experience gained with construction and
operations of the Project would help adapting design and refining the future field development.

Details on the number of well pads and associated development is subject to further detailed studies
and will be the subject of a future ESIA Report.

4.5 Associated Facilities

The Project will also involve other facilities that can be termed as Associated Facilities as defined by
the International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards (PS) ‘associated facilities’ are:
facilities that are not funded as part of the project and that would not have been constructed or
expanded if the project did not exist and without which the project would not be viable.

The Associated Facilities are:

Tilenga Feeder Pipeline: A 24-inch-diameter buried and insulated with trace heating system
pipeline will transport export crude from the CPF, Buliisa District to the delivery point, in Kabaale
Industrial Park, Hoima District. The length of the pipeline is approximately 95 km. The 30 m
corridor for right-of-way of the feeder pipeline is being refined. The pigging station for the feeder
pipeline will be located in CPF and is covered under current ESIA. A separate ESIA is being
developed for the Tilenga Feeder Pipeline.
East Africa Crude Oil Export Pipeline (EACOP): The produced oil not sent to the planned
Kabaale Refinery would be routed for export via a connection to an export pipeline to the East
African coast. This is expected to be approximately 1,445 km in length and with an export terminal
on the Tanzanian coastline. A separate ESIA is being developed for this project.
Waste management storage and treatment facilities: The Project Proponents are currently
investigating the need for new or improved waste management facilities. The location of these
facilities is not yet determined, but any development would be subject to separate ESIA(s).
132 Kilovolt (kV) transmission line from CPF to Kabaale: The transmission line will provide
power to the Project, Kabaale Industrial Park (KIP) and surrounding areas.
Critical Oil Roads: these are road improvements that will be developed under the jurisdiction of
UNRA for the purpose of supporting the oil industry. A total of 11 roads are being improved by
UNRA, of which the following are associated with the Project:
o Kisanja-Park junction (R3)
o Wanseko-Kasenyi-Kirango-Bugungu Camp (L2)
o Buliisa-Paraa (L1)
o Masindi-Biiso (R2)
o Hoima- Wanseko (through Biiso) (R1)
From the perspective of IFC definition of Associated Facilities; the Kingfisher field and Kaiso Tonya
development are separate projects where Total Exploration & Production (E&P) Uganda B.V (TEP
Uganda), Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Ltd (TUOP) and China National Offshore Oil Corporation
(CNOOC) are working in partnership. These Projects are therefore not considered as associated
facilities, but will be included within the Cumulative Impact Assessment (CIA).

Details on the Associated Facilities including their location in relation to the Project Area are
presented in Chapter 21: Cumulative Impact Assessment.

February 2019 4-37

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-17: Fields Location Layout

February 2019 4-38

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.6 Project Schedule

Key Project activities and milestones are shown in Figure 4-18, which shows there is an integrated
approach between the different phases. In summary:
Land acquisition and resettlement;
Site Preparation and Enabling Works to prepare the land for construction or other activities. This
will typically include bush clearing, fencing, levelling, drainage and other basic civil works;
Drilling activities will commence some 18 months after Project sanction, and continue with three
rigs for approximately four and a half years;
The main Construction and Pre-commissioning Phase will commence once the enabling
infrastructure is in place and the Industrial Area Construction Camp and Construction Support
Bases at Industrial Area and Tangi Camp are established. Note that these two phases will run
concurrently;
As the Construction and Pre-commissioning Phase is completed, the facilities will be
commissioned and handed over to Operations. No hydrocarbons will be introduced to facilities
until plant is under operations control;
The Commissioning and Operations Phase will start with first oil production and continue for
approximately 25 years;
Well work over and rig-less interventions will commence approximately at first oil and continue for
whole field life; and

Decommissioning is planned for the end of the 25 year operation.

The dates and timescales presented in may change, depending on local permit requirements and
market conditions. Sections 4.8 to 4.11 detail the main activities that will be undertaken during each of
the main Project phases.

In addition to the Project schedule the indicative schedule of the well pad development is shown in
Figure 4-19. It should be noted, the sequencing presented in Figure 4-19 is preliminary and subject to
change during detailed design, but has been taken into consideration during the preparation of
Chapters 6 to 19 of this ESIA Report.

February 2019 4-39

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Year

Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Year 6
Year 7
Year 8
Year 9
Year 10
Year 11
Year 12
Year 13
Year 14
Year 15
Year 16
Year 17
Year 18
Year 19
Year 20
Year 21
Year 22
Year 23
Year 24
Year 25
Year 26
Year 27
Year 28
Year 29

Quarter 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Land Acquisition and Resettlement
Land Acquisition and Resettlement
Livelihood restoration, monitoring and evaluation
Site Preparation and Early Works (Year 1 to Year 5)
Clearance of Industrial Area
Construction of temporary facilities within the Industrial Area
Clearance of civil work for the Water Abstraction System (including W1 road)
Upgrade works to existing roads (A1, A2, A3, A4, B1 and B2)
Construction of new District roads (N1, N2)
Upgrade work to existing Tangi Camp
Masindi Airstrip upgrade (including M1 road)
)
Bugungu Airstrip upgrade
Construction of new roads (C1 and C3)
Clearance and civil work for well pads north of Victoria Nile
Construction of interfield access roads south of Victoria Nile (D roads)
Clearance and civil work for well pads south of Victoria Nile
Construction of Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facility
Construction and Pre-Commissioning (Year 1 to Year 8)
Construction of Industrial Area
Construction of Water Abstraction Station and installtion of pipeline
Construction of well pads south of Victoria Nile
Drilling of wells south of Victoria Nile
Pre-commissioning of well pads south of Victoria Nile
Construction of well pads north of Victoria Nile
Drilling of wells north of Victoria Nile
Pre-commissioning of wells pads north of Victoria Nile
Construction of Production and Injection Network (including Victoria Nile HDD Crossing)
Construction of interfield access roads north of Victoria Nile (within RoW)
Pre-commissioning of Production and Injection Network
Commissioning and Operation (Year 3 to Year 28)
Decommissioning (Year 28 onwards)

Figure 4-18: Indicative Overall Project Schedule

February 2019 4-40

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-19: Preliminary Well Pad Sequencing Schedule

February 2019 4-41

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.7 Land Acquisition and Resettlement

Land acquisition will be achieved through negotiations by the Project Proponents with landowners,
with the guidance of the Chief Government Valuer. The Land Acquisition and Resettlement
Framework (LARF) and the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) will facilitate the process of transfer of
ownership from the landowner to GoU.

Some Project components are located within GoU owned land including protected areas, national
roads, etc. These areas are generally free from human habitation and land acquisition will be
negotiated between the Project Proponents and the GoU as the registered owners of the land and
potential lease holder of the land. Access to GoU land by the Proponents will be obtained through
agreements and other documents as may be provided for by law with the Uganda Land Commission
and other government agencies.

Table 4-12 presents a summary of the areas to be acquired; further details are presented in Chapter
16: Social.

Table 4-12: Land Acquisition Required

Total Area
Project Component Location
(ha)
Industrial Area South of Victoria Nile 307
Tangi Camp* North of Victoria Nile 11
Well pads North & South of Victoria Nile 228
Production and Injection Network RoW** North & South of Victoria Nile 263
Victoria Nile Crossing using HDD Construction Area North & South of Victoria Nile 20
Victoria Nile HDD Stringing Area North of the Victoria Nile 8
Lake Water Abstraction System Onshore Facility (including South of Victoria Nile
9.2
W1)^, ^^
Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facilities North & South of Victoria Nile 1.3
Masindi Vehicle Check Point (including M1 road)^^ Masindi 25
New roads (C1, C3)^^ North & South of Victoria Nile 15.8
District new roads (N1, N2)^^ South of Victoria Nile 17.8
Upgrade roads (A1, A2, A3, A4, B1, B2) ^^ South of Victoria Nile 189
Inter field access roads south of the Victoria Nile (D roads)^^ South of Victoria Nile 25
TOTAL 1120.1
With Contingency (5% to cater for unknowns) 1176.1
Notes:
* The existing footprint of the Tangi Support Base is about 11 ha. A further 11 ha will be acquired.
** A 30 m wide footprint along the length of the Production and Injection Network.
^ Footprint for Water Abstraction System is associated with the onshore facility option only.
^^ Roads N1, N2, A1, B1, B2 and sections of A2 and A3 will require a 50 m wide footprint along the lengths
of the roads. A 30 m wide footprint will be required along the lengths of roads A4, W1, C1, C3, M1, sections
of A2 and A3 and a 15 m wide footprint along the lengths of the D roads.

The Project will involve resettlement, and the exact location and number of structures will be identified
during the preparation of the RAPs as summarised below. However, an estimation of the number of
structures affected is provided in Chapter 16: Social.

A LARF has been prepared by the Project Proponents in collaboration with representatives from
Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development (MEMD), Ministry of Land Housing and Urban
Development (MLHUD), Ministry of Local Government (MLOG) and the National Environment
Management Authority (NEMA). The LARF will be implemented prior to the start of the Project and
describes the legal and administrative framework, the land-use and land tenure of the Project Area,
and provides guiding principles on valuation methodology, entitlements, resettlement action planning,
and livelihood restoration. The LARF sets out the following key principles and is aimed at
standardising the way in which land acquisition and resettlement planning is conducted across the
Albertine Graben Basin, and to assure a consistent approach in line with the IFC PS (particularly PS 5
on Involuntary Resettlement and Land Acquisition):

Resettlement will be avoided and minimised as much as possible;

February 2019 4-42

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Resettlement will be integrated into overall Project planning;

Compliance with laws, standards and policies;
Active and informed stakeholder participation;

Cultural appropriateness will be applied;

A publicly disclosed cut-off date to be used;
Compensation will be based on full replacement value;

Comprehensive resettlement assistance package will be applied;

Informal land rights to be recognised;

Vulnerable People will be provided with targeted assistance;

A grievance mechanism will be established; and

Appropriate monitoring and evaluation will be undertaken.

In total it is estimated that there will be six RAPs prepared in compliance with the LARF as
summarised in Table 4-13.
Table 4-13: Summary of RAPs South of the Victoria Nile

RAP Description Approximate Area Covered (ha)

RAP 1 Industrial Area and N1 road 320 (including orphan land^)
RAP 2 West NGR and KW well pads, new access roads, and RoW 150 (excluding orphan land^)
for the Production and Injection Network RoW and the Water
Abstraction pipeline
RAP 3a North NGR, GYA well pads, new access roads and 180 (excluding orphan land^)
Production and Injection Network RoW
RAP 3b NSO and KGG well pads, new access roads and Production 245 (excluding orphan land^)
and Injection Network RoW
RAP 4 Tilenga Feeder Pipeline* 475 (excluding orphan land^)
RAP 5 Buliisa road upgrades RoW 280 (excluding orphan land^)
Notes:
*Outside scope of this ESIA and covered in the Tilenga Feeder ESIA
^Orphan land is described as land not directly impacted by the Project, but where restriction may limit the
usefulness / economic viability.

RAP 1 was submitted in September 2017 and approved by GoU in January 2018, where the main
affected village was identified as Kasenyi (Ngwedo sub-county). In total, RAP 1 identified 632 PAPs
who will be displaced by the Project.

The planning phase for RAPs 2, 3a, 4 and 5 began in 2018 and will begin in 2019 for RAP 3b. Further
information on the LARF and RAPs is presented in Chapter 5: Stakeholder Engagement.

4.8 Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase

4.8.1 Overview
The Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase will comprise the following key activities:
Site clearance and land preparation of the Industrial Area, well pads and Water Abstraction
System onshore facility (Option 2) (including W1 access road) (vegetation stripping, earthworks,
drainage and some fencing);
Civil works for well pads and Water Abstraction System (concrete, drainage, fencing/bund walls
etc.);

February 2019 4-43

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Upgrade works to roads and the construction of new roads:

o Upgrade roads:
o A1, A2, A3, A4, B1 and B2
o W1 access road to Water Abstraction System.
o New roads:
o C1, C3, N1 and
o Inter field access roads south of the Victoria Nile (D roads and
o Inter field access roads north of the Victoria Nile (within the existing 30 m permanent
pipeline RoW).
Construction of the Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facility land structures and associated building to
support ferry operation;
Masindi Vehicle Check Point (including upgrade to M1 road); and
7
Bugungu Airstrip upgrade .
All site clearance activities will be undertaken in line with the Site Clearance Plan which will be
developed by the Contractor(s) prior to commencing the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase
to limit extent of vegetation clearance.

The durations of key activities of the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase are summarised in
Figure 4-18 and are expected to last approximately five years.

The Site Preparation and Enabling Works phase will also include drilling of water boreholes in support
of the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase water needs.

During the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase, the embedded mitigation measures
presented in will be adopted to all components as standard practice for each Contractor.

Table 4-14: Embedded Mitigation of the Project Components during the Site Preparation and
Enabling Works Phase

Aspect Description
Storage of Hazardous As detailed in Table 4-3.
Materials
Refuelling Main refuelling facilities will be located within the Industrial Area, the camps and the
Masindi Vehicle Check Point. Facilities will be located within bunded areas with
appropriate capacity (110% tank containment). Mobile refuelling units will be
positioned at the road works sites, Masindi Vehicle Check Point, Bugungu Airstrip, well
pads and the Water Abstraction System site, as required.
All fuel re-filling facilities will be located within bunded areas with appropriate capacity.
The refuelling pumps will be equipped with automatic shut off and there will be
dedicated procedures and spill kits available. Bunds will be designed to minimise
ingress of surface water, facilities roofed where practicable and any contaminated
water collected will be trucked off site for disposal.
Drainage Surface water will be managed via temporary sustainable drainage systems (SuDS) to
manage flood and contamination risk. The requirements for construction SUDS will be
adapted depending on the nature of the activities utilising the principles as outlined in
Chapter 23: Environmental and Social Management Plan.

7
The Bugungu Airstrip, operated by UWA, is currently used by tourists and will continue to be used by both tourists and the
Project during the Construction and Pre-commissioning and Commissioning and Operations Phases.

February 2019 4-44

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Aspect Description
Lighting As per base case there will be no routine nightshift activities associated with the Site
Preparation and Enabling Works Phase.
Lighting will be reduced to the minimum and its design consider need to limit
associated nuisances (e.g. light directed inwards, of warm/neutral colour) without
impacting safety and security
Waste Management To be managed in line with detail presented in Section 4.14.
Sewage To be managed in line with detail presented in Section 4.13.
Power Diesel generator(s) will be located in the Industrial Area for the provision of power and
small diesel generator packages will be used for all other work sites to provide power
for small items of equipment such as pumps/compressors.

In addition to the measures presented in Table 14-14, Table 4-15 summarises additional key
measures to be adopted by the Contractors involved in the Site Preparation and Enabling works
Phase.

Table 4-15: Embedded Mitigation to be adopted by the Contractor(s) during the Site
Preparation and Enabling Works Phase
Key Measures to be Adopted by the Contractor During the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase

During site clearance, vegetation stripping will be undertaken using a phased approach to minimise sediment
pollution from runoff.
Buffer zones will be established to protect watercourses and habitats.
Barriers and fences will be used to isolate work areas.
Contaminated run off will be minimised by ensuring adequate storage facilities are in place for materials
stockpiles, waste, fuels/chemicals/hazardous materials, vehicles/washing areas, parking facilities.
Clean surface water will be diverted away from exposed soils with use of diversion drains and bunds.
All dewatering from excavations or isolated work areas will be provided with appropriate level of treatment prior to
discharge.
Implementation of a Dust Control Plan, which will include:
Measures to include the application of dust suppressants (including water), on potentially dust generating
sources, including on site and off site roads used by Project vehicles and material stockpiles.
Water will be sprayed onto the roads and work sites to suppress dust generation, where necessary. Water will be
provided at the work sites and mobile water bowsers will be available to control dust generation.
Activities likely to generate dust (e.g. drilling powders use and transfer) will be enclosed and dust catchers in
place when practicable.
Trucks carrying potentially dusty material will be covered, to reduce fugitive dust emissions from the materials
being transported.
Roads used by Project vehicles will maintained, to the extent that this is possible, to reduce fugitive dust
emissions associated with surface dust being disturbed by the passing of traffic.
Concrete batching materials to be stored in sealed silos with the batching area regularly watered down to supress
dust emissions.

Site clearance and land preparation at the Industrial Area, well pads and the onshore facilities at the
Water Abstraction System (including W1 access road) will comprise the following key stages:
Clearing (including demolition), tree/bush felling and uprooting, stripping of topsoil and sub soil;

Excavation of drainage channels;

Site pre-levelling;
Compaction;

February 2019 4-45

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Final levelling; and

Fencing.
Tree felling will be undertaken to ensure buildings, neighbouring trees, plantations, crops and
constructions are not damaged. Trees stripped of their branches will either be stacked alongside the
track, or transported to pre-determined locations within the working area for disposal or reuse.

The top soils will be removed to a required depth; material will be temporarily stored areas within
designated areas. It is planned to reuse removed soil onsite or for borrow pit restoration. Through
detailed design, the Project will ensure the generation of excess material is minimised.

As stated above, residential structures will be demolished as part of the Site Preparation and Enabling
Work Phase. The majority are residential homes comprising two rooms, each covering 2.5 m x 2.5 m
with a height of about 3 m built using mud and wattle and most are thatched. Alternatives to be
considered for handling this volume of demolition waste generated include but might not limited to:
Incorporate the wall rubble into landscaping;

Reuse/recycle by the owners in various ways;

Thatching, undamaged doors, windows and wooden poles salvaged for (re)building houses in the
local communities;
Recyclable roofing sheets sold to scrap dealers; and

Landfill disposal.

4.8.2 Civil Works for Well Pads and Water Abstraction System
Following site clearance, civil works will be undertaken at the well pads and Water Abstraction System
onshore facility (Option 2) as part of the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase. Works will
include the following:
Water Abstraction System onshore facilities:
o Construction of drainage
o Installation of fencing around onshore facility boundary.
Well pads:
o Laying concrete foundation slab for drilling rig
o Construction of well cellars
o Construction of structure to prevent wildlife ingress around well pads located north of the
Victoria Nile (within the MFNP)
o Installation of conductor pipeline
o Construction of internal drilling access road
o Construction of drainage.

4.8.3 Upgrade Works to Roads and the Construction of New Roads

As presented in Section 4.3.6, the Project will require both new roads to be constructed and upgrades
to existing roads and tracks including the construction of drainage.

The inter field access roads routes south of the Victoria Nile (D roads) will comprise both existing
tracks to be upgraded with small tie in to existing roads and the development of new roads. Inter field
access roads south of the Victoria Nile will be approximately 6.4 m wide to allow 2-way traffic and
surfaced with murram. The proposed layout of the D roads is presented in Figure 4-12.

February 2019 4-46

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Inter field access roads north of the Victoria Nile will be located within the pipeline RoW with the
exception of road C1 linking JBR-09 to Pakuba Lodge Junction as shown in Figure 4-12.
Respectively, works are expected to involve the following activities:
Bush clearing;

Topsoil removal;
Compaction;
Fill with gravel material;

Excavation for side drains; and

Installation of cross drainage culverts.

Roads will be upgraded to accommodate maximum cargo sizes of 5 m wide x 4.5 m high x 25 m and
120 tonnes (t). Road construction (both upgraded roads and new roads) will be covered by 20 works
areas, which will operate concurrently.
For new roads, the site will be cleared and graded before the installation of drainage infrastructure
followed by the surface material (gravel or asphalt). Road furniture (i.e. road markings and traffic
signals) will be installed once construction is complete. For the upgraded roads, it will be necessary to
cordon off the road (while retaining pedestrian access) before widening the road.
Table 4-20 presents the expected construction vehicles, plant and equipment to be used and Table
4-16 summarises the volumes of both excavated material and required materials.
All temporary land required associated with the construction of the roads will be restored following
construction in line with the Site Restoration Plan as developed by the Contractor specifically for the
roads.

4.8.4 Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing

As stated in Section 4.3.7, the Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facilities will comprise a number of
onshore facilities and landing approaches extending from both the north and south banks of the
Victoria Nile. The works will include:
Vegetation clearing (tree/bush felling and uprooting, stripping of topsoil and sub soil);
Earthworks (pre-levelling, compaction, final levelling);
Erection of temporary facilities for construction (welfare, workshops, laydown & storage areas);

Installation of structures and foundations (dependent on the jetty design); and

Installation of permanent facilities (landing approaches, offices, workshops, parking areas, diesel
storage facilities, general storage area and utilities).
The landing approaches for ferry crossing are currently under design; however a deck on piled
structure is currently considered as the Base Case and was assessed in Chapters 6 to 19 of the ESIA
Report.

4.8.5 Upgrade Work to the Masindi Airstrip

As stated in Section 4.3.10, the Masindi Airstrip will be adapted to provide a vehicle check point for
traffic on route to the Industrial Area. The works will include:
Upgrade to access road M1;

Upgrade of existing Airstrip surface to gravel;

Installation of utilities, drainage and fencing; and

Installation of temporary buildings as described in Section 4.3.10.

February 2019 4-47

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Works will not involve the construction of buildings; instead containers will be positioned on site to
provide the necessary facilities due to the temporary nature of the facility.

4.8.6 Upgrade Work to the Bugungu Airstrip

The existing Bugungu Airstrip, located in the MFNP, is operated by UWA, and is used to transport
people by small aircrafts during daytime. The surface material is murram and it is approximately
1,550 m in length and less than 30 m wide. A small hanger supports the airstrip. Upgrade works are
necessary to cater for frequent flight trips and emergency landing to cater for Project needs and meet
ICAO standards. The works will include:
Extend the runaway up to 1,540 m (with 260 m runway end safety area on each end) and widen
to 30 m and surface with asphalt;
Repair existing perimeter fencing;

Upgrade existing hangar, office and toilets; Enlarge the entrance gate;
Extend clearance zone by approximately 75 m from either sides the runway strip (obstacle
removal inside and outside new fence line for maximum tree height of 10 m);
Construction of a control room, new terminal building with an approximate footprint of 20m length
and 30m wide;
Airfield lighting; and
Landside facilities such as power supply, water supply, sewer services, perimeter drains and
upgrade of an existing road.
Fuelling and firefighting services will be mobile.
During the construction phase of Bugungu Airstrip, all UWA tourist traffic and general air traffic will be
diverted to Pakuba Airstrip or any other airstrip within the vicinity of Bugungu Airstrip. UWA shall
make the necessary communications to all the airstrip frequent users and the general public.

4.8.7 Boreholes Drilling

It is proposed that additional boreholes will be required to service the water needs of the Project
during the Construction and Pre-commissioning Phase. The additional boreholes will be installed
during the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase and will be drilled to target deep water aquifer
zones using water and bentonite. All drill cuttings from borehole drilling activities will be collected and
disposed of appropriately. Disposal methods will be pre-agreed with NEMA prior to commencement
of activities transferred to a licensed waste disposal facility for treatment and/or disposal.

Flow meters will be installed on all boreholes to measure flow, water level and quality.

4.8.8 Materials and Borrow Pits

Table 4-16 summarises the excavation material for each key facility and materials required as part
Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase. It should be noted that at the time the ESIA Report was
prepared the volumes of material for the inter field access roads located north of the Victoria Nile
(located within the Production and Injection Network) were under development and have not been
included in Table 4-16.

February 2019 4-48

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-16: Indicative Volumes of Excavated Materials and Required Material during Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase

Volume (m3)
Cement/Lime
Unused Crushed
Facility Topsoil Cut Fill Asphalt for Soil Concrete Murram
Material^ Stone
stabilisation

Material to Remain on Site Introduced to Site

Industrial Area 611,000 3,008,697 3,611,232 - - -

Water Abstraction System 630 3,150 - - 3,780
Well pads 119,000 833,000 624,750 208,250 6,272 56,000 208,250
Upgraded Roads (A1, A2, A3, A4, B1 and B2) 85,605 239,908 135,199 104,709 25,480 221,688
New Roads (N1, N2) 12,659 39,119 2,110 37,009 2,715 23,634
New Roads (C1, C3) 32,175 64,350 64,350 64,350 32,175 3,824 64,350
Inter field Access Roads (south of Victoria Nile) (D roads) 38,800
Masindi Vehicle Check Point Road (M1) 6,098

Water Abstraction System Access Road (W1) 15,921

Masindi Vehicle Check Point 12,000 40,000 40,000 12,000

Bugungu Airstrip 10,800 54,000 43,200 10,800 4,320 32,400 10,800
Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing facilities 3,200 120
Notes:
^ It is planned to reuse removed soil onsite or for borrow pits restoration. Through detailed design, the Project will ensure the generation of excess material is minimised

February 2019 4-49

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Murram will be sourced from up to 13 existing borrow pits south of the Victoria Nile and 7 borrow pits
north of the Victoria Nile as summarised in Table 4-17 and shown in Figure 4-20. Within the MFNP
only material sourced within the Park can be used and as such, Table 4-17 denotes the location of the
borrow pits north and south of the Victoria Nile.

Borrow pits and quarries will be accessed via existing tracks and no upgrades to these tracks are
planned as part of the Project. Should additional borrow pits and/or access roads be required the
additional facilities will be reviewed as part of the Management of Change process (refer to Section
4.15).

Table 4-17: Murram Borrow Pits

Estimated Estimated Material

Location 3 Eastings Northings 3
Borrow Area (m ) Quantity (m )
South of the Victoria Nile
UWA Begeri Park Borrow Pit 74,500 33.9732 2.44118 111,750
Ajigo Borrow Pit 1 32,250 33.538 2.40559 70,500
Uduku Borrow Pit 1 25,170 33.4276 2.41366 50,300
Kisomere Borrow Pit 4 6,300 33.1436 2.4474 12,600
UWA Park Borrow Pit (Alternative) 5,200 31.56385 2.2234 10,400
Kilyango Borrow Pit 4,450 33.2506 2.45121 8,900
Kisomere Borrow Pit 1 5,500 33.0996 2.44738 8,250
Avogera Borrow Pit 3,600 33.4903 2.44066 7,200
Kisomere Borrow Pit 3 5,350 33.1234 2.44849 10,700
Kisomere Borrow Pit 2 3,400 33.1094 2.44773 5,100
Kisomere Community Borrow Pit 2,650 33.1122 2.44722 3,975
Kisomere Borrow Pit 6 4,900 33.2034 2.44238 9,800
Kisomere Borrow Pit 5 1,500 33.1288 2.44384 5,100
Total for South of the Victoria Nile 314,575
North of the Victoria Nile
GWOT Afowoyo Borrow Pit 2 118,755 33.9393 2.7205 179,625
Til 1 Borrow Pit 34,800 35.3542 2.62809 52,500
GWOT Afowoyo Borrow Pit 1 13,700 33.9506 2.73457 20,550
UWA Park Borrow Pit 3 and 4 15,755 33.4875 2.38587 23,636
Pakuba Airstrip Borrow Pit 2 12,820 33.1605 2.65442 32,050
Jobi 6 - 3 Borrow Pit 12,570 33.3018 0.253432 22,000
Buligi Track Borrow Pit 6,900 33.4562 2.54955 12,075
Total for North of the Victoria Nile 342,436

It is recognised that while the majority of murram will be sourced from the borrow pits identified in
Table 4-17, additional borrow pits may need to be identified by the Project Proponents prior to
commencing Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase. All murram used for the Project will be
sourced through third party licensed borrow pits or through borrow pits operated by the Project
Proponents. In cases where borrow pits will be operated by the Project Proponents necessary
licencing status will be obtained.

Material may also be obtained from the following identified quarry sites as shown in Figure 4-20:
Kakiri Stone Quarry;

Kiboga; and
Busunju.
While a number of materials sourcing sites have been identified as summarised above, a detailed
audit of the sites and available material had not been completed at the time this ESIA Report was
prepared, including potential land take requirements. As such, once final details of the location of
quarries has been determined, the sites and access routes will be reviewed as part of the
Management of Change process (Section 4.15).

Regular audits of the borrow pits and quarries will be conducted at the aforementioned sources to
ensure compliance with Ugandan law.

February 2019 4-50

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Material sourcing will involve the following activities:

Bush clearing (if required);

Stripping and stockpiling of soil for future use during restoration;

Site drainage works;

Excavation; and
Transportation of material to Project sites.
All borrow pits and quarries used by Project Proponents will be re-habilitated following completions of
extraction in line with the Site Restoration Plan as developed by the Contractor. It is recognised that
some borrow pits and quarries can be used by third parties for other projects, The Project Proponents
will not be responsible for restoration of those areas used by others. Wherever possible, excess
material not reused within the Project Area will be transferred to borrow pits for restoration purposes.

February 2019 4-51

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-20: Location of Borrow Pits and Quarry Sites

February 2019 4-52

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.8.9 Work Force

4.8.9.1 Work Force Required

As summarised in Table 4-18, the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase will require a
maximum work force of up to 2,000 people. Working hours will be based on the normal work day in
line with Ugandan law. As per base case there will be no routine nightshift activities associated with
the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase.

Table 4-18: Work Force Indicative Requirements

Workers Per Work Area Total Number of Works

Industrial Area (4 Work Areas)

Supervisory 4 16
Equipment Operators 19 76
Labour (local) 57 228
80 320
Water Abstraction System (1 Work Area)
Supervisory 2 2
Equipment Operators 9 9
Labour (local) 27 27
38 38
Well Pads (7 Work Areas)
Supervisory 2 14
Equipment Operators 10 70
Labour (local) 30 210
42 294
Roads (8 Work Areas)
Supervisory 3 60
Equipment Operators 14 280
Labour (local) 42 840
59 1180
Victoria Nile Landing Structure and associated buildings (1 Work Area)
Supervisory 2 2
Equipment Operators 11 11
Labour (local) 33 33
46 46
Masindi Check Point (1 Work Area)
Supervisory 2 2
Equipment Operators 9 9
Labour (local) 27 27
38 38
Bugungu Airstrip (1 Work Area)
Supervisory 2 2

February 2019 4-53

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Workers Per Work Area Total Number of Works

Equipment Operators 11 11
Labour (local) 33 33
46 46

4.8.9.2 Work Force Accommodation

It is expected the majority of the casual workforce will come from nearby villages and towns with
higher workers (supervisors and operators) travelling from outside the area. Buses will be provided to
transport workers living in nearby villages.

Section 4.3.1 and Table 4-4 summarise the existing construction camps (Tangi - north of the Victoria
Nile and Bugungu and Buliisa - south of the Victoria Nile) which may be used to accommodate
workers as part of the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase.

4.8.10 Water Demand

The Project Proponents are aware of the need to employ water efficiency measures throughout the
lifetime of the Project; they will consider water reduction measures.

During the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase, water will be supplied from both existing
boreholes and new boreholes for potable and general use (refer to Section 4.3.1 and Figure 4-4 for
locations). The installation of boreholes across the Project Area is subject to the outcome of the Water
Abstraction Feasibility Study currently being undertaken by the Project Proponents. The objectives of
the study are further described in Chapter 9: Hydrogeology.

The proposed boreholes will be located as close as possible to the infrastructure to reduce the length
of temporary piping where possible to a maximum of 500 m. The base case is for one borehole to be
drilled for each well pad. Water abstracted for potable use will be tested and treated (if necessary)
prior to storing in a water day tank.

A contingency measure is also under consideration as part of FEED, which involves the installation of
a temporary water abstraction facility at Lake Albert. The purpose of this facility will be to service the
water needs for the Site Preparation and Enabling Works; and the Construction and Pre-
Commissioning phases using surface water. The temporary water abstraction facility would utilise the
permanent water abstraction facility footprint (including the onshore pipeline RoW) to transport water
to the Industrial Area by surface laid pipe.

Estimated volumes of water required for the Site Preparation and Early Works Phase are summarised
in Table 4-19.

February 2019 4-54

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-19: Estimated Water Demand during the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase

Annual Water Demand (Cubic Metres)

Activity TOTAL Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
Earthworks at the Industrial Area 582,202 582,202
Earthworks at the Water Abstraction System 0.54 0.54
Construction of new and upgraded roads north of the Victoria Nile 34,852 17,027 17,826
Construction of new and upgraded roads south of the Victoria Nile 56,822 11,364 39,776 5,682
Civil works at well pads located south of the Victoria Nile 8,788 1,758 1,758 1,758 1,758 1,758
Earthworks at well pads located south of the Victoria Nile 101,960 20,392 20,392 20,392 20,392 20,392
Civil works at well pads located north of the Victoria Nile 3,495 699 699 699 699 699
Earthworks at well pads located north of the Victoria Nile 40,744 8,149 8,149 8,149 8,149 8,149
Earthworks at Masindi Airstrip and Bugungu Airstrip 16,078 11,496 4,582
Construction of Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facilities 8,089 8,089
TOTAL 853,032 636,061 100,471 54,505 30,998 30,998

Notes:
There is no discernible water demand for civils work associated with the Water Abstraction System

February 2019 4-55

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.8.11 Vehicles, Equipment and Plant

Table 4-20 provides the estimated number of construction vehicles during the Site Preparation and
Enabling Works Phase. All construction vehicles/equipment will be kept on site when not in use. For
the preparation of the roads and depending on location, vehicles/equipment will either travel from site
yard/storage to work site each work day or be stored on site when not in use (i.e. night time).

Table 4-20: Estimated Vehicle and Plant Use during Site Preparation and Enabling Works
Phase (Including the Number of Work Areas per Component)

Movement per Total

Construction Total Number of
day / Return Movement per
Vehicles Per Construction
Trips per Work day / Return
Work Area Vehicles
Area Trips
Industrial Area (4 Work Areas)
Excavator 2 8
Forward Loader 2 8
Dump truck 4 16
Dozer 2 8
Grader 1 4
Water tanker 1 4 5 20
Roller compactor 2 8
Light Duty Vehicles (LDV) 4 16 1 16
Labour Shuttle Bus 1 4 1 4
Roads (8 Work Areas)
Forward Loader 1 20 1 20
Dump truck 3 60 6 360
Dozer 1 20 1 20
Grader 1 20 1 20
Water tanker 1 20 6 120
Roller compactor 1 20 1 20
Asphalt paver 1 5 1 5
Asphalt tip truck 2 5 4 20
LDVs 2 40 1 40
Labour Shuttle Bus 1 20 1 20
Well Pads (7 Work Areas)
Forward Loader 1 7
Dump truck 1 7
Dozer 1 7
Grader 1 7
Water tanker 1 7 5 35
Concrete tip truck 2 14 3 42
Roller compactor 1 7
LDVs 1 7 1 7
Labour Shuttle Bus 1 7 1 7
Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facilities (1 Work Area)
Excavator 1 1
Crawler crane 1 1
Dump truck 2 2

February 2019 4-56

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Movement per Total

Construction Total Number of
day / Return Movement per
Vehicles Per Construction
Trips per Work day / Return
Work Area Vehicles
Area Trips
Dozer 1 1
Grader 1 1
Water tanker 1 1
Concrete tip truck 2 2 3 6
Roller compactor 1 1
LDVs 1 1 1 1
Labour Shuttle Bus 1 1 1 1
Bugungu Airstrip (1 Work Area)
Excavator 1 1
Dump truck 2 2
Dozer 1 1
Grader 1 1
Water tanker 1 1 5 5
Concrete tip truck 2 2 3 6
Roller compactor 1 1
LDVs 1 1 1 1
Labour Shuttle Bus 1 1 1 1
Water Abstraction System (1 Work Area)
Excavator 1 1
Dump truck 2 2
Dozer 1 1
Grader 1 1
Water tanker 1 1
Roller compactor 1 1
LDVs 1 1 1 1
Labour Shuttle Bus 1 1 1 1
Masindi Vehicle Check Point (1 Work Area)
Excavator 1 1
Dump truck 2 2
Dozer 1 1
Grader 1 1
Water tanker 1 1 5 5
Roller compactor 1 1
LDVs 1 1 1 1
Labour Shuttle Bus 1 1 1 1

4.8.12 Logistics and Procurement

Preference will be given to source equipment (such as plant and construction vehicles) and materials
which meet the required Project specifications from Uganda wherever possible. However, where this
is not possible construction vehicles, plant and equipment will be imported from overseas and will be
delivered to Mombasa port for onward travel via road or rail to the Project Area. Figure 4-12 presents
a detailed overview of the proposed road networks within the Project Area that will be established
during the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase.

February 2019 4-57

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

The Project Proponents will ensure a robust selection procedure for all supplies. Information on the
following aspects will be required and reviewed by the Project Proponents prior to suppliers being
permitted to tender for contracts:

Compliance: anti-corruption compliance program.

In line with the Petroleum (Exploration, Development and Production) (National Content) Regulations,
2016 certain goods and services are to be provided exclusively from registered entities, Ugandan
companies and citizens (to the extent of the available capacity and ability).

4.9 Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase

4.9.1 Overview
The Construction and Pre-Commissioning8 Phase comprise the following key activities:

Construction, installation and pre-commissioning of the plant and equipment within the Industrial
Area
Drilling of 412 wells across 34 well pad locations
Construction, installation and pre-commissioning of the plant and equipment at the Lake Water

Construction, installation and pre-commissioning of plant and equipment at the well pads and
Construction, installation and pre-commissioning of the plant and equipment required for the
pipeline network (Production and Injection Network and FOC).

During the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase, the embedded mitigation measures
presented in Table 4-21 will be adopted to all components as standard practice for each Contractor.

Table 4-21: Embedded Mitigation Measures of the Project Components during the
Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase

Aspect Description
Storage of Hazardous
As detailed in Table 4-3.
Materials
Refuelling As detailed in Table 4-14.
Drainage As detailed in Table 4-14.
Lighting Lighting will be essential for night-time working during the Construction and Pre-
Commissioning Phase.
As detailed in Table 4-3.
Waste Management To be managed in line with detail presented in Section 4.14.
Sewage To be managed in line with detail presented in Section 4.14.

8
Pre-commissioning is defined as the process of undertaking integrity testing of equipment and the Production and Injection
Network using water prior to the introduction of hydrocarbons.

February 2019 4-58

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Aspect Description
Power For power generation, centralised diesel generator package including back up facilities
will be located at the Industrial Area Construction Support Base to service the
Construction and Pre-Commissioning activities within the Industrial Area. Dedicated
generator packages of varying sizes will also be mobilised to provide the power
requirements for the construction and pre-commissioning at discrete locations
including the Lake Water Abstraction System, well pads and pipeline installation sites.
Separate independent packages will be mobilised with the drilling rig to service the
power requirements for the drilling activities.

In addition, the following embedded mitigation measures will also be adopted by the Contractor during
the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase:
With the exception of drilling and HDD construction activities there will be no permanent night

Options for treatment and disposal of hydrotest water will be assessed in detail during the next
phase of engineering. The volume of hydrotest water to be disposed of shall be minimised by
collection and reuse after each test. Emphasis will be on the use of chemicals that pose little or
no risk to the environment. All options for reuse/disposal shall be in compliance with applicable
regulations and be subject to detailed assessment and prior permission of the relevant authorities.
For the purpose of the ESIA, it has been assumed that hydrotest water will be transferred to the
CPF for treatment and used for reinjection at the well pads.
Water will be sprayed onto the roads and work sites to supress dust generation, where
necessary; and

there will be no additional site clearance required outside the well pad footprint during the
Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase.

4.9.2 Industrial Area

The construction activities within the Industrial Area include erection of the temporary and permanent
facilities as shown in Figure 4-7

The construction philosophy will be adapted taking into account the specific constraints posed by the
surrounding environment. The preferred approach is to opt for modular components in order to
minimise the disruption caused by on site construction activities. However, it is recognised that this
approach is constrained due to the challenges faced by road transportation. The construction
methodology will therefore be further developed during detailed design to take into account logistical
constraints, the requirement to optimise national content, labour resources available and schedule
constraints.

It is planned that the construction of the CPF will be undertaken in blocks with a key focus on delivery
of the subsystems required for first oil. This will consist in (but not be limited to) ensuring that all major
equipment within each modules are installed i.e. all heavy lifting has been completed before first oil
and the facility is in the final stages of fit-out and completion mode.

An indicative sequence of construction activities for Industrial Area is provided as follows:

Civil works: The civil personnel will be the first mobilised on site. Once the concrete batching plant
is operational and civil construction equipment have been mobilised, civil activities will be
developed in a way to complete in priority, piling activities, deepest foundations, underground
services and areas where buildings are to be erected
Structural steel works: Focus will be given to the pipe racks erection, and then to the platforms
and shelters. Pipe racks erection sequence is linked with area availability for equipment erection
(lifting requirements are primary consideration)

February 2019 4-59

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Equipment / Modules installation: Once foundations have been completed and surroundings
accessible, equipment (and modules) will be erected in order to give piping erection workload.
Lifting will be as far as possible grouped in order to reduce the mobilisation of heavy cranes
Piping installation: Piping erection will start with pipe racks and continue with inside units when
equipment installation is completed
Electrical and Instrumentation: Activities will start with the installation of main cable trays and
ladders on pipe racks.

4.9.3 Construction Camps

To provide sufficient accommodation for the Project the existing Tangi Support Base will be expanded
from 11 ha to 22 ha and the Industrial Area camp will be established as summarised in Table 4-22.
Table 4-22: Camp Accommodation during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase
Camp Existing Capacity Maximum Capacity
Industrial Area Construction Camp - 4,400
Industrial Area Drilling Camp - 500
Buliisa 100 100
Bugungu 350 350
Tangi Camp 350 800

The entire Buliisa and Bugungu camps will be decommissioned following the completion of the
Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase. 17 ha of the Tangi Camp will also be decommissioned
leaving a camp 5 ha in size for use after commissioning of the main facilities.

4.9.4 Lake Water Abstraction System

The Water Abstraction System will be installed to provide water for the Commissioning and
Operations Phase of the Project, including for re-injection, potable and firewater uses. However, if
required, water may be abstracted from Lake Albert for construction of the facilities. Water needs for
the Construction and Pre-Commissioning phase are further defined in Section 4.9.10.

As described in Section 4.3.5, there will be a 1.5 km pipeline extending into Lake Albert which will tie
into a facility (on or offshore) housing pumps and filtration systems. A 24-inch diameter buried pipeline
will also be installed to transport the water from abstraction facility to the CPF, approximately 10 km in
length. There are currently two design options under consideration as presented in Section 4.3.5 and
a summary of the proposed construction technique is presented below:
Option 1 (floating platform with lakebed intake structure) - The platform will be delivered to site in
modular units and assembled onshore prior to towing it to the selected position in the lake using a
barge. The platform will be secured in position from each corner by fixed anchors.
Option 2 (onshore facility with midwater intake structure) - Civil work for the onshore facility will be
undertaken as part of the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase. During the Construction
and Pre-Commissioning Phase the facilities will be installed including mechanical and electrical
equipment (pumps and hypochlorite injection package). The midwater intake structure will require
the use of work barges for installation.
For both options, the intake pipeline, comprising high-density polyethylene (HDPE) material, will be
outfitted with concrete collars to serve as ballast prior to being pulled into the lake. Following stringing,
a work barge will be used to pull the pipeline out into the lake. The electrical and instrumental cabling
will be subsea grade and will be bundled with the water abstraction pipeline for installation.

The onshore section of the pipeline for both options will be included within the Production and
Injection Network installation scope and will follow the open trench method as described in Section
4.9.6.

February 2019 4-60

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.9.5 Drilling of Wells

The wells will be constructed using three drilling rigs simultaneously. One drilling rig will be positioned
north of the Victoria Nile in the MFNP to drill the JBR field wells. The other two rigs will be positioned
south of the Victoria Nile to drill the remaining wells:

Rig 3: KW, NSO and KN wells.

An example of a typical drilling rig is presented in Figure 4-21. The rig and associated equipment will
be transported to the site by low bed and flatbed trailers.

All wells will be drilled using a Blow Out Preventer (BOP) system prior to entering hydrocarbons
bearing reservoirs to prevent an uncontrolled release of hydrocarbons in the event that well control
issues are experienced during drilling. Further details regarding unplanned releases during the drilling
activities are described in Chapter 20: Unplanned Events.

Figure 4-21: Typical Drilling Rig

The total duration of the drilling phase is expected to be approximately 4.5 years, and thereafter the
rigs will be demobilised and drilling activities will cease. It will be necessary to undertake well
intervention during the lifetime of the Project, as further described below under the Commissioning
and Operations Phase.

4.9.5.1 Well Pad Accommodation

Figure 4-5 presents the typical layout of a well pad during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning
Phase. Each well pad will include a temporary mini workers camp with capacity to accommodate up
to 10 personnel. Water will be provided from a borehole and transferred via pipeline to the mini camp.

February 2019 4-61

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.9.5.2 Well Design

An overview of the production well design is presented in Table 4-23. Each well will take
approximately 11 days to drill and will be drilled on a 24 hour / 7 day basis. The lower section of the
well (reservoir wellbore interface) will be equipped with Wire Wrapped Screens (WWS) in front of
open hole. The maximum well length will be 2,300 m.

The oil producer and water injection wells will have horizontal or deviated sections in the reservoir,
such that the total length measured along hole of each well will be in the average range of 1,500 m. In
addition, the oil producer wells will be equipped with electrically driven downhole pumps, known as
ESPs, to pump the oil to the surface. To maintain the functionality of oil producer wells it will be
necessary to periodically replace the ESPs. The base case for the water injection wells is that they
will be drilled with simplified Christmas tree9 and hanger design without tubing. The observation wells
will be vertically drilled directly downwards beneath the well pad.

The Project trajectories can be categorised into the following:

NGR and KW wells will be highly slanted (60-80°), 2D with up to

GNA and KN wells will be highly slanted to horizontal (70-
and
Observation wells will be vertical.
Table 4-23: Proposed Well Design

Drilling Casing Section TD (m) Average Section Length (m)

Phase String JBR GN NGR KN KW JBR GN NGR KN KW
18 ” CP
18 ”
(civil 36 36 36 36 36
CP 36 36 36 36 36
works)
Max 205 Max 196 Max 180 Max 150 Max 194
10 ¾“
14 ¾“ Min 106 Min 130 Min 130 Min 130 Min 150 128 111 128 112 136
casing
avg 164 avg 147 avg 164 avg 148 avg 172
Max 1955 Max 1295 Max 1790 Max 1599 Max 1815
7 ”
9 ” Min 479 Min 683 Min 788 Min 526 Min 865 794 748 1062 887 1106
casing
avg 957 avg 896 avg 1226 avg 1035 avg 1279
Max 2152 Max 1993 Max 2047 Max 2100 Max 2294
4½
6 ¾“ Min 495 Min 1013 Min 849 Min 604 Min 896 490 634 190 363 260
WWS
avg 1447 avg 1530 avg 1415 avg 1398 avg 1538
Notes:
TD – Target depth

Figure 4-22 and Figure 4-23 present the well design for the completed oil production and water
injection wells. A down-hole safety valve (DHSV) will be fitted on all production wells crossing major
fault lines. The base case for water injection wells will be without tubing, which means that water will
be injected directly into the reservoir via the casing. A secondary case for the water injection well is
also presented in and will be adopted in the event that a more conventional approach (i.e. using
tubing) is required due to technical requirements.

9
The Christmas tree is an assembly of valves, spools and fittings that will control the flow of produced fluids from the well and
water injection to the wells.

February 2019 4-62

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Oil Producers
Base case Secondary case (with DHSV)

Figure 4-22: Oil Production Wells

February 2019 4-63

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Water injectors
Base case Secondary case

Figure 4-23: Water Injection Wells

4.9.5.3 Wellhead and Christmas Tree Design

The wells will be equipped with a horizontal Christmas tree and compact wellhead. The Christmas
trees for each well will be situated below ground within individual cellars. The configuration and the
dimension of the cellars will be finalised based on dimensions of the equipment. However, the current
dimensions are:
Individual cellar of 3.8 m x 3.8 m (length x width)
Depth of 3 m considering the air gap and the cellar hatch/cover thickness.
Figure 4-24 provides an overview of the Christmas tree design and Figure 4-25 provides a plan of the
cellar design.

February 2019 4-64

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-24: Wellhead, Christmas Tree

Figure 4-25: Well Cellar Design

February 2019 4-65

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.9.5.4 Drilling Operational Sequence

Wells will be drilled in clusters from each well pad (Figure 4-26). A batch drilling sequence will be
used which involves the drilling rig moving back and forth between the wells, progressing through the
hole sections until all the wells on each pad have been drilled to target depth (TD), lower completion
installed (4 ½ ” WWS) and upper completion installed. The rig will then move to the next well pad
once all wells will have been drilled and completed.

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Nth

Phase Fluid Rig type
Well Well Well Well Well Well
Top Hole: 14 ¾” (Batch) Water Based
Drilling Rig
– No BOP Mud

Intermediate: 9 ” SBM Drilling Rig

SBM +
Drain Section: 6 ¾” Drilling Rig
Sieved mud
Cake
Lower Completion breaker* + Drilling Rig
Brine

Upper Completion Brine Drilling Rig

Notes:
Cake breaker refers to part of the well clean up operation and is required to preserve integrity of the WWS and to ensure high
productivity of the well.

Figure 4-26: Batch Drilling Sequence

As part of the batch drilling process, two different mud systems will be used prior running completion.

The operations will be done in sequences as follows:

18 ” well conductor pipe piled in place during the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase
Water Based Mud (WBM) Period:
o 14 ¾” section will be drilled using WBM
o 10 ¾” casing run and cemented into position
o Rig will skid to next well.
Synthetic Based Mud (SBM) Period:
o 9 ” will be drilled using SBM
o 7 ” casing will be run and cemented into position
o 6 ¾” section will be drilled using SBM
o Lower completion installed - 4 ½” WWS
o 4” tubing string run with completion and sub-assemblies
o Rig skids to next well;
All observation wells will be fully drilled using WBM.

It is estimated that the Project will generate the following amounts of WBM and SBM on cuttings:

WBM: 42,000
SBM: 77,000 tonnes.
SBM will be transferred from the Liquid Mud Plant to the well pads via truck in dedicated sealed
containers to reduce the risk of spillage during storage, handling and transportation operations.

February 2019 4-66

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Details of the fluids and chemicals to be used are detailed in Sections 4.9.5.5. Drilling mud will be
pumped into the drill pipe and returned to the surface on the rig via the annulus between the drill pipe
and well bore. The casing in each well will provide a seal between the drilling mud and the formations
to prevent fluid losses into the formation. On the surface, drilling muds will be removed from the
cuttings via the use of shale shaker, centrifuge and/or cutting dryer. Drilling muds will be reused.
Up to 22 wells will be drilled per well pad. There are challenges associated with wellbore positioning
and collision avoidance, both at the top hole and at the deep hole sections. A Wellbore Surveying
Management Strategy will be implemented to address the main challenges related to wellbore
positioning and collision avoidance aspects. It has to be specified that the survey management
strategy will respect the following constraints:
Adapted to factory drilling process that will be followed during the Project
Simple to implement and execute during operations.
Further information regarding collision risk is detailed in Chapter 20: Unplanned Events of this ESIA
Report.

4.9.5.5 Drilling Fluids and Chemicals

A drilling fluid (mud) will be circulated through the inside of the drill string to the bit during drilling. The
primary function of the drilling mud system is to remove cuttings (waste) from the well and control
formation pressures. Other functions of the mud system include:
Sealing permeable for

Transmitting hydraulic energy to tools and the drill bit.

Details of the two types of mud are typically to be used for drilling are:
WBMs – water mixed with bentonite and barium sulphate (barite) forms the continuous phase of
the mud. Table 4-24 and
SBMs – base oils synthetically derived from the continuous phase of the mud. SBMs offer better
well stability, particularly when drilling through water-sensitive or unconsolidated formations. They
also offer better lubricity and high temperature stability and reduce the formation of gas hydrates.
Table 4-25 presents the composition of the proposed SBM.

February 2019 4-67

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-24: Proposed WBM Composition

Type of Product Brand Name Hazard Category*
Water - E
Caustic soda - E
Bentonite clay - E
Xanthan gum Polymer, viscosifier KELZAN XCD E
Polyannionic cellulose polymer,
DRISPAC E
fluid loss reducer
CaCO3, calcium carbonate - PLONOR
*
Brand name and associated chemical composition are subject to change following the call for tender exercise
**
Two methods of hazard assessment are used in accordance with internationally recognised practice - Chemical Hazard and
Risk Management (CHARM) and Non CHARM. The CHARM Model is used to calculate the ratio of predicted exposure
concentration against no effect concentration (PEC:NEC) and is expressed as a Hazard Quotient. Hazard Quotients are
assigned to 1 of 6 categories and "GOLD" is the least hazardous category. Those chemicals that cannot be modelled by
CHARM are assigned to a category (A to E) based on toxicity assessment, biodegradation and bioaccumulation potential.
Category E is the least harmful category. Source: CEFAS, Offshore Chemical Notification Scheme - Ranked Lists of Notified
Chemicals, Updated October 2013.

The Oslo Paris Commission (OSPAR) List of Substances and Preparations Used and Discharged Offshore which are
considered to Pose Little or No Risk to the Environment (PLONOR).

Table 4-25: Proposed SBM Composition

Type of Product Brand Name Hazard Category*
Synthetic base fluid (50%) Total EDC 95/11 D
Emulsifier (2%) EZ-MUL NT D
Viscosifier (1%) GELTONE II E
Fluid loss reducer (0.3%) ADAPTA E
Fresh water (33%) Water E
Dispersion inhibitor (4%) Sodium Formate E
Alkalinity (0.3%) Calcium Hydroxide E
Weighting agent (9.4%) BARACARB E
*
Brand name and associated chemical composition are subject to change following the call for tender exercise
**
Two methods of hazard assessment are used in accordance with internationally recognised practice - CHARM and Non
CHARM. The CHARM Model is used to calculate the PEC:NEC ratio and is expressed as a Hazard Quotient. Hazard Quotients
are assigned to 1 of 6 categories and "GOLD" is the least hazardous category. Those chemicals that cannot be modelled by
CHARM are assigned to a category (A to E) based on toxicity assessment, biodegradation and bioaccumulation potential.
Category E is the least harmful category. Source: CEFAS, Offshore Chemical Notification Scheme - Ranked Lists of Notified
Chemicals, Updated October 2013.

After each section has been drilled and the casing installed, cement will be pumped up to surface into
the well to hold the casing in place and to prevent any fluid migration between subsurface formations.
The two principal functions of the cementing process are:

To bond and support the casing.

All casings for the wells will be cemented to ensure proper isolation from the reservoir. The cement
slurry /spacers formulation, displacement parameters and casing centralization will be undertaken to
ensure the cementing operation is robust. Casing will also be rotated on more critical wells (crossing
the gas cap) to limit risk of a poor cement bond. The composition of cement to be used will be Class
G with 40% silica flour.

The completion fluid planned to be used will be filtered inhibited 1.06 specific gravity (sg) sodium
formate brine and/or for 50% of the wells it will be filtered inhibited drill water. The following criteria will
be applied to all fluids and chemicals used on Project:
Mud Products will comply with Uganda’s Health, Safety and Environment Regulations. Only
Chemicals ranked E or D in the OCNS (Oil Chemical National Scheme classification) will be
al
All products for completion and drilling fluids will be free of chlo be 2% by

February 2019 4-68

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

All Products entering in the mixing of drilling, completion and cementing will be free of aromatic
Hydrocarbon, the upper lim
No asphalt, no gilsonite, nor equivalent so called “black” products will be permitted in the drilling
fluids and cementing formulations.
Weighting agent is required to maintain formation pressure. A minimum use of barite is forecasted,
which will be used in case of emergency. The drilling fluid weighting agent will be based on calcium
carbonate and ground marble (at different grade) to avoid heavy metals (in the upper limit of 100 ppm
by weight) linked with barite ores.

A number of example Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for a selection of chemicals which may be
used are included within Appendix E (the actual products names and suppliers may change
depending on drilling and operational requirements).

4.9.5.6 Cuttings and Fluids Management

The total amount of cuttings and fluids to be generated is estimated to be approximately 230,000
tonnes. As stated previously, drilling muds will be reused on the well pad and a dedicated spread of
equipment will be mobilised including two shakers and a cuttings dryer (or equivalent) to separate
mud from cuttings. Spent muds will be temporarily stored in containers prior to removal by a vacuum
truck, waste cuttings will collected via augers to the Roll-on Roll-off (Ro-Ro) skips (or equivalent) and
transferred off the well pad for treatment and disposal.

Conventional treatment of cuttings and fluids, whereby cuttings and fluids would be transported offsite
for treatment and disposal in a dedicated facility, is the preferred option. Further information on the
various options assessed is provided in Chapter 12: Waste.

SBM cuttings will be transferred to a licensed facility equipped with a thermal desorption unit. The
cuttings will be heated to evaporate and recover the SBM fluid and water (Note that the use, or not, of
the thermal desorption unit is linked to the efficiency of the cutting dryer on site). Recovered base fluid
from thermal treatment will be recycled into drilling fluid, while water (generally briny) will be either
recycled or treated via a waste water treatment plant and disposed of.

The resultant solid fraction will then be stabilised and disposed of via an engineered landfill. Figure 4-
27 illustrates the process.

February 2019 4-69

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-27: Diagram of Thermal Desorption Approach

The WBM cuttings will not be subject to thermal desorption treatment and would instead be subject
stabilisation and disposal as shown in Figure 4-28 (similar treatment for remaining solids and fluids
from thermal desorption process).

Figure 4-28: Diagram of WBM Cuttings Stabilisation and Disposal

February 2019 4-70

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.9.5.7 Well Flow Back and Well Test

There will be no routine well testing after wells are completed. This means the residual drilling and
completion fluids will be produced directly through the flowline to CPF when the well is put into
production (this may be up to 18 months after completion of the drilling campaign).

4.9.5.8 Well pad Construction

Upon completion of the drilling activities, the main facilities installation and pre-commissioning
activities will commence at the well pads. The main activities are summarised as follows:
Erection of temporary facilities (power, utilities, workshops, laydown and storage areas etc.)
Excavation and civil works (opening of trenches for installation of equipment, storage of excess
facilities nd
backfill/compacting activities)
Installation of main equipment including Pre-Assembled Units, skids and crossovers
Installation of culvert piping
Electrical and Instrumentation works
Installation of interconnecting piping including tie-ins (wells and pipeline)
Mechanical completion
Pre-commissioning
Installation of culvert lids.

4.9.6 Production and Injection Network

The Production and Injection Network outside of the Industrial Area will be trenched and buried. The
pipelines will be installed using open-cut trench methods, using excavators, welding units, side-booms
and dozers. The general process for open-cut technique is shown in Figure 4-30. The depth of the
trenches will be between 0.8 m and 2 m, in line with International Standards Organisation (ISO)
13623.
Construction activities will be contained within the permanent RoW which will have a width of 30 m
and is designed to accommodate the pipeline trench(s), stockpile areas, laydown, welding, and the
movement of construction equipment alongside the trench(s). The amount of vegetation to be stripped
will be minimised within the Production and Injection Network RoW. Where multiple pipelines follow
the same route they will be grouped together in the same trench, with a separation distance of at least
0.4 m (or one diameter of the largest pipeline, if greater). Where there are 4 pipes or more, and
depending on the installation contractor and type of side boom to be used, certain sections may
require two separate trenches within the same construction corridor.
During construction and hydrotesting activities, there will be access restrictions to the RoW for safety
reasons. Once complete there will be no restrictions to the public using the area (refer to Section
4.10.8).

The measures outlined in Table 4-15 will be adopted during the Construction of the Production and
Injection Network.

4.9.6.1 Pipeline Fabrication, Welding, Joint Coating and Insulation

The onsite fabrication area will be located within the Industrial Area Construction Support Base (refer
to Figure 4.7) and will house all of the site fabrication and support services related to piping and
structural steel modifications. It will have the capability for pipe fabrication, welding, blasting / painting
pipes, relief valve calibration, and valve repair.

There will be pipeline welding workshops located at both the Industrial Area and Tangi Construction
Support Base.

February 2019 4-71

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Sections of pipeline 12 m in length will be delivered by truck to the Industrial Area and the Tangi
Construction Support Base. The pipe welding is planned to be executed in two phases as outlined
below:
Phase 1 – pre-assembly of standard 12 m lengths into 24 m lengths in a pipe welding facility
located within the Industrial Area and Tangi Support Base. Joint coating and insulation will also be

Phase 2 – Transportation of 24 m lengths of pipe by truck for in-situ welding on the Production
and Injection Network RoW. Joint coating and insulation will also be completed on the RoW.
The intent of the phased approach is to minimise the man hours on the Production and Injection
Network RoW, reduce exposure to wildlife and local community and improve installation productivity.

4.9.6.2 Trenching and Bedding

The Production and Injection Network trenches are planned to be excavated with dedicated pipeline
trenching machines, as shown in Figure 4-29, to minimise the trench and RoW width.

The pipelines will be buried with at least 0.8 m covering on the top. The FOC will be installed along
the full length of the pipeline to detect abnormal movement around the pipeline and will monitor
pipeline integrity. Information regarding potential unplanned events and the methodology for
development of the Oil Spill Contingency Plan is covered in Chapter 20: Unplanned Events.

The length of open trenching at any given time will be minimised to approximately 1 km to allow
wildlife and the local community safe passage. This is a key consideration for the works within MFNP.
The use of human and animal crossing structures such as bridges, culverts, and over crossings,
along pipeline and access road RoW will be considered. At special points such as crossings, deep
excavations and tie-in bell holes, safety fences will be installed to prevent human or animal ingress.

Ditch plugs will be installed on all trenches to prevent the pooling of water in the trenches. Water
management will ensure that the water flow regime remain as per pre-construction conditions.

Figure 4-30 summarises a typical open-cut pipeline construction.

Figure 4-29: Typical Trench Alignment

February 2019 4-72

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Part 1

Part 2

Part 3

Figure 4-30: Typical Open-cut Pipeline Construction Technique

The Production and Injection Network will be constructed concurrently on an estimated five work
fronts consisting of four pipeline installation crews and one HDD crew for the Victoria Nile crossing.

Material from trenching activities will be stored within the pipeline RoW and used as backfill. Excess
material will be reused on site or for borrow pits restoration. Options for the reuse of uncontaminated
excess subsoil material will be assessed during detailed engineering.

Open cut trenching will be used in areas of ephemeral rivers/tributaries, which are dry. However, for
flowing rivers, the pipeline will be laid by either:
Fluming Method – the flow will be redirected out of the river channel via a number of flume pipes
designed to accommodate the highest anticipated flow during construction. This isolates the flow
from the construction area. The pipeline trench will be excavated below the flume pipeline and the

Dam-and-Pump Crossing Method – upstream and downstream of the pipeline trench will be
dammed and a pump system will be used to move water upstream of the dam to the downstream
side of the dam. The riverbed will be reinstated following the installation of the pipeline.

4.9.6.3 Pipe Stringing

Known commonly as ‘stringing’, the pipe sections will be placed end to end alongside the trench in
preparation for welding and then lowered into the trench in a continuous operation. When stringing
pipeline in the MFNP, consideration will be given to minimising the amount of open trench time and
where practicable maintaining pathways for wildlife to traverse. Site preparation details are provided
in 4.9.6.6.

Once in place, hydrotesting of the pipelines will be undertaken, as described in Section 4.9.7. The
pipeline trench will then be backfilled with the stored material (subsoil and topsoil).

February 2019 4-73

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.9.6.4 Production and Injection Network RoW Restoration

The pipe laying and backfill activity is to be conducted as soon as practicable after the trench
excavation utilising standard pipe laying cranes and earthmoving equipment. The aim is to minimise
the exposure of open trenches to wildlife and the local community.

The Production and Injection Network RoW will be restored in line with the Site Restoration Plan as
developed by the Contractor specifically for the RoW. North of the Victoria Nile, a permanent inter
field access road will be maintained in driveable conditions to allow surveillance and access to the
well pads; the track will be surfaced with either gravel or murram. Induced access management
controls will be left in place along the pipeline land easement.

4.9.6.5 Electrical and Fibre Optic Cable Installation

An electric cable up to 66 Kilovolt-Ampere (kVA) and fibre optics communication cable will be laid in
the trench to supply the well pads North of Victoria Nile and up to 66 kVA will be laid to supply the well
pads to the South of Victoria Nile. Fibre optic cable installation will be undertaken by a tracked dozer
with the specific cable laying attachments. This method of work is intended to minimise installation
time and the time that the cable is exposed. Locations where cable jointing and testing will be
completed will be fenced and secured to allow safe access.

4.9.6.6 Victoria Nile HDD Crossing

To connect the fields in MFNP to the CPF, there will be pipeline crossing under the Victoria Nile. The
Victoria Nile crossing will include three HDD pipelines, two with a minimum 30” diameter to house the
production pipeline, water injection pipeline and, one of 9” diameter for electrical and FOC.

During HDD pressure is maintained by mud pressure. In addition to holding the hole open during
construction the mud is used to transport the cuttings back to the drill site for clean-up and removal. In
total, HDD activities are expected to generate the following volumes of wastes:
Total Cuttings Volume (Semi-dry): 2,000m3
Waste Drilling Fluid: 3,000m3.
A 15-20 m burial depth below the river bed is currently planned, which has taken into the account the
risk of frack out10 which would result in the loss of drilling muds through fracks which could potentially
enter the aquatic environment. This drilling technique is illustrated in Figure 4-31. Prior to starting
HDD activities a risk assessment will be undertaken to identify the necessary design of the HDD
tunnels including appropriate tunnelling and slurry management practice to control groundwater
ingress and minimise slurry loss from the tunnel into surrounding aquifers/surface waters.

10
Frack out occurs when the mud pressure exceeds the value that the local ground conditions can resist causing the loss of
drilling mud through fracks into the aquatic environment.

February 2019 4-74

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

South Bank North Bank

Figure 4-31: Victoria Nile HDD Crossing Construction Technique

As shown in Figure 4-32 the Victoria Nile crossing will require two HDD Construction Areas of
approximately 100 m x 100 m north of the Victoria Nile and 100 m x 100 m to the south for laydown,
machine, oil tanks, drilling mud storage (in mud tanks or a lined lagoon), pipe extension and welding.
The HDD Construction Areas will be located within the boundary of the Ramsar site. HDD activities
will be undertaken on a 24 hour / 7 days basis. The estimated duration is 3 months, subject to further
refinement following analysis of geotechnical information.

February 2019 4-75

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

South of the
Victoria Nile

North of the
Victoria Nile

Figure 4-32: Indicative Layout of HDD Construction Area North and South of the Victoria Nile

February 2019 4-76

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

The temporary land required for the HDD Construction Areas will be restored following construction in
line with the Site Restoration Plan as developed by the Contractor. Pipe stringing will require a 50 m
wide area approximately 1.6 km in length as shown in Figure 4-33 and Figure 4-34. Where possible
the HDD Construction Area and the Production and Injection RoW will be utilised.

The stringing area is required to be in direct alignment with the HDD river crossing. The stringing area
will be used temporarily for activities such as pipe joining, welding, and hydro-testing, therefore the
level of site preparation required is less than that for permanent facilities. The pipe stringing area will
be stripped of vegetation and topsoil. The stripped ground will not require much improvement
because most of the area is in either fluvial terrace or uplands, except some localised marshy
sections where filling, levelling and compaction might be required. It is anticipated that the rollers for
the pipe pull-in will be placed directly onto the stripped ground (subject to confirmation from the
geotechnical investigation studies). Specific transport trailers and frames will be required for the
delivery of the preassembled 24 m length pipes from the onsite pipe welding facility.

Figure 4-33: Indicative Layout of Stringing Area for Victoria Nile Crossing

February 2019 4-77

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-34: HDD Stringing Area

February 2019 4-78

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.9.7 Pre-Commissioning Testing

Pre-commissioning activities will involve extensive leak testing of the Production and Injection
Network, valves at the well pads, Water Abstraction System and CPF to ensure that the pipelines and
equipment meet operational requirements. For the production and injection network the primary
objective of these activities will be to verify that the pipeline has been laid without defects, and that it
is in a suitable condition.

Any residues and wastes generated from pre-commissioning activities will be managed in accordance
with the site Waste Management Plan.

During the installation of the pipelines a temporary test head will have been welded to the ends of the
pipelines to enable pre-commissioning tests to be undertaken. The temporary test head will be
designed to contain and launch flooding, cleaning and gauging. The section below presents the
activities associated with pipeline pre-commissioning:
Pre-cleaning / Swabbing of welded joints will be undertaken to remove larger material than
fines/sand. Pipe strings will also be pre-cleaned by passing foam pigs drive compressed by air
immediately prior to lowering into pre-cut trench. As far as possible, pre-cleaning will be done at
Industrial Area and Tangi Support Base to minimise the requirement for in field pre-cleaning
activities. Solid residues will be collected and disposed of appropriately;

Pipeline Cleaning will be undertaken to remove sand and other construction debris from the
pipeline using treated water. This will involve cycling of water or pigging with air / water using
temporary pig traps and pumps. The use of intermediate storage tanks for feeding the pumps is
compulsory to ensure minimum flow requirements. The minimum volume of treated water will be
pumped into the pipeline ahead of the first pig, the number of pigs and volume of treated water
between the pigs will be minimised and tailored to the length of pipeline to be tested. Treated
water will be recovered from the pipelines and reused, wherever possible prior to disposal.
Options for disposal will be in accordance with regulatory requirements and subject to permission
by the relevant authorities.

Pigging / Gauging of internal pipelines will be undertaken to ensure the pipeline has not been
buckled, dented or otherwise damaged during construction activities and requires passage of a
gauging tool through the pipeline. Gauging tools can be launched from temporary pig trap if the
above ground facility with permanent trap is not yet complete. Gauging will be done in several
stages with increasing tool size to minimise the risk of the equipment becoming stuck;

Hydrostatic / Leak / Integrity Testing of all pipelines will be undertaken to ensure pressure
containment and determine if leaks are present prior to operating fluid entering the system as
outlined below:
o Strength Test: this hydrostatic pressure test is used to demonstrate the integrity of welds and
establish the operating pressure limit of a pipeline segment or component. The values of
pressure and minimum duration will be based on the design code requirements.
o Leak Test: this pressure test is used to determine the tightness of a pipeline system. The leak
test is performed on the complete pipeline system, from the pig launcher to pig receiver, after
each of its components has been strength tested and assembled, with special attention paid
to tie-in flanges, fittings, valves, etc.
The pipeline will be filled with treated water and pressurised. Pipeline test pressure is typically
above the design pressure and will be held for a period in accordance with regulations using
calibrated instrumentation recording both pressure and temperature (if required) throughout the
test period; and

Pipeline Preservation will be undertaken to protect the pipeline after successful pre-
commissioning lines by filling them with a fluid for preservation likely to be inhibited /
deoxygenated water. These preservation methods are used to avoid internal corrosion due to rust
or pitting before commissioning the pipeline. Inhibited water will be held at a positive pressure
(minimum 1.5 bars) and regularly monitored.

February 2019 4-79

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

The pre-commissioning of each pipeline will be undertaken individually as each pipeline is completed
and typically takes approximately a few days to a few weeks to complete.
The majority of pre-commissioning activities will be powered using localised generators and pumps.
With regard to pipeline pre-commissioning activities it will be necessary to utilise mobile drilling
spreads. At the time this ESIA Report was prepared the required equipment and size/capacity was
under development.
The maximum volumes of water required for hydrotesting forecasted is presented in Table 4-26 and
3
totals an estimated 23,825 m .
Table 4-26: Indicative Volumes of Water Required for Hydrotesting Activities
3
Facility Volume (m )
CPF 1,437
Well pads 1,549
Production and Injection Network 20,839

Pre-commissioning water will be treated as required. For any chemical usage, a thorough Chemical
Risk Assessment will be undertaken and lowest toxicity chemicals will be used wherever possible;
treated water will be filtered to 50 microns mesh screen to keep solids content below 20mg/l. Any
biocide and corrosion inhibitors/scale inhibitors used will be similar to those used during the
production operational process.
Pre-commissioning water (used for pipeline cleaning and hydrostatic tests) will be reused. The base
case for management of hydrostatic test water is for the treated water to be left in situ until start up.
Final disposal will be determined and selected depending the water quality and available discharge
options. The base case for ESIA is that water left in the pipeline from hydrotesting will be disposed
via the Produced Water Treatment Train and transferred back via the Production and Injection
Network to the well pads for re-injection, subject to further technical assessment. Pre-commissioning
water will be sourced from either boreholes or Lake Albert for well pads located south of the Victoria
Nile and the Victoria Nile for the well pads located north.

Smaller pipework at the yards will be hydrotested during fabrication and pneumatic tested on site to
minimise requirement for inhibited water management.

4.9.8 Materials and Borrow Pits

During the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase the Project will require a number of different
materials, including but not limited to steel, concrete, weld material and backfill material (for pipeline
trenches). Table 4-27 presents the approximate volumes required for the construction of the
Production and Injection Network. Material quantities for other components were still in development
at the time this ESIA Report was prepared. Section 4.8.8 presents the potential quarries, which may
be used to source material and as stated will be subject to detailed audits of the quarries and
available material.

February 2019 4-80

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-27: Approximate Volumes of Materials Required for the Construction of the Production
and Injection Network

Volume (m 3) Volume (tonnes)

Unused
Topsoil Cut Fill Cement Gravel Sand Steel
Material^
Material to Remain on Site Introduced to Site
200,000 +
2,500,000 1,000,000 800,000 150,000 (spoil 200 400,000 30,000 25,000
material)
Notes:
^ Unused material, defined as cut and spoil minus fill, will be reused within the Project footprint or used to
restore the borrow pits. No excess material will be transferred off site for disposal.

4.9.9 Work Force

There will be a gradual build-up of workers during construction as well as an eventual reduction and
stabilisation of these numbers for the remaining production cycle. At the peak of construction the
Project will employ approximately 4,400 workers. The site manpower requirements will be in
compliance with all relevant provisions of Ugandan law.
The Project will aim to achieve a large proportion of Ugandan nationals in the workforce.

4.9.10 Water Demand

It is anticipated that the water will be sourced from:
Groundwater aquifers via a series of boreholes;
Lake Albert following the installation of the Water Abstraction System, when available;
Lake Albert at the same location until the Water Abstraction System is functional using temporary
pumps and tankers; and
Victoria Nile (north of the Victoria Nile).
Table 4-28 presents a summary of the water demands during the Construction and Pre-
Commissioning Phase. There will be no requirement for water for cooling purposes for any of the
Project components.

February 2019 4-81

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-28: Approximate Water Demand during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase

Annual Water Demand (Cubic Metres)

Activity Total
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8
Water Sourced from Groundwater
Construction activities 49,932 6,990 14,979 14,979 5,992 2,996 1,997 1,997 0
Operation of Industrial Area Construction Camp (max capacity 4,400 people) 953,694 49,932 264,637 264,637 149,795 89,877 69,904 64,911 0
Operation of Tangi Camp (including equipment and vehicle washing) 621,241 43,871 92,473 95,429 95,429 95,429 95,429 58,929 44,251
Dust suppression north of the Victoria Nile 306,600 21,900 43,800 43,800 43,800 43,800 43,800 43,800 21,900
Operation of Bugungu Camp (including equipment and vehicle washing) 353,194 23,340 51,410 54,367 54,367 54,367 54,367 36,117 24,860
Operation of Buliisa camp 47,450 3,650 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 3,650 3,650
Operation of the Industrial Area Camp (including equipment and vehicle
604,588 42,502 89,735 92,692 92,692 92,692 92,692 59,842 41,741
washing)
Dust suppression south of the Victoria Nile 715,400 51,100 102,200 102,200 102,200 102,200 102,200 102,200 51,100
Operation of Masindi Vehicle Check Point 131,400 3,285 32,850 32,850 32,850 29,565
Drilling activities north of the Victoria Nile (including domestic use) 52,560 - 17,155 17,155 3,650 3,650 3,650 3,650 3,650
Drilling Activities south of the Victoria Nile (including domestic use) 266,450 - 48,910 48,910 48,910 48,910 48,910 21,900 -
Operation of the Liquid Mud Plant (WBM, SBM and brine) 499,320 83,220 83,220 83,220 83,220 83,220 83,220 - -
Pre-commissioning activities 9,986 - - 2,996 3,995 999 999 999 -
Groundwater Demand TOTAL 4,611,814 329,791 848,670 860,536 724,199 655,004 604,468 397,995 191,152
Water Sourced from Surface Water
Construction activities 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772
Surface water Demand TOTAL 5,662,177 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772

February 2019 4-82

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.9.11 Vehicles, Equipment and Traffic Flow

Table 4-29 provides the estimated number of construction vehicles and plant during the Construction
and Pre-Commissioning Phase. With the exception of road construction all construction
vehicles/equipment will be kept on site when not in use. For the preparation of the roads, all
vehicles/equipment will travel from the site yard/storage to work site each work day.

In addition to the vehicles and plant listed in Table 4-29 the Project will also require a number of
cranes to support the construction of the Industrial Area and well pads as summarised below:
Industrial Area: up to 40 x 600
Well pads: up to 21 x 80t cranes.
Table 4-29: Estimated Vehicle and Plant Use during Construction and Pre-Commissioning Site
Phase

Construction Total Number of Movement per day Total Movement

Plant Per Work Construction / Return Trips per per day / Return
Area Plant Work Area Trips

Industrial Area (considered as one area due to single geographical location)

Excavator 5 1
Forward Loader 2 1
Dump truck 6 64
Dozer 2 1
Grader 4 1
Water tanker 4 10
Truck for deliveries 8 20
Roller compactor 4 1
LDVs 60 190
Labour shuttle bus 1 24
Transport bus 0 0
Well Pads (approx. 3 Work Areas in parallel) - quantities below are per work area
Excavator 2 1
Forward Loader 0 0
Dump truck 1 1
Dozer 1 1
Grader 1 1
Water tanker 1 1 1 3
Concrete tip truck 4 4 4 4
Truck for deliveries 2 4 3 6
Roller compactor 2 0
LDVs 6 13 13 36
Labour shuttle bus 2 2 16 16
Transport bus 17 32 17 32
Transport bus 14 28 14 28
Pipeline (approximately 3 Work Areas in parallel) - quantities below are for the sum of all work areas
10,000 litre Bowser (fuel) 4 8 4 8

February 2019 4-83

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Construction Total Number of Movement per day Total Movement

Plant Per Work Construction / Return Trips per per day / Return
Area Plant Work Area Trips

14G Grader 7 14 0 0
20' Flat with Hiab 10 20 6 12
20' Flat bed truck 5 10 6 12
Crane 7 14 0 0
Compressor 16 32 0 0
Generator 17 34 0 0
4x4 Flat With Hiab 4 8 6 12
4X4 Pick up 160 320 2 4
4X4 Tipper 6 12 1 2
6"-26" Mandrills 2 4 0 0
6-20in Bender 2 4 0 0
Excavator 27 54 0 0
Sideboom 32 64 0 0
Cat 966 Loader 1 2 0 0
Choker Belt 7 14 0 0
D6 Dozer 12 24 0 0
D6 Dozer and Winch 5 10 0 0
D7 Mole Plow Drain
1 2 0 0
Layer
D8 Dozer 2 4 0 0
Dump trucks 4 8 6 12
Dumper 7 14 6 12
Tractor and trailer 17 34 4 8
JCB 6 12 0 0
Link Belt 300 2 4 0 0
Low Loader 2 4 6 12
Mini Bus 44 88 1 2
Tree Grubber 1 2 0 0
Vibratory Roller 4 8 0 0
Vibrating Compactor 5 10 0 0
Water Bowser 2 4 4 8

Preliminary estimates indicate that a peak of approximately 2,000 truck deliveries per month will be
required to the CPF and well pads during the peak Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase
(Table 4-30). Approximately 130,000 m3 of fuel (of which 100% is assumed to be diesel) is to be
imported, approximately 250 kilo tonnes (kt) of equipment and 1,000,000 t of cement, sand and
concrete will be provided locally .The truck movement calculation is based on an average 20 t cargo
per truck.

A Road Safety and Transport Management Plan will be developed prior to commencing the
Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase.

February 2019 4-84

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

All transportation will be compliant with applicable road transport regulations. In the Project Area,
routine transportation operations will normally only occur in day light. Deliveries of equipment and the
movement of people will be scheduled in convoys, where practicable. A permanent tracking system
will be in place for all vehicles operating inside Project Area.

All construction vehicles/equipment will be kept on site when not in use.

Table 4-30: Indicative Construction Traffic Movements

Estimated
Estimated Duration Common Truck Types
Sites Description Trips Per
Tonnage (T) (years) To Be Used
Month
Construction
20T trailer / 28T trailer /
Equipment (Steel, 12,500 2 18
50T low-loader
Machineries etc.)
Construction
North of the Materials (Cement, 420,000 3 20-30 T soil truck 400
Victoria Nile Gravel, Sands)
Drilling Equipment 20T trailer / 28T trailer /
33,000 4 35
and Materials 50T low-loader
Fuel, Water, Food,
220,000 5 28T trailer / tanker 130
Generals
Construction 20T trailer / 28T trailer /
13,500 2 25
Equipment 50T low-loader
Construction
Materials (Cement, 780,000 4 20-30T soil trucks 815
South of the
Gravel, Sands)
Victoria Nile
Drilling Equipment 20T trailer / 28T trailer /
66,000 4 70
and Materials 50T low-loader
Fuel, Water, Food,
490,000 5 28T trailer / tanker 300
Generals
Construction 3 28T trailer 49
Equipment (Steel, 50,000 2 50T low-loader 3
CPF Machineries etc.) 1 120T low-loader 2
Materials (Cement,
1,852,000 3 28T soil trucks 1,850
Gravel, Sands)
TOTAL 3,937,000 3,697

Table 4-31 presents the number of movements for each of the inter field access roads.

Table 4-31: Inter Field Access Road Traffic Movements

Roads Description Estimated Monthly Trips

South of the Victoria Nile
D1 Access Road to Well pad NGR-01
D2 Access Road to Well pad NGR-02
D3 Access Road to Well pad NGR-03A
D5 Access Road to Well pad NGR-05A
D6 Access Road to Well pad NGR-06
D8 Access Road to Well pad GNA-01
D9 Access Road to Well pad GNA-02
2400
D10 Access Road to Well pad GNA-03
D11 Access Road to Well pad GNA-04
D12 Access Road to Well pad KW-01
D13 Access Road to Well pad KW-02A
D14 Access Road to Well pad NSO-01
D15 Access Road to Well pad NSO-02
D16 Access Road to Well pad NSO-03
D17 Access Road to Well pad NSO-04

February 2019 4-85

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Roads Description Estimated Monthly Trips

D18 Access Road to Well pad NSO-05
D19 Access Road to Well pad NSO-06
D20 Access Road to Well pad KGG-01
D22 Access Road to Well pad KGG-03
D23 Access Road to Well pad KGG-04
D24 Access Road to Well pad KGG-05
D25 Access Road to Well pad KGG-06
D26 Access Road to Well pad KGG-09
D27 Access Road to Well pad KW-02B
North of the Victoria Nile (within Production and Injection Network RoW)
JBR-01 to Victoria Nile ferry crossing 1400
JBR-01 to JBR-02 2800
JBR-02 to JBR-04 1400
JBR-01 to JBR-03 5600
JBR-03 to JBR-05 7000
JBR-05 to JBR-06 8400
JBR-06 to JBR-07 9800
JBR-07 to JBR-08 11200
JBR-08 to JBR-09 12600
JBR-01 to JBR-10 1400

To support drilling activities, a number of vehicles and equipment will be sourced from overseas and
will be transported via sea and road to the Project Area. It is planned that all equipment coming from
abroad will be delivered to the Industrial Area Drilling Support Base for inspection and preparation
before being sent to the rigs on well pads north and south of the Victoria Nile.

4.9.12 Logistics and Procurement

4.9.12.1 Procurement
As stated in Section 4.8.12 preference will be given to source equipment (such as plant and
construction vehicles) and materials which meet the required Project specifications from Uganda
wherever possible. However, where this is not possible construction vehicles, plant and equipment
will be imported from overseas.

4.9.12.2 Routing To and From Project Work Sites

As Uganda is a land-locked country, the nearest entryway by sea for materials coming from abroad is
through East African coast lines where Mombasa Port in Kenya and Dar es Salaam Port in Tanzania
are located. These two biggest ports are at distance of approximately 1,400 km and 1,900 km from
the Project respectively.

Road transport will be the preferred transportation option, however rail will be used as well, but will be
limited given that goods transported by rails will be required to go to an Inland Container Depot (ICD)
in Mukono (30 km from Kampala) for subsequent transfer to trucks.

As shown in Figure 4-35 materials will be transported from Mombasa to the Ugandan borders (either
Busia and/or Malaba) and will continue to their final destinations either in Buliisa (south of the Victoria
Nile) or Tangi (north of the Victoria Nile).

February 2019 4-86

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-35: Road Transportation Routes from Mombasa Port and Dar es Salaam

February 2019 4-87

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

The proposed routes are summarised below, with the preferred route being via Mombasa:
Kenya: Mombasa – Machakos – Kitui – Nakuru – Kericho – Kisumu – Busia
o Uganda (north of the Nile): Busia – Tororo – Soroti – Lira – Karuma – Tangi (Pakwach)
o Uganda (south of the Nile): Busia - Tororo – Soroti – Lira – Kigumba – Kibangya – Masindi
Tanzania: Dar es Salam – Dodoma – Singida – Mutukula
o Uganda (north of the Nile): Mutukula - Kyotera - Mbirizi – Sembabule - Mubende - Kibuye -
Hoima - Masindi - Karuma - Tangi
o Uganda (south of the Nile): Mutukula - Kyotera - Mbirizi – Sembabule - Mubende - Kibuye -
Hoima - Masindi - Bugungu
As shown above, all vehicles travelling to the Project Area south of the Victoria Nile will travel via the
Masindi Vehicle Check Point. Truck movements from Mombasa to Tangi will not go via the Masindi
Vehicle Check Point given that Project activities are not as busy in this area.
The base case for Tilenga is that there will be no night driving. However, night driving may be
permitted in exceptional circumstances and with internal derogation where it is deemed safety and
practicable to do so. Drivers will be required to have a break during their journeys (every 2 hours for
light vehicles, and every 4 hours 30 minutes for heavy vehicles).

4.9.12.3 Routing to Masindi

As shown in Figure 4-36 a ‘one-way’ traffic flow is proposed for safety reasons, with the R3 road
being the main entry into the Project work site and the R1 road being the main exit from the site.

Figure 4-36: One-Way Traffic Flow In and Out of Buliisa

Kisanja-Park junction (R3 Road): R3 is part of the UNRA Oil Critical Road program for upgrade. The
R3 road from Masindi Airstrip to Bugungu gate is currently a murram road of less than 4 m width
used as an entry point to MFNP South Nile (Kichumbanyobo gate), 60km of which are located within
the MFNP; with about 20 km across the Budongo Forest.
Upon completion, the road will be a bituminous Class II standard road of 7 m width, two-lane
carriageway and shoulder width of 2 m (UNRA ESIA, 2017 Ref. 4-3).
Project traffic on this road is estimated at 80 daily movements on average (trucks, buses, and light
vehicles).

February 2019 4-88

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Hoima-Wanseko through Biiso (R1 Road): R1 is also part of the UNRA oil critical road program for
upgrade. The 110 km road from Hoima-Biiso-Buliisa-Wanseko is currently a murram road with less
than 5 m width, and lacks shoulders and drainage.
Upon completion, the road will be a bituminous Class II standard road of 7 m width, two-lane
carriageway and shoulder width of 2 m, with 50 m Right of Way (UNRA ESIA, 2017 Ref. 4-4).
Project traffic on this road is estimated at 80 daily movements on average (trucks, buses, and light
vehicles).

4.9.12.4 Routing during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase

The Industrial Area and the Tangi Operational Base will operate as hubs for the south and north
areas, respectively. As summarised in Section 4.3.6 and shown in Figure 4-12, a number of inter field
tracks will provide access to the well pads throughout the Construction and Pre-Commissioning
Phase of the Project.

The Tangi camp is located by the main road between Pakwach and Karuma, and accessible by good
tarmac road from Mombasa / Kampala. Well pads within MFNP will be accessed from Tangi
Construction Support Base by road (refer to Section 4.3.6). In addition, the well pads located in the
MFNP will also be accessed from the south of the Victoria Nile.

February 2019 4-89

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.9.12.5 Personnel Transportation

80% of crew changes (3,500 people) will be made by road and 20% (900 people) will be transported
by air from Entebbe Airport to either Bugungu or Pakuba airstrips every 4 weeks. Crew changes are
planned to be undertaken 6 days a week.

4.9.12.5.1 By Road
To complete crew changes of 3,500 people by road in a month, five 30-seater bus trips will be
required to transport an average of 150 personnel per day. The main mobilisation points will be to and
from the Industrial Area, Bugungu Camp, Buliisa Camp and Tangi Camp.

4.9.12.5.2 By Air
Crew changes for approximately 480 people per week will be undertaken by air on small aircraft (for
example B1900D). One flight will move 30 people (15 people per flight in, and 15 people per flight
out), with an average of 16 flights per week.
It is assumed that 82% of the flights will go to Bugungu and 18% will go to Pakuba. Movements in
Buliisa and Pakuba airstrips will require 64 mini-bus trips per month between camp and airstrip.

4.9.13 Decommissioning Masindi Vehicle Check Point

Decommissioning work at the Masindi Vehicle Check Point will be undertaken at the end of the
Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase. It will involve up to 38 workers and will require the
removal of temporary containers. The Base Case is that all facilities will be removed and the site will
be made safe and remediated in accordance with regulatory requirements.
All wastes will be removed and disposed of at dedicated waste treatment facilities in accordance with
the Waste Management Plan. A detailed Decommissioning Plan will be developed for the works
during the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase of the Project.

4.9.14 Decommissioning of Buliisa Camp, Bugungu Camp and 17 ha of Tangi Camp

Decommissioning work at the Buliisa Camp, Bugungu Camp and 17 ha of the Tangi Camp will be
undertaken at the end of the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase. The land will be restored in
line with the Site Restoration Plan as developed by the Contractor.
The boreholes within the Buliisa and Bugungu camps will be plugged and abandoned following
completion of the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase. However, the possibility to transfer
ownership of the camp boreholes to the community will be explored.

February 2019 4-90

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.10 Commissioning and Operations Phase

4.10.1 Overview
The operating philosophy will be based on low-impact and minimum intervention, e.g. to be achieved
by multi-well pads usually operated as un-manned facilities, with inherent fail-safe design and
capability for remote monitoring and control of the wells, etc. The fluids will be subsequently combined
at the CPF, to be treated to achieve the required product specification prior to storage and export.

The Operating Philosophy will be based on the following key operating principles (KOP) as follows:
The development will include well pads linked to the CPF via the Production and Injection

Water will be injected using produced water and abstracted water from Lake Albert in the following
fields: GNA, NGR, JBR, KWA and NSO
Well pads will be not normally manned facilities. Only daytime operations and maintenance
activities are undertaken. Night working by field operations will not normally be permitted except
for drilling/completion and well interventions activities
The CPF will be permanently manned and the monitoring and control of the overall facilities will
be managed from the CPF Central Control Room
The CPF export facilities (storage tanks, export pumps) will be controlled from the CPF Central
Control Room via the CPF Integrated control and safety system (ICSS)
A collaborative Centre for both upstream and pipe export and facilities will be established in
Kampala for monitoring, optimisation and efficient site support
All the operations support for the well pads will be located in the CPF
The Project design will ensure remote monitoring and operations is maximised as much as

The installation of FOC will ensure reliable connectivity with the pipeline leak detection system

Equipment at the well pads has been minimised as

The Project Proponents will develop and implement a robust recruitment, training and

Integrity of the installations will be safeguarded by having a robust maintenance and inspection
program in place for life of field.
Operations support for the entire Project Area will be provided from the Industrial Area Operations
Support Base located within the boundary of the Industrial Area.

Table 4-3 in Section 4.3 presents the operational aspects of all permanent components of the Project.

4.10.2 Organisation
The CPF and well pads located south of the Victoria Nile will be under the responsibility of the Plant
Manager based at the CPF. The Plant Manager will assume the overall responsibility for operations
and safety (Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Responsibilities) of the Project. For well pads
located north of the Victoria Nile, the Plant Manager (RSES) will delegate the responsibilities (HSE
and Operations) to the Operations Team undertaking monitoring for the well pads located to the north
of the Victoria Nile.

The following principles are expected to be applied:

Production teams will work on a 2-shift basis (day shift: 06h00-18h00 / night shift: 18h00-06h00)
with regular cumulative breaks (days off) in compliance with Ugandan law. During night shift, the

February 2019 4-91

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

activity will be limited to the surveillance of the facilities to ensure that all equipment is running in
safe condition and follow-up well intervention/ well drilling and completion activities
Maintenance team will be organised as ‘day staff’, nevertheless, every day the maintenance
coordinator will identify one ‘on call’ duty specialist for mechanical, electrical, instrumentation and
ICSS. The Plant Manager will mobilise the ‘on call’ specialist
In the event of shutdown of all or part of the installations, the day staff, which will be present on
site, could be called-out during the night if needed
Production and maintenance teams working outside will maintain permanent radio communication
with staff in the Central Control Room (Ultra high frequency (UHF) radios).

4.10.3 Commissioning
Commissioning activities will be limited to checking the equipment and plant prior to first oil to ensure
it operates correctly and addressing any issues identified. The testing of equipment and plant will be
undertaken twice. Commissioning activities will comprise the following key activities, which will be
managed by a dedicated Commissioning Team:
Verification of safety systems to ensure they have been properly install
Energising

Undertake initial visual review of plant/equipment and document (punch list) any deficiencies
following by a second review to ensure close out of all
Start-
Visual inspections of all systems and sub-systems
Commissioning tests will be undertaken using feedstock oil, natural gas, methanol and chemicals.
All commissioning fluids will be managed either at CPF or transferred off site for disposal.
As part of the commissioning activity, equipment/ plant and system will be subject to an operational
test, which consists of bringing into service, as close as possible to normal operating condition and for
a significant period of time, the equipment, using inert or process fluids as necessary. The objective of
the operational test is to:
and
Prove that the safety key performance standards, the integrity, the operating range, design
parameters, the readiness are suitable in the site final configuration.
It is essential that all systems will be fully commissioned and must be RFSU (Ready for Start-Up)
before final hand-over to Operations. All systems will be fully transferred from construction to
commissioning to start-up with hand-over dossiers. Commissioning will be considered complete once
all testing activities have been carried out successfully.

4.10.4 Start up
Once commissioning is completed, and the plant is handed over to the Operations Team, a dedicated
start-up procedure is initiated and implemented. The initial start-up sequence for the main support
systems are identified in Table 4-32.

February 2019 4-92

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-32: Start-up Sequence

Sequence System Function Comments

1 Utilities>Diesel Provide fuel to power Initial inventories of diesel to be sufficient to sustain

generators Commissioning activities and Operational Test Plan
(OTP) and able to keep up with the ramp up of power
until sufficient gas is available and fuel switch is
possible
Utilities>Air Provide air to Modularity of the system to start zones is important
System instruments and for staged approach
services
Water>Lake Provide water for First main operational area to start after utilities. Will
Water Abstraction services and support OTPs before commissioning and will fill Fire
System production Water System (FWS) and potable water
Water>Potable Sustain camp Proper treatment of water in terms of quality
Water requirements
2 Power> Supply power Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) will start
generators sustaining services needed for black start and will be
followed with the first genset at low load and power
bar transfer

Water>FWS Fire protection This system could be started in level 1 if possible,

inventories should be toped up and subsequent
testing of areas

Control>SCADA Remote control of Temporary console will be available to allow early

facilities testing and transition

Power>Heat Enable heat to As a critical system for ensuring safe operations will
Trace maintain crude above have to be readily available
WAT

4.10.5 Operations
Figure 4-37 presents a schematic of the operational process for the Project. A dedicated Pipeline
Integrity Management System will be implemented during the Commissioning and Operations Phase.
This will include regular preventative maintenance including operational pigging, intelligent pigging
and inspection campaigns to monitor the status of pipelines.

February 2019 4-93

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-37: Schematic of Operational Process of the Project

4.10.5.1 Polymer Injection

The JBR-04 well pad will be used as a pilot to test for the effectiveness of the introduction of polymer
to increase production, which is expected to last up to 18 months. As such, the JBR-04 well pad will
also include a polymer plant preparation and pumping system for the duration of the pilot which will
require regular visits to ensure its effective operation.

Polymers increase the viscosity of the water injected in the reservoir, therefore enhancing oil
recovery. A pilot de-risking phase will start up to evaluate the potential benefit of future full-field
polymer injection and its feasibility. The polymer solution is prepared on the JBR-04 well pad using
the water coming from the single trunkline and diluted directly at the well head through a static mixer.
The pilot operations are divided into two phases:
Phase 1 with preferential use of water abstracted from Lake Albert (duration: 12 months or

Phase 2 with preferential use of Produced Water (duration: around 6 months or longer).
Workers will be present at the JBR-04 well pad during the day only to operate the polymer unit for the
duration of the pilot. The pilot polymer will include:
A polymer preparation unit on the well-pad JBR-04, sized to prepare 2,000m3/day polymerized
water

A pilot test manifold connected to the two producer wells and a test separator.
Polymer consumption will be circa 1.5 tons/day and delivered to the JBR-04 well pad for polymer
preparation by truck (one truck per week).

February 2019 4-94

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Polymer will be delivered in 750 kg bags from the chemical provider plant to the warehouse within the
Industrial Area Operation Support Base. In the warehouse, polymer bags will be unloaded and stored.
The warehouse will have capacity to store up to 35 days’ worth of polymer.

It is currently planned to use HPAM 3630S product produced by Floeger. While the product is
considered non-toxic, it does not biodegrade. During the pilot two types of chemicals will be used:
Polymer (anionic polyacrylamide) 3630S
Ammonium bisulfite (O2 Scavenger).
The chemicals used for polymer injection will be subject to detailed environmental risk assessment
prior to use taking into account all chemical /biological properties and the specific requirements for
early oil recovery use.

The quantity of polymer required for the pilot and the expected back produced volume is presented in
Table 4-33.

Table 4-33: Expected Quantities of Polymer Required for Pilot Project

Month Consumption Volume Back Produced
(t/day) (t/day)
1 1.73 1.04
2 1.54 0.92
3 1.54 0.87
4 1.40 0.84
5 1.37 0.82
6 1.33. 0.80
7 1.31 0.78
8 1.28 0.76
9 1.25 0.75
10 1.22 0.73
11 1.21 0.73
12 1.20 0.72
13 1.19 0.72
14 1.18 0.71
15 1.17 0.70
16 1.17 0.70
17 1.16 0.70

The rate of back-produced polymer will be highly dependent on the reservoir characteristics. This has
an impact on the quantities and timing of the detection of back produced polymer in the surface
facilities. For the purpose of preliminary estimation, an average of 60% is taken as the rate of back
produced polymer.

Due to the high dilution factor with the liquid rates at the CPF, it is estimated that the concentration of
polymer in the water re-injected into the reservoir will not exceed 50ppm during the pilot. By virtue of
the closed nature of the oil/water separation process, the back produced polymer will remain in
circulation with the re-injected produced water.

4.10.5.2 Process Chemicals

Production chemicals will be used during the Operations phase. They can be used for various
applications including but not limited to:
Equipment protection (such as corrosion inhibition, reduction of deposit formation, oxygen or

Hydrocarbon Process Separation (oil/water separation including control of foam, emulsion, wax,
coagulation).

February 2019 4-95

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

For any chemical usage, a thorough Chemical Risk Assessment will be undertaken and lowest toxicity
chemicals will be used wherever possible. Table 4-34 provides an overview of some of the production
chemicals which are likely to be used in the production process. A number of example Material Safety
Data Sheets (MSDS) for a selection of these chemicals are included within Appendix E (the actual
products names and suppliers may change depending on drilling and operational requirements).

Table 4-34: Example Production chemicals

Type of Product Brand Name Usage

Acetic Acid - Continuous

Corrosion Inhibitor - Continuous
Biocide - Continuous
Napthenates dispersant - Continuous
Oil anti-foam - Continuous
Demulsifier - Continuous
Scale - Continuous
inhibitor
Oxygen - Continuous
Scavanger

4.10.6 Operational Maintenance

4.10.6.1 Workover Activities

A capacity to intervene in wells (for example for ESP maintenance) will be maintained by the retention
of two light workover rigs and several rigless intervention means. During the full field life (25 years), it
will represent an estimated 50 to 80 workovers per year will be required. A typical set up for a light
workover rig set up is shown in Figure 4-38.

Well intervention can range from light intervention (lowering tools or sensors into a live well) or heavy
interventions where production is ceased and equipment replaced (i.e. wellhead). The following have
been identified as potential non-routine well interventions:

Pressure measurement: static pressure, flowing or injecting pressure, build up or fall off p

Well clean out for fine

Cavity pump replacement.
Each well pad will be equipped with the following utilities to enable workover rigs to operate:
One high voltage (HV) electrical feeder to supply to enable rigs to run on electrical mode (around

Hot water supply stations at the manifold including one isolation valve and one manual control
valve to supply around 200m3 for each workover operation.
Workover activities may be undertaken at any time during the year and are expected to be a 24hr/day
activity based on a 12hr/day shift pattern of the workers.

During workover activities, the majority of workers will be accommodated within the mini camps at
each well pad and the nearest Operational Camp (Industrial Area or Tangi). It is expected that
workover activities will require a workforce of up to 30 workers.

February 2019 4-96

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-38: Example Light workover Rig Typical Set Up

4.10.6.2 Operational Pigging

Periodic pigging will be required throughout the Commissioning and Operations Phase, for the
following purposes:

In-line inspection.
The wax and sand management requirements apply only to the oil production pipelines. The
frequency of pigging will vary both from field to field and with time, but will typically be of the order of
once every two weeks. Pigging waste will be collected and transferred offsite at a licensed facility for
disposal.

4.10.6.3 Venting and Annulus Management

Localised, low volume and low frequency gas venting will be required at the well pads for
maintenance activities and for annulus gas venting purposes. This will be done locally via manually
operated valves vented to a safe height at the production manifold (approximately 5 m high). In some
cases, continuous annulus venting may be necessary due to the well architecture. For such cases,
dedicated facilities will be installed to route any vented gas back into the production network. This will
be done with dedicated piping and mobile compression units. The requirements for annulus
management activities at the well pads will be reviewed during the Commissioning and Operations
Phase.

4.10.6.4 Seismicity Monitoring

Given that the Project Area is located within the EARS, the Project Proponents will establish a
Passive Seismic Network of seismograph stations in the area to enable detection of naturally
occurring seismic events. The programme will involve geohazard monitoring, from which the results

February 2019 4-97

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

will be used to establish a baseline and provide data throughout the Commissioning and Operations
Phase.

4.10.6.5 Subsidence and Ground Movement Monitoring

The Project Proponents will undertake analysis of archive images from Interferometric Synthetic
Aperture Radar (InSAR) for ground movement data in the Project Area. Based on the results, the
following ground subsidence evaluation will be undertaken:
Weekly monitoring of the reservoir pressure (on a weekly basis – real-time pressure gauges) will
allow to quickly detect any issue and compensate by re-distributing water injection accordingly
and
Periodic purchase and analysis of Radarsat-2 imagery to assess ground motion evolution.

4.10.6.6 Flaring at CPF

As described in Section 4.3.4.2, there will be no routine flaring associated with production activities at
the CPF. Although the majority of flaring will be limited to unplanned events, some flaring is also
expected during start up, plant stabilisation and maintenance (one gas compression train non-
operational for two six hour periods per month). Such flaring events are expected to be limited to
maximum of 48 hours in duration. Reducing the frequency of flaring events will require a high plant
reliability (>93%) and is therefore a main design focus.

Both flare options (EGF and EF) have been considered in Chapters 6 to 22 of this ESIA. The flare
design will be subject to further investigation during detailed design to demonstrate its suitability in
terms of safety, environmental and operability aspects through further studies.

4.10.7 Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facilities

A ferry, located at Paraa will provide an alternative route connecting the South and North of the
Project either side of the Victoria Nile, to that of road transport. At the location of the proposed Victoria
Nile ferry crossing point the river is approximately 400 m wide. The ferry will operate for 8 hours a day
and will be dedicated to Project use only. There will be no ferry movements during night time hours
except in exceptional circumstances and with internal derogation. Between six and eight ferry
movements are anticipated per day.

4.10.8 Production and Injection RoW

The Production and Injection Network will have a 30 m RoW (15 m either side of the centreline of the
pipeline). Ongoing access will be required to the pipeline route throughout the Operations Phase of
the Project and for well pads located north of the Victoria Nile the permanent RoW will be used for
inter field access. The permanent RoW will be kept clear of trees, deep rooting vegetation, poles,
structures and graves. Regular monitoring will be undertaken, which will include removal of vegetation
overgrowth and uprooting tree seedlings.

There will be no permanent access restrictions to the pipeline RoW.

4.10.9 Road
Roads N1, N2, B1, B2, A1, section of A2 and section of A3 will have a permanent 50 m wide RoW.
With the exception of the D roads, for all other roads the permanent RoW will be 30m wide from the
centre point of the road. For the D roads a 15m RoW will be maintained.

4.10.10 Work Force

During the Commissioning and Operations Phase of the Project it is envisaged that operations will
employ approximately 200 workers. The workers will be based at either the Industrial Area
Operational Base or the Tangi Operational Base. Workers will be transported to the Project during the
Commissioning and Operations Phase via road and air as summarised in Section 4.9.12.5.

4.10.11 Water Demand

During the Commissioning and Operations Phase it is anticipated that the water will be sourced from:

February 2019 4-98

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Lake Albert (following the installation of the Lake Water Abstraction System).
Table 4-35 presents a summary of the water demands during the Commissioning and Operations
Phase.

4.10.12 Vehicles, Equipment and Plant

Truck movements associated with the Commissioning and Operations Phase will be limited to the
delivery of materials (i.e. polymer) and workforce. Preliminary estimates indicate that movements are
expected to be less than 20 movements per month.

4.11 Decommissioning
The expected service lifetime of the Project is 25 years. The decommissioning program will be
developed during the Commissioning and Operations Phase of the Project. It is likely that the
technological options and preferred methods for decommissioning of such systems will be different in
25 years’ time. The status of the Project at the time of decommissioning will also impact on the
chosen decommissioning methods. An overview of the currently envisaged decommissioning plan is
provided below.

It is envisaged that the process of developing detailed decommissioning management plans may be
staged, initially outlining potential options and studies required for discussion with the regulatory
authorities, and finally leading to agreed plans prior to the commencement of decommissioning. The
content of the final plans will be dependent on the anticipated future land use. The plans will include
methods and activities associated with the decommissioning of the infrastructure, including the
transportation and final disposal or reuse strategy for Project components and wastes. Completion
criteria will be detailed in the management plans. These completion criteria will be determined in
consultation with the respective national and local authorities.

Documentation or processes addressing the issues outlined below will be developed to further
support the implementation of detailed decommissioning management documentation:

Che

Spill contingency.
Under all circumstances, decommissioning activities to be undertaken in accordance with the
international and national legislation and regulations prevailing at that time, and in liaison with the
relevant regulatory authorities.

A review of relevant studies if necessary, will be undertaken during the Commissioning and
Operations Phase to confirm that the planned decommissioning activities utilise good industry
practices and are the most appropriate to the prevailing circumstances and future land use. The
review will outline management controls and demonstrate that the decommissioning activities will not
cause significant environmental and social impacts. The Project Proponents will obtain all relevant
approvals and authorisations for all decommissioning activities from the GoU departments
responsible at the time.

February 2019 4-99

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-35: Approximate Water Demand during the Commissioning and Operations Phase

Annual Water Dem and from Groundwater and Surface Water Sources (Cubic Metres)
Activity Total Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Year 11 Year 12 Year 13 Year 14 Year 15 Year 16 Year 17 Year 18 Year 19 Year 20 Year 21 Year 22 Year 23 Year 24 Year 25 Year 26 Year 27 Year 28
Water Sourced from Groundwater
Operation of Tangi Camp (including equipment and vehicle w ashing and dust suppression) 677,594 - - - - - 66,151 66,151 63,870 45,620 33,487 31,639 31,639 31,639 31,639 25,069 25,069 25,069 25,069 25,069 25,069 25,069 25,069 25,069 25,069 25,069
Operation of the Industrial Area Camp (including equipment and vehicle w ashing) 447,370 - - - - - - 41,741 41,741 38,320 21,895 20,712 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864 18,864
Work over activit ies north of the Victoria Nile (including domestic use) 164,250 3,650 3,650 3,650 3,650 3,650 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300 7,300
Work over activit ies south of the Victoria Nile (including domestic use) 379,600 - - 3,650 3,650 3,650 3,650 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250 18,250
Operation of the Liquid Mud Plant (brine) and CRI 1,073,100 - - - - - 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100 51,100
Groundwater Dem and TOTAL 2,741,915 - 3,650 7,300 7,300 7,300 58,400 184,542 184,542 178,839 144,164 130,849 127,153 127,153 127,153 127,153 120,583 120,583 120,583 120,583 120,583 120,583 120,583 120,583 120,583 120,583 120,583
Water Sourced from Surface Water
Re-injection Activities 142,939,995 8,973,094 11,213,711 11,621,383 12,517,756 12,069,757 11,125,300 9,049,844 7,573,580 6,419,405 5,730,245 5,136,575 4,661,960 4,327,275 3,884,474 3,590,087 3,300,564 2,908,965 2,866,229 2,735,654 2,477,332 2,397,672 2,280,169 2,083,302 2,012,446 1,983,214
Construction Activities 14,155,442 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772 707,772
Surface Water Dem and TOTAL 157,095,437 - 8,973,094 11,213,711 11,621,383 12,517,756 12,069,757 11,833,072 9,757,616 8,281,352 7,127,177 6,438,017 5,844,347 5,369,732 5,035,047 4,592,246 4,297,859 4,008,336 3,616,737 3,574,002 3,443,426 3,185,104 3,105,444 2,987,941 2,791,074 2,720,218 2,690,986

February 2019 4-100

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

During the Decommissioning Phase, activities on site associated with the removal of infrastructure will
increase in intensity relative to those occurring during the Commissioning and Operations Phase of
the Project. Of particular note are the potential environmental and social impacts associated with the
following activities:

Equipm
Earthworks.

An ESIA may be required before decommissioning commences in order to confirm that the planned
activities are the most appropriate to the prevailing circumstances; this will be agreed with GoU
departments responsible at the time and future land use. The decommissioning assessment will aim
to demonstrate that the decommissioning activities would not cause unacceptable environmental and
social impacts and would lead to the development of specific management controls.

In general, the following principles will be adopted where practicable and will be subject to detailed
assessment prior to decommissioning:
Above ground infrastructure will be removed to 0.5 m below ground level and backfilled and

Access ro

Where piled foundations exist, these may be excavated to a depth of 1 m below the existing
ground

It is expected that pipelines will be cleaned, capped and let in situ, to prevent disturbing the

Where the assessment identifies it is acceptable, in some locations pipeline sections may be
cleaned, reclaimed and reused.
During the Decommissioning Phase the following assumptions are applicable regarding supporting
facilities:
Water will
Localised effluent collection facilities will be provided for chemical storage, hazardous materials
storage, liquid waste storage, tanks, and fuelling facilities. Such containment will include
impermeable areas, kerbing, bunding and drip trays
Drainage systems will remain until sites are free of contamination. SuDS will also manage flood
risk during this phase of work
No discharge of water used for decommissioning activities will be discharged to the environment
Sewage will be treated by existing wastewater treatment plants (WWTPs) and discharged in
accordance with wastewater treatment standards as presented in Chapter 10: Surface Water or
collected and transferred to suitably licensed treatment facilities for processing and disposal
Lighting will be reduced to the minimum and its design consider need to limit associated
nuisances (e.g. light directed inwards, of warm/neutral colour) without impacting safety and
security. As per base case there will be no routine nightshift activities associated with this Phase
A Construction Support Base will be constructed within the Industrial Area for use during the

For power generation, a centralised diesel generator package including back up facilities will be
located at the Construction Support Base to service the decommissioning activities within the

February 2019 4-101

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Industrial Area. Dedicated generator packages of varying sizes will also be mobilised to provide
the power at discrete locations including the Lake Water Abstraction System, well pads and
pipeline decommissioning sites and
Waste will be segregated and managed in accordance with a Waste Management Plan.

Prior to undertaking decommissioning activities, the Project Proponents will undertake a review of
historical monitoring data and incidents on site that might have caused contamination.

Depending on the final land use agreed with the Ugandan authorities, all or part of the site may need
to be rehabilitated. In such circumstances, the Project Proponents will also develop a monitoring
programme for completion criteria to verify that the sites are being returned to the agreed
representative state.

Completion criteria will include vegetation community composition, extent of weed infestation, erosion
control and visual amenity of the site. These completion criteria will be determined in consultation with
the local and national authorities.

4.12 Stakeholder Engagement

A Stakeholder Engagement Plan is already in place; this will ensure the community are informed and
consulted both prior to the commencement of work on site, during the works on a regular basis and
after. As stated above a Grievance Mechanism will be established for the local community to raise
complaint and concerns relating to Project activities (i.e. dust, noise etc.). More details are presented
in Chapter 5: Stakeholder Engagement.

4.13 National Content

The Project Proponents are committed to promoting economic development through implementation
of their industrial development which requires training, capital investment and maintaining a steady
level of activity.

The Project will take an integrated approach to National Content development as shown in Figure 4-
39. This approach aims to capitalize on the development phase to build the capacity of the companies
that will work on the upcoming operations needs and that will drive the growth of the Ugandan oil and
gas industry and general economy farther down the road.

The national content strategy aims at enhancing the performance/capacity of Ugandan companies,
Ugandan manpower and registered entities in petroleum activities so as to encourage local
investment and participation; in full consideration of the Project’s Quality, Health, Safety and
Environmental standards. More details are presented in Chapter 23: Environmental and Social
Management Plan.

February 2019 4-102

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-39: National Content Development

January 2019 4-103

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.14 Waste
A Waste Management Plan will be developed and maintained to cover the duration of the Project; and
will address the anticipated waste streams, likely quantities and any special handling requirements.
The Project Proponent’s will implement a waste tracking system to ensure traceability of all wastes
removed off site.

Chapter 12: Waste provides a summarised waste map through the phases of the Project, including
quantities/volumes of waste expected to be generated, the types and the proposed treatment/disposal
routes. The Section below provides a summary of the waste management facilities that will be
deployed within the Project Area.

4.14.1 Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase

During the Site Preparation and Enabling Works Phase, at least two waste storage areas will be
established, one at the Industrial Area and one at the existing Tangi Camp. Waste will be transferred
from the construction worksites to these waste storage areas where waste materials will be
segregated into hazardous, non-hazardous and recyclables. Prior to transfer offsite to a licensed
waste treatment facility, waste materials will be segregated and stored in appropriate containers to
prevent:

and
Odour and scavenging by animals.
Suitable containers and bins will be provided for medical wastes generated at the clinics, which will be
managed directly by the Project Proponents’ selected Waste Management Contractors including
transfer for disposal to a licensed facility.

The existing camps have operating WWTPs. Sewage produced from the camps will be treated at the
WWTPs in compliance with regulatory requirements (refer to Chapter 10: Surface Water). Sewage
from other Project Areas (e.g. road work sites) will be collected and transferred to WWTPs and/or
suitably licensed treatment facilities for processing and disposal. All sewage sludge will be removed
periodically from WWTPs and transferred off site for disposal.

A flow meter will be integrated at the discharge point of the WWTPs to record all discharges and a
sample point will be established to collect spot samples for analysis.

4.14.2 Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase

All solid waste materials, hazardous and non-hazardous (excluding cuttings and fluids from drilling
activities) will be transported to the centralised Integrated Waste Management Areas (IWMAs) for pre-
treatment activities. The location of the IWMAs is still under consideration as part of the Waste
Management competitive call for tender process and was not defined at the time the ESIA Report was
prepared. Waste materials will be segregated and stored in line with criteria presented in Section
4.14.1.

For the Masindi Vehicle Check Point, waste will be collected and transferred to an approved waste
treatment facility for recycling, treatment, recovery and/or disposal.

Sewage produced from the camps and other Project Areas will be treated at the WWTPs located at
the camps in compliance with regulatory requirements (refer to Chapter 10: Surface Water).
Wastewater from the well pads will be collected and transferred by tanker to the nearest WWTPs.

For the Masindi Vehicle Check Point, sewage will either be treated by a wastewater treatment plant
on site and discharged in accordance with the wastewater treatment standards presented in Chapter

February 2019 4-104

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

10: Surface Water or transferred to the Masindi sewage treatment plant for processing (depending
on capacity and approval).

4.14.3 Commissioning and Operations Phase

During the Commissioning and Operations Phase waste will be stored and processed at the IWMA
located south of Victoria Nile. There will be no waste management facility located north of the Victoria
Nile within the MFNP.

Wastewater generated during the Commissioning and Operations Phase will be processed by a
dedicated WWTP at the Industrial Area and Tangi Camp Operation Support Base in line with the
description provided in 4.14.1. For the well pads, Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Facility and the Lake
Water Abstraction System, sewage will be collected and transferred to suitably licensed treatment
facilities for processing and disposal.

4.14.4 Decommissioning
During the Decommissioning Phase, it is envisaged that additional waste storage areas will be
established at key locations to manage specific waste streams (fluids and solids from the cleaning
and flushing of equipment), demolition wastes from the dismantling operation and wastes generated
from the workforce. Wastes will be segregated and stored in line with the criteria established in
Section 4.14.1. A dedicated Waste Management Plan will also be developed for the Decommissioning
Phase as stated in Section 4.11.

4.15 Management of Change

The information detailed within this chapter has been prepared based on the information provided by
the Project Proponents as of January 2018, and has been used for the purposes of the impact
assessment process provided within this ESIA. However, during the detailed design development of
the Project, there may be a requirement to amend design elements or processes which could result in
a deviation from the information that is presented in this chapter. This will apply in particular to the
Site Preparation and Enabling Works, Construction and Pre-Commissioning, and Commissioning and
Operations phases of the Project. In order to keep track of any key design changes, the Project has
implemented a management of change process to manage any such amendments to the Project
design, and which will also:
Assess the potential consequences of the design changes with respect to environmental and

In cases where a significant impact is considered likely as a consequence of the amendment or

change, to inform and consult with relevant parties on the nature of the impact and on proposed
mitigation measures, where practical and appropriate.
A detailed summary of the Management of Change process is presented in Chapter 23:
Environmental and Social Management Plan.

4.16 Impact mitigation hierarchy and Embedded Mitigation

4.16.1 Introduction
The facilities design has been developed in line with Ugandan regulatory requirements and has
incorporated Best Available Techniques (BAT) (as per European Union (EU) BAT Reference
Document (BREF)), IFC EHS guidelines and GIIP requirements (as detailed in Chapter 2: Policy,
Regulatory and Administrative Framework) as far as possible. Furthermore, the Project will further
consider the BAT during the detailed design of the Project. In line with both IFC PS1 and GIIP, the
engineering and design development of the Project has incorporated a number of embedded
mitigation measures into the Project design and construction activities as described below.

The Project Proponents have achieved this by following the Mitigation Hierarchy as presented in
Chapter 3: ESIA Methodology, where the preference is to avoid and then to minimise before
restoring and finally offsetting.

February 2019 4-105

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.16.1.1 Avoidance
As demonstrated and detailed in Section 4.17, the siting options considered for key facilities took into
account both environmental and social sensitivities. The Project Proponents initiated their own
avoidance protocol which was used by the FEED Engineers in the development of the Project’s
design.

4.16.1.2 Footprint Minimisation

As described above, in line with the Mitigation Hierarchy, the early development of Project sought to
avoid key sensitive areas and following this the Project was subject to further refinement during the
FEED phase to minimise the footprint of the key components and in particular the well pads. The
process was both environmental and socially driven as well as based on cost and operational
productivity. Minimisation consisted of both reducing the number of individual components required
for the Project as well as reducing the individual footprint for each Project component. These two
processes further helped the Project to avoid potential negative impacts that otherwise may have
occurred. The applied minimisation process is further detailed in Section 4.17.

4.16.2 Embedded Mitigation Measures

In addition to avoiding key environmentally and sensitive areas where possible and minimising the
footprint, the Enabling Infrastructure and FEED design teams have incorporated embedded mitigation
measures as part of the design. These measures also include mitigations to be implemented during
the construction phase of the Project to further reduce the anticipated potential impacts. It should be
noted that for the purposes of the impact assessment, it is assumed that all the embedded mitigation
measures will be implemented.

Appendix E presents a summary of the key embedded mitigation measures (however this should not
be considered as an exhaustive list).

4.16.3 Environmental and Social Requirements in Design

Prior to commencement of the FEED phase, the Project Proponents developed the Environmental
Optimum Requirements document. The purpose of the document was to supply the environmental
standards to be adopted for all phases.

The document has been developed in line with the requirements of the Uganda National Regulatory
Framework and associated guidance; World Bank/IFC Performance Standards and the Environmental
Health and Safety Guidelines and GIIP. In addition, the following commitments are explicit within the
document:
Reduce the potential environmental and social impacts at every stage of the Project (throughout
the project lifecycle f
Follow the mitigation hierarchy approach i.e. avoid, minimise, restore and offset in line with the

Identify potential environmental impacts and minimise the potential risk associated with those

To reduce any potentially significant impact of the activities on the natural and human
environment, mitigation measures shall be identified and selected according to Best Available
Technique (BAT).
The Environmental Optimum Requirements have been embedded into the design documentation and
construction methodologies development by Enabling Infrastructure, FEED and Drilling teams. In
addition, ENVID (ENVironmental issues IDentification) studies have been undertaken under the
direction of the Project Proponents. The purpose of the ENVID studies was to identify the
environmental and social aspects specific for each phase (using a list of dedicated guidewords),
determine the potential impact significance associated with each aspect and define the required
mitigation measures to reduce potential impacts to as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). The
studies included routine, downgraded and accidental situations as part of the scope.

February 2019 4-106

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

The results of each study were reviewed and documented. The ENVID reports summarise the results
of these studies and presents the basis for the embedded mitigation measures for each Project phase
as described in the Project Description.

In addition, a systematic assessment of Best Available Technique has been undertaken during FEED
for the permanent facilities. The purpose of the review was to assess the proposed design against
BAT criteria as defined with the associated BREF documents and demonstrate that the technology
minimizes as much as possible its future potential impact on the environment and implements the
most technically feasible and cost efficient technologies on the available market and has considered
maintenance and operability issues as a key component. The study also summarizes the
opportunities and recommendations to be taken forward to the Detailed Engineering to ensure the
required environmental performance of the selected design option is progressed, focusing on the
main emissions to air, water and land.

4.17 Alternatives

4.17.1 Introduction
This section examines the technically and financially feasible alternatives to develop the Project.
These alternatives were considered during the development of Project and have led to the validation
of the Project as it is described within this Chapter.

The objective of this section is to outline how the Project represents an optimised design that is
technically and financially feasible whilst minimising overall potential environmental and social
impacts.

This section also presents an overview of the optimisation of the locations selected for the key
components of the Project demonstrating how the Project considered avoidance as a key measure to
reduce the overall potential impact of the Project. This chapter also presents the refinement of the
design of the key components which included minimising the footprints and reducing the interaction
with the environment.

4.17.2 Regulatory Requirements

The Project must be developed according to the requirements for the EIA process in Uganda (The
Environmental Impact Assessment Regulation 13/1998). These require for the EIA to provide:
“A description of the proposed site and reasons for rejecting alternative sites,
The technology and processes that shall be used, and a description of alternative technologies
and processes, and the reasons for not selecting them,
The environmental effects of the project including the direct, indirect, cumulative, short-term and
long-term effects and possible alternatives,
An indication of whether the environment of any other State is likely to be affected and the
available alternatives and mitigating measures”
In addition, IFC PSs standards include specific requirements for the assessment of feasible
alternative configurations for a project. The Guidance Note to IFC PS 1 stipulates that:
“For greenfield developments or large expansions with specifically identified physical elements,
aspects, and facilities that are likely to generate potential significant environmental or social
impacts, the client will conduct a comprehensive Environmental and Social Impact Assessment,
including an examination of alternatives, where appropriate.”
“For greenfield developments, the ESIA includes an examination of technically and financially
feasible alternatives to the source of such impacts, and documentation of the rationale for
selecting the particular course of action proposed. The purpose of the alternatives analysis is to
improve decisions on project design, construction, and operation based on feasible alternatives to
the proposed project. The alternatives analysis should be conducted as early as possible in the
ive project locations, designs, or operational

February 2019 4-107

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

The Project Proponents also considered the following IFC PSs: (5) Land Acquisition and Involuntary
Resettlement, (6) Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural
Resource, and (8) Cultural Heritage which set specific requirements for avoidance, mainly defined
based on the sensitivity of the Project Area.

4.17.3 Approach to Alternative Analysis

4.17.3.1 Overview
This section describes the approach to site selection, and the approach to design development
introduced by the Project Proponents in response to the environmental and social characteristics of
the area. The Project Proponents recognise the importance of the Mitigation Hierarchy as presented
in Chapter 3: ESIA Methodology. Avoidance is acknowledged as both the first and the most
important component of the Mitigation Hierarchy, which has the greatest potential to reduce the
environmental and social impacts and/or their significance.

The Project Proponents have therefore considered potential environmental and social impacts as a
key factor of the decision making process as the design of the Project has evolved. The design of the
Project has developed with the impact mitigation hierarchy being prominent in the decision making
process of the FEED engineers, and avoidance of potentially negative environmental and social
impacts has always been the preferred option.

This process has benefited the overall layout of the Project facilities whilst ensuring that the potential
environmental and social impacts are reduced to as low as reasonably practicable, particularly with
regard to reducing the requirements both for land take associated with the permanent facilities and
temporary disturbance associated with the construction phases of the Project.

4.17.3.2 Avoidance Protocol

A Project specific Avoidance Protocol has been developed by the Project Proponents, and
implemented by the Enabling Infrastructure and FEED engineers. The development of the Avoidance
Protocol incorporated both the requirements of the Ugandan national regulations and IFC PSs with
respect to the location, footprint extent and design of the Project components.

The framework presented in the Avoidance Protocol provides guidance to be applied during the
assessment of the alternatives. It is based on a staggered approach favouring macro-avoidance of
sensitive environmental and social features in the first instance (e.g. avoidance of urban centres and
highly sensitive ecosystems) followed by micro-avoidance. The protocol defines a list of
environmental and social features with an associated ranking (based on the sensitivity of the feature
and its ability to recover after disturbance). Table 4-36 and Table 4-37 below show examples of
macro and micro-avoidance features and their associated priority ranking (1 = most severe
constraint).

February 2019 4-108

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-36: Example of Macro Avoidance for Social Features

Constraint
Feature Level /
Ranking

Urban centre land-use 1

Semi-rural land use 2

Crop farming land use 1

Grazing land use 1

Table 4-37: Example of Macro Avoidance for Environmental Features

Constraint
Feature Level /
Ranking

Kobleks 1

Hyena Dens (active)* 2

Marsh/ponds/other swamp 3

NFA reserved tree species 4

Streams (small rivers) and Wetlands 5

Vulture nests11 6

Significant Animal routes to the Victoria Nile 7

Wallow 1

Mature tree 2

Termites mounds (major aggregates) 3

Hyena Dens (inactive) 4

Burrow 1

The protocol also defines features associated with cultural heritage and on seasonal sensitivities.

4.17.3.3 Avoidance Protocol Implementation

The adherence to the Protocol was particularly relevant during the FEED Phase when the footprint of
Project components was defined and options for avoidance were considered. The Protocol
implementation is based on an iterative process requiring input from environmental, social and
technical specialists to identify the most appropriate alternative in consideration of multiple
constraints. When environment and social features were identified with limited technical alternatives

11
Presence of critical habitat trigger species vulture nests in our area of operations has not been confirmed hence the
proposed ranking. In case it gets confirmed then priority moves up to number 2

February 2019 4-109

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

that could avoid both, the most appropriate option was defined upon discussion between Environment
and Social experts.

The implementation of the Avoidance Protocol was supported by baseline data and mapping
compiled from literature and previous environmental and social surveys within the Project Area.
Geographic Information System (GIS) survey data were used to identify opportunities for avoidance
and footprint minimisation in conjunction with the framework presented in the Protocol. This was
supported by dedicated site visits to confirm the adequacy of proposed alternatives and/or identify
alternative options.

As an example, an overview of all the inputs considered for well pad locations and overall footprint
and the Production and Injection Network routing and extent of the RoW is presented in Figure 4-40.
It should be noted that cost and operational productivity were also integrated into the decision
process.

Geoscience
Definition of
reservoir
targets

Wells
Environmental
Definition of
and Social
surface
Features
locations

WELL PADS AND

PRODUCTION AND
INJECTION NETWORK
LOCATION &
FOOTPRINT

FEED Fault
Definition of assessment of
layouts & surface
RoWs locations

Terrain -
assessment of
surface
locations

Figure 4-40: Overview of Inputs Considered in Defining the Location and Footprint of the Well
Pads and the Routing and extent of the RoW of the Production and Injection Network

4.17.4 Project Zero Alternative

The zero alternative for the purposes of this document is the situation where the Project does not
proceed. Under the zero alternative for the Project, there are no negative environmental or social
impacts associated with Project development in Uganda as there are no construction or operation
activities. However, this would need to be balanced against the fact that there would also be no
beneficial impacts associated with the Project not being implemented. The Government of Uganda
has made the decision to explore the possibility of extracting oil resources from the Albertine Graben
since commercially viable oil reserves were discovered in 2006.

In fact, the GoU has taken significant strides to ensure that the appropriate policies, institutions and
legal framework exist to harness the projected benefits of the Albertine Graben’s oil resources and
concurrently to ensure that the environment is managed sustainably. The country already has a
national Oil and Gas policy, and a number of laws meant to guide the management of oil resources
have already been passed by in Parliament, including the 2013 Petroleum Exploration, Development
and Production Bill. This fact, coupled with public support (e.g. 70% were in favour of oil exploration in

February 2019 4-110

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

a survey conducted in 2015 (Ref. 4-1) mean that the opportunity to enhance the national income of
Uganda as a whole is considered in the national interest and the option of not developing the Project
was therefore discounted. However, there is a clear commitment that all activities would be
undertaken in an environmentally sustainable manner, in line with all applicable Ugandan regulations.
In addition, due to the sensitive environmental and social context, the Project Proponents have
expressed their commitment to the highest environmental and social standards and have chosen to
follow the IFC PSs.

4.17.5 Project Alternatives

The following sections present the alternative options considered during the development of the
Project both during the early stages and within the FEED phase. The information presented explains
the assessment process and the drivers for final selection, in terms of Project component location and
proposed footprint and layout. Details of the proposed Project components are presented in the
previous sections of this chapter and are not repeated in this section.

In addition to what is presented in the section below, the following philosophy is being applied for the
Project, overall reducing the associated footprint:
The reuse of temporary facilities for life of field permanent fac
The optimisation of overall footprint by applying synergies for all shared services as waste
handling, water supply, power supply, medical services etc.

4.17.5.1 Well Pads

As described in Section 4.3 each well pad will have a number of wells including producers, injectors
and observation wells. The Production and Injection Network will connect the well pads with the CPF
where production fluids will be processed.

4.17.5.1.1 Location and Footprint

Both the layout and footprint of the well pads have been considered in parallel with the initial locations
driven by technical; environment and social constraints. For the Project to remain viable however, it is
necessary to develop fields located both North and South of the Victoria Nile.

The number of well pads has been optimised and reduced to as low as practicable including by use of
directional drilling to concentrate more wells onto a well pad. Detailed surveys to identify and map
social and ecological features were undertaken during the FEED phase within a 500 m radius around
each proposed well pad centre. This has enabled the further refinement of the well pads including
minimisation of the footprint, which has been a key driver with the benefit of both minimising
environment and social impacts (including effects on land use and visual amenity).

The wells have been gathered in well pads and deviated wells architecture considered to reduce the
overall number of pads required (75 well pads at pre-project phase). For the fields subject to current
development, 36 well pads were originally planned during the early stages of the FEED phase.
However, this number was rationalised also taking into consideration the need for maximising the
number of production and injection wells located within each well pad (subject to productivity).

The number of well pads required to ensure Project feasibility was reduced to 43 (Table 4-38), as
presented in the ESIA Scoping Report Out of these 43 pads, 7 were associated with potential future
field development (as indicated in section 4.4 “Potential Future Field Development”). For the
remaining fields, as the FEED phase has progressed, the number of well pads required to ensure
Project feasibility has been reduced from 36 to 34 as described in Section 4.1, thus reducing the
required permanent footprint of the overall Project by approximately 24 ha (considering a 12 ha
maximum per pad; and excluding additional footprint that would have been required for access roads
and the Production and Injection Network). As shown in Table 4-38, the refinement in the number of
wells pads has been driven by environmental, social and technical feasibility.

February 2019 4-111

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-38: Refinement of Well Pads number and location

Number of
Driver(s) Triggering to
Location 12
Well Pad Consider Revised Main driver(s) towards final proposal
Options
Location
Considered
NGR01 1 n/a n/a
NGR02 3 Environment Technical - geohazards
Decrease number of well pads (previously NGR03,
NGR03a 1 n/a
NGR04, NGR05)
Decrease number of well pads (previously NGR03,
NGR05a 1 n/a
NGR04, NGR05)
NGR06 4 Social Technical – drilling & Social (settlement)
GNA01 3 Social Technical – drilling
GNA02 2 Social & Environment Technical – drilling
GNA03 1 n/a n/a
GNA04 2 Technical Technical - geohazards
KGG01 2 Social Social (settlement)
KGG03 2 Social Social (settlement)
KGG04 2 Social Social (settlement)
KGG05 1 n/a n/a
KGG06 2 Social Social (livestock pond)
KGG09 2 Technical Technical - geohazards
NSO01 1 n/a n/a
NSO02 1 n/a n/a
NSO03 1 n/a n/a
NSO04 1 n/a n/a
NSO05 1 n/a n/a
NSO06 3 Social Social (settlement)
Optimise number and location of wellpads
KW01 1 n/a
(previously KW01, KW02,)
Optimise number and location of wellpads
KW02A 1 n/a
(previously KW02, NGR07) given geohazard issue
Optimise number and location of wellpads
KW02B 1 n/a
(previously KW02, NGR07) given geohazard issue
JBR-01 5 Environment Technical – geohazards and drilling
JBR-02 3 Environment Technical – geohazards and drilling
JBR-03 1 n/a n/a
JBR-04 2 Social & Environment Technical – drilling
JBR-05 1 n/a n/a
JBR-06 1 n/a n/a
Environment & Technical
JBR-07 5 Environment (wallow) & Technical - drilling
(geohazards and drilling)
Environment & Technical
JBR-08 5 Technical – drilling & Environment (wallow)
(geohazards and drilling)
Environment & Technical
JBR-09 5 Technical - drilling
– drilling
Environment & Technical
JBR-10 7 Technical – drilling & Environment (Ramsar)
– drilling

12
It should be noted that the driver was to avoid features as much as practicable and in case where complete avoidance was
not possible, decrease number of features impacted as much as practicable.

February 2019 4-112

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-41: Locations of 43 Well Pads Presented in the Scoping Report (2015)

February 2019 4-113

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.17.5.1.2 Layout and Footprint

In addition to minimising the number of well pads the FEED phase has also considered the layout of
the facilities within the well pads and their configuration. This has enabled the area of the well pads to
be optimised with measures including:
Rationalising the surface facilities equipment to limit impact on footprint and visibility: removal of
surface multi-phase pumps (MPP) by using subsurface electronic submersible pumps for
production boosting, minimising the number of open drain pits and basins on the well pad,
minimising t
The early design of the well pads included an 11 m vent stack for the purposes of well
management. Refinement of the design has enabled this component to be removed, which has

Cluster of the multi-phase flow meter (MPFM), chemical/polymer skid and annular gas
compression skid within the same fire zone as the wells, production and test headers, forming
one main well pad fire zone13 and
The drainage system for the well pads, as presented in Section 4.3, has been optimised.
Contaminated fluids will be collected locally and removed by vacuum truck for disposal. Surface
water generation will be minimised with the adoption of localised containment, use of shelters and
removing the requirement for surface water drainage treatment (i.e. concrete basin with oily water
separator).
Taking into consideration well pad layout refinement, the footprint required for each well pad was
reduced significantly from original plans of approximately 400 m by 400 m to between 150-230 m
wide and 260-360 m long (i.e. overall reduction of between 262 ha and 411 ha for the entire Project).

4.17.5.1.3 Design - Well Architecture and Drilling Mud Selection

The early design of the Project considered drilling wells based on standard architecture dimensions
(Figure 4-42); however this was subject to detailed review and consideration during the FEED phase.
The Project Proponents have subsequently changed the well architecture to a slim design based on a
reduction in both cost and the volume of waste material generated as follows:
Well costs reduced by 16%
and
A 30% reduction in drill cuttings.
Based on the two previous points, there would also be a reduction in the required number of
transportation movements.

13
This was a derogation against the Proponents’ standards, but a request was made on the grounds that it would reduce the
footprint. The request was approved.

February 2019 4-114

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-42: Comparison of a Standard Dimension Well Design and a Slim Line Design
In addition to the type of well selected, consideration was given to the type of mud to be used for
drilling. It was recognised that a WBM should be used to drill the upper hole sections of the well
(average 150-200 m from surface) due to the potential presence of aquifers. However, consideration
was given for the lower hole sections (involving horizontal drilling) as summarised in Table 4-39 and
as such it was concluded that SBM would be the most appropriate mud with the advantage that the
drilling schedule would be shorter than using WBM.

Table 4-39: Comparison of a WBM and SBM

Comparison WBM SBM

Aquifer comparability Yes No
Drilling Fluid reuse / recycle Up to 2 wells At least 5 wells
Shale inhibitors Required separately Not required
Lubricity Required separately Not required
Drill cuttings from oil reserve Heavy oil to be treated
Transportation Using vacuum sealed containers

4.17.5.2 Production and Injection Network

The Production and Injection Network is required to transfer production fluids and gas from the well
pads to the CPF for processing prior to export. The network will also transport water and produced
water back to the well pads for reinjection to the reservoir required for enhanced oil recovery
purposes.

4.17.5.2.1 Location
The location and routing of the Production and Injection Network has been primarily dictated by the
locations of the well pads; however the refinement of the routing has taken into consideration social
and ecological sensitivities as per the Avoidance Protocol. Baseline surveys to confirm sensitive
features within the proposed routing corridor were conducted in 2017 and covered a 50 m buffer zone

February 2019 4-115

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

around the initial routing. This has enabled the precise routing as presented in Section 4.3.3 to take
into consideration, where practicable, any sensitive locations; however, a key driver was technical and
safety requirements such as minimisation of geohazard risks on facilities in a very faulted area.

In consideration of the above, for example the proposed routing between JBR-01 and JBR-10 is not a
straight line mainly driven by considering the need to minimise crossing through preferred habitat for
giraffe, lions and elephants so that disturbance to these areas could be minimised.

4.17.5.2.2 Design and Footprint - RoW

The design of the Production and Injection Network has grouped together the three elements
(production flowline, water injection flowline and electrical and FOC) to minimise the overall footprint
of the Production and Injection Network and ensure there is a single output from each well pad. An
additional pipeline for polymer has been removed from design. Should the polymer pilot (as described
in Section 4.5.10.1) be successful, the water injection line will be used for polymer injection. This
resulted in optimisation of the pipelines footprint, use of fewer materials and one fewer crossing
underneath the Victoria Nile. Also, removal of insulation on pipelines in north of the Victoria Nile
resulted in a significant reduction in material requirements and subsequently waste volumes during
construction.

Where practicable, straight lines have been used to minimise the physical footprint.

The permanent RoW will be 30 m wide (15 m either side of the centre line), which is optimum in
consideration of technical requirements. The construction RoW will be contained within this area to
eliminate the need to impact additional land (refer to Section 4.9.6).

4.17.5.3 Victoria Nile River Production and Injection Network Crossing

A suitable approach for the Production and Injection Network is required to cross the Victoria Nile and
construction areas are required either side of the Victoria Nile to support the construction.

4.17.5.3.1 Location
Two alternative locations were considered for the Victoria Nile River Production and Injection Network
Crossing (Figure 4.43):

Option 1: connecting JBR-01 and GNA-01

Option 2: connecting JBR-10 and NGR-01

A number of criteria, including social, environmental and technical (e.g. geology and faults) were
assessed for both options. Option 2 was preferred as overall it exhibits a smaller permanent footprint.

February 2019 4-116

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-43: HDD stringing Area for Options 1 and 2

February 2019 4-117

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.17.5.3.2 Design
Taking into consideration the sensitivity of the Victoria Nile and the Ramsar status of the Murchison
Falls-Albert Delta Wetland System, the Project Proponents committed to minimising the impact by
ensuring that permanent above ground footprint is minimised. As such a trenchless solution for the
pipeline installation underneath the Victoria Nile has been selected. Three options have been
considered as follows:

Direct Pipe.
A summary of the trenchless techniques is presented in Table 4-40.

Based on the review of the available techniques, the HDD option was considered preferable despite
HDD and Direct Pipe being comparable. Based on preliminary information on ground conditions and
the length of time required to complete crossing activities, HDD has been selected as the most
suitable method for the Project.

February 2019 4-118

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-40: Comparison of Trenchless Victoria Nile Crossing Options

Technique HDD Microtunnel Direct Pipe

Summary HDD involves the drilling of a Microtunnelling involves Direct Pipe combines the
hole, along a pre-determined circular precast concrete pipe technologies of the HDD
alignment, by pulling/pushing sections being pushed and microtunnelling. The
a drill string (drill pipe with (jacked) through the ground Direct Pipe technique is
drilling tools attached) and along a predetermined traditionally applied as a
installing the pipeline in the alignment. A remotely trenchless crossing
drilled hole. The hole is controlled MTBM (Micro method where the product
constantly supported by Tunnel Boring Machine) at the pipe is driven directly into
drilling fluid, which also serves front of the concrete pipe the shield driven tunnel.
as a medium for providing sections provides the method The shield driven tunnel is
excavating power, as well as of excavation and steering, created by a tunnel boring
transportation of excavated with excavated spoil being machine (TBM), which is
spoil out of the drilled hole as transported from the MTBM welded directly on the
the drilling operation back through the tunnel to the product pipe. The pipe
progresses. surface. The pipeline is later mounted TBM is propelled
The HDD drilling rig and installed in the completed by pipe thruster(s) which
associated HDD equipment is tunnel by pulling/pushing the grip the pipe and are
set up on the Entry Point Site pipeline into the tunnel in short capable of delivering a
(proposed location South of or long lengths depending on thrust force of more than
Nile) with the pipeline string to space availability. The 500 tonnes.
be installed in the drilled hole installed precast concrete
fabricated on the other side of jacking pipe provides the
the obstacle set up at the Exit permanent ground support for
Point Site (proposed location the installed pipeline.
North of Nile). The pipeline The technique requires that
string is the same length as launch and reception shafts or
the drilled hole and, assuming pits are installed, which can
sufficient space is available be in the form of steel sheet
on the exit side of the piled cofferdams, precast
crossing it is fully welded and concrete segment-lined
tested in advance of the shafts, secant piled shafts.
completion of HDD activities.
Approximate 1.4 km
Crossing
Length
Number of Each of the 3 pipelines will be All 3 pipelines will be All 3 pipelines will be
Entries drilled separately contained within a 1.8 m contained within a 1.4 m
concrete tunnel steel pipe
In Country A specialists operation, for which there is no in-country experienced contractor. Work will be
Expertise undertaken by an out of country specialist, with support provided by an in-country contractor.
Cost Low (comparable with Direct Highest (expected to be 50% Low (comparable with
Pipe) more than HDD and Direct HDD)
Pipe)
Logistics Simplest logistically requiring Highest logistically challenging Mid logistically challenging
the lowest number of based on required plant,
equipment and plant equipment and personnel.
Environment Risk of hydrofracture* Risk of hydrofracture Risk of hydrofracture
Lowest material required and Highest spoil generated Mid spoil generated
spoil generated Highest effort in MFNP Minimum effort in MFNP
Mid effort in MFNP requiring requiring bunding for the shaft with the majority of
stringing in MFNP operations and bunding
location south of the
Victoria Nile
Note:
*Elevated risk of hydrofracture during HDD can be addressed through the design by taking in account
trajectory, depth/length of bores, geotechnical conditions and by constant monitoring during HDD operations

February 2019 4-119

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.17.5.4 Industrial Area (including CPF)

The Industrial Area comprises a number of facilities, both temporary to support the Construction and
Pre-Commissioning Phase of the Project and permanent to support the Commissioning and
Operations Phase. A key component of the Industrial Area is the CPF which will process
approximately 190 kbopd involving the separation of production fluids and the generation of power
from gas extracted.

4.17.5.4.1 Location
Despite the physical barrier that the Victoria Nile represents for the Project, it was decided to establish
one CPF for the Project, which would be located south of the Victoria Nile to ensure the physical
footprint within both the MFNP and Ramsar area were minimised as far as practicable. Furthermore, it
was decided that grouping the CPF and the other facilities located with the Industrial Area would have
a positive impact enabling the majority of supplies to be delivered to one location south of the Victoria
Nile.

Two site options (Figure 4-44) were considered for the location of the Industrial Area South Nile (and
specifically the CPF) given the importance of the component to ensure optimum connection with the
well pads network. The assessment was done very early during the pre-project phase:
Location Option 1:
Location Option 2: occupying land predominately located within Kasinyi village.
Proposed locations were evaluated according to three main screening criteria:
1. Exposure (physical proximity to Project facilities),
2. Sensitivity (the degree to which receiving /host environments are likely to experience social
impacts, looking at population /demographics, infrastructure and access to social services, land
tenure and use, conflict and security, and cultural resources), and
3. Coping capacity (ability of a receiving environment to accommodate or cope with impacts).
The screening found that Option 1 featured a relatively high population density, with settlements
located both along the main transportation axes and in the interior of villages. Lands in the area of
Option 1 were individually owned and dedicated primarily to crop cultivation. This makes land
acquisition and livelihood loss compensation straight forward for individuals, but regional reliance on
the area for its food basket creates high sensitivity for livelihood and food security. Numerous schools,
health centres, and other social infrastructure that serve more than one village were located in Option
1, further affecting regional inter-dependency.
In contrast, Option 2 was found to be sparsely populated, with the population located primarily along
the main road. Land in the area was mostly dedicated to grazing activities with a few agricultural plots
in the Eastern part. Therefore, livelihood and food security sensitivity was lower for Option 2 than
Option 1. The area also featured very limited social services infrastructure compared to Option 1.
Perceived communal land ownership structures in the area of Option 2 were considered to make
acquisition and compensation more complicated.
Ultimately, the screening concluded that Option 2 was the more favourable location for the following
key reasons:
Less physical displacement compared to Industrial Area Location Option 1
Economic displacement was mostly reduced to pastureland (as opposed to cultivated land) at the
time14
Less inter-dependency on land in this area, limiting the impact for the whole region, especially in
terms of foo
While land acquisition might be more complex (due to communal ownership/clan structure
compared to individual ownership) for Industrial Area Location Option 2, the potential long-term

14
The evidence from recent surveys confirms that the amount of cultivated land in the Industrial Area has increased.

February 2019 4-120

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

impacts for livelihood and resettlement were expected to be lower than Industrial Area Location
Option 1.
Refinement of the Industrial Area Location Option 2 took into consideration the following points:
Avoidance of high socio-
Avoidance of fragmentation of residential areas (avoidance of isolating a village from others or

Reduction in the number of administrative units (villages and parishes) directly affected by the

Avoidance of major road/tracks intersections and reduction of the number of community access

Avoidance of cultural sites.

Furthermore, in coordination with national and local land management entities, a land conflict
assessment (at the village, community, clan, household and individual levels) was conducted and the
results taken into consideration.

As stated above, the Industrial Area comprises a number of facilities and the Project Proponents
made the decision to concentrate these in one location to both minimise and concentrate the footprint
of these facilities. The Industrial Area will occupy approximately 307 ha. In addition to the permanent
facilities, temporary facilities such as the Industrial Area Construction Camp will be located within the
footprint of the Industrial Area. This will enable the majority of supplies to be delivered to one location
south of the Victoria Nile.

February 2019 4-121

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-44: Alternative locations for the Industrial Area (and Specifically the CPF)

February 2019 4-122

Tilenga Project - ESIA

4.17.5.4.2 Layout and Footprint

The overall layout of the Industrial Area and in particular the CPF has been refined to optimise the
footprint. This has been considered in combination with the design of specific facilities, which has
enabled the optimisation of the layout as follows:
For all facilities, reduction of safety and environmental impacts to ALARP are the primary drivers
in defining process plant layout. The selection of areas for particular processes has taken into
account the type of hazard and potential risks involved. Additionally, the site layout aims to contain
an accident at source to prevent escalation. The CPF plant layout optimisation is constrained by
the need to maintain minimum safe separation distances. The main principles applied during
FEED for layout has ensured the following:
o Prevention of escalations
o Efficient operation and maintenance
o Cater for vehicle and personnel traffic, security, safe working conditions
o Access for operation and maintenance, low impact to others (noise, toxicity, pollution, risk,
etc.)
o Protection of the environment
Removal of permanent chemical storage when practicable and replaced with pre-filled tanks
which will be independently certified and of robust construction. The tanks will be removed offsite
once the content has been used and replaced with a new unit. This removes the requirement for

The requirement for crude oil storage has been revised, based on an assessment of the
operational scenarios and considering the requirement to simplify the design, which enabled the
removal of one crude export tank.
The underlying concept applied is that distance is considered as the most efficient protection measure
against the outcomes of escalated hazardous scenarios.

The Industrial Area is therefore divided into a general services area and a restricted area.

The general services area is where the support facilities are to be located i.e. Construction Support
Base, Construction Camp, Security facilities, Drilling Support Base, Liquid Mud Plant Facility. The
area will also house the Operations Support Base and Operations Camp during the Commissioning
and Operations Phase. These support areas will be closed to public for security reasons. Workshops
and warehouses can be permanently manned. Therefore they constitute premises where, or around
which, various uncontrolled hazardous activities may take place (e.g. traffic, hot work). They will be
located in the General Services Area.

The restricted area will comprise the CPF i.e. equipment and activities that are capable of causing
major accidents i.e. hydrocarbon or other chemical ignition hazards, or releases (process units,
hydrocarbon storage, machinery and power generation).

The general services area comprises activities that cannot cause process hazards, such as parking
lots, workshops, warehouses, control room, administrative buildings. Offices are to be located away
from sources of hazards at sufficient distances to ensure that consequences of major accidents do
not put the integrity of the building nor its occupants at risk. The Central Control Room will also to be
located in the general services area to ensure sufficient distance from the Restricted Area so that
consequences of a major failure do not put their integrity at risk or impair the emergency response
function.

February 2019 4-123

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.17.5.5 Water Abstraction System

As stated in Section 4.3, the Project will include a Water Abstraction System at Lake Albert, which will
abstract and transfer water via a buried pipeline to the CPF. This is required in order to predominately
provide water for reinjection purposes. There are currently two options presented and assessed as
part of the Project as detailed in Section 4.3.5.

4.17.5.5.1 Location
Initially, three locations were identified (Figure 4-45), which were comparatively assessed to define
the most appropriate location for water abstraction. The results of the comparative assessment are
presented in Table 4-41.

Location 3 was selected as the preferred option based on the following points:

No neighbouring communities.
Table 4-41: Comparison of Three Water Abstraction System Locations
Criteria Location 1 Location 2 Location 3
Lake wetland and Neighbouring
Sensitive Receptors None on land
associated vegetation communities
Protected Areas Located within the Lake Protection Zone designated by GoU
No lake wetland
Within lake wetland No lake wetland
Wetland vegetation (removed by
vegetation vegetation
communities)
Various birds and other
wetland species observed
on land Potential for critical habitat trigger species in the Lake
Biodiversity
Potential for critical Albert
habitat trigger species in
the lake
Flood Risk Prone to flooding
Area used by
Land Cover /Land Use communities for Area used as landing site Neighbouring landing site
harvesting snail shells
Population /Social Harvesting and crushing High density communities No community
Activity of shells and landing site settlements

February 2019 4-124

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-45: Location of Three Water Abstraction System Options

February 2019 4-125

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project - ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.17.5.5.2 Layout and Footprint

The footprint of the pipeline transferring water from the Water Abstraction System to the CPF has
been designed to utilise the existing Production and Injection Network RoW from the nearest well pad.

4.17.5.6 Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing

As presented in Section 4.3.7 a ferry crossing is required across the Victoria Nile for the Project for
use during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase and Commissioning and Operations
Phase to transport personnel and equipment from the CPF to the well pads located north of the
Victoria Nile.

4.17.5.6.1 Location
A Feasibility Study was undertaken to establish the most appropriate crossing location based on
environmental, social, technical and cost related issues. Four locations were considered (Figure 4-
46):
Location A – Located approximately 250 m at north and 550 m at the south of the proposed HDD

Location B – Located approximately 200

Location C – Located approximately 125
Location D – Located at the existing Paraa ferry crossing.
All location options require infrastructure to be constructed within the MFNP and as such the exact
location within the MFNP was a key consideration. Whilst Location A could have brought the benefit
of splitting oil from tourism activities; it was rejected from a technical (bathymetry) and environmental
(sensitive habitats including papyrus islands) perspective. Location D was also rejected due to
existing activity at that location. Location B was rejected due to a higher environmental sensitivity
(both banks pristine with sensitive habitats) and safety (downstream of existing traffic) concerns.

Based on evaluation of all environmental and social, technical and safety issues for the different
crossing locations, the result was that Location C was the most preferred option.

Establishing a crossing at Location C has among others the following benefits:

There will be a low risk of collision with existing Paara ferry, which in turns means the highest

It avoids pristine and sensitive habitats such as those found at Location B including important
habitats for hippopotamus, Nile crocodile, roosting areas and watering holes for elephants.

February 2019 4-126

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Figure 4-46: Locations of Victoria Nile Ferry Crossing Options A, B, C and D

February 2019 4-127
 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.17.5.6.2 Design

Bridge Vs Ferry
A Feasibility Study was completed to consider both a bridge and a ferry crossing as potential options
to cross the Victoria Nile providing vehicle access from the south to the north.

The weighting criteria included a number of environmental and social considerations including;
ecological sensitivity, impact on species of conservation importance, condition of flora, resilience to
anticipated Project impacts, impacts on soils, crops and structures, and impacts on the local tourism
industry.

The ferry option was considered more favourable across a number of the criteria and a summary of
the environmental and social findings are presented in Table 4-42.

Table 4-42: Environmental and Social Impacts Associated with River Crossing Options

Ferry Bridge
Short-term
Fewer workers required during the Construction and More workers required during construction and more
Pre-Commissioning Phase resulting in less visual visual intrusion on wildlife and tourists.
intrusion on wildlife and tourists.
Shorter construction duration resulting in reduced Longer duration of construction phase and hence
exposure to noise, vibrations and gaseous greater exposure time to noise, vibrations and gaseous
emissions from construction traffic. emissions from construction traffic.
Lower risk of accidents because most of the parts Higher risks of accidents from working at heights and
are assembled offsite during the construction. falls from height into the river.
Long-term
Daily/continuous noise and vibrations during Noise only generated from Project vehicles using the
operation of the ferry. bridge.
Reduced visual impact due to the introduction of a Greater visual impact due to the introduction of a new
feature into the landscape that already occurs in the feature to the landscape.
locality (existing Paraa ferry crossing).
Does not require lighting. May cause disturbance to animal vision in case lighting
is installed along the access.
Permanent connection (high potential to compromise
protection of the park) where MFNP now is a
destination (mainly for tourism) – an end-destination in
the sense of traffic – the bridge would change that
character by also turning it into a throughway.

Ferry Landing Structure

The concept design of the ferry landing approach on both the northern and southern banks of the
Victoria Nile were reviewed during the FEED phase to find the optimal solution. Landing approaches
considered for the southern embankment include:
and
Deck on piled structure.
The deck on piled structure is identified as a most appropriate option as it decreases potential
environment impacts associated with its construction / use by limiting:
Siltation during construction in comparison to sand filled embankment (associated with loss of the

Impacts on the hydraulic conditions of the river due to the open nature of the deck on piled
structure.

February 2019 4-128

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

4.17.5.7 Construction Camps

Construction camps will be required to accommodate the workforce required during the Site
Preparation and Enabling Works Phase, Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase and during the
Commissioning and Operations Phase. The existing Buliisa, Bugungu and Tangi camps will provide
accommodation during the initial phases of the project. A new camp will be constructed within the
Industrial Area and the Tangi Camp will be expanded to meet the demand for accommodation during
the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase.

4.17.5.7.1 Location
South of the Victoria Nile it was deemed that there was sufficient capacity within the existing camps
(Bugungu and Buliisa) and within the Industrial Area Construction Camp which will be established
during the Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase to support the Project.

Strategically located North of the Victoria Nile, the Tangi Camp and Support Base will provide
accommodation to workers who will be involved in the drilling and construction activities for JBR,
however it was not considered to have sufficient capacity to meet the requirements of the Project
Construction and Pre-Commissioning Phase. The camp will therefore require an expansion as
indicated in Section 4.3.1. A number of possible locations for expansion of Tangi Camp and Support
Base were considered.

For each proposed location, the technical, environmental and social constraints were assessed. The
technical constraints included the slope gradient of the site, size, and site access to ensure ease of
logistics. Environmental constraints included proximity to the water sources which are used by
animals (e.g. hippos, elephants, antelopes, buffaloes), as well as animal migratory corridor. Social
constraints included consideration of land ownership and land disputes. The most optimum location
identified at the time of ESIA submission is presented in Section 4.3.1

4.17.5.7.2 Footprint
This decision to use existing infrastructure as much as practicable was deemed to be the most
technically and economically feasible solution. It will require less land take and limited construction
activities; resulting in fewer potential environmental and social impacts than establishing camps at
new locations.

4.17.5.8 Logistics and Roads (New and Upgraded)

The one-way traffic proposed within the Project Area (Section 4.9.12.3) is driven by technical and
safety considerations associated with anticipated traffic and heavy loads. The escarpment at Biiso in
particular provides a safety and technical challenge for heavy loads hence why it will be used when
leaving the area.
Due to traffic anticipated, it is necessary to set up Project dedicated roads connecting key Project
locations to minimise interference and impact to local communities whilst regulating and controlling
traffic movements. Both the construction of new roads and upgrade of existing roads north and south
of the Victoria Nile are proposed as presented in Section 4.3.6.
New roads include C1, C3, N1 and N2; and Upgraded roads include A1, A2, A3, A4, B1, B2, M1 and
W3. Inter field access roads (D roads) south of the Victoria Nile to the well pads will be provided by
upgrade works to existing tracks / roads and construction of new roads.

4.17.5.8.1 Layout and Footprint

New proposed roads within the MFNP include C1, and C3 and outside the MFNP N1 (within the
Industrial Area), and N2. The proposed routing was selected taking consideration of technical,
environmental and social constraints as identified in the Avoidance Protocol and dedicated site
surveys undertaken in order to map the sensitive features along the proposed alternatives when
necessary. Examples of road routing optimisations are provided below; optimisation is still ongoing.

Roads C1, C3
The new road C1 is proposed in order to access the JBR pads from the North. The new road C3 is
proposed to provide access to the Project ferry crossing.
February 2019 4-129
 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Main features considered for avoidance by the proposed C1 routing are wallows.

Road N2
The new road N2 is proposed in order to mitigate the potential impacts that construction traffic could
have on surrounding communities (in particular during peak traffic at Construction and Pre-
commissioning Phase). N2 provides linkage between existing roads A1 and A2 and will allow avoiding
the busy town of Wanseko.

Inter field Access Roads North of the Victoria Nile

In addition to the route modification of the roads above, the development of the Project design has
also removed roads not considered essential to reduce the overall footprint of the Project. The inter
field access roads north of the Victoria Nile (within the MFNP) have been removed from the overall
design. Instead the inter field access roads will be constructed within the Production and Injection
Network RoW.

Inter field Access Roads South of the Victoria Nile (D roads)

As much as practicable, definition of access roads south of the Victoria Nile has favoured existing
roads over creation of new ones.

Surface Material
The definition of material will be subject to national road requirements, considering surrounding
environment as much as practicable (visual impact). Excavated material is planned to be reused
wherever possible (subject to suitability) and additional material sourced from existing borrow pits.

Permanent RoW
Table 4-43 presents the permanent RoW for the roads (minimum required as currently defined) and
the required RoW as required in accordance with Ugandan regulations. The roads optimisation is still
being studied and definition of permanent RoW subject to further discussion and agreement with
Ugandan Authorities. All temporary land required associated with the construction of the road will be
restored.

February 2019 4-130

 Chapter 4:
Tilenga Project ESIA Project Description and Alternatives

Table 4-43: Surface Material Options Considered for Road Upgrades and New Roads
Road Permanent RoW (minimum Regulatory Permanent RoW Requirement
needed) ^
Upgraded Roads

A1 30m 50m

B1 30m 50m

B2 30m 50m

A2 30m 50m (asphalt) / 30m (gravel)

A3 30m 50m (asphalt) / 30m (gravel)

A4 30m 30m

M1 30m 50m

New Roads
N1 30m 50m

N2 30m 50m

C1 20m 30m

C3 20m 30m

W1 30m 30m

D Roads 15m 30m

4.17.5.9 Bugungu Airstrip Upgrade

An airstrip close to the Project is required to transport workers to and from the Site.

Given the close proximity of the Bugungu Airstrip to the Project, no alternatives were considered as it
was preferable to upgrade the existing facilities rather than identify a new location for the construction
of a new Project dedicated airstrip.

4.17.5.10 Masindi Vehicle Check Point

The Masindi Vehicle Check Point was selected based on its strategic positon between the Project and
Dar es Salaam and Mombasa Ports; and the fact that this is an existing facility (hence limiting Project
footprint). Based on this, no alternative location has currently been considered.

4.18 References
Ref. 4-1 EPRC, Natural Resource Management in the Albertine Graben Region of Uganda:
Baseline Survey Report” Research Report No 12 February 2015

Ref. 4-2 Uganda Ministry of Works and Transport - Road and Bridge Works Design Manual for
Drainage (January 2010)

Ref. 4-3 Environmental and Social Impact Statement for the upgrade of; Kisanja-Park junction;
Sambiya-Murchison Falls; Buliisa-Paraa; Paraa-Pakwach; Wanseko-Kasenyi-
Kirango-Bugungu Cam roads and associated bridges (169 km), UNRA, 2017

Ref. 4-4 Environmental and Social Impact Statement for the upgrade of Masindi-Biiso Road,
UNRA, 2017

February 2019 4-131

05 – Stakeholder
Engagement
 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Engagement

Table of Contents

5.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 5-2

5.2 Stakeholder Engagement Methodology ............................................................................. 5-2
5.2.1 Stakeholder Engagement Plan.......................................................................................... 5-2
5.2.2 Stakeholder Engagement Principles.................................................................................. 5-3
5.2.3 Stakeholder Identification .................................................................................................. 5-3
5.2.4 Disclosure and Consultation Methods ............................................................................. 5-10
5.3 Grievance Mechanism .................................................................................................... 5-12
5.4 ESIA Stakeholder Engagement Programme.................................................................... 5-13
5.5 Summary of ESIA Stakeholder Engagement Activities .................................................... 5-15
5.5.1 Engagement during Scoping Phase ................................................................................ 5-15
5.5.2 Stakeholder Engagement during Baseline Phase ............................................................ 5-22
5.5.3 Stakeholder Engagement during Impact Assessment Phase ........................................... 5-28
5.5.4 ESIA Disclosure .............................................................................................................. 5-35
5.6 Engagement Activities Undertaken in Parallel to ESIA Consultations............................... 5-36
5.6.1 Consultation for Land Acquisition and Resettlement Activities ......................................... 5-36
5.6.2 Early Works Project Brief Consultation ............................................................................ 5-39
5.7 Conclusions .................................................................................................................... 5-39
5.8 References ..................................................................................................................... 5-40

Table of Figures

Figure 5-1: Stakeholder Engagement during the ESIA Process ...................................................... 5-13
Figure 5-2: Meeting in Gotlyech ..................................................................................................... 5-16
Figure 5-3: Meeting in Kigwera South East .................................................................................... 5-17
Figure 5-4: Event Poster ................................................................................................................ 5-17
Figure 5-5: Recording of questions and comments......................................................................... 5-17
Figure 5-6: Information Booklets .................................................................................................... 5-18
Figure 5-7: Distribution of Comments Received during Scoping Phase Community Consultations .. 5-21
Figure 5-8: Women’s FGD Kibambura ........................................................................................... 5-24
Figure 5-9: Youth FGD Ngwedo Farm............................................................................................ 5-24
Figure 5-10: FGD Elders Kirama .................................................................................................... 5-24
Figure 5-11: Meeting Got Apwoyo Sub County............................................................................... 5-24
Figure 5-12: Distribution of Comments Received during Baseline Data Collection .......................... 5-27
Figure 5-13: Meeting in Kitahura village ......................................................................................... 5-30
Figure 5-14: Meeting in Waiga village ............................................................................................ 5-30
Figure 5-15: Meeting in Kakoora village ......................................................................................... 5-31
Figure 5-16: Meeting in Bugana-Kichoke village............................................................................. 5-31
Figure 5-17: Distribution of Comments Received during Impact Assessment Consultations............ 5-35
Figure 5-18: Tilenga Resettlement Action Plans and ESIA ............................................................. 5-37
Figure 5-19: Tilenga ESIA and RAP Stakeholder Engagement Planning Documents...................... 5-38

List of Tables

Table 5-1: Tilenga Project - Stakeholder List .................................................................................... 5-4

Table 5-2: Information Disclosure Methods .................................................................................... 5-10
Table 5-3: Methods for Informed Consultation and Participation ..................................................... 5-11
Table 5-4: Objectives and Approach for Stakeholder Engagement during ESIA Phases ................. 5-14
Table 5-5: Scoping Phase Consultations........................................................................................ 5-15
Table 5-6: Key Stakeholder Issues During Scoping Consultations .................................................. 5-18
Table 5-7: Baseline Phase Consultations ....................................................................................... 5-22
Table 5-8: Key Issues Raised during Baseline Phase Consultations............................................... 5-25
Table 5-9: Impact Assessment Phase Consultation Activities ......................................................... 5-28
Table 5-10: Key Issues Raised during the Impact Assessment Phase Consultations ...................... 5-31

February 2019
 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

5 Stakeholder Engagement

5.1 Overview
This section outlines the approach that has been taken for stakeholder engagement during the
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) process including a summary of stakeholder
engagement activities undertaken. Consultation with stakeholders is a key aspect of the ESIA process
and essential to building a longer term ‘social licence to operate’. Undertaking effective stakeholder
engagement is a key requirement of national regulations and international standards and guidelines.
The Project ESIA consultation process was designed to comply with the requirements for public
participation as prescribed in Uganda’s Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, No. 13
(1998) (Ref. 5-1) and the International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standard (PS) 1 (Ref.
5-2) and guidelines for stakeholder engagement. Stakeholder engagement activities were also guided
by the International Petroleum Industry Environment and Conservation Association (IPIECA), the
global oil and gas industry association for environmental and social issues, guidance documents on
managing and dealing with stakeholders throughout the Project lifecycle and the Project Proponents’
internal corporate standards and guidelines. The basic principles of the consultation process have
been to undertake a process that was inclusive, culturally sensitive and transparent.
The consultation process aimed to give stakeholders an opportunity to comment on the proposed
Project and share their apprehensions, grievances and concerns. Stakeholder feedback was an
essential part of the process of identifying real and perceived impacts and suitable mitigation and
enhancement measures. Local communities, formal and traditional leaders, representatives of the
communities, and potential vulnerable groups such as women and youth have all been consulted
throughout the ESIA to understand their specific issues and concerns. This has ensured a meaningful
participation of the affected sub-sections of the communities in the studies.
Stakeholder engagement is a continuous process and with the help of Total Exploration & Production
(E&P) Uganda B.V (TEP Uganda) and Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Ltd (TUOP) Community and
Tourism Liaison Officers (CTLOs), communities in the Project Area have been regularly consulted
since the start of Project related oil and gas activities. Grievances are managed though a Grievance
Mechanism.

Over the years several stakeholder related activities have been conducted for the Project such as:
Socio-economic Baseline Assessment, 2013 (Worley Parsons) Ref. 5-3;
Social and Health Baseline Studies, 2013 - 2015 (Artelia Eau et Environnement) Ref. 5-4;
Land surveys, 2015 (Intersocial Consult and New Plan) Ref. 5-5;
Land acquisition and resettlement related consultations for RAP 1: Priority Areas, 2017 (Atacama
Consulting, Synergy Global Consulting, Nomad Consulting) Ref. 5-7;
Hosting of quarterly stakeholder meetings in partnership with Petroleum Exploration and
Production Department (PEPD) and Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development (MEMD) at
national, regional and district levels.
Project Briefs for Geophysical and Geotechnical surveys, 2012-2014, 2017; and
Project Brief for Early Works, 2017.
The ESIA consultation process has built on the activities described above. More details about
consultation activities undertaken for the Project in relation to the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) 1:
Priority Areas and the Early Works Project Brief (PB) are provided in Section 0 of this chapter.

5.2 Stakeholder Engagement Methodology

5.2.1 Stakeholder Engagement Plan

A Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) was developed as part of the ESIA process, and in line with
Ugandan Standards US ISO 26000:2010 which promote identifying and engaging with stakeholders;

February 2019 5-2

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

and communicating commitments, performance and other information related to social responsibility .
The SEP provides the overarching framework and methodology for all engagement relating to the
ESIA. It is a live document that has been regularly updated throughout the ESIA process. A copy of
the latest version of the SEP is included in Appendix G. Throughout the Project lifecycle, the Project
Proponents and their contractors will continue to implement, maintain and update a SEP as part of the
Project’s overall Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP). The continuous stakeholder
engagement will be used to help mitigate social impacts and address any grievances as described in
Chapter 16: Social and Chapter 23: Environmental and Social Management Plan of this ESIA.

5.2.2 Stakeholder Engagement Principles

The approach to stakeholder engagement during the ESIA process has been guided by the following
good practice principles:
Free, Prior and Informed Consultation:
o Free: Engagement was free of external manipulation or coercion and intimidation;
o Prior: Engagement was undertaken in a timely way and prior to decisions being made
so that views expressed can be taken into account; and
o Informed: relevant and understandable project information was disclosed to help
stakeholders to understand the risks, impacts and opportunities of the Project.
Consultation: affected communities were provided with opportunities to express their views on
project risks, impacts and mitigation measures. These were considered and responded to
throughout the engagement process;
Inclusive and iterative process: efforts were made to identify all those affected by or interested
in the Project to allow them to participate in the engagement process, including women and
vulnerable groups. The engagement process provided a mechanism for receiving, documenting
and addressing comments from stakeholders and allowing their feedback to inform the
environmental and social baselines, impact assessment and development of mitigation and
enhancement measures;
Use of appropriate platforms and methods of communication: in order to engage effectively,
stakeholder groups were identified as well as the use of appropriate communication channels and
approaches. Stakeholder engagement materials were translated into relevant local languages
and translators were available during meetings with local communities to translate. Different
meeting formats were used to suit the preferences of the stakeholder individuals and groups
being met;
Grievances recorded and tracked: the Project Proponents use the MOST system (an e-
database) to record information about grievances raised during stakeholder engagement and
tracks efforts to resolve these; and
Documented: attendance and meeting minutes, as well as pictures were taken for all stakeholder
meetings. The people attending were informed that we would take photographs that could be
reused in the ESIA documentation and confirmed acceptance of this by signing attendance
sheets.

5.2.3 Stakeholder Identification

A stakeholder is defined as any individual or group that is potentially affected by the Project (directly
or indirectly), or who has an interest in or influence on the Project and its impacts, either positive or
negative (Ref. 5-8). In order to develop an effective approach to engagement, it is necessary to
undertake a process of stakeholder identification and analysis. Stakeholder analysis considers how a
stakeholder or stakeholder group may be affected by the Project and what influence they may have
on Project outcomes in order to understand their needs and expectations for engagement. For this
Project, a list of key stakeholders was identified and assessed through stakeholder mapping, as
detailed in Appendix G.
Stakeholder analysis considered:

February 2019 5-3

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

Who is affected by the Project and how;

Each stakeholders’ key interests and concerns in relation to the Project; and
How different stakeholders can influence the Project and what risks or opportunities this presents
to the Project.
A list of stakeholders identified to date in the Project is presented in Table 5-1.
Stakeholders’ interests in the Project were also analysed, these included (non-exhaustive list):
Permitting and authorisations;
Development control and coordination of planning and implementation activities, ensuring
consistency in the application of agreed policy frameworks and procedures across the
development blocks in the Albertine region;
Understanding potential adverse and beneficial impacts on local communities including:
o Impacts on health and safety;
o Impacts on amenities, services and public infrastructure;
o Impacts on users of natural resources, livelihoods and businesses;
o Impacts on tourism;
o Potential disturbance from noise, vibration, dust, light pollution;
o Impacts on cultural heritage; and
o Impacts on social cohesion.
Planning and managing economic and physical displacement;
Understanding potential benefits deriving from the Project including employment and procurement
opportunities;
Environmental protection and safeguard of protected areas and wildlife; and
Transparency, openness and access to information.

Table 5-1: Tilenga Project - Stakeholder List

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDERS

National government Ministry of Water and Environment (MWE)

National Environmental Management Authority (NEMA)
National Forestry Authority (NFA)
Directorate of Water Resource Management (DWRM)
Wetlands Management Department (WMD)

Ministry of Energy and Mineral Development (MEMD)

Petroleum Authority of Uganda (PAU)
Petroleum Exploration and Production Department (PEPD)

Ministry of Tourism, Wildlife and Antiquities (MTWA)

Uganda Wildlife Authority (UWA)
Department of Museums and Monuments (DMM)
Uganda Tourism Board (UTB)

Ministry of Lands, Housing, and Urban Development (MLHUD)

Directorate of Physical Planning and Urban Development (DPPUD)

February 2019 5-4

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDERS

o Department of Physical Planning

o Department of Human Settlement
Directorate of Land Management (DLM)
o Department of Land Registration
o Department of Land Administration
Office of the Chief Government Valuers (CGV)
o Department of Surveys and Mapping

Ministry of Gender, Labour and Social Development (MGLSD)

Directorate of Gender and Community Development
Directorate of Social Protection
Directorate of Labour, Employment, Occupational Safety and Health

Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries (MAAIF)

Directorate of Fisheries Resources
Department of Crop Production
National Agricultural Research Organisation
National Agricultural Advisory Services
National Fisheries Resources Research Institute (NaFIRRI)

Ministry of Health (MoH)

Community Health Department
Uganda Sanitation Fund Program
Uganda Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS) Control Program
Uganda Tuberculosis (TB) Control Program

Uganda National Bureau of Statistics (UNBS)

Uganda Human Rights Commission (UHRC)

National Planning Authority (NPA)

Office of the Prime Minister (OPM)

Department for Disaster Preparedness and Response
Operation Wealth Creation

Ugandan Police Force (UPF)

Directorate for Oil and Gas

Ministry of Works and Transport (MoWT)

Uganda National Roads Authority (UNRA)

Ministry of Defence (MoD)

Ministry of Education and Sports (MoES)

Ministry of Internal Affairs (MoIA)

Directorate in charge of Citizenship & Migration

February 2019 5-5

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDERS

Project Proponents TEP Uganda

TUOP

Project Proponents of UNRA

Associated Facilities, Uganda Electricity Transmission Company Ltd (UETCL)
Supporting Infrastructure
Uganda Electricity Generation Company Ltd (UEGCL)
and stakeholders relevant
to projects considered in East Africa Crude Oil Pipeline (EACOP) project proponents
Cumulative Impact Karuma Dam project proponents
Assessment
Ayago Dam project proponents
Kabaale Industrial Park project proponents
Civil Aviation Authority (CAA)
Kabaale Refinery project proponents
Kabaale Airport project proponents
Nile Basin Initiative (NBI) Secretariat

Local Government Buliisa District Local Government

Ngwedo Sub-County
Kigwera sub-country
Buliisa Sub-county
Buliisa Town Council
Kisyabi-Sub County
Biiso Sub County
Butiaba Sub-county
Kihungya Sub County

Nwoya District Local Government

Got Apwoyo Sub County
Purongo Sub-county
Anaka Town Council

Nebbi District Local Government

Pakwach District Local Government

Pakwach Town Council

Hoima District Local Government

Hoima Municipality

Masindi District Local Government

Masindi Municipality

February 2019 5-6

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDERS

Project Affected Buliisa District

Communities – Ngwedo Sub-County:
communities whose
boundaries fall within - Villages: Avogera, Kamandindi, Muvule Nunda, Kibambura,
Project Area (i.e. EA-1A, Ngwedo TC, Uduk I, Karatum, Mubako, Paraa, Ajigo, Muvule I,
CA-1 and LA-2). 1 Nwwgedo Farm, Uduk II, Kasinyi, Kilyango, Kisomere
Kigwera sub-country:
- Villages: Kigwera NW, Kigwera SE, Kigwera SW, Kigwera NE,
Kirama, Kiyere, Bikongoro, Kisansya E, Kisansya W, Katodio,
Ndandamire, Kichoke, Katanga, Masaka, Wanseko TC
Buliisa Sub-county:
- Villages: Pandiga, Gotlyech, Beroya, Kakoora, Uribo, Kijumbya,
Bugana Kataleba, Bugana Kichoke, Waiga, Kigoya, Kijangi
Buliisa Town Council
- Villages: Civic cell, Kizongi, Nyapeya, Kizikya, Kakindo, Kisimo
Cell, Kityanga, Kitahura

Nwoya District
Got Apwoyo Sub County
- Villages: Te Ogot, Pajengo
Purongo Sub-county

Project Affected Buliisa District

Communities – - Kisyabi-Sub County
communities outside
- Biiso Sub County
Project Area but who are
likely to be indirectly - Butiaba Sub-county
affected by the Project.2
Pakwach District
- Pakwach Town Council

Hoima District
- Hoima Municipality

Masindi District
- Masindi Municipality

Traditional and religious Council of Elders, Bunyoro Kingdom

authorities Acholi Chiefdom
Alur Kingdom
Bunyoro inter-religious committee

Local businesses and Association of Uganda Tour Operators (AUTO)

tourism operators Tourism Operators situated inside the Murchison Falls National Park
(MFNP), concessionaires situated outside MFNP (including tourism
lodges)
Business and Traders (Kasinyi)
Business and Traders (Uduk II)

1
Referred to as the Primary Study Area in the Social Baseline – see Chapter 16 – Social.
2
Referred to as the Secondary Study Area in the Social Baseline – see Chapter 16 – Social.

February 2019 5-7

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDERS

Masindi District Livestock Association

Buliisa District Chamber of Commerce

NGOs and Civil society Local community based organisations representing vulnerable groups
including:
welfare of children, elderly, disabled or chronically ill
low income and female-headed households (with incomes below the
subsistence level)
minority ethnic groups and tribes, immigrants and refugees
Balaalo (Herdsmen)

Local level:
Buliisa Initiative for Rural Development Organisation (BIRUDO)
Lake Albert Children and Women’s Development (LACWADO)
Kakindo Orphans Care
Build Africa
MUNGU MIYO Functional Adult Literacy Group
Bunyoro Local Oil and Gas Advocacy Group (BULOGA)
Bugungu Community Association
Buliisa Non-Governmental Organisation (NGO) Forum
Buliisa Oil & Gas Task Force
Albertine Graben Oil and Gas Districts Association (AGODA)

National level:
Civil Society Coalition on Oil and Gas (CSCO)
Civic Response on Environment and Development (CRED)
World Wildlife Fund (WWF)
International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN)
Minority Rights Group International
Cross Cultural Foundation of Uganda (CCFU)
Uganda Kings and Cultural Leaders Forum
International Alert
International Organisation for Migration
African Institute for Energy Governance (AFIEGO)
The AIDS Support Organisation
World Vision Uganda
Soft Power Uganda
Living Earth Uganda
Link Community Development
Global Rights Alert
Action Aid
Labour Rights Alert
National Association of Environmental Practitioners (NAPE)

Intergovernmental NBI
Organisations

February 2019 5-8

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDERS

Academic and research Makerere University

organisations Kyambogo University
Gulu University
West Nile University
Uganda Petroleum Institute
NaFIRRI

Media New Vision

Monitor
Rupiny
Radio Biiso FM
King FM
Radio Pakwach
Key Bunyoro FM Stations with regional coverage, e.g. Spice FM

5.2.3.1 Vulnerable Groups

In accordance with Good International Industry Practice (GIIP), particular consideration was given to
identification of vulnerable or disadvantaged stakeholders who could be disproportionately affected by
the Project or who found it difficult to participate in standard engagement activities. Vulnerable groups
were identified in consultation with local stakeholders including local authorities, health service
providers, NGO/ Community Based Organisation (CBOs), government agencies and community
members themselves. Diverse measures were developed to allow the effective participation of
vulnerable groups in the stakeholder engagement process.

This included, for example, ensuring that targeted efforts were made to invite women and youth and
people with disabilities to participate in community meetings during the mobilisation process, as well
as directly asking them for their questions or comments during the meetings. Smaller group meetings
with particular groups, or organisations representing vulnerable groups were also organised during
the baseline studies. The general population within the Primary Study Area was considered
vulnerable due to their precarious livelihoods, high levels of poverty, low levels of education, poor
access to basic social infrastructure and services, and low prevalence of formal land rights. Those
living far from health centres and poorer households (in relation to others) were considered
particularly vulnerable. Certain groups within the population were considered relatively more
vulnerable due to factors that place them more at risk of discrimination, poverty or abuse (such as
age, gender, ethnicity, disability).

The vulnerable groups identified in the Project Area are listed below. Chapter 16: Social provides
more details explaining the nature of their vulnerability. Within the groups described below there may
be overlapping vulnerabilities (e.g. women from ethnic minority groups, elderly and disabled).

Vulnerable groups identified in the Project Area:

women, and especially widows and female headed households;
women in the workplace;
children, including orphans;
unmarried youth;
elderly;
persons with disabilities or chronically ill;
migrants and refugees;

February 2019 5-9

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

minority ethnic groups;

fishing communities;
sex workers;
cattle herders (Balaalo); and
people living with Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV)/AIDS.

5.2.4 Disclosure and Consultation Methods

5.2.4.1 Information Disclosure

Disclosure of general information about the Project and the ESIA process was done in a variety of
ways. Table 5-2 presents methods that were used to disclose information.

Table 5-2: Information Disclosure Methods

INFORMATION DISCLOSED METHOD

Date, time, venue and purpose of Meeting invitations sent to national level stakeholders, district
upcoming meetings authorities and Local Council (LC) 1s at least two weeks prior to
meetings as far as possible.
Mobilisation of villages by CTLOs and LC1.
Event posters posted in public places.

Information on the Project and ESIA Information leaflets distributed at consultation meetings and made
process available in key public places.
Question & Answer sheets available in CTLO offices or on request
from Project Proponents and as a guide during stakeholder
meetings.
Presentations given during meetings tailored to the audience in
terms of technical detail and language.
Posters displayed during meetings and left in public places.

Report Publication including TEP Uganda webpage.

Scoping Report/Terms of Reference Copies of Scoping Report/ ToR (Ref. 5-6), and ESIA distributed
(ToR); ESIA Non-Technical directly to a defined list of stakeholders by hand, post and email.
Summary (NTS); and SEP

5.2.4.2 Informed Consultation and Participation

For projects with potentially significant adverse impacts on affected communities, international
standards require “informed” consultation and participation, where this can be understood to mean:
an in-depth exchange of views and information;
an organised and iterative consultation leading to the incorporation of affected community views
into the Project decision making process;
capturing both men’s and women’s views, if necessary through separate forums or engagements;
and
reflecting men and women’s different concerns and priorities about impacts, mitigation
mechanisms, and benefits, where appropriate.
Stakeholder engagement activities comprised both ‘active’ and ‘receptive’ consultation. Active
engagement included meetings, and structured comment periods to support report disclosure where
feedback about the Project was actively solicited. Complementary to these active periods of

February 2019 5-10

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

disclosure and consultation the Project Proponents were always receptive to feedback, whereby
stakeholders could contact the Project at any time (e.g. by email, post, toll free telephone, or in
person) to provide their views and ask questions. Feedback could be submitted by any individual or
group (e.g. companies, organisations, societies, collectives), either verbally or in writing.

Table 5-3 outlines the methods that were used to allow for an effective process of informed
consultation and participation during the ESIA process. Further information about activities that were
undertaken for each phase of the ESIA is provided in Section 5.5.

Table 5-3: Methods for Informed Consultation and Participation

METHOD DESCRIPTION TARGETED STAKEHOLDERS PHASE

Village Meetings Forum for providing Project Local communities within the Project Scoping
information and hosting question Area including villages located within Phase and
and answer session with a large Buliisa Town Council, Buliisa, ToR
audience. Meetings held at Ngwedo, Kigwera, Got Apwoyo Sub Disclosure
community venues easily Counties and Pakwach Town Council Impact
accessed by the Project’s Assessment
stakeholders and at convenient Phase
times, as agreed in consultation
with the MEMD and the leaders
of local councils.

Focus Group Exchange of information with Local communities within the Project Baseline
Discussions more targeted groups of Area including villages located within Phase
(FGD) stakeholders focused on, for the sub counties of Buliisa Town
example, age, gender or Council, Buliisa, Ngwedo, Kigwera,
livelihood. and Got Apwoyo.
Representative groups within the
wider Project Area of Influence
including in Hoima Municipality,
Masindi Municipality Pakwach Town
Council and Gulu.

One-on-one Meetings with influential Government stakeholders (including Scoping

interviews or small stakeholders and those with departments/ committees at national Phase and
group meetings3 access to important baseline and district level [in wider Project Area ToR
information. Meetings were of Influence (AoI)] such as NEMA, Disclosure
generally more technical and PEPD, PAU, DWRM, Occupational Baseline
information collected was used Health and Safety (OHS) Department, Phase
for decision making and WMD, MEMD, UWA
planning. Impact
NGOs and Civil Society Organisations Assessment
(CSOs) (e.g. BIRUDO, LACWADO, Phase
CRED)
MFNP and tourism operators within
the Park
Technical experts e.g. the NaFIRRI
Cultural Institutions

Comment boxes Gives local communities the Local communities within the Project All phases
installed in opportunity to provide Area including villages located within
centrally located confidential feedback on Project the sub counties of Buliisa Town
community activities Council, Buliisa, Ngwedo, Kigwera,
buildings in and Got Apwoyo.
affected
communities,

3
Small group meetings have on average between two and ten participants.

February 2019 5-11

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

METHOD DESCRIPTION TARGETED STAKEHOLDERS PHASE

such as CTLO
office

Post/ phone (toll- Opportunity to ask questions or All Stakeholders All phases
free)/ email raise concerns about the Project
and ESIA process in a timely
manner.

5.3 Grievance Mechanism

A grievance is a complaint (i.e. an expression of dissatisfaction) stemming from an incident or impact
(real or perceived) related to the Project. Complaints may stem from commonly occurring and
relatively minor problems, or more serious one-off events, or entrenched or repeated problems that
may lead to resentment, discontent or unrest.

GIIP recommends the establishment and communication of an effective and adequate Grievance
Mechanism. A Grievance Mechanism is the process by which a grievance is received, recorded and
managed so that it can be tracked from its original submission through to a resolution. The process
must be fair, accessible, transparent and properly documented. Effective implementation of a
grievance mechanism is crucial to the management of grievances from the local community and other
stakeholders. It is an integral part of the engagement process and should be reflective of the scale of
impacts and expected risks of the Project.

The Project Proponents have established a grievance process to ensure that grievances associated
with the Project are addressed through a transparent and impartial process. In line with GIIP, early in
the Project lifecycle, the grievance procedure has been and will continue to be disclosed to the public
via individual or group meetings and via printed material.

The Procedure is designed based on International Best practice such as International Petroleum
Industry Environmental Conservation Association (IPIECA), International Finance Corporation (IFC)
and United Nations Human Rights Council (UNHRC) principals to handle grievances with a provision
for the Uganda legal framework to be used as a potential remedy to a resolution.

There are 4 steps and 4 levels in the grievance management mechanism. The steps are Step 1:
Receipt and Acknowledgement, Step 2: Record Assess and Assigning, Step 3: Investigation response
and resolution, and Step 4: Close out.

The escalation levels are Level 1: where an immediate solution can be given; Level 2: whereby the
grievance is escalated to key site operations; Level 3: whereby third parties such as the district and
central government or even civil society can be involved; and Level 4: where it is escalated for the
Uganda Legal Framework to take its course.

A copy of the Grievance Mechanism is provided in Appendix G.

February 2019 5-12

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

5.4 ESIA Stakeholder Engagement Programme

Figure 5-1 depicts the ESIA process and when stakeholder consultations should take place during
this process as required under Ugandan Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) regulations and IFC
Standards. This process was applied to the Tilenga Project ESIA consultation.
A summary of the specific objectives and approach for stakeholder engagement during the ESIA
process is presented in Table 5-4.

Figure 5-1: Stakeholder Engagement during the ESIA Process

February 2019 5-13

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

Table 5-4: Objectives and Approach for Stakeholder Engagement during ESIA Phases

ESIA PHASE OBJECTIVES APPROACH

Scoping Phase Introduce Project and ESIA process to National and Community
and ToR stakeholders. stakeholders invited to scoping
Disclosure Explain Grievance Mechanism to affected consultation meetings.
communities and how to access it. Information disclosure through
Receive stakeholder comments and distribution of printed materials at all
feedback on the scope and content of the meetings.
ESIA NEMA disclosed ToR to selected
stakeholders for review/comment.
Baseline Studies Collect social, health and environmental Issue focused consultations using
baseline data for the ESIA. key informant interviews and focus
Continue to provide Project information to group discussions with national and
affected people and other stakeholders. local stakeholders.
Continue the dialogue opened during Briefing to ESIA specialists
scoping engagement to build trust. undertaking baseline surveys about
protocols for engagement with local
Develop better understanding of affected communities.
stakeholders to inform the ESIA, rating of
impacts and development of appropriate
mitigation.
Make stakeholders aware of the grievance
mechanism and who to contact if they have
questions or concerns.
Impact Provide stakeholders with an update on the Undertake a program of public
Assessment ESIA status, potential impacts and potential meetings in Project affected
benefits. communities supported by
Provide stakeholders with details of communication materials including
proposed mitigation and enhancement posters, flipchart presentation and
measures. leaflets.
Solicit stakeholder interests and concerns Group meetings with stakeholders
so that it can be incorporated into the final with a particular interest in the
ESIA Report and inform the design Project (e.g. NGOs, tour operators,
process. or research institutes) assisted by
PowerPoint Presentation and
leaflets.
Group meetings with national,
regional and district authorities
assisted by PowerPoint
Presentation and leaflets.
ESIA Reporting Public Disclosure of ESIA Report. NEMA publicises ESIA contents and
Receive and respond to comments on the decides on public disclosure
impacts and mitigation. process.
Copies or summaries of the ESIA
made available in key locations or
on request.
Project Proponents/ ESIA consultant
will assist this process as required
and will also publish the ESIA on
company webpage, a mechanism to
receive public comments and
recommendations on the impacts
and mitigation measures in person,
via post/ email or online and their
redirection to NEMA will be set up.

February 2019 5-14

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

5.5 Summary of ESIA Stakeholder Engagement Activities

5.5.1 Engagement during Scoping Phase

5.5.1.1 Consultations Undertaken

Consultations were undertaken with local leaders and communities over a two week period in August
2015 and with national stakeholders over a one week period in September 2015. A summary of the
consultations undertaken during scoping is provided in Table 5-5.

Table 5-5: Scoping Phase Consultations

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDER MEETING FORMAT

District Government Buliisa District Small group meeting

(Technical committees and Nwoya District
political leadership)

Sub county Government Buliisa Sub County Small group meeting with
(Technical committees and Kigwera Sub County each Sub County
Political leadership) Ngwedo Sub County
Buliisa Town Council
Purongo Sub County
Pakwach Town Council
4
Villages Gotlyech Public meeting in each village
Kizongi
Kigwera SE
Kisimo
Kasinyi Village
Kisomere Village
Kilyango
Wanseko (cancelled)5
Tourism Stakeholders Nile Safari Lodge One-on-one and small group
Wild Frontiers meeting
Paraa Lodge
Murchison Falls National Park
Association of Ugandan Tourism Operators
Civil Society & NGOs CRED One-on-one and Small group
BIRUDO meeting
LACWADO
CSCO
Advocates Coalition for Development and
Environment (ACODE)

4
Due to time constraints it was not possible to hold meetings in every village, therefore a representative sample of villages was
selected based on their proximity to Project infrastructure, level of involvement in previous engagements (with the aim of
avoiding stakeholder fatigue) and with consideration for inclusion of different ethnic groups and geographic representation
across the Project Area.
5
The Wanseko meeting could not proceed due to unrest in the community. Key stakeholders from Wanseko were
subsequently engaged during the impact assessment phase of the ESIA

February 2019 5-15

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDER MEETING FORMAT

Government Agencies and NEMA Small group meeting

Departments UWA
PEPD
DWRM
OHS Department
WMD
Department of Physical Planning
Department of Human Settlement
Department Urban Development
Land Registration Department
DMM
Directorate of Fisheries Resources
NFA
Research Bodies NaFIRRI Small group meeting

Community meetings were well attended with an average of over 100 attendees at each of the
meetings (see Figure 5-2 and Figure 5-3). In total over 900 stakeholders participated in the
consultations at the district, sub county and community level. Attendance and meeting minutes were
recorded for all meetings.

Figure 5-2: Meeting in Gotlyech

February 2019 5-16

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

Figure 5-3: Meeting in Kigwera South East

Copies of the Scoping Phase consultation materials are depicted in Figure 5-4, Figure 5-5 and Figure
5-6.

Figure 5-4: Event Poster Figure 5-5: Recording of questions and

comments

February 2019 5-17

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

Figure 5-6: Information Booklets

5.5.1.2 Key Issues Raised During Scoping Phase Stakeholder Engagement
A summary of the key issues raised during the scoping phase is presented in Table 5-6.
Where possible, all stakeholder comments were addressed during meetings. A record of questions
and comments was recorded and logged in a Project Issue and Response Register, which has been
appended to the SEP (see Appendix G). This enabled stakeholder perceptions and concerns about
the Project and the ESIA process to be fed back into the ESIA and Project design process where
relevant.

Table 5-6: Key Stakeholder Issues During Scoping Consultations

CONCERN DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

Legacy land During the scoping phase in 2015 there Some of the legacy cases were handled already
acquisition were still many legacy grievances and a new Valuer was on board to complete the
issues related to the land acquisition process process. Others were court cases which were still
during exploration. Many stakeholders being handled.
said they had not yet received The process of compensation was long due to
compensation for land related impacts the involvement of a legal mediator. As an
and were not happy with the alternative, to make the process simpler
compensation they received. There was complainants should avoid their case reaching a
also mistrust and misunderstanding in legal stage e.g. could use clan head as a
the way compensation rates had been mediator instead.
set.
Project Proponents learned from past
circumstances and would try to handle
resettlement and other impacts based on these
lessons for the next phases to minimise a repeat
of the same impacts.
The Project Proponents follow laws and best
practices that stipulate how compensation is set
and managed. The district land boards (DLB) are
responsible for determining the rates which these
companies follow. It is the land boards led by the
CGV that come up with rates therefore it is up to
the sub counties to influence the council.
Disruptions to There were concerns about how A Livelihood Restoration Plan (LRP) will be
livelihoods livelihoods including fishing, farming developed as part of the RAPs.
(crops and livestock) and tourism will be The ESIA will assess impacts on livelihoods,
affected by land acquisition and general including fishing. Measures will be in place to
oil and gas related activities. mitigate impacts.

February 2019 5-18

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

CONCERN DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

Employment There are high expectations around local Priority will be given to national and local
expectations employment and local stakeholders employment. A ballot system will be used to
highlight that they will not be happy if select unskilled workers. The Project Proponents
they see workers coming from other understand the need for capacity building and
parts of the country to do jobs that they have some educational programmes in place.
could do, in particular unskilled jobs. Unskilled work will be given to local communities
There is also a request for skills training as a priority – this message will also be given to
and capacity building to increase contractors.
prospects of local employment on the
Project.
Local Local producers request capacity Consideration for training activities will be given
procurement building and training to enable them to by the Project Proponents to encourage local
meet the standards required to sell to the content participation in the Project.
Project.
Health, safety Concerns about the impact of the Getting to the oil underneath produces waste
and proposed Project, particularly waste (drill mud cuttings and drilling fluids (rocks/ soil)).
environmental transfer and the pipeline, on the health The government cannot allow the Project
concerns and safety of the local population and Proponents to pump the oil from the ground
the environment were frequently raised without a drilling permit.
as well as questions about how such The best options for drilling waste management
impacts would be managed. were considered in discussion with NEMA. Three
alternatives came up: Reinjection in the
formation, Landfilling and Recycling. Considering
recycling there were no valuable materials in the
waste apart from making of construction
materials. Construction materials made from
waste are a problem in this country. For such
construction materials from waste, they need to
be declassified from waste to be usable. Uganda
has no mechanism for this.
All wastes generated will be addressed including
hazardous, non-hazardous and sanitary wastes
from all facilities both permanent and temporary.
The Project Proponents take the prospect of
environmental incidents very seriously, especially
relating to the prospect of an oil spill.
Consequently, there are a whole series of
ongoing engineering protocols and designs being
built into the Project to minimise the risk.
Additionally, specialist consultants will be
employed to undertake and produce an Oil Spill
Contingency Plan (OSCP) and Emergency
Response Plan (ERP). A summary will be
provided within the ESIA.
The proposed Project is expected to withdraw
water from Lake Albert for injection in the
reservoir and there will be no discharges back
into the lake.
Access to There were concerns that access to The companies will have a Community Liaison
information information was inadequate leading to Officer (CLO) who will be available for people
misinformation and consequently distrust who want direct dialogue. Information disclosure
by some members of the community in will also take place during the ESIA to inform
the Joint Venture Partners (JVPs) and communities of activities and potential impacts.
Government. There are rumours, for The district leaders will be kept informed of
example, that oil is already being important developments as knowledge about the
transported from the area in waste Project is clarified.
trucks.

February 2019 5-19

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

CONCERN DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

Communication District, sub county and local Stakeholder engagement will take place at
and stakeholders each requested that the different points. It is important to keep the district
engagement right protocols were followed when and sub counties aware of what the oil
undertaking surveys or consultations in companies are doing and to notify them before
the villages. In particular, stakeholders going into local communities – that is the normal
requested that those who are directly protocol. Buliisa villages were met during the
affected by Project activities or surveys scoping stage. In future stages community level
(e.g. owners of land that is being engagement will also happen in Nwoya District.
surveyed) are directly engaged. It was
suggested that in some cases
information that was given to the sub
county or LC1 chairpersons did not
transcend to the village level or the
relevant individual.
Requests were made for greater
government representation during
consultations and more efforts by the
district government (through the district
environmental officers (DEO)) to
sensitise communities about the Project
and its potential impacts.
Project Requests were made for information The Front End Engineering Design (FEED) will
Information about Project location, schedule and refine the exact locations of the proposed
details of infrastructure design. infrastructure and as such cannot be presented
at this stage. More detailed information will be
shared with stakeholders when appropriate.
The final schedule for the Project will be
addressed in the ESIA.
At the time of scoping, the proposed design was
still being refined including defining the exact
measures that will be used to manage the safety
of the pipeline. Routing studies were being
undertaken to determine the best path for the
pipeline, minimising displacements and impacts.
Maintenance will be carried out to make sure
pipelines are still working (a 10 metre (m) corridor
will be required during this phase).
Sociocultural Concerns were raised about how the The ESIA will consider the impacts from
change Project could change the local culture interaction between the workforce and
due to the resettlement process and community. Companies have diversity classes.
interactions between the Project When new workers come as part of their
workforce and local communities. induction they are taught about culture in
Uganda.
A comprehensive management program will be
put in place to deal with social and cultural
considerations. A social baseline study was
undertaken to inform the ESIA.
Corporate Requests were made for various types of Any requests of this nature need to be formally
Social CSR investments such as assistance submitted because decisions are made by
Responsibility with healthcare centres, road general management – therefore stakeholders
(CSR) requests improvements, and education and are asked to put the request in writing.
training programmes.

February 2019 5-20

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

CONCERN DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

Subcontractor Questions were raised about how The Project Proponents have in place guidelines
management subcontractors would be managed to for managing societal issues by contractors.
ensure they behave correctly in the These will be adhered to by contractors and
communities; respect the Project’s subcontractors.
requirements for local content/ local The Project Proponents are aware of the
procurement targets; and perform their importance of local recruitment. Contractors are
work in an environmentally and socially also required to maximise local recruitment. The
responsible way. ballot system of recruitment is used for local
unskilled labour.
There was an HIV/AIDS program during
exploration. During construction there will be a
large workforce so HIV/AIDS will be on top of the
health agenda. The social and health impact
assessment will help to understand the problem
and an appropriate program will be designed
based on the findings.

Comments received during the course of scoping meetings were analysed and categorised into 14
categories. The distribution of comments across these categories is shown in Figure 5-7.

Figure 5-7: Distribution of Comments Received during Scoping Phase Community

Consultations

February 2019 5-21

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

5.5.2 Stakeholder Engagement during Baseline Phase

5.5.2.1 Consultations Undertaken

Individuals, groups and entities that were engaged as part of the baseline survey are outlined in Table
5-7. The social baseline survey was undertaken with local communities between November and
December 2016. Baseline meetings with national stakeholders were undertaken over a one week
6
period in November 2016 and January-February 2017 . The primary purpose of these meetings was
to gather baseline data, however, during meetings the opportunity was also taken to update
stakeholders on the Project and ESIA process and to note their feedback and concerns about
potential impacts (positive and negative) and mitigation options.
As part of the social baseline survey a total of 67 semi-structured interviews were held with national,
regional and local government authorities, traditional leadership, NGOs and CBOs, and service
providers. A total of 51 FGDs were held within a sample of Project Affected Communities (PACs).
Further details of all social and health baseline survey activities are provided in Chapter 16: Social
and Chapter 18: Health and Safety. (Table 16-4).

Table 5-7: Baseline Phase Consultations

STAKEHOLDER STAKEHOLDER ESIA DISCIPLINE MEETING FORMAT

GROUP

Government MGLSD Social One-on-one and small

Agencies Directorate of Gender and Health group meeting
Community Development Cultural Heritage
Directorate of Social Protection Cumulative Impact
Directorate of Labour, Assessment
Employment and Occupational
Safety
Uganda Bureau of Statistics
(UBOS)
MoH
Community Health Department
(Environmental Health)
Uganda AIDS Control Program
Uganda TB Control Program
UHRC) – headquarters and Hoima
regional office.
OPM, Department for Disaster
Preparedness and Management
UPF, Directorate for Oil and Gas
Police
MoIA, Directorate in charge of
Citizenship
DoMM, Uganda National Museum
NEMA
MoES
District Buliisa District All disciplines Small group meeting
Government Nwoya District One-on-one meeting
(Technical Nebbi District
committees and
political leadership) Hoima District
Masindi District

6
A comprehensive Social and Health Baseline Survey was also undertaken in 2015 by Artelia Eau et Environnement, which
was used to inform the ESIA. The survey undertaken by Tilenga ESIA team in 2016-2017 built on the previous baseline work
done by Artelia Eau et Environnement.

February 2019 5-22

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

STAKEHOLDER STAKEHOLDER ESIA DISCIPLINE MEETING FORMAT

GROUP

Subcounty Buliisa Sub County Social Small group meeting

Government and Kigwera Sub County Health
Municipal
Authorities Ngwedo Sub County Cultural Heritage
(Technical Buliisa Town Council Ecosystem Services
committees and Purongo Sub County
Political leadership) Got Apwoyo Sub County
Masindi Municipality
Hoima Municipality
Pakwach Town Council
Biso Town Council
Villages and Villages Social FGDs
7
towns Kirama Health Community Mapping
Kibambura Cultural Heritage
Ngwedo Farm Ecosystem Services
Wanseko
Bikongoro
Bugana Kataleba
Uribo
Kizongi
Kakindo
Kityanga
Kisimo
Te Ogot
Towns
Hoima Municipality
Biso Town Council
Pakwach Town Council
Masindi Municipality
Tourism Paraa Safari Lodge Ecosystem services One-on-one and small
Stakeholders Kabalega Lodge Cumulative Impact group meeting
Wild Frontiers Assessment

Civil Society & BIRUDO Social One-on-one and Small

NGOs LACWADO Health group meeting
Kakindo Orphans Care Cultural Heritage
Minority Rights Group International
International Alert
International Organisation for
Migration
AFIEGO
CCFU

Traditional Bunyoro Kitara Kingdom Social Small group meeting

Authorities and Acholi Chiefdom Health
Religious Leaders
Bunyoro Inter-Religious Committee Cultural Heritage
Ecosystem Services
Social service District police headquarters – Social One-on-one meeting

7
These villages were selected based on the data needs identified for the baseline assessment.

February 2019 5-23

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

STAKEHOLDER STAKEHOLDER ESIA DISCIPLINE MEETING FORMAT

GROUP
providers Hoima, Buliisa, Pakwach TC, Nebbi Health
Health centres – Hoima Regional
Referral Hospital, Biso Health
Centre III, Buliisa General Hospital,
Buliisa Health Centre IV, Kigwera
Health Centre II, Purongo Health
Centre III, Masindi General Hospital

Photos of some of the baseline phase consultation activities are provided in Figure 5-8 to Figure 5-11.

Figure 5-8: Women’s FGD Kibambura Figure 5-9: Youth FGD Ngwedo Farm

Figure 5-10: FGD Elders Kirama Figure 5-11: Meeting Got Apwoyo Sub
County

February 2019 5-24

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

5.5.2.2 Key Issues Raised During Baseline Phase Consultations

A summary of the issues that arose most frequently during baseline consultations (at both local and
national level) are summarised in Table 5-8.

Table 5-8: Key Issues Raised during Baseline Phase Consultations

ISSUE DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

Top Five Issues

Employment Questions about employment Priority will be given to national and local
opportunities opportunities on the Project and employment. A ballot system will be used to select
indirect business opportunities unskilled workers. The Project Proponents
particularly regarding agriculture and understand the need for capacity building and have
particularly for youth. some educational programmes in place. Unskilled
work will be given to local communities as a priority –
this message will also be given to contractors.
There will be more opportunities for indirect
employment than for direct employment. The Project
Proponents noted that in the forthcoming phases of
the Project they will be working hand in hand with the
district on recruitment of local employees. A National
and Community Content Programme (NCCP) will
also be developed to maximise participation of local
and national businesses in the Project supply chain.
It was noted that the government has a local content
plan and they are going to do skills development for
local companies and they are creating a database of
all local companies. It was suggested that
companies/ suppliers from the area could look at
partnership opportunities with bigger companies.
Land issues Land issues and tensions resulting The ESIA considers the impacts on the community’s
and tensions from competing claims to land and/ way of life and residents’ relationship with land.
or conflicts with customary land use The issues of competing land claims and speculation
and resulting negative impacts on was noted. The Project Proponents will be working
social cohesion were frequently with government and traditional authorities to stop
raised in discussion. speculation.
Health Concerns were frequently raised The ESIA has an ESMP that comprises of plans to
concerns about potential health impacts of the mitigate project risks and impacts including, for
Project particularly related to example, a plan to manage HIV/AIDS and other
increased rates of HIV/AIDS, potential health issues.
Sexually Transmitted Infections The Project Proponents have been carrying out
(STIs) and Hepatitis B in the Project several social investment projects in different areas
Area, which are predicted to occur as including health. For example, at the time of the
a result of presence of construction consultations it was noted that a new awareness
workers and an increase in sex project was being planned for 2018. Other health
workers coming into the area seeking related programmes being considered included
economic opportunities. hygiene and sanitation programmes.
Resettlement Several comments and questions The Land Acquisition and Resettlement Framework
were raised regarding resettlement (LARF) was developed in consultation with
and who will be affected. Feedback government to provide guidance on resettlement.
was also given about negative Resettlement will be undertaken to meet good
experiences during previous international practice. The Project will work with
compensation processes, particularly authorities to identify the rightful owners of affected
the lack of compensation for certain land. In most cases they only lease land although in
crops and resources and delays in the next phase there will be some permanent
payment. acquisition of land.
Reassurance was provided that there would be a
thorough consultation process for future resettlement
amongst those affected. RAPs will be developed to
manage resettlement and information on the timing
of displacement and who will be affected will all be

February 2019 5-25

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

ISSUE DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

provided in those reports.
The legal mediator was working through the previous
compensations issues.
Delayed compensation is due to the fact that
amounts have to be approved by the CGV and then
MEMD and this sometimes delays the approval
process.
In terms of setting compensation rates, it was noted
that a lot of work was being done with the District
Land Board (DLB) to set fair compensation rates.
The Market and Asset Valuation Assessment
(MAVA) was also completed in 2016 to inform the
setting of compensation rates.
Increase in Stakeholders expressed perceptions It was noted that the ESIA includes an analysis of
crime and anti- that there had already been an impacts on the potential rise of crime and other anti-
social increase in crime and anti-social social behaviours. Management measures will also
behaviour behaviour (such as prostitution and be identified to mitigate the impact.
increased alcohol consumption), due
to an increase in economic migrants,
oil and gas workers, and rise in sex
workers; there were concerns that
this will result in an increase in social
conflict.
Other Key Issues and Concerns
Potential Concerns about pressure on trees It was noted that Project impacts on trees and other
impacts on and wetlands due to influx of natural resources will be assessed as part of the
trees and opportunistic migrants to the area ESIA. Mitigation measures will be identified to
wetlands and due to Project related land minimise the impact, which will be outlined in the
clearance. ESMP Mitigation Checklist (Appendix T).
One of the measures includes a tree nursery to be
developed.
The ESIA also considers the potential impacts
related to influx and an Influx Management Strategy
(IMS) will be developed to try and address such
impacts.
Domestic Concerns that resettlement and The ESIA takes into consideration the impact
violence and compensation and influx of workers resettlement, influx, etc. will have on the way of life
family conflict would lead to a rise in domestic of the local community.
violence and family conflict due to As part of the resettlement, a LRP will be developed
misspending of increased disposable which will include financial literacy training to people
incomes and unequal distribution who will receive cash compensation to avoid and
within families of compensation minimise misuse of the received compensation
payments. payments.
Potential Concerns about how the Project Potential Project impacts on cultural norms are
Impacts on could indirectly affect cultural norms considered in the ESIA.
cultural norms and values due to changes in
traditional land management
structures, influx and changing
livelihood patterns.
Infrastructure Several stakeholders expressed The Project Proponents have social investment
and services expectations that the Project would programmes for education, access to water and
benefits be an opportunity for improvement in health, renewable energy – so far most activities
infrastructure and services in the have been done on a small scale and only in directly
Project Area, particularly its potential affected communities.
to improve access to education and
healthcare facilities.

February 2019 5-26

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

ISSUE DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

Consultation Emphasis on the need to maintain The Project Proponents have CTLOs located in the
and access to good communication and access to Project Area and a toll free line (since 2015) that are
information information for local communities in a used to allow issues/ concerns raised by the
timely manner. community to be addressed immediately. Residents
can contact CTLOs with any concern or questions.
Project Proponents will also work with local
authorities to pass information to members of the
community. Noted that the companies have a
commitment to engage communities fully in the next
phase of the Project especially those who are
directly impacted.

Comments received during the course of baseline phase meetings were analysed and categorised.
The distribution of comments across these categories is shown in Figure 5-12.

Figure 5-12: Distribution of Comments Received during Baseline Data Collection8

8
Figure 5-12 shows a wider range of comments received; issues that were less than 5% of total comments received have not
been included here.

February 2019 5-27

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

5.5.3 Stakeholder Engagement during Impact Assessment Phase

5.5.3.1 Consultations Undertaken

Impact Assessment phase consultations were undertaken at national and community levels over a
two week period in January 2018. During the Impact Assessment Phase, stakeholders had the
opportunity to comment on the preliminary findings from the ESIA process and proposed mitigation
measures. The stakeholder engagement team presented updates from the Project and explained key
findings from the draft ESIA report through a PowerPoint presentation and posters (see Appendix G).
Each meeting included a Question & Answer session in which stakeholders were encouraged to
contribute to the discussion. Figure 5-13 to Figure 5-16 are samples of the meetings that took place
during the Impact Assessment phase.

A summary of the activities undertaken for ESIA consultation is given in Table 5-9.

Table 5-9: Impact Assessment Phase Consultation Activities

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDER MEETING FORMAT

District Government Buliisa District Small (under ten participants) to

(Technical committees and Nwoya District large (twenty to thirty participants)
political leadership) group meeting in combination with
Hoima District
sub county and municipality
Masindi District government
Pakwach District
Sub county and Buliisa Sub County Large group meeting in
Municipality Governments Kigwera Sub County combination with sub county and
and Parish Chiefs municipality government (twenty to
Ngwedo Sub County thirty participants)
(Technical committees and
Political leadership) Buliisa Town Council
Butiaba Sub County
Biiso Sub County
Kihungya Sub County
Purongo Sub County
Pakwach Town Council
Masindi Municipality
Hoima Municipality
Pakwach TC Parish Chiefs Large group meeting in
Got Apwoyo Parish Chiefs combination with LC1 meeting
9
Villages LC1 Chairpersons from Buliisa Sub Large group meeting (between 30
County, Ngwedo Sub County, Kigwera and 60 participants)
Sub County, Buliisa Town Council,
Purongo Sub County (Lagaji only), Got
Apwoyo Sub County, and Pakwach
Town Council.
Kakoora Public meeting in each village
Kitahura (between approximately 60 and 80
participants at each meeting)
Masaka
Kakindo
Waiga
Kijangi
Kigwera SW

9
Due to time constraints it was not possible to hold meetings in every village therefore a representative sample of villages was
selected. The key factor for selection for these engagements was the level of involvement in previous engagements (with the
aim of avoiding stakeholder fatigue) and with consideration for inclusion of different ethnic groups and geographic
representation across the Project Area.

February 2019 5-28

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDER MEETING FORMAT

Paraa
Bugana Kichoke
Katanga
Kisansya West
Mvule Nunda
Kamandindi
Wanseko
Kichoke
Kiyere
Ndandamire
Uduk I
Karatum
Beroya
10
Tourism Stakeholders Kabalega Wilderness Camp Small group meeting (less than ten
Murchison River Lodge participants)
Nile Safari Lodge
Heritage Lodge
Bwana Tembo
Fort Murchison
Parkside Lodge
Murchison Falls Conservation Area
(UWA, Paraa Office)
Murchison Falls National Park
Civil Society & NGOs CSCO members Large group meetings (average 30
BIRUDO participants) – CSCO members
were met in Kampala and local
LACWADO
NGOs and CSOs were invited to
Buliisa Women’s Development participate in the meeting with
Organisation (BUWODA) district government.
Bugungu Heritage and Information
Centre
Kakindo Orphans Care
CRED
Community Integrated Development
Initiatives (CIDI)
Buliisa Livestock Farmers Cooperative
Society (BLFCS)
CSCO
CCFU
Uganda Kings and Cultural Leaders
Forum
Government Agencies and NFA Small to medium group meeting (up
Departments UWA to twenty participants)
DWRM
NEMA
PAU
MEMD
MGLSD
MoH – Community Health Department

10
The stakeholders listed here are those that attended meetings but it should be noted that a larger number of stakeholders
were invited to participate in ESIA consultations but were not able to attend meetings.

February 2019 5-29

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

STAKEHOLDER GROUP STAKEHOLDER MEETING FORMAT

Uganda Sanitation Fund Program
Uganda Aids Control Program
MTWA
UTB
Association of Uganda Tourism
Operators
MLHUD
Department of Physical Planning
Department of Human Settlement
Department of Land Administration
National Planning Authority
Directorate of Development Planning
OPM – Department for Disaster
Preparedness and Response
MoWT
UNRA
UETCL
Rural Electrification Authority (REA)
MoD
UPF – Oil and Gas Police
Ministry of Local Government (MoLG)
UHRC
Research Bodies NaFIRRI One-on-one meeting

Cultural Institutions Bunyoro Kingdom Small group meeting (less than ten
Alur Chiefdom participants)
Acholi Chiefdom
Intergovernmental NBI Small group meeting (less than ten
Organisations participants)

Figure 5-13: Meeting in Kitahura village Figure 5-14: Meeting in Waiga village

February 2019 5-30

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

Figure 5-15: Meeting in Kakoora village Figure 5-16: Meeting in Bugana-Kichoke

village

5.5.3.2 Key Issues Raised during Impact Assessment Phase Consultations

A summary of the issues that arose most frequently during Impact Assessment Phase consultations is
provided in Table 5-10.

Table 5-10: Key Issues Raised during the Impact Assessment Phase Consultations

ISSUE DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

Top Six Issues

Environmental Stakeholder concerns focused on : There will be clearance of some trees during the site
impacts Crop damage and tree felling preparation and enabling works phase, but there will
caused by site clearing; also be programmes for revegetation. A pilot
experimental nursery was set up to understand the
Project impacts on biodiversity dynamics of propagating the native species. A
and habitat restoration especially seedling nursery will be developed to facilitate
in MFNP; restoration of degraded areas. Feasibility of
The impact of the Water community based forestry programmes are also an
Abstraction System on the water option being considered as part of livelihood support
level and quality of Lake Albert; programmes.
The impacts of the Project on Biodiversity specialists have conducted various
the tourism industry; and studies to understand the Project area baseline.
Waste management and use of These studies have been used to understand how
chemicals in the drilling potential impacts such as noise and dust pollution
operation. can affect the wildlife in the Park and have proposed
appropriate measures.
The Production and Injection Network will have a 30
m Right of Way (RoW). No trees or structures/homes
will be allowed within the RoW, save for some light
agriculture (i.e. crops with short roots that cannot
affect the pipeline and flowline integrity).
Studies have shown that only between 0.02-0.04%
of the lake’s volume will be abstracted, which is an
insignificant amount and is not expected to disrupt
the current lake water users. Additionally, the water
requirements from the lake will reduce after the first
5 years of the Project. This is because the primary
use of the lake water will be to maintain reservoir
pressure and over time as oil is displaced there will
be minimal/no need for water. For other Project
activities, the plan is to use groundwater. Studies are
being undertaken to ascertain that the groundwater
available in the area would be sufficient to meet the
Project needs. If other sources of water are required,
the due process will be followed in consultation with
DWRM.

February 2019 5-31

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

ISSUE DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

The Project Proponents are aware that tourism is an
important industry in the area and for the country.
For this reason the company is in discussion with
UWA, and tourist operators on how to best manage
any adverse impact. A Tourism Management Plan
will also be developed to guide implementation of the
mitigation measures.
Waste management is another one of the critical
areas that the Project is carefully considering options
for, and details are included in the ESIA. Among the
facilities to be developed are waste management
facilities. The waste management plan will be
developed and implemented by the Project
Proponents to ensure that all the different waste
streams are appropriately handled and disposed of,
in line with national reguirements and GIIP.
Land Residents were concerned about Due to the nature of the Project, land will be acquired
ownership, land ownership and resettlement by the Government. All land acquisition matters will
resettlement issues. Most questions centred on be handled in line with national laws and
and whether land could be leased rather international standards for resettlement as indicated
compensation than acquired and returned to people in the LARF. When the Project design is refined and
at the end of the Project lifetime. more accurate information is available about Project
People wanted further clarification on locations, RAP studies similar to those conducted at
the resettlement process: where the Industrial Area will be conducted. Due to the long
people will be resettled, levels of term nature of the Project, it would be difficult to
compensation and what would lease land, hence the preference for outright
happen to graves in the Project purchase for the permanent Project components.
affected area. The RAPs will include a Cultural Heritage
Management Plan (CHMP) that set out the
procedures to follow where cultural resources such
as religious sites or graves are affected by the
Project. The Project will discuss and provide support
to families affected in carrying out ceremonies
according to their custom and religious beliefs.
Improvement Communities made requests to the A Community Impact Management Strategy and the
and access to Project Proponents for improvements Community Health Sanitation Safety and Security
social to existing social services such as Plan will look at the feasibility of different options to
Infrastructures healthcare and schools. They asked address the most critical needs in areas impacted by
for the reinstatement of healthcare the Project in line with the respective district
and sanitation programmes (e.g. development plans. This is considered to be a more
HIV/AIDS prevention programmes). sustainable approach compared to building schools
Residents also raised concerns or health centres where the plan for who will
about the potential increase in the maintain them is not clear. The TOTAL Scholarship
level of traffic in the local area. scheme running in the Project area was explained,
as well as the application process.
The ESIA provides mitigation measures to address
potential traffic related impacts such as use of speed
limit, vehicle specifications, driver training, journey
management planning, use of safety signage etc. In
addition, the ESIA includes a commitment that the
Project Proponents will look at options for supporting
local police to try and improve the enforcement of
road safety standards in the Project Area and there
will also be efforts to sensitise local populations
about road safety.

February 2019 5-32

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

ISSUE DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

Employment Residents raised questions on There are different categories of jobs in the Project;
and employment and business from unskilled (casual labour) and semi-skilled to
Procurement opportunities linked to the Project skilled. The Ballot process for recruiting casual
and related training. In particular, labour was explained in detail, as well as the
local stakeholders asked about application process for semi-skilled and skilled
employment opportunities for labour. It was further emphasised that some job
unskilled workers. Women often positions could have some restrictions such as
asked questions about whether there having a good command of the English language to
would also be jobs for women on the communicate effectively. Women were also
Project. encouraged to apply for available jobs when
advertised.
It was also explained that financial literacy trainings
and supplier trainings would be conducted in the
area to equip people with knowledge to take
advantage of the opportunities presented by the
Project.
Access to People raised questions on the It was explained that for health and safety reasons,
natural continued access to natural access to natural resourses through the normal
resources resources, loss of grazing land and routes may be restricted in some areas during site
limitation to the movement of people preparation and construction phases, for example
and cattle around Project water abstraction system, flowline and pipeline
components. installation, access road construction, etc. However,
the Project will provide alternative routes, as much
as practicable. It was also emphasised that for the
flowlines and access roads, works would be
undertaken in sections and therefore not completely
cut off access to community areas.
It was noted that grazing land is important for the
cattle herders. For future RAPs, more Resettlement
Planning Committees (RPCs) will be setup for
affected persons. The LRP and the Community
Impact Management Strategy will also look at
support for alternative livelihood options for those
who lose access to natural resources.
Communication Issues of communication included: The importance of paying careful attention to
Translation of documents; and translation of documents into the respective local
languages was noted. It was also noted, that for
Information dissemination and example, the Acholi have an “Acholi Language
ongoing stakeholder Board” whose responsibility is to ensure the integrity
engagement. of the Acholi language, and that this Board could be
used to translate Project-related materials.
Sensitisation and consultations will be carried out
regularly and CTLOs will also be available in the
area to keep the communities informed on the
Project status.

Other Key Issues and Concerns

Governance Local residents stated that they The risk of corruption is noted in the ESIA report
and trust would like representatives from the and, measures will be taken to improve governance
district government present at through institutional capacity building. The Project
meetings. Proponents will make payments of taxes and
Questions were raised about the role royalties in a transparent, accurate and timely
of local and national government and manner during the operations phase.
agencies in the monitoring of the Total is a signatory to the Extractives Industries
Project to ensure the Project meets Transparency Initiative (EITI) since its creation and is
environmental and social playing a very active role in the initiative which
commitments. advocates for greater transparency in the oil
Issues of 5-33corruption were also revenues. We publish detailed information on
raised. exploration and production activities (mining rights,
contracts, subsidiaries, figures on tax paid to national

February 2019 5-33

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

ISSUE DESCRIPTION RESPONSE

authorities etc) in countries where we operate.
In Uganda, which has not yet joined the EITI, Total
E&P Uganda is bound by contractual obligations
under the Production Sharing Agreements not to
disclose information relating to petroleum operations,
without the prior consent of the Government of
Uganda. We will extend our support if the
Government decides to sign up for this initiative and
disclose relevant information.

Cultural Concerns regarding the preservation As far as possible sacred sites have been avoided
Heritage of sacred sites. through application of the Avoidance Protocol. An
exercise to map cultural sites was done in
consultation with local communities and cultural
leaders. Where applicable, rituals will be done as
part of the process to relocate any affected sites (or
the spirits/ancestors from the site) where impacts are
unavoidable and support will be provided for such
processes.
Impacts of in- Understanding of in-migration and The ESIA considers potential impacts related to
migration the impact on the local communities. influx and provides for the development of an Influx
Management Strategy to manage those issues.
Management of influx will require collaboration with
national and district governments. Community
Content, Economic Development and Livelihood
Plan and the Community Health Sanitation, Safety
and Security Plan will provide measures to mitigate
and monitor impacts of population growth.
Management of influx will be a cross-cutting issue
that will depend on implementation of various actions
across multiple plans and programs. For example,
communication will be very important in trying to
deter opportunistic migrants from coming to the area
(e.g. by informing people that there will be no
recruitment ‘at the gate’); institutional capacity
building programmes will provide support to
governments to plan for population growth; and other
programmes will be needed to address the impacts
of influx such as potential increase in HIV/AIDS.
The Project’s strategy is to recruit local people in the
Project Area, with the involvement of local leaders,
as much as possible. The Project will have workers’
camps to accommodate semi-skilled and skilled
workers on the Project from outside of the Project
Area. The accommodation camps will cater for all the
occupants’ needs and thus avoid increase in
demand for existing services as a result of the
Project.
Project Request for information on the The actual locations will be established during the
schedule and schedule of Project activities, location respective RAP studies and schedules of Project
location of of well pads and other Project activities will be communicated during the quarterly
components components. stakeholder engagements undertaken by the Project
Proponents.
Complaints and People wanted information on how CTLOs explained how to raise a concern or submit a
grievances complaints can be submitted complaint and the Project grievance mechanism.

Comments received during the course of the impact assessment phase meetings were analysed and
categorised. The distribution of comments across these categories is shown in Figure 5-17.

February 2019 5-34

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

Figure 5-17: Distribution of Comments Received during Impact Assessment

Consultations

5.5.4 ESIA Disclosure

Once the ESIA has been submitted to NEMA it will be disclosed for stakeholder comment. Any
feedback received from stakeholders on the impacts, mitigation and monitoring plans will be used by
NEMA to make their final decision on approval of the ESIA and the approval conditions on the
certificate.
NEMA will lead the ESIA disclosure process with support from the Project Proponents, as required, to
align the disclosure process with national and international requirements. This may include input into
the preparation of disclosure presentation materials; and general guidance on conducting a process
that is free, fair, inclusive, prior and informed.
Activities to be undertaken as part of ESIA disclosure will be developed in consultation with the
Project Proponents and NEMA but recommended approaches include:
Announcement using national and local media (radio and newspaper) to announce publication of
ESIA Report, public comment period, and details of the public hearings;
Copies of ESIA Report and Non Technical Summary to be made available;
Public announcement in local newspapers;
Publication of the ESIA Report on the Project Proponents’ websites; and
Comment boxes installed in centrally located community buildings in PACs where the ESIA
Report is available for review.

February 2019 5-35

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

5.6 Engagement Activities Undertaken in Parallel to ESIA Consultations

As detailed in Chapter 4: Project Description and Alternatives, this Project will be implemented in
a number of phases. The first phase of Site Preparation and Enabling Works is scheduled to start in
2018. Some preparatory works have already been undertaken for this phase, such as the RAP for
Priority Areas and Early Works PB. The engagement activities for these two studies are directly
related to this ESIA, and a brief on these is therefore provided below.

5.6.1 Consultation for Land Acquisition and Resettlement Activities

The land acquisition and resettlement process is led by Atacama Consulting in collaboration with
Synergy Global Consulting Ltd and NOMAD Consulting. The RAP 1 Report submitted in September
2017 focuses on the Priority Areas, which occupy an area of around 785 Acres (317 hectares) and
consist of the following components:
Industrial Area (comprised of the Central Processing Facility (CPF), Operational Camps and
Yards and Contractor Camps and Yards): 770 Acres (312 hectares); and
Industrial Area Access Road N1: 13.6 Acres (5.5 hectares).
In order to guide the design and schedule of activities, the Tilenga Resettlement Team developed the
Social & Resettlement Services for Contract Area 1 & Licensed Area 2 (North) Development Project
Stakeholder Engagement Plan (“RAP 1 SEP”) (Ref-5-7). This document set out the overarching RAP
engagement principles and approach alongside ‘live’ detailed action plans for engagement between
TEP Uganda, TUOP, and national, regional and local stakeholders. Figure 5-18 shows the overall
structure for management of the Tilenga RAPs and ESIA and Figure 5-19 shows how this SEP relates
to the overarching Project SEP and the Tilenga ESIA SEP.

The RAP 1 SEP guided the team and relevant TEP Uganda and TUOP staff members in the
stakeholder engagement activities. The RAP 1 engagement process has been and will continue to be
used for:
Identifying and prioritising stakeholders affected by and interested in the RAP 1; and
Establishing and managing relationships with those stakeholders throughout the resettlement
process.

February 2019 5-36

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

Figure 5-18: Tilenga Resettlement Action Plans and ESIA

February 2019 5-37

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

Figure 5-19: Tilenga ESIA and RAP Stakeholder Engagement Planning Documents

February 2019 5-38

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

The RAP consultant Stakeholder Engagement Team carried out several activities throughout the
resettlement process in collaboration with TEP Uganda and TUOP internal staff and representatives
from the MEMD and MLHUD. The engagement activities were carried with the wider affected
communities, individual Project Affected Persons (PAPs) and, through Resettlement Committees
(District Resettlement Committee (DIRCO) and RPC).

Activities undertaken for the RAP comprised:

Initial disclosure of RAP;
Cut-off date announcement;
Engagement during asset and cadastral surveys, legal due diligence and socio-economic
surveys;
Oversight of survey activities and site reconnaissance;
Specialist studies interview programmes;
Strip map disclosure and PAPs verification; and
Presentation of entitlement matrix, resettlement options, livelihood restoration and house design
options.

5.6.2 Early Works Project Brief Consultation

An Early Works PB was prepared by Air Water Earth (AWE) Ltd. (Ref. 5-9) to cover the following
Project activities:
Boundary marking and fencing (Industrial area and airstrip upgrade);
Earthworks including vegetation clearing, top soil removal, levelling, compaction (all components);
Drainage works (Industrial Area, airstrip and roads);
Transportation of materials (e.g. murram); and
Waste management (all components).
The Early Works PB was submitted to NEMA in September 2017 and a copy of the Executive
Summary is included in Appendix C.

Stakeholder engagement undertaken to inform the Early Works PB comprised of consultations with
local leaders in Buliisa District (district council, sub county councils, and village chiefs) as well as key
national government agencies and the CSCO. The main issues and concerns raised during
consultations were the same as those raised during ESIA consultations and related mainly to land
acquisition and resettlement impacts; employment and economic impacts; environmental impacts;
stakeholder engagement; and security concerns. The Early Works PB provides a summary of key
stakeholder concerns and details of stakeholder engagement activities are provided in Annex 8.

5.7 Conclusions
Stakeholder engagement has been an integral part of the ESIA process. Feedback from local
(including community members in the Project Area), regional and national regulatory and non-
regulatory stakeholders was used to inform the scope of the ESIA, identify and assess impacts and
develop appropriate mitigation and enhancement measures. Efforts were made to keep stakeholders
informed of the ESIA and Project progress at each phase of the ESIA. The ESIA stakeholder
engagement process made efforts to complement consultations being undertaken in parallel to the
ESIA both as part of ongoing community management by the Project Proponents and for other
studies such as the RAP and Early Works PB.

Stakeholder engagement is a continuous process. Ongoing engagement activities will be managed by

the Project Proponents and their contractors as the Project moves into the Site Preparation and
Enabling Works and subsequent phases. The Project SEP and Grievance Mechanism will be
regularly updated to guide and plan the ongoing programme of stakeholder engagement.

February 2019 5-39

 Chapter 5: Stakeholder
Tilenga Project ESIA Engagement

5.8 References
Ref. 5-1 Government of Uganda (1998), Uganda Environmental Impact Assessment
Regulations No. 13

Ref. 5-2 International Finance Corporation (IFC) (2012) IFC Performance Standard 1

Ref. 5-3 Worley Parsons (2013) Abridged Socioeconomic Baseline Assessment

Ref. 5-4 Artelia Eau et Environnement (2015) Social and Health Baseline Survey

Ref. 5-5 Intersocial Consult and Newplan (2015), Preliminary Resettlement Action Plan –
Resettlement Impact Scoping

Ref. 5-6 TEP Uganda/TUOP (2015) EA-1/EA-1A and EA-2 North Development Project ESIA
Scoping Report / Terms of Reference

Ref. 5-7 Atacama Consulting, Synergy Global Consulting Ltd, and NOMAD Consulting (2017)
Social & Resettlement Services for Contract Area 1 & Licensed Area 2 (North)
Development Project Stakeholder Engagement Plan (“RAP 1 SEP”)

Ref. 5-8 IFC (2007) Stakeholder Engagement: A Good Practice Handbook for Companies Doing
Business in Emerging Markets

Ref. 5-9 AWE, 2017. Tilenga Early Works Project Brief Report, 2017.

Ref. 5-10 IPIECA (2015) Manual on Community Grievance Mechanism in the Oil and Gas
Industry

Ref. 5-11 IPIECA (2004) Guide to Social Impact Assessment in the Oil and Gas Industry

Ref. 5-12 IPIECA (2013) Practical Guide ‘Integrating Human Rights into Environmental, Social
and Health Impact Assessments – A practical guide for the oil and gas industry

February 2019 5-40